T 007V;VJ lISH'JAIlJfl 11VlS 'Ill 801V1V8 £B-GB6~ This catalog is fa and does not cor This catalog bec( March 1, 1982. Published by Office I Wichita State Univer Wichita, Kansas 672 Gary K. Jones, Edit( Sonia Greteman an( Illustrators The official University address is: Wichita State University Wichita, Kansas 67208 The general University telephone number is : (316) 689-3456. For admission information call, toll free, (800) 362-2594. 2 CONTENTS General Information i" t ,1l' · :. Administrative Officers ............... . ... . ..... . ...... . .. 5 University College and Continuing Education Services ,59 College of Business Administration Profile of Wichita State Un iversity ............... . .. ... .. ... 6 Admission to Wichita State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 Academic Informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15 Special Academic Areas .. ... ..... .. . . . ... .. . ...... .... ... 32 Cooperative E ducation Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 32 Division of Continuing Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 33 Graduate School ..... ... .......... . ....... . ........ .. . 33 Summer Session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 34 Financial Information .. . .. ... ......... .. . ...... .. .. . . . . " 35 Student Affairs ..... ...... ...... . ... .. . . . . ....... . ...... 40 Special Programs ... ' ........ ...... . .. . . . . ..... . . .... ... 44 Special Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 48 Student Activities and Organizations . ......... ....... . ... . ... 54 Key to Course Decriptions . . .... ... . ...................... 56 College Policies and Programs ......... .. . .. . _ .... .. . . .. .. . 71 Accounting .................. .... . ......... . ...... . ... . 87 Aviation Management . . . . ........ . . .. . . ... . . ..... .. .. . . . 89 Business Education .... .... . . .. . . .... . .. . .... . .. . ... .. .. . 90 Business Law ......... . ... ... . . .... .... . .. . ... . ..... . . . 91 Decision Sciences ... .. .. .................. .. . .. ... . .... . 92 Economics .... .... ... .. .... .. . . . ..... . ...... ...... . . . . 93 Finance . . .. ... .... . ..... ..... ..... . . ........ . . .. . .. .. . 99 Legal Assistant ... . ..... . .... ...... . . .. ...... . .. ..... .. . 101 104~;~~~~ent : : : : : . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : .: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : . 102 106 Real Estate ... . ............ . .... . .. .. ........ . ....... . . 107 Small BusinessiEntrepreneurship .... .......... . ..... . . . .. . . 108 College of Education College Policies and Programs ....... . .................... . 111 Communicative Disorders and Sciences (Logopedics) .... . . .. ... . 121 Industrial Education . ....... ..... ..... . .. ... ............ . 129 Instructional Services . ... .. .. ..... . .. . . ..... ..... .. . .... . 133 Military Sci ence ....... .... .. . . . ... . . .... ..... .. .. ... .. . 145 Music Education .......... ...... ... ........... ... . .. ... . 147 Personnel Services . ........... ...... .... ...... . ...... . . . 147 Physical Education, Health, and Recreation ... .. . . .. ... .... . . . 152 College of Engineering Coll~ge Policies and Programs ......... .... .... . . .. .. .. . .. . 159 Engmeenng-General EducatIOn . .. .. ............. .... . . .. . 166 Aeronautical Engineering ....... .. ................. . ..... . 167 E lectrical Engineering .. . . . . . .... . ... ... ..... .. .. . . ..... . 172 Industrial Engineering .. . . ..... . . . .. .. . ..... ....... ..... . 176 Mechanical Engineering .. . . . . ..... . .. .. .... . . ... . . . ... .. . 180 Engineering Technology ..... . . .... .... ........ . .. .. .. .. . . 185 College of Fine Arts College Policies and Programs .... . . . ... . . .. . .. . .... ... ... . 197 Division of Art . . .. .... ......... ... . .. .... ....... . ... . . . 198 Art Education ..... .... ..... . ......... .. ... ........ .. . 200 Art History ........ ..... ..... ... . .. ..... . .... . . .. .... . 202 205 ~t~ai~iA~:Si~~~Com~~rcJal.Art.:: : ::::::: : :: ::: :::::::: : 208 Wi chita State University/Contents . Division of Dance .... .... .. ............... . ......... . ... 217 Division of Music ................ . ......... . ............ 220 Music Education ......... . ............. . .............. 228 Music Performance ..... .. . ..... . .. . . ...... . ..... . .... 232 Mu icology-Composition . ......... . ....... ... ... . .. .. .. 234 College of Health Related Professions General Poli ies and Programs .......... . ... . ........... .. . 239 Baccalaureate Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Cytotechnology . ...... .. .. .. . ..... ..... ........... .... 242 Dental Hygiene ....... ... . .. .. ........ .. ........ .. . ... 244 Health Care Administration ......... . .... . .. . ........ . ... 246 Medical Record Administration .... . . .. .. .. . . .. . . . .. . . . ... 249 Medical Technology ................. . . . .. .. ..... .. .. .. 250 Nursing .................................... . ........ 256 Physical Therapy ............. . . ... ........ . .. .. . . ..... 262 Physician's Assistant ... . ......... . ...... . .. .. .. . ....... 266 Respiratory T herapy ........... . .......... .. ........ . .. . 271 Associate of Science Programs . .... ....... ..... .. . ..... . ... 273 Dental Hygiene ..... . ............ . . ... . ... .... ...... .. 273 Respiratory Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Special Certificate Programs . .......... . ... . ............... 277 Basic Emergency Medical Care Training . . .................. 277 Nurse Clinician . ...... . ......... ... . . . . ........ . . ..... 278 Phy~ ician's A sistant . . ..... . .......... . .. . .. . . . .. . . ... . 281 Service Departments .... . . ........... . . ... .. .. . . .. .. . .. .. 282 Health dministration and Education ..... . .......... . . ... . 282 Health Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences College Policies and Programs . ........ . ..... . ............. 287 Administration of Ju stice ....... . . .. . . . ... .. . ..... . .. ... . . '2. 9 American Studies ...... . ...... ..... ... . . .. .. ..... .. 306 ~tfHo.pology. .... ... ... . . ... . . ..... . . . .............. . . . 308 BIOlogICal SCiences ....... . . .. . .... . .......... . .. . ....... 312 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : ~~~ 8~~~t~rca't;o'n' Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Economics . ...... . . . . . .. .. ...... . ............... ...... 332 English Language and Literature ......... .. . .. ..... . ..... . . 333 g~~~:: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : ~!~ Gerontology . . ... .... ......... .. ........ .. . ....... . .... 349 History .. . .............................. . ..... .. ...... 351 Interdisciplinary Liberal Arts and Sciences Program .. .. . . .. .... 356 Journ~li~m ............... . ... . ..................... .. .. 356 LingUIStiCS . ......... .. . ... . .......... . . . ... ...... . . . .. 359 Mathematics ............ . . .. ... .... . . ..... ... ..... . .. . . :360 Minority Studies .... .. ...... .... ............... .. . .... . . 366 ~~il~~~p~~ . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 5~~ PoGtical Science ... . .. . .... . ... . ... .. . . . .. . . .. ...... . ... 375 Psychology .... ... . ..... . .. . . . .. . ..... . ....... . .. . .. . .. 380 Religion .............. ... ................ . .. .. ...... . . 384 Romance Languages ..... . .......... .. .. . .. . . ... .. .. .. .. . 388 Sociology/Social Work . .. . . .. . .. ... ... . . . .. . . . . ..... . ..... 395 Speech Communication ......... . ... .. .. . ........ . ........ 401 Urban Affairs .... .. .......... . ..... .. .. . ......... . . .. .. 408 Women's Studies .. . .. . .... . . .... . .. . ...... . . . . ... . ... .. . 409 University Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . .. . ........... 41:3 Index . . ....... . . . . .. . ........ . ... .. ....... ...... . ...... . 449 4 GENERAL INFORMATION Administrative Officers WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY Clark D. Ahlberg . . .... . President of the Univers ity John B. Breazeale . .. . . . Vice President fo r Academic Affairs and Dean of Facul ties James J. Rhatigan .. . . . . . .. Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students H. R. Reidenbaugh . . . . .. Executive Vice President of the Board of Trustees and Executive Secretary to the Elldowment Association Roger D. Lowe . . . . ..... ......... Vice President for Business Affairs Martin H . Bush . . . . . . . .. Vice President for Academic Resource Development George M. Platt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Vi ce Pres ident and Director of Planning and Institutional Hesearch Jacqueline J. Snyder ........... . Associate Vice President for Academic Affai rs Lloyd M. Benningfield. Dean of Graduate Studies and Research Douglas Sharp. . . . . . . " Dean of the Coll ege of.BuSiness Admini stration LeonaJd M. Chaffee. . Dean of the College of Education William J. Wilhelm. . . . Dean of the College of Engineerin g Gordon B. Terwilliger . . . .. Dean of the College of F ine Arts Sidney D. Rodenberg . Dean of the College of Health Related Professions Paul J. Magelli ... .. .... Dean of Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences C. Russell Wentworth. . .. Dean of University College and Continuing Education and D irector of Summer Session David L. Meabon ...... ... . ...... ... .... Dean of Student Life and Services Jasper G. Schad . .... . . . Dean of Libraries and Media Resources Center Barbara A. Mawhiney . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Dean of Faculties for Personnel William E . Wynne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar Stanley E. Henderson ........ . ..... . .............. Director of Adm issions Max A. Schaible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Director of Information an d Publi c Events F rederick Sudennann . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Research and Sponsored Programs and Govern mental Relations Armin L. Brandhorst .. ... . . . . . . . .. Director of Physical Plant Theodore C. Bredehoft .. . . . . . Di rector of Athl etics Kathryn Bunnell .. . . . .. Associate Director of Athletics V. Jane Gilchrist .. Executive Director of the Alumni Associati on KANSAS BOARD OF REGENTS Sandra L. McMullen, Chairperson. Hutchi nson Jim E. Dumas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prairie Village Margaret A. Glades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yates Center Jordan L. Haines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . ........ Wichi ta Frank A. Lowman . .... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . Hays John G. Montgomery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Juncti on City James W. Pickert. . . . . . . . . .. Empori a Glee S. Smith, Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Larned George Wingert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Ottawa John J. Conard, Executive Officer . ... . . . . . . .... ..... . . . . .. . . .. . .. Topeka Wichita State Uniuersity/Offic ers 5 Profile of Wichita State University Wichita State University , a medium-sized, state-supported university, is lo­ cated in the c ity of Wichita. With a population of approximately :264,000 people, Wichita is the largest c ity in Kansas and a center for cultural and economic activity. Since 1964, when the University entered the Kansas state system, the University's enrollment and budget have nearly doubled to meet the needs of a rapidly growing student body, now totaling almost 17,000 students. Students from every county in Kansas, nearly every state in the Union, and 55 foreign nations are enrolled in both daytime and evening courses offered by the various schools and colleges of the Cniversity. An urban institution, Wichita State has over 12,500 students who are employed either full or part time; 1,100 who ,ue on the C.l. Bill; and 2,800 who are over 34 years of age. The average age of Wichita State students is 27. About 3,500 students are enrolled in the University's graduate programs. The Univers ity's fa culty, growing with the rest of the University, cu rrently numbers more than 840 members . Students at Wichita State can choose from more than 180 areas of academic concentration within the University's eight schools and colleges. The College of Business A.dministration , College of Education , College of Engineering, College of Fine Arts, College of Health Related Profess ions, Fairmount ollege of Liheral Arts and Sciences , University College and Continuing Education Services, and the Craduate School all offer complete program s in their areas. Wichita State offers academic programs that lead to bachelor's, master's, specialist, and doctoral degrees. Wichita State offers a Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in communicative disorders and sciences (logopedics) and in engineer­ ing and a transfer doctoral program in educational administration. Wichita State's Summer Session features a flexible time format. In addition to the regular eight-week sess ion, there is a three-week presession as well as two four-week sessions, held concurrently with the regular session. The University traditionally has a larger summer enrollment than any other college or university in Kansas . \V ichita State strives to attain four basic objectives: 1. The University provides general education through the Ceneral Educa­ tion Program and University College, a general college in which all entering freshmen are enrolled. 2. The University offers advanced and special education through the various major studies in liberal arts and sciences and in the degree programs of the professional schools or colleges. 3. The University provides continuing educational opportunities for adults through special seminars, workshops, classes, and rel ated University programs and activities. 4. The University promotes graduate studies and stimulates research through a variety of graduate programs authorized by the Kansas Board of Regents, as well as through ongoing programs of University research and research sponsored by outside organizations. Implicit in all University objectives are student welfare and continuing public service. HISTORY Wichita State University began as Fairmount College in 1895 with 16 students 6 and 3 in structors . The college, founded by the Congregational Church, was governed by the church until 1926, when the citizens of Wichita voted to make Fairmount College the Munic ipal University of Wichita. The University was then placed under the direction of the Board of Trustees. After 38 years as a municipal institution, the University again changed its status on July 1, 1964, and officially entered the state system of higher education. In its present status , Wichita State is one of six state institutions of higher education governed by the Kansas Board of Regents. ACCREDITATION AND ASSOCIATIONS Wichita State is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Specific programs are also accredited by the following professional organizations: Accreditation Board for E ngineering and Technology, Ameri­ can Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. American Chemical Society, American Medical Association Council on Medical Education, American Nurses Association, American Speech-Language and Hearing Association, Association of University Programs in Health Administration, Engineers ' Council for Professional Development (Aeronautical ,. Electrical, Industrial , and Mechanical), Council on Dental Education of the American De ntal Asso­ ciation, Council on Social Work Education, Kansas State Department of Education, National Association of Schools of Music, National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, and National League for Nursing. Women graduating from Wich ita State with bachelor' s degrees or higher are eligible for membership in the American Association of Univers ity Women. POLICIES Human Relations It is the policy of Wichita State Universit y not to dis criminate on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, di sability. or political affiliation in its education programs, activities, or employment policies as required by the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and subsequent amendments (including Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972), federal executive orders, federal regu la­ tions and guidelines, and the State's Executive Order No. 75-9. The University is further committed to take affirmative action to assure that equality of opportunity shall exist. Questions concerning discrimination should be directed to James J. Rhatigan, vice president for student affairs and dean of students, Crace Wilkie Hall. Student Responsibility Students at Wichita State University have the following responsibilities: 1. To consult their advisers on all matters pertaining to their academic careers, including changes in their programs 2. To observe all regulations of their college and select courses according to the requirements of that college 3. To attend all meetings of each class in which they are enrolled (instruc­ tors will announce at the beginning of the semester if they consider attendance in computing final grades) 4. To fulfill all requirements for graduation 5. To be personally responsible for fulfilling all requirements and observing all regulations at Wichita State Wichita State University/Profile 7 o. To answer promptly to all written notices from advisers, faculty, deans, and other University officers 7 . To file an Application for Degree card in the dean's office of the appro­ priate college at least one semester before the expected date of graduation. 8. To enroll in only those courses for which the stated prerequisite(s) (if there are any) have been satisfactorily completed. Failure to comply with this procedure may result in administrative withdrawal. Students should also comply with the principles in the following statement, which was adopted by the Student Senate, the Faculty Senate, and the Administrative Council of the University: Wichita State University reaffirms the principle of intellectual freedom in scholarly activity for University students, and it recognizes the full citizenship rights of students in inquiry, discussion, and such actions as they may choose to take on public issues. The rights and freedoms of students involve concomitant responsibilities. Incumbent on all students, as on all citizens, is the responsibility to observe the University 's rules of orderly procedures and the laws of the larger com­ munity of which the University is a part. In the matter of actions on public issues, to speak one's opinion, to petition, to distribute literature, to peacefully assemble and hold meetings, to use the persuasion of ideas and other actions within the bounds of orderly and lawful procedures are sanctioned by the University. But infringement on the rights of others, acts or threats of violence to persons, destruction of property, disruption or other interference with the normal functioning of the University and its personnel, and other disorderly and unlawful acts will not be countenanced . Within its sphere of responsibilities the University will afford students proper procedural safeguards to resolve matters in dispute. Those who will­ fully violate these University standards must expect to face disciplinary action on the part of the institution, which may include reprimand, probation, or suspension, consistent with campus provisions for due process. Academic Honesty Opportunities for learning at Wichita State University involve the students' rights to express their views and to take reasoned exception to the views of faculty; to examine all questions felt to be appropriate to a course of study; to be protected from improper disclosure of their views and beliefs; to be examined in a fair and impartial manner; and to be treated with dignity and respect. Students are responsible, however, for learning the content of any course of study outlined by their instructors, regardless of any views or judgments privately held and for demonstrating their attainment in an honest manner. Students who compromise the integrity of the classroom are subject to disciplinary action on the part of the University. Violations of classroom standards include: 1. Cheating in any form, whether in formal examinations or elsewhere 2. Plagiarism, using the work of others as one's own without assigning proper credit to the source 3. Misrepresentation of any work done in the classroom or in preparation for class 4. Falsification, forgery or alteration of any documents pertaining to aca­ demic records 8 5. Disruptive behavior in a course of study or abusiveness toward faculty or fellow students. A standard of honesty, fairly applied to all students, is essential to a learning environment. Students violating such standards must accept the conse­ quences ; penalties are assessed by appropriate classroom instructors or other designated persons. Serious cases may result in discipline at the college or university level and may result in suspension or dismissal. Students accused of abridging a standard of honesty may protect themselves through established academic appeal procedures and are assured of due process and the righ t of appeal from accusations or penalties felt to be unjust. Open Records Students may inspect and review their educational records maintained by Wichita State. According to law, the University is allowed 45 days to respond to their requests, but typically less time is required. Students wishing to challenge the accuracy of their records are entitled to a hearing, upon written request to the dean of the college in which they are enrolled. The hearing is arranged by the dean. Students may also receive the names of persons from outside the University who request access to their records and the reason for such requests. Similarly, students may also be informed of requests for records from individuals within the University who normally do not review students' education records . Information in a student's records will not be released without his or her written permission. Exceptions to these statements are noted in Public Law 93-380. A copy of the law is available to all students in the Division of Student Affairs, Grace Wilkie Hall. Accident or Injury The state of Kansas and Wichita State University do not insure against accidents or injury to students which may occur during University sponsored activities on or off campus. The University will make every reasonable attempt to advise students concerning potential danger of accident or injury. Students are expected to act responsibly by taking necessary precautions to prevent accidents. Students are also advised to protect themselves from the financial burden of accident or injury through a personal insurance policy. Admission to Wichita State Wichita State admits degree-bound college freshmen and transfer students as well as nondegree students who have special interests in college credit work but no immediate degree objectives at Wichita State University. AlI students entering Wichita State for the first time must file an application for admission with the Office of Admissions, III Jardine Hall, and all but special open admission students (discussed later) must have transcripts of all high school and/or college work sent to Wichita State. Failure to report all schools attended may result in dismissal. Both the application and official transcripts of previous work should be received by the admissions office on or before August 1 for fall registration and January 1 for spring registration. Applications and transcripts from high Wichita State Uni versi ty/Admission 9 school students will be accepted any time after their junior year and should be submitted during the first semester of their senior year. Transcripts sent to the Office of Admissions should be mailed directly from the recording institution and will not be returned to the applicant. College transcripts brought by students cannot be accepted. ew students may begin their college study during the Summer Session, the fall semester, or the spring semester. Prospective students are encouraged to visit Wichita State to discuss their educational plans with an admissions officer and other University staff members. Admission of a student to Wichita State University is independent of sex, race, physical handicap, ethnic background, or creed. DEGREE-BOUND STUDENTS Freshmen Students who will graduate from accredited Kansas high schools and will not attend another college before coming to Wichita State will be admitted to the Un iversity as freshmen after submitting an application and a high school transcript. Scores from the test battery of the American College Testing Program (ACT) must also be submitted before enrollment. Application may be completed in one of two ways: 1. Students may apply by taking the American College Test (ACT) and having the results sent to Wichita State (college code 1472). Upon receipt of the ACT scores, the WSU admissions staff completes a copy of the application and sends the form to the students. The students must then verify the data on the application, sign it, and give it to their high school couns~lor, who should attach a six-semester high school transcript and return the forms to Wichita State. A Certificate of Admission will then be mailed to the students. 2. Students may also apply by completing a regular University application for admission and having a six-semester transcript and ACT scores sent to the University. Students who have already graduated from accredited Kansas high schools and have not attended another college will also be admitted to the University after submitting an application and having their high school send an official transcript to the Wichita State Office of Admissions. ACT scores must also be submitted before enrollment. Out-of-state students who will be or have been graduated from a non-Kansas high school must also submit application, transcript, and test scores. To be eligible for admission, out-of-state students must (1) rank in the upper one-half of their high school graduating class or (2) present acceptable ACT or SAT test scores or (3) have high school grades of 2.00 or better on a 4.00 system. E xceptions may be made under special circumstances when valid reasons prevail. Priority of admission among out-of-state students is given to sons and daughters of Wichita State alumni. Students who have not graduated from high school but have an equivalency certificate may apply by submitting an application for admission, a transcript showing any high school work completed, and official scores from the General Educational Development (GED) test. ACT scores are also required if the student is admitted. Admission is based on the GED scores. All entering freshmen are enrolled in University College. The orientation program will send all freshmen complete information about orientation and enrollment. See the University College section of the Catalog for more infor­ mation. Students in University College must meet the admissions standards of the 10 degree-granting colleges before transferring into them. The individual college admissions requirements arc given at the beginning of each college's section in the Catalog. Transfers Students who have been enrolled in another college or university may be admitted to undergraduate studyat Wichita State University if they are eligible to return to the college or university they last attended and are able to meet the required scholastic standards of Wichita State. Specific standards are given in each college's section of the Catalog. Transfer students should apply at least one semester before the semester in which they plan to enter Wichita State in order to receive maximum consider­ ation for financial aid and registration programs. Transfer students are divided into two categories: (1) those with fewer than 24 college semester hours of credit or an undeclared major and (2) those with declared majors and 24 or more college semester hours of credit. 1. Transfer students with fewer than 24 college semester hours of credit or an undeclared major will be considered for admission to University College. Studen'ts must submit to the Wichita State Office of Admissions an application with an official transcript from their last high school and each college attended. Before enrollment, students must also submit scores from the American College Test (ACT). Further details on transferring to a degree-granting college are given in the University College section of this Catalog. 2. Transfer students who have declared a major and have 24 ormore college semester hours of credit are eligible to apply for admission to one of the six undergraduate degree-granting colleges. They must submit an application alld official transcript from each college or university attended to the Wichita State Office of Admissions. Students transferring from a two-year college must complete at least 60 hours of four-year college work and 40 hours of upper-division work in order to qualify for graduation from Wichita State. In no case will work done in a two-year college be credited as junior- Or senior-level work at Wichita State. (See requirements for graduation given under the Academic Information section .) Wichita State participates in the Transfer and Articulation Agreement of the Kansas Public Community Colleges and State Colleges and Universities. The agreement stipulates that: A student who completes an Associate Degree based on a baccalaureate oriented sequence at a state and regionally accredited Kansas public commu­ nity college and whose program of studies has met the requirements of the Kansas Public Community College and State College and University Transfer and Articulation Agreement will be accepted \.\lith junior standing and will have satisfied the lower division general education requirements of all Re­ gents' institutions of the state. (Subject to pOints of clarification agreed to by community colleges and state schools.) Wichita State will accept college-level courses from other recognized col­ leges and universities for transfer credit according to practices outlined in Transfer Credit Practices of Selected Educational Institutions, published by the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers. The credit practices reported in this publication divide schools into three categories , and credit is given according to the type of institution: courses applicable to a baccalaureate degree and taken at G schools are transferred to Wichita State with full credit; courses taken at L school s may be transferred to Wichita State University/Admission 11 Wichita State only if it is determined that they are equivalent to Wichita State courses; and courses taken at P schools may be transferred to Wichita State only after students have completed 30 semester hours of 2.00 (C) or better work at Wichita State and the courses have been determined to be equivalent to Wi ·hita State courses. Courses 'ompleted at other institutions but not acceptable for credit toward a degree at Wichita State are excluded from credit and grade point average evaluation. Credit hours and credit points accepted toward a Wichita State degree are comp uted with credit hours and credit points earned at Wichita State in calculating the student's total grade point average. T he distribution of transfer courses that may fulfill either a major or minor requi r ment must be approved by the chairperson of the department con­ cern d . Department chairpersons may require additional work for a major , regardless of the credit granted to the student. International Students International students may be admitted to Wichita State according to the fo llowing guidel ines: 1. They must be graduated from an accredited secondary school or college with an acceptable record . 2. Th y must present proof of proficiency in English. If the student has not t, ken th Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or if the score is not acceptable, the studen t must take a proficiency examination upon arrival on camp us. Depending on the level of English proficiency, classes in intensive English may be required. 3. They must have a notarized statement of financial responsibility in an amount of $7,900 or more to cover expenses for 12 months, including Summer Sess ion tu it io n. All international students are considered nonresidents for tu ition and fee purposes. 4. Th y must submit a University health form which has been completed by a phys ician . 5. T hey must enroll in at least 12 hours at the undergraduate level or in at least 9 hours at the graduate level. Admission decisions for students with international secondary school or college records are made with reliance upon the resource materials available through the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Office rs and the ational Association for Foreign Student Affairs. Interna­ tional stud nts with transfer work from American colleges must present at least 12 hours with a 2.25 grade point average (4.00 scale). T he ' niv r ' ity is committed to the maintellance of balance in the admission of international students and will seek an international student body which refleds the broad range of cultures and national backgrounds in the interna­ tional community. The n iversity will not assume financial responsibility or guarantee mone· tary assis tance for any student, including international students. It is the Uni ersity's expectation that prospective and enrolled students have sufficient financial support immediately available to adequately meet the expenses of tuition, fees, books, room and board, etc. T he maint nance of adequate financial support is a condition for admission and 'ontinucd enrollment of international students. Students who prove not to have fi nancial support as specified on the 1-20 form shall be subject to loss of student status. 12 10 scho larshi p s or grants are available to newly entering undergraduate international students, and it is imperative that they have sufficient funds to over expenses whil e in the United States. International students who qualify for adm iss ion to the G raduate School may apply to their department chairper­ son or the dean of their college for information on graduate fellowship s and ass istantships. International students applyin g from outside the country must submit all l.'fedential s by November 1 fo r the spring semester, April 1 for Summer Sess ion, and June 1 for the fa ll semester. Student~; already in the United States mu st submit all credentials by December 1 for the spring semester, May 1 for Summer Sess ion, and July 1 for the fall semester. For furtber information or to obtain an application form, write: O ffi ce of Admi ss ions III Jardine Hall Wichita State University Wichita, KS 67208 Graduate Students A number of categories of admission to the Wichita State University G raduate Sc hool afe ava ilable. Students seeking a graduate degree must have at least a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution based on credits compara­ ble to those allowed toward a degree by Wichita State, a minimum grade po int average of 2.75 (on a 4.00 scale) in their last 60 hours of academic work and similar performance in their major field work, and no more than 9 hours of background defi c iencies in the major field of study. Individual departments and program s 1I1ay require higher admission standards and additional sup­ porting information. Students desiring to take work for graduate credit but not neces sarily des iring to pursue a graduate degree may apply for admis sion in several nondegree categories depending upon their previous academic per­ fo rmance and goals. Specific requirement s for all admission categories and for all program s are Iisted in the Wichita State University Graduate School Bulletin. Application for admission to graduate standing must be filed with the Graduate School th ree weeks before registration and must be supported by two complete and offic ial transcripts of all college work (and other credentials required by the speCific program desired) unless the student is a graduate of Wichita State University, in which case the Graduate School personnel will obtain transcripts of the student's work completed at Wichita State. Only students formally admitted to the Graduate School are permitted to m oll in courses numbered 800 through 999, and no official status is given by the Graduate School until a student 's application and transcripts are on file and the transcript s have heen evaluated by the major department and the Graduate School. Stu dents who wish to recehe graduate credit for work taken must be admitted to the Graduate School prior to the time of enrollment. Complete information about graduate programs and requirements is avail­ able in the Graduate School office, 107 Jardine Hall. Special Admissions Students who have accumulated a grade point average of less than 2.00 may petition the dean of the ir co \lege and the University Committee on Admissions and Exceptions to be admitted to a degree program with no college credit and no grade po int average . To quali fy, peti tioners must be at least 25 years old, must have been out of a Wichita State University/Admission 13 degree program of co llege stud ies for at least four years , and must dem onstrate ability to progress in college work. If the petition is approved, all prior college courses and grades are recorded on the transcript, a double line is drawn and the notation "admitted without cred its or grades by committee action" is made. The policy may be applied to Wichita State niversity enrollme nts as well as to work at other colleges. When implemented, the policy waives all previous credits and grades except in the case of credits and grades earned in the spec ial nondegree-bound status under the open admission policy. NONDEGRE&BOUNDSTUDENTS Continuing Education Students Wichita State encourages students to pursue their educational goals. Persons wishing to continue their education with no immediate degree plans should apply and send copies of all college transcripts , or high school transcript if no college has been attended, to the Wichita State Office of Admissioll s. Students seek ing graduate credit should write or call the Graduate Schoo!. Open Admission Students To expedite admission for adult students who have not participated in formal educat ion for some time, the Office of Admissions provides a simplified admission procedure. Students will be admitted to the continuing education program as special open admission students; 1. If they have been graduated from high school, or have completed aGED, and have not attended any school for two years or 2. If they have not graduated from high school or completed a GED, are at least 21 years of age, and have not attended any school for at least two years or 3. If they are currently on active military duty or . 4. If they hold a baccalaureate or higher degree. Students admitted undtr the open admission policy need only submit an application for admission . Test scores and transcripts are not required. Students admitted as open admi ss ion students will be considered nondegree bound for their first 15 semester hours. In order to pursue wo rk beyond the semester in which the 15th hour is completed, students may be required to submit transcripts and/or test scores to be accepted as degree-bound students in University College or in one of the degree-granting colleges of the Univer­ sity. Students may also elect to co ntinue as regular nondegree students in Continuing Education Services. Guest Students Students attending another college or university who wish to attend Wichita State on a temporary basis in the Summer Session should submit an applica­ tion to the Office of Admissions. Students applying for guest admission in the fall or spring semester must also submit an official transcript or a letter of good standing from the registrar of their home in stitution . Guest admission is granted for a total of 15 semester hours, and students who plan to continue at Wichita State beyond that limit must submit complete credentials . Students from other universities are usually enrolled in Continuing Education Services. Guest students are not eligible to participate in preregistration or advance registration. High school seniors who attend Wichita State before graduation from high 14 school are also considered guest students. To be considered for admission as a high school guest student , students who have completed their junior year should submit an application and an official high school transcript and ob ta in their school's permission to take college courses while still in high school. International students on a student visa issued for another institution may be admitted as guest students at Wichita State providing they meet all criteria for admission outlined under the International Students section . RESIDENCE DEFINED The residence of students entering Wichita State University is determined by acts of the state legislature, and the most recen t statement reads as follows: Persons enrolling in universities and colleges under the state board of regents who, if adults, have not been, or if minors, whose parents have not been, residents of the State of Kansas for one year (12 months) prior to enrollment for any term or session in a college or university are nonresidents for fee purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the state board of regents may adopt rules and regulations authorizing the follow­ ing to pay an amount equal to resident fees: (1) Employees of the university Or college and their dependents, (2) persons in the military stationed in Kansas and their dependents , (3) other classes of persons having special domestic relation circumstances, and (4 ) persons who have lost their resident status within six months of their enrollment. The state board of regents shall adopt rules and regulations prescribing criteria or guidelines for determination of residence of students , so long as such criteria or guidelines are not in conAict with the provisions of this act. The state board of regents shall adopt rules and regulations prescribing guidelines for the membership composition and procedure of a residence committee for each college and university under its control. The responsibility of registering under proper residence is placed on the students. If there is any possible question of residence classification , it is the duty of a student when registering and paying fees to raise the question with the Registrar's Office. Students who disagree with their residency classifica­ tion are entitled to an appeal, provided they file a written appeal with the registrar within 30 days from enrollment and pay the fees as originally assessed. A standard appeal form is provided by the Registrar's Office. If notice of the appeal is not given in writing within 30 days, the classification or reclassification by the registrar becomes final. Students must report their correct address at the time of registration each semester. The address given must be the student 's actual place of residence, since it will be the one to which all correspondence from Wichita State is sent . Any change in residence must be reported within three days to the Registrar 's Office. Academic Information REGISTRATION Specific information regarding registration is given in the Wichita State University Schedule of Courses published each semester and Summer Session . Students may not register after the second week of classes . Falsification of information or withholding information pertinent to the records of the University is grounds for dismissal. Wichita State University/Academic Information. 15 CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS Students are classified according to the following scheme: Freshmen: under 30 semester hours earned Sophomores : 30 to 59 semester hours earned Juniors: 60 to 89 semester hours earned Seniors: 90 semester hours or more earned. MEANING OF COURSE NUMBERS Courses numbered 99 or below do not count toward a baccalaureate program. Courses numbered 100 to 299 are designed primarily for freshmen and sophomores, but students from other classes may be admitted for lower-divi­ sion credit. Graduate students may not take these COurses for graduate credit. Courses numbered 300 to 499 are taught primarily for juniors and seniors. Freshmen and sophomores may also be admitted if they satisfy the course prerequisites given in the Wichita State University Catalog. Graduate students may not take these courses for graduate credit. Courses numbered 500 to 699 are aimed primarily at juniors and seniors , but graduate students may also receive graduate credit for these courses. Courses numbered 700 to 799 are structured primarily for graduate students, but upper-division undergraduate students may be admitted if they meet course prerequisites. Courses numbered 800 to 999 are designed for graduate students only, and no students may be admitted to these courses unless they have been admitted to the Graduate School. (See the Catalog section on graduate credit for seniors for special conditions under which seniors may be admitted to graduate courses. ) The ll-digit number following each course description in the Catalog is for administrative use only. CREDIT/NO CREDIT COURSES Courses numbered below 100 do not carry credit toward a Wichita State niversity degree and are graded CreditlNo Credit (Cr/!\JCr). All credit hours in such courses are parenthesized on the student's transcript, and the credit hours are excluded from credit toward graduation. Such courses are excluded from the calculation of the grade point average . In addition, certain credit courses are graded only CriNCr. Any department in the Universit y may offer its courses on a CrlNCr basis . This designation is included in the course description of such courses in the Wichita State University Catalog. If students withdraw from a CrlNCr course before the end of the tenth week of the semester (or the fifth week of the eight-week Summer Session) , a grade of W is recorded. If they withdraw from such a course after the tenth week of a semester (fifth week of the eight-week Summer Session), they receive a grade of l\Cr, subject to the right of petition to the University's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions . CrINC r may also be granted to a freshman for the fir st semester of work during the transition semester, as discussed in the Transition Semester section of the Catalog. A1PASS/FAIL OPTION Students in good standing with at least one semester (not a Summer Session) of completed cOurse credit and an overall grade point average of at least 2.50 may elect to enroll under the AlPass/Fail (AiP/F) option in a total of three regularly graded COurses outside their major or supporting minor area. Under the AlP/F system, an A is awarded for A work; P (pass) is awarded for letter grades B, C, and D; and F is assigned for failing work. There is no distinction between an F assigned to an AiP/F course and an F assigned to a regularly graded course. No credit points are assigned for the grade of P ; the grade point average is based only on the grades A, B, C, D, and F. Student s desiring the AlP/F option for a course mus t declare the option and obtain approval from their dean on or before the end of the second week of classes of the semester (first week of classes of the eight-week Sum mer Session). Students withdrawing from an AiP/F course before the end of the tenth week of the semester (or the fifth week of the eight-week Summer Session) receive a grade of W. Students withdrawing from such a course after the end of the tenth week (fifth week of the eight-week Summer SeSS ion) receive a grade of F, subject to the right of petition to the University's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions. If students withdraw from an AiP/F course, the course will still count as one of the three allowable AiP/F option courses. A course being repeated may not be taken under the AiP/F option and must be taken for a letter grade. TRANSFER OF CREDITS WITHIN THE UNIVERSITY From University College. Students are normally expected to transfer from University College to one of the six undergraduate degree-granting colleges at the end of the semester in which they earn their 24th credit hour. Students who have declared a major and whose grade point average after 24 semester hours meets the requirements of the degree-granting college of their major are automatically transferred to that college. Students who at the end of their 24th semester hour have not decided on a major or whose grade point average does not satisfy the entrance requirements of the college of their major are given formal notice and must undergo academic review by University College. Students may not continue in University College after the semester in which they earn their 48th semester hour of credit unless they petition for an exception. The exception must be granted by both the University College and Continuing Eduaction Services Exceptions Committee and the University 's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions. Students may not be retained in University College after the semester in which they earn their 60th semester hour of credit. Other Transfers Within the University. Students may transfer from any undergraduate degree-granting college to another provided they meet, as a minimum, the probation standards of the second co llege. Since some depart­ ments have space problems, they are forced to impose some limitati ons on the number of transfer students they accept. Such limitations must be approved by the dean of the college concerned and the vice president for academic affairs. For speCific information about probation standards and admission require­ ments of individual degree-granting colleges, refer to the individual college sections of the Catalog. Wichita State University/Academic Information 17 C EXAMINATIONS The examination policy in each course is established by the department and the faculty of record and will be outl ined with the course requirements. Reexaminations shall be permitted only with the consent of the faculty when reexamination is deemed to contribute to the academic objectives of the course. Students cannot be required to take more than two final examinations per day . Arrangements for rescheduling the examination must be made by the student prior to the scheduled examination. Special examinations, when requested, will be given only with the consent of the dean of the college involved. Students who miss an assigned examination should arrange with their instructor to take a make-up examination. Deans of the college will serve as arbitrator only when deemed necessary. AUDITOR Students are permitted in credit courses on a noncredit basis with appropriate approval under an auditor classification. To be enrolled as auditors, students must enroll in the same manner and pay the same fees as for credit courses at the niversity. Auditors may take advantage of the same privi leges of class participation and instructor evaluation that students enrolled for credit have. Auditors are expected to attend class regularly. The audited course will appear on the transcript with the grade notation of Au. GRADING SYSTEM Wichita State grades include A, B, C, D, P, F, W, Au, Cr, NCr, S, , I, R, and CrE. A Distinguished achievement. Credit given; four credit points per se­ mester hour. B Superior achievement. Credit given; three credit pOints per semester hour. Average achievement. Credit given; two credit points per semester hour. D Below average achievement. Credit given; one credit point per semester hour. P Passing work (with a B, C, or D). Credit given; no credit points assigned. F Failing work. No credit hours earned toward graduation ; zerO credit points per semester hour. Counted as a course attempted and completed and included in computation of grade point average. W Withdrawal from course. No credit given; no credit points. Does not affect grade point average but counts as an attempt in repeat policy. Au Audit. No credit given ; no credit points. Does not affect grade point average. Auditors may take advantage of the same privileges of class participation and instructor evaluation afforded students enrolled for credit. Cr Credit (A, B or C). Used only in the transition semester and for courses defined as CrlNCr in the Catalog. Credit given; no credit points . See the Catalog section on credit/no credit courses. NCr No Credit (D or F) . U sed only in the transition semester and for courses defined as CriNCr in the Catalog. No credit given; no credi t points. See the Catalog section on credit/no credit courses. 18 I s U R (A, B, or C). Credit Unsatisfactory (D or F). No credit no Temporarily when a student is granted an extension of time to course work. Credit is postponed, and the course is not included in the student's Inade Doint averae:e until it is and a regular letter must be satisfactorily the student to an F. Students the I unless year. The foHowing conditions 1. If students do not enroll at Vvichita State within one calendar year following an incomplete and if their is not within that calendar year, they must enroll in that course their next semester of enrollment, or the will be to F. they do enroll in the course the is and the grade earned during the repeat semester becomes record. (If the course is not offered when work, they must request that an exception be the of the department offering the course. The department may authorize a sub­ stitute course, postpone action for a semester, or authorize a grade of W.) 2. If students receive an on the third enrollment in the same course. in the course again (enrollment becomes subject to the repeating of courses). 3. are not when computing grade point average. 4. When students receive a of incomplete, they are informed of the and the removal of incompletes. A to other indicating that the course is a repeat of one taken as RD, RF, RW, or RI. The R prefix has no evaluative function is used for information The foliowinlZ Drovisions concern repeats: H",,,,,,,~c>rl mOre than three times. For this but a W counts as the course may be repeated. In the com­ average the students receive in up to a maximum total on June 1, 1976. Only two of these five repeats can be used on anyone course, since a single course may not be more than twice. The W does not replace the and it does not count as one of these five repeats. repeat, all are included in the computation of the point average for the grades that have been previously The semester in students complete the fifth repeat may include In this case, the repeats (within the total of five) are the average is maximized. are also eligible to repeat courses and the beginning with the first repeat course taken after June 1, 1976. Wichita State ni"pr<,hdAf'nrJ,om.1.f' Information 19 3. A course bein repeated may not be taken under the AlPass/Fail option but must be take n for a letter grade. (See Catalog section on AlPas '/Fail opt ion.) 4. Students may audit the same course any number of times. e rE C r dit by exam ination or by credentials in lieu of formal enrollment in college cours work. The symbol CrE is used for College Board dvanced Placement (AP) credit, for College-Level Examinatinn Pro­ gram (CLEP) credit , for course cred it awarded on the basis of the American College Tes t (ACT), for credit by departmental examination, and for credit by credentials (military and similar background). Credit given; no credit points. ' Courses may not be changed from one status to a:lother-for example, graded to audit- aft er the enroI1ment period (through the drop/add week), except through petition to the Un iversity's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions . Other special terms are used in reference to grading, as described below. C rade Point A uerage (CPA). Th grade point average (also called grade point index) is computed by d ividing the to tal number of credit points by the total nu mber of semester hours completed for which regular letter grades (A, B, C, D, and F) are ass igned. The grades Au, W, P, I, Cr , Cr, S, U, and CrE are always excluded from grade point average computations. Credit Po ints. For each hour of work the student takes , credit points are ass igned to regular let ter urad s (A, B, C , D, and F) to permit averaging of grades : A=4, B= 3, C =2, D= l, and F=O. Course Attem pted. n attempted course indicates that the student has offiCially moiled in the course and that the student may have completed the com e, b en granted an incomplete, or withdraw n. Attempts include courses receiving th grades A, B, C, D, P, F, W, Cr, NCr, S, U, and I but exclude Au and CrE. Course Co m pleted. A completed course is a course in which a letter grade of A, B, C, D, P, F, C r, l\Cr, S, or U has been assigned. Credit Hours E amcd. Credit hours earned means that credi t is give n (A, B, C, D, P, Cr, S, or CrE ). 0 student may earn hours of credit for anyone course more than once, unless the desc ription in the Wi chita State Uniuersity Catalog speCifically st. tes that the course is repeatable for credit. CHANGE OF GRADES Changes of grade due to errors in grading or reporting may be initiated by an instructor at an y ti me during one calendar year following the assignment of the original grade. A grade change may also be initiated by the chairperson of the d pa rtment that offered the course if , and only if, the instructor is not in residence. The appro al of the dean of the college of the department concerned is needed to have the change in grad en tered on the student's transcript. The dean must then notify the chairperson of the department concerned that the grade has been changed. 20 An instructor who wishes to request a change in a grade assigned more than one year earlier may petition the University's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions. If this committ'.:e approves a change in grade, the instructor, department chairperson , ami dean concerned must be informed by the com­ mittee before its recommendation is transmitted to the Registrar' s Office and the grade change entered on the student's transcript. This change of grade policy doe ~ not affect the right of the student to appeal to the Court of Student Academic Appeals. However, the court will ordinarily not hear cases involving grades assigned more than one year prior to the time of appeal. In cases where failing grades have been recorded because a student was unable to withdraw officially, the student may petitio'1 the dean of the college for a retroactive withdrawal from all courses in the semester in question . The student must provide verifiable evidence of the causes for failing to withdraw properly. If the petition is granted, the grades are changed to W through the usual change of grades procedure. If a student requests a change more than a year after the original grades were posted, the student's petition must also be approved by the University's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions. The policy applies to all courses in a semester and can be invoked only fo r Wichita State University courses. It may not be applied after graduation to courses attempted prior to graduation. TRANSITION SEMESTER To accommodate students in their adjustment to college standards, they are allowed a special transition semester. The transition semester is a student's first regular semester at Wichita State regardless of the number of hours attempted (Summer Session excluded). However, students who have enrolled at another institution of higher learning in a regular term (summer term excl uded) before enrolling at Wichita State are not entitled to a transition semester at the University. When students receive their graded reports (A, B, C, D, or F), they may request that all work in the transition semester be translated into Credit/No Credit (Cr/NCr) on their official records, with Cr applying to letter grades A, B, and C, and NCr applying to letter grades D and F. (No grade point average is computed.) They may also elect to take no action and have the letter grades recorded on their official records. (Grade point average is computed. ) The decision to have letter grades translated into CriNCr must be declared by a student and approved by the dean of the college in which the student is enrolled hetween the posting of the semester grades and his/her next semester of enrollment including Summer Session. Students who request that their semester grades be changed to CriNCr under the policies governing the transition semester and who had a grade point average of less than 2.00 for that semester will not be placed on probation but will be limited to an enrollment of 12 semester hours (or a proportional enrollment during a Summer Session) or less during their next enrollment. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Advanced standing credit may be obtained by examination. The credit-by-ex­ amination program at Wichita State is designed to enable those who have achieved college-level education through independent study, correspondence, television instruction, past experience, Or other traditional or nontraditional means to demonstrate their level of achievement. The test results may be used Wichita State University/Academic Information 21 to gain college credit. There are four means by which such credit may be earned. 1. Credit may be earned through an :\dvanced Placement (AP) examination administered by the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) th rough the student ' s high school. The AP program is administered by CEEB in coopera­ tion with participating high schools. The tests are graded under the supervi­ sion of CEEB, and the scores, which range from a high of 5 to a low of 1, are sent to the college or university chosen by the student. Credit by AP examina­ tion is awarded <.it Wi l'hita State in the areas of biological science s, chemistry , English, French, German, history , Latin , mathematics , physics , Russian , and Spani sh. L'uder the AP program, credit at Wichita State is granted for specific courses. The titles of the specific courses for which credit is granted and the scores llcccssary for such credit are available from the Wichita State Testing and Evaluation Center. 2.. Credit may be earned by exami nation through the College Board's Col­ lege-Level Examination Program (CLEP). CLEP examination s are adminis­ tered through the Wichita State Testing and Evaluation Center. Students who pass CLEP examinations with 65th percentile scores or better will be given three hours of credit in the respective geIleral education area for which the test is presented. Information about the dates and times at which CLEP examina­ tions are gi\'Cn is available from the Testing and EV<.iluation Center. 3. Credit for certain specified general education courses may be earned through examinations administered by the Wichita State Testing and Evalua­ ti on Center. Information concerning the specific courses for which these tests are available and the standards applied in granting credit are available from the Testing and Evaluation Center. 4. Credit may be earned by departmental examination . In general, s tudents may also earn credit by examination for any course not covered in the areas given above. Students should apply directly to the chairperson of the depart­ ment offering the course and register with the Testing and Evaluation Center before taking the exam. The chairperson will make the examination available, unless the course has been exempted from credit by examination by the University's Academic Standards and Practices Committee. The chairperson will be responsible for ensuring that students are informed of the scope of the course, the text used and other relevant information. Except for special departmental exams discussed in the next paragraph, the grade recorded for credit earned by examination is CrE, and it is rel'orded on a student's transcript after enrollment in the University . Students may not take a credit-bY-l'xamillatiol1 test for credit in a course in which they have previously enrolled, unless they received a W for the cOurse. They may not retake any such examinalion . Students may not request an examination for course credit in a course for which they do not have the stated prerequisite credit. Credit earned by examination is treated exactly likE: that earned by class enrollment for internal purposes at Wichita State (class standing, completion of course prere4uisites, college requirements, etc.). It is possible to show letter grades on the transcript for departmental credit by examination if approval for letter grades is granted by the University's Committee on Academic Standards and Practices. Approval is granted if the department demonstrates to the committee that the testing procedure for credit by examination is equivalent to the testing procedure in the corresponding credit class. The Committee on Academic Standards and Practices asks for periodic review of this testing procedure. For example, the number of hours of testing through both the credit class and the credit examination should be 22 - approximately the same, and laboratory courses need to inclurle laboratory experiences as a part of the credit examination. 'vVhen letter grade'; OTe awarded for credit by examination , a notation identifying the credit as credit by examination will be included on the transcript along with a statement ex­ plaining that credit earned by examination represents equivalency with the Xalllination experience ancl performance for the regularly graded course . When students take credit by exami nation for letter grades, the followin g additional policies apply: a. Students are allowed to withdraw from any credit-by-examination test at any time prior to its evaluation. Prior to taking the exam , students must be informed of the option not to submit the exam for the recording of a grade. Once the exam is graded by the instructor, the grade earned is recorded on the transcri pt. b. If the department has rece ived approval of the University' s Committee on Academic Standards and Practices to as s ign letter grades for departmental examinations and if the department has prepared separate tests for C rE and graded credit, students must select which test they want to take. If the department has prepared only the examination for graded credit, students have the option to have their test evaluated either for graded credit or CrE credit, provided that the choice is declared to the department before the test is taken. Fees are assessed to cover the costs of administering examinations and must be paid before the examinations arc taken. A schedule of fe es for the various examinations is available from the Testing and Evaluation Center. Credit awarded by examination is determined by the department offering the course in consultation with the University's Committee on Academic Stan­ dards and Practices. In the case of credit earned by departmental examination , the department has sole jurisdiction. Credit by examination from all accredited institutions of higher education is evaluated in the same manner as regularly graded course work from these institutions. The credit awarded is adjusted to the credit-by-examination policies of Wichita State. Every attempt is made to ensure that credit by examination applies to both a student's degree program and University re­ quirements for graduation . However, in no case maya transfer student receive more credit than that availahle to students at Wichita State. EXEMPTIONS FOR SUPERIOR ACHIEVEMENT Students who have completed a minimum of 12 hours at Wichita State and have a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.25 and a grade pOint average of at least 3.00 the previous semester may be granted several privileges. 1. They are exempt from regulations governing the maximum number of hours allowed students during a semester or Summer Session. 2. They are also exempt from college regulations , if any, governing the maximum number of hours students may take during a semester in one department. 3. They have permission to have course prerequisites waived with the consent of the instructor of the course and the head of the department in which the course is taken. GRADUATE CREDIT FOR SENIORS (Senior Rule) Seniors at Wichita State University or neighboring baccalaureate degree­ granting institutions who have an overall grade point average of 3.00 or above in the ir major fi eld and in upper-division courses and who are within 10 hours Wi chita State University/A.cademic Information 23 of completing the bache lor 's d egree m,lV tak ' work for graduate credit under the Senior Ru le. T his work mu st go beyolld the requirements for the under­ gradual\' degree, and the degree must he completed with in the scmester in wh ich a student takes the graduate courses, Students mus t also be admitted to the G r, el uate SchooL Ap plication for the Sen ior Rule is made to the Graduate School and must be app roved b)' a student's majo r advi ser, department chairperson for the depart ment in which the course is taken, undergraduate dean , and the clean of the Graduate School before any courses can be taken for graduate c;red it. EMORY LINDQUIST HONORS PROGRAM T he E mory L indquist Honors P rogram hel ps outstanding students enrich and sti mulate the ir co llege life. T he program offers honors sections of regular classes and spec iall y des igned courses, each limi ted to 25 ctudents. It offers sem illars, independent stuuy, and undergrad uate research fellowships, An honors opt ion allows honors students to enroll in certain nonhonors courses and receive honors ert::di t. General program policies are establish d by the honors director with con­ ~l1lta t i()n an d advice from the Senate Honors Committe ' and the Honors Executive Comm ittee , T he ho no rs d irector, chief administrative officer for the p rogram, is accountable to the vice president for academic affa irs, Students may enter the program at any ti me they and the hOl1ors director decide they may p rofit from such work. Pros p ctive Wichita State students or those al ready enrolled should contact the honors director for honors program informatio n . Students without honors designation who have completed 30 semester hours at Wichita State with a grade point average of 3,25 may enroll in an y honors course or section if they desi re, In orde r to remain in the program, students must meet two requirements, T hey mll st enroll in a minimum of fiv ' honors courses before graduating, for a total of at lea t 15 credit hours. And they mu st maintain an overall cumulative grade point average of 3.25 or h igher. Honor students are expected to demonstrate an interest in the honors program and mai ntain a grade point average of 3 ,25 or higher. Students whose average fall s below th is Ie el can expect to be drop ped from the program, If special ci rcllmstances indicate that a ·tudent sholl ld not be dropped from the program, exceptions may be made, 0 studen t will be dropped without being given an op portun ity to consul t vvi th the honors director. Graduati ng seniors who have completed 15 hou rs of honors courses and are members in good stand ing of the honors program will have the words " Honors P rogram Graduate" p laced on their transcripts, INDEPENDENT STUDY LEADING TO A DEGREE WITH DEPARTMENTAL HONORS Outstand ing students may enroll in their junior or senior years in independent study, wh ich leads to a degree with departmental hono rs if the work is sat isfactorily completed, Students with jun ior standing and a cumulative grade point average of 3.25 are eligible to conduct a project in their major area of study , Students considering such project are encouraged to begin planning the ir work well in advan e of the semester during which the work is to be done, In order to nro ll , stude nts must consult with the honors direc~or and obtain the approval of th inst ructor in the ir major departmcnt who will be their adviser. Applications must then be approved b y the chairperson of the 24 student' s major department and by the dean of the stude nt' s college . T he completed application must be fi led with the honors directo r no later than the close of the preregistration period for the student' s last semester at Wichi ta State or the semester d uring wh ich the student des ires cred it for the work. whichever com es earlier. An independent study project should cons ist of original re search or creative work. To be graduated with departmental honors , students must complete their independent study project and write up the results according to specifi­ cations established by the honors d irector. Students must be exam ined on the ir project and other aspects of their major fie ld of study. A three-member faculty committee, appo inted by the honors director in cons ultation with a student' s instructor, conducts the examination and determines the student's eli gib il ity for graduation with departmenta l honors. Studen ts faili ng to seCure such a degree either beca use of failure to complete the ir proj(·C' ts or fail ure in the examination will rece ive acade mic lTcdit toward the regular degree for the eredit hours completed , with the grade determined by the imtru'ctor under whom the \,,;ork \Va~ performed. In no case may any studell t receive mo re than 6 hours of credit for independent study. EMORY LINDQUIST HONORS PROGRAM COURSES The following courses are designed for use by students in the Em ory Lin d­ quist Honors Program. Th e precise content of each of these courses fo r a gi ven semester is approved by the Hon ors Committee, and a stude nt may not take a course more than twice and rcce ive academic credit toward a degree for it. Lower-Division Courses 101. Special Studies in Humanities and the Fine Arts. (1-4). P 11 101 0 4905 102. Special Studies in Social and Be­ havioral Sciences. (1-4). P I I 10200601 103. Special Studies in :'IIatural Science~ and Mathematics. (1 -4). P 11 103 0 1599 104 . Special Studies in Profess ion al Studies. (1-4). P 11 104 02201 201. Proseminar in H umanities and the Fine Arts. (1-4). P 11 201 .5 4905 202. Proseminar in Social and Behaviora l Sciences. (1-4). P 11 2025 0601 203. Proseminar in Natural Sciences and Mathematics. (1-4). P 11 20,3 5 1.599 204. Proseminar in Profess ional Shldies. (1-4). P 11 204 5 2.201 ACADEMIC RECOGNITION Upper-Division Courses 301. Colloquium in Humanities and the Fine Arts . (1-4). P 11 301 54905 302. Colloquium in Social and Behavioral Sciences . (1-4). P 11 302.5 060 1 303. Colloquium in Natural Sciences and Mathematics. (1 -4). P 11 .303 5 l509 304. Colloquium in Professional Studies. (l -4). P 11 304 5 2201 400. Honors Seminar. (1-4) . P I I 400 5 4906 410. Independent Study . (1-4). Repeat­ able to a maxim um of 6 hours of cred it . P 11 410 4 4906 Honors criteria are estab lished for Wichita State students by the University and apply equally to students of all colleges . The Dean's Honor Roll is pub lished each semester and is composed of students enrolled in 12 or more semester hours of graded work who achieve a grade point average of 3.250 or h igher for a semester. Degrees are conferred with distinction upon students who have shown excellence in scholarship . The minimum standard for graduation sum ma cum Wichita S la te University/Academic Informa/ joTI 25 laude is both an overall grade point average of 3.900 and a grade point average of 3.900 on Wichita State course work. The minimum standard for graduation magna cum laude is both an overall grade point average of 3.550 and a grade point average of 3.550 on Wichita State course work. The minimum standard for graduation cum laude is both an overall grade point average of ,3.250 and a grade point average of 3.250 on Wichita State course work. Stuuents enrolling in Inuependent Study and meeting the appropriate re­ quirements may graduate with departmental honors as described in the Inde­ pendent Study section of the Catalog. WITHDRAWAL Voluntary Withdrawal Students encountering special problems during a semester may protect their record through voluntary acaderJlic withdrawal based on the following pro­ cedures . Students may withdraw voluntarily from any or all courses through the tenth week of a semester or the fifth week of the eight-week Summer Session and have a W recorded for the course(s). After the tenth week of a semester or the fifth week of the eight-week Summer Session, students may withdraw from one or more courses with a W only if they petition the dean of their college and the University's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions approves their petition. (The alternative to a W is an F.) When students wish to withdraw, they must consult an adviser, obtain drop slip(s) for every course (line number), and have their adviser sign in the appropriate placc. They must then take the drop slip (s) to the instructor of each dropped course and obtain the instructor's signature. After receiving the instructor's signature for each uropped course, students must take the drop slip(s) and their certificate of registration to the office of the dean of the appropriate college for the dean 's signature and final approval. The completed drop slip(s) and certificate of registration must then be taken to the admissions and records office in Jardine Hall. Refund, if any, will be made according to the schedule published in the Wichita State Uniuersity Schedule of Courses. Complete withdrawal from \Vichita State must be made in writing to the dean's office of the appropriate college. Administrative Withdrawal Administrative withdrawal may be initiated by the dean's office of the college in which a student is enrolled, the business office, the office of student affairs, or other appropriate University offices for the following reasons: 1. The student's class attendance is so poor that in the instructor's opinion full benefit cannot be derived from the course 2. A University College student fails to be accepted by a baccalaureate college by the time of completion of 60 credit hours 3. The student fails to comp lete successfully all prerequisites for those courses in which the student is enrolled 4. The student violates the provi s ions of the student's responsibilities statements in the University Catalog. (See the Student Responsibility section of the Catalog.) 5. The student does not comply with the terms of a provisional admission 6. The student has unmet financial obligations to the University. 26 The office initiating administrative withdrawal will notify the dean of the college in which the student is enrolled when withdrawal proceedings are initated. The student is then notifi ed by the dean's office that he or she may be \.\ ithdrawn administratively so that the student may explain his or her position before final action is taken. If official notices from the dean 's office are ignored , or returned because the address given by the student at the time of enrollment is incorrect, administrative withdrawal will take place 15 days after the initial notice. A grade of 'II' or F will be offiCially recorded on the student's permanent record for a course or courses from which the student is administratively wi thdrawn. The grade of F will be recorded only if the administrative with­ drawal is for academic reasons. ACADEMIC PROGRESS REPORTS Reports on a student's progress are given in several ways. Midterm Down Reports. At midsemester, a Down Report may be sent to students doing below average work and to their academic adviser as an indication that thei r grades need to be improved. Students should meet with their instructor and/or college adviser to di scuss the prohlem. Absence Letters. Faculty members who make regular attendance checks may inform the dean of a student's college when the student is absent excessively. The dean may either process an administrative withdrawal or request that the student initiate an official withdrawal or makp arrangements with the instruc­ tor to complete the course. Students failing to take either course of action will receive an F at the end of the semester. Informal Warning. Students with an overall grade point average above the level required by their college for graduation (or above 2.000 for Uni versi ty College and Continuing Education Services) but below this level for one semester may receive a letter from the dean of their college warning of the consequences of continued substandard performance. Such warnings do not appear on a student 's transcript. ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL STANDARDS Specific regulations governing probation and dismissal standards are estab­ lished by each co llege at "Vichita State and are given in the introductory statements in the individual college and the University College and Continu­ ing Education Services sections of the Catalog. Students should consult the appropriate section of the Catalog for these standards. Since 2.000 (a grade of C) is the minimum grade point average required for graduation from Wichita State, students are formally placed (or continued) on probation at the conclusion of every semester in which their overall grade point average falls below 2.000, except as noted below. If the college in which students are enrolled has a higher graduation requirement, students may be placed on probation whenever their overall grade point average falls below the college's speCified level. Students admitted in good standing will not be placed on probation regard­ less of their grade point average until they have attempted 12 credit hours after admission to Wichita State. Attempted hours are defined as all hours appearing on the transcript with a grade of A, B, C, D, F , P , W, Cr, NCr, I , S, or U. The transition semester counts toward the number of hours attempted but does not count in the calculation of the grade point average used to assess probation or dismissal. Wichita State University/Academic Information 27 Transfer students admitted on probation must complete at least 12 semester hours at Wichita State with a 2.000 average before probation may be removed. In addition, for transfer students, the Wichita State probation standards apply to both their Wichita State grade pOint average and their overall grade point average . A student on academic probation is limited to a maximum of 12 semester hours in the fall and spring semesters . Dismissal standards are set by the various colleges and by University College and Continuing Education Services of Wichita State in conformance with the fo llowing policy. Students will not be dismissed if either their overall grade point average or their last semester's grade pOint average equals the minimum graduation level of their college . They will remain on probatioll as long as their overall grade point average is below the minimum University or college graduation standard and their semester grade point average meets the minimum college or division standard. Students will be dismissed at the end of the semester in which they accumulate 12 attempted credit hours with a semester and overall grade point average below the minimum required after being placed on probation. Stu­ den ts are not academically dismissed at the end of a semester unless they began that semester on academic probation. COURT OF STUDENT ACADEMIC APPEALS The faculty at Wichita State has established a procedure to resolve disputes arising out of the classroom through the Court of Student Academic Appeals. The court hears appeals from students who feel they have been treated unfairly in grading or in an instructor's charges of plagiarism, cheating, and similar offenses . The court is designed to help resolve differences that cannot be settled in the framework of the student-faculty relationship and offers an important safeguard for students. Any student may use the appeal procedure. Forms are available in the D ivision of Student Affairs, 103 Grace Wil kie Hall. The general procedure is explained to students when they pick up the form. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION The University's minimum graduation requirements are given below. Students should consult the appropriate section of the Catalog for additional graduation requirements imposed by the department and college of their major. Seniors are required to file an Application for Degree card in the office of the dean of their college at least one semester before their expected date of graduation. Students must have credit for 124 acceptable semester hours toward their degree. This should include no more than three courses taken under the AlPass/Fail option. Hours of credit earned toward a degree do not include courses with grades of F, W, Au, NCr, or I. Students must maintain an overall grade point average of 2.00 (transf r work included) and a grade point average of 2.00 on all work taken toward a degree at Wichita State. Furthermore, students must maintain a grade point average of 2.00 in the courses in their major field of study. Students shall not be allowed credit toward graduation for D grade work in excess of one-quarter of their total hours. 28 Studen ts must have a minimum of 40 semester hours of cred it in courses numbered 300 or above. At least 30 semester hours of course credit (A, B, C, D, P, or Crl m ust bc !arl1ed at Wichita State. Also, at leas t 24 of the la st 30 semester hours or 50 of the last 60 semester hours must be completed at Wichita State . Exception to thi s regulation may be made by the Un iversity 's Comm ittee on Ad missions and Exceptions . Students may transfer credits earned in correspondence or extension courses with the approval of their dean . H owever, no mOre than 30 semester hours of such cred it may appl y toward a baccalaureate degree, and no more than 6 hours of such credit may be among the last 30 semester hours. General Education Program New students, with no previous college credit, who entered Wichita State during or after the fall semester, 1974, mu st fulfill the requirements of the General E ducation P rogram, which consists of 41 hours. Students transferri ng to Wichita State under the T ransfer and Arti culation Agreement of the Kan sas Public C ommunity Colleges and State Un iversities are considered to have met the relluirements of the Wichita State General Education Program. Commun ity college graduates not covered by the agree­ ment are required to take up to 8 hours of General Studies courses , depending upon the number of hours needed to complete the 4 I-hour General Edu L'a tio n Program requ irement. T he requirements of the General Education Program are listed be low . l. Communications (9 hours ) 1. E ng. 101 and 102 2. E ither Speech III or 1120 Students with deficiencies in reading Or writing skill s may be requ ired to take background work in refresher courses. II. General Education D istribution Requ irements (32 hours) 1. Departments and programs in the Univers ity have b een ass igned to one of fou r div ision s. Students must take courses in all four d ivis ions as described below: a. Humanities and Fine Arts (excludi ng performance and studi o cQurses)­ American studies , art history, E nglish, German/Russian, h istory, interdi sci ­ plinary liberal arts and sciences program, linguistics, musicology-composi ­ tion, philosophy, religion, romance languages , speech communication, women's studies b. Social and Behavioral Sciences-anthropology, economics , geography, minority studies, political science, psychology, sociology c. Natural Sciences and Mathematics- b iological sciences, chemistry, geol­ ogy, mathematics, physics , statistics d. Professional Studies (including performance ancl stud io courses)-ac­ counting; administration of justice ; aeronautical engineeri ng; art education; e bas ic emergency medical care; business education ; comm unicative di sorders and sciences; computer science ; cytotechnology; dance; dental hygiene; elec­ k trical engineering; engineering core; engineering technology; fi nance, real e estate, and decision sciences; gerontology; graphic des ign ; health administra­ ,f tion and education; health care ad ministrat ion ; h ealth science; industrial education; industrial engineering; instructional services (education); journal­ n ism; library science; management; marketing and slllall bu siness ; mechanical engineeri ng; medical record administration; med ical technology; military Wichita State Uni versity/Academ.ic In formation 29 science; military service; music education; music performance (and applied music); nurse clinician; nursing; personal development; personnel services (education); physical education; physical therapy; physician 's assistant; pub­ lic administration (political science); radio-TV (speech communication); res­ piratory therapy; social work ; studio arts ; theater (speech .communication); urban studies. 2. Rul s for the 32-hour distribution requirement are: a. None of the general education distribution hours may be taken within the student's major department. b. A minimum of 6 hours must be selected from each division. c. Courses must be taken in at least two departments in each division. d. The 8 hours remaining after the distribution just specified may be taken in any division(s) except the division containing the student's major. e. At least 8 of the 32 distribution hours must be in General Studies courses, described in the next section. General Studies Courses Courses carrying the General Studies designation have been designed to p rovide students with the knowledge necessary to develop an informed un­ derstanding of an area outside their own field of specialization. The courses attempt to provide students with information and concepts that promote awareness of both the achievements and the limits of knowledge in a given area. The following courses have been approved as General Studies courses. Students should consult the Wichita State University Schedule of Courses each semester for the current list of courses that have been approved and are being offered. Complete course descriptions can be found in the appropriate departmental listings in the Catalog. Division A, Humanities and Fine Arts Amer. Stud. 201G, The American Hero Art Hist. 121G, Survey of Western Art: Paleolithic through Early Christian Art Hist. 122G, Survey of Western Art: Renaissance and Baroque Eng. 220G, The Literary Heritage: English Masterpieces Eng. 230G, Exploring Literature Eng. 231G, Exploring Literature in Media Eng. 232G, Themes in American Literature Eng. 307G, Narrative in Literature and Film Eng. 400G, The Literary Imagination: Epic, Romance, Tragedy, Comedy Ger. llOG, Learning Another Language Hist. WIG, History of Western Civilization Hist. lO2G, History of Western Civilization Hist. I08G, A History of Lost Civilizations Hist. 330G, The Americans: Conflict and Consensus in the Development of American Society and Culture Ling. 150G, The Nature of Language Mus.-Comp. 160G, The Heritage of Western Music Mus.-Comp. 493G, American Music Phil. lOOG, The Meaning of Philosophy Phil. 300G, Science and the Modern World ReI. I20G, The Biblical Heritage ReI. l3IG, Traditional Religion and the Modern World 30 Speech I43G, The Art of the Theater Speech 190G , Crises in Communication Ditision B, Social and Behavioral Sciences Anthro. 100e, Anthropology of Modern Life Anthro. 126(;, Popular Archaeology Econ. 101G, The American Economy Econ. 200G, What Economics Is All About Pol. Sci. 101G, Politics: Who Gets What Pol. Sci. 103G, Games Nations Play: Problems in International Relations Soc. 200G , Sociology and Everyday Life Dhision C, N atural Sciences and Mathematics BioI. lOZG, Biological Science Survey BioI. lOSG, The Human Organism BioI. SOgG, Foundations of Human Heredity Chern. lOIG , The Science of Chemistry Geol. 300e , E nergy, Resources, and Environment Math. 300G, The Evolution of Mathematics Phys. I9SG, Introduction to Modern Astronomy Division D, Professional Studies Mgmt. 101G, Introduction to Business CS 103G, C omputers: Their Uses and Abuses Engr. 300G, Technology and Society PE 280G, Fitness for Life Date of Catalog Requirements Students who have not been out of college for more than two consecutive calendar years may graduate under the requirements in effe ct at Wichita State when they first entered any college or university . They may also graduate under the requirements of any subsequent Wichita State UniverSity Catalog. They may not, however, be allowed to graduate under the requirements of a Wichita State Unirersity Catalog in effect ea rlier than two years preceding their enrollment at Wichita State. If students have had their college program interrupted by more than two consecutive years , they will be subject to the requirements in effect when they reenter, or, if they elect, the requirements of a later Catalog. A SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE FROM WICHITA STATE Students with a bachelor's degree from another institution may receive a second bachelor's degree from Wich ita State University upon completion of a minimum of 30 hours in residence, provided that none of the 30 WSC hours is counted in the first degree and provided that all Wichita State University college and department graduation requirements are met . Students who have received one bachelor' s degree from Wichita State University may receive a second upon completion of a minimum of 30 hours in residence and upon satisfying the requirements from the department and college from which the second degree is sought. These hours are in addition to those required for the first degree. COMMENCEMENT Wichita State holds one commencement a year. All summer, fall, and spring graduates are invited to participate in the May commencement exercises. Wichita State University/Academic Information 31 Special Academic Areas COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM Wichita State University offers a Cooperative Education program at both the undergraduate and graduate level. Cooperative Education is an academic program which integrates course work with a planned and supervised profes­ sional field experience designed to complement and enhance the student's academic program. Cooperative Education students are placed in salaried profess ional experiences that supplement the student's course work and con­ tribute to a balanced education. The Cooperative Education program believes that appropriate, meaningful learning can occur outside of the formal class­ room setting; indeed, some of the most valuable learning experiences cannot be duplicated in the classroom. It is the objective of the Cooperative Education program to provide a structure for integrating such off-campus learning into the student 's curriculum and to provide the faculty guidance essential for reali zing the optimum benefits of such learning. Coop rati ve Education draws upon off-campus resources and expertise by placing students in business, government , industry , or social agencies that can provide Significant professional learning experience to supplement the stu­ dent's course work. Individual field studies are formulated in consultation w ith appropriate faculty sponsors. The primary concern in formulating such field studies is the educational benefits that accrue to the student; programs are designed to enable the student to refine or expand skills acquired in class; test and/or apply theories in actual field situations; work with equipment , data, or projects not availab Ie on campus ; and conduct original research. Because of the individualized nature of co-op field studies, the structure and content of such projects will vary from student to student; however, the underlying philosophy remains the same-to provide the student with a Significant learning experience by integrating professional field work with classroom study. Cooperative Education students placed in employing agencies enroll in Cooperative Education courses offered by the appropriate departments and are assigned faculty sponsors from those departments. All placements are subject to the fi nal approval of the student's faculty adviser who evaluates placements a ording to their potential for providing meaningful learning experiences and their relevance to the student's educational/professional objectives. While on their Cooperative Education field assignments, students work closely with these faculty sponsors, and the co-op courses usually follow the format of an internship or practicum assignment. Academic credit earned via co-op courses may count toward the satisfaction of University degree requirements. Details of creelit policies vary from college to college; for specific information on credit policies contact the Cooperative Education program office . To most satisfactorily accommodate the diverse needs of our students, the Cooperat ive Education program offers two scheduling options: an alternating and a parallel sequence. Students who select the alternating sequence will alternate semesters of full-time employment with semesters of full-time en­ rollme nt in course work. Students selecting the alternating sequence are expected to complete a minimum of two semesters of field work. Alternating work assignments run concurrently with the semester scheduling and may include the Summer Session. Students on alternating work assignments are considered as full-time students and are entitled to all the rights and privileges of full-t ime students. Students selecting the parallel option will work part-time 32 while concurrently enrolling in a minimum of six hours of course work in addition to their co-op assignment. Students on a parallel assignment may remain at the same position for consecutive semesters so long as the opportu­ nity for further learning exists. e The basic requirements for admission to the Cooperative Education pro­ c gram include the completion of the freshman year and satisfactory academic ;- standing. Some colleges and departments , however, have additional require­ s ments or prerequisites. Interested students should contact the Cooperative Education program office, complete an application for admission, and sched­d 1- ule an interview with a Cooperative Education coordinator. Formal admission ~ s is made subsequent to the coordinator's recommendation. s ­ DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION Jt m One of the four basic objectives of Wichita State is to provide continuing to education opportunities for adults. The Division of Continuing Education's or programs and activities are directed toward meeting the higher education needs of adults throughout the greater Wichita area and the state. The primary)y functions of the division are to: In 1. Provide, through cooperation with degree-granting colleges, courses and u­ programs as well as the support services for both faculty and students in )n off-campus locations ch 2. Develop and provide alternative information sources, registration pro­ Ire cedures, and orientation programs for adult part-time students ost 3. Cooperate with business, industry, and the professions in providing or specialized credit and noncredit classes of 4. Provide planning and support services to the continuing education cen­ of ters within the individual academic colleges ng 5 . Administer courses with nontraditional presentations deSigned to meet mt the special time and place restrictions of the working public. The instructional )m services of the University are extended through courses on the Kansas Board of Regents' Telenetwork, correspondence courses, courses that use radio, televi­ In sion, or newspaper as a portion of their presentation, and Weekend University. ire 6. Coordinate adult scholarships and senior citizen services oct 7. Provide centralization of the records and reporting functions to the ]ts Kansas Board of Regents for University-wide, off-campus credit activities and nd all noncredit programs. on ith GRADUATE SCHOOL an Over 3,500 students at Wichita State are enrolled in the Graduate School. Theies Graduate School offers programs leading to master's, specialist, and doctoral .ils on degrees. Master's programs are offered in administration of justice, accounting, aeronautical engineering, anthropology, art, art education, biological sciences, business administration, chemistry, communications, computer science, com­:he municative disorders and sciences, creative writing, economics, educationalng administration and supervision, educational psychology, electrical engineer­lill ing, elementary education, engineering management science, English, geol­:!n­ are ogy, gerontology, history, liberal studies , mathematics, mechanical engineer­ ing, music, music education, nursing, physical education, physics, political ,ng science, psychology, secondary education, sociology, Spanish, student per­Jay are sonnel and guidance, and urban affairs. The Specialist in Education , a degree beyond the master's level, is awarded in educational administration andges supervision and in student personnel and guidance. PhD programs are offered me Wichita State University/Special Academic Areas 33 in communicative disorders and sciences and in engineering. A transfer arrangement with the University of Kansas allows substantial parts of doctoral programs in educational administration and supervision to be completed at vVichita State. For complete information on the graduate programs see the Wi chita Stale University Graduate Bulletin. SUMMER SESSION Wichita State's Summer Session features a flexible time format. In addition to the regular eight-week session there is a three-week presession and two four-week sessions concurrent with the regular session. Evening classes are offered during the eight-week session. Dates for the various sessions are announced in the Summer Session Schedule of Courses, available by April 1. All colleges and divi s ions of the University function during the Summer Session. Credit toward both undergraduate and graduate degrees may be earned during the summer. Over 200 faculty teach over 450 regular and short courses, and the standards of achievement are identical with those of the academic year. Credits earned in the Summer Session are accepted by all colleges accredited by or belonging to the associations that accredit the University. F or information regarding dates of enrollment, fees, course offerings, and the availability of cultural and recreational opportunities, please write to: D irector of the Summer Session Wichita State University Wichita, KS 67208 The Summer Session office is located in 102 Morrison Hall. Admission and Enrollment The rules governing admission to the Summer Session are the same as those for the regular academic year. (See the Admission to Wichita State section of the Catalog.) A general registration enrolls students just prior to the eight-week and first four-week sessions. Separate registrations are also held for each of the short 'ess ions. Detailed information on registration is available in the Summer Session Schedule of Courses. The fees for the Summer Session are the same as those for the regular academic year. (See the Financial Information section of the Catalog.) Special Summer Programs Workshops. Workshops are offered throughout the summer. These courses , which are devoted to current topics, carry the course number 150 or 750 . Specific topics are not given in the Catalog, but a list of the workshops being offered each summer is included in the Summer Session Schedule of Courses. Special fees are charged for workshops . (See the Financial Information section of the Catalog.) Alpha Ten. Alpha Ten is a summer program for entering freshmen who want to improve their academic skills in reading and writing and at the same time earn their first 10 hours of college credit. Students admitted to the program take, as a group, an integrated set of courses in composition, speech, and reading and writing improvement. Special academic counseling is also pro­ vided for the students to assist them in beginning their college careers . For 34 more information, contact the director of the Learning Resource Center at vVichita State. High School Students. High school students between their junior and senior years may enroll as guest students for college credit in many WS U classes. Students interested in the Metamorphosis Program should contact the director of admissions at Wichita State. Spanish Program in Puebla, Mexico. The romance languages department offers a program des igned to broaden students' comprehension of the lan­ guage, customs, history, and culture of Mexico. Students live in the Hotel Colonial in Puebla for three weeks and in private homes for three weeks. Six hours of undergraduate or graduate credit may be earned by those who complete the six-\veek ('ourse. For more information, contact the Departmen t of Romance Languages, ,305 Jard ine H all. Field Geology. Wichita State, Kansas State, and Fort Hays State University present a joint summer field course in geology. The base camp is Beulah , Colorado, on the eas t flank of the Wet Mountains. The summer course consists of five weeks in the field , for which students receive 6 hours of credit. Applicants should have completed course work in physical and historical geology and at least 12 hours of advanced geology. Inquiries should be directed to the Department of Geology, 22fl McKinley Hall. Financial Information Tuition and fees cover only about one-fourth of the cost of a university education. The remaining costs are paid for out of donations made to the Wichita State University Endowment Association and from appropriations from the State of Kansas. COMPREHEN~VEFEESCHEDULE Fees given in this Catalog are current at the time of printing and may be changed by the Kansas Board of Regen ts or the Kansas Legislature. Basic Fees Basic fees for on-campus (city of Wich ita and McConnell AFB) regular enrollment and continuing education credit courses are: Resident Nonresident Tuition fee-regular semester and Summer Session 1 through 14 hours-per cred it hour ... ,. $22.80 $66.65 15 hours and above-flat fee .. , ......... , .. , . 342.00 1,000,00 Student fee-regular semester and Summer Session 1 through 14 hours-per credit hour $7 .60 $7.60 15 hours and above-flat fee , ...... , .. , .... ,' 114,00 114,00 Total required fees , based on 15 credit hours for regular semester , . , ........... , , , , .. , ... ... $456,00 $1,114,00 The student fee, required of all students enrolled on the Wichita State campus, supports parking, student union , stadium addition, academic and service buildings, library revenue bonds , student health services , athletic admissions, forensics , Student Governuent Assoc iation , University Forum Board, student publications, concerts, drama, opera productions and similar items. Wichita State University/Financial Information 35 Off-Campus Credit and Noncredit Courses and Workshop Fees A specific course fee of $24.00 (undergraduate) or $37.00 (graduate per credit hour is asse ed for off-campu courses and works hops. Fees fo r noncredit courses are based on actual operating costs. Workshop Fees-On Campus A workshop fee of $35.60 per credit hour, including $28.00 for tuition and $7.60 for student fee , is asses ed. Fees for noncredit workshops are based on actual operating costs . Auditing Course Fees Students pay the same tuit ion and fees per semester hour for audited cou(ses as for credit courses or noncredit courses. Departmental Fees Special departmental fees are charged as summarized below: 1. Administration of justice, AJ 340, 344, 345, and 821- $10.00 per course 2. H istory, Hist. 105, 106, and 330G-$1O.00 per course 3. Mil itary science-$3.50 per semester 4. Music-During the academic school year undergraduates enro lled in 6 or more hours are not charged tuition and fees fo r the followi ng nsembles : Orchestra, Mus. Perf. 211A, 411A, and 711A Band (Symphonic), Mus . Perf. 211 B, 411 B, and 711B Band (Concert), Mus. Perf. 212B, 41 2B, and 712B Band (M arching), Mus. Perf. 213B, 413B, and 713B Wind Ensemble, Mus. Perf. 210B, 41OB, and 710B Cappella Choir , Mus. Perf. 212F, 412F, and 712F University Singers , Mus. Perf. 211F, 411 F, and 711F Jazz Arts Ensemble, Mus. Perf. 211T, 212T, 41lT, 412T, 71lT, and 7l2T Students enrolled in fewer than 6 hours are charged regular tuition and tudent fees fo r these ensembles. Tuition and fees, however, are not charged to graduate students enrolled in these courses . During Summer Session tu ition and fe s for these ensembles are not charged to undergraduate or graduate students enrolled for 2 or more credi t hours in courses other than the ensembles. 5. Applied music-Students enrolled in applied music are assessed an instrument and equipment special services fee of $7 .50 per semester or Summer Session. 6. Physical education-horsemanship-$70.00 I er semester. 7. PhySical education-skiing-$70.00 per semes ter. 8. Phys ical education-bowling-$20.00 per semester. 9. Physical education-ice kating- $28.00 per semester. 10. PhYSical education-motorcycl ing-$35.00 per sem 'ster. 11. PhYSical education-roller skating-$35.00 per s mester. 12. Physical education-racquet ball-$34.00 per semes ter. 13. Physical education-pool-$15.00 per semester. 14. Physical edu C'~'ltio n-biliiards-S15.00 per seme' t r. 15. Film user fee-499 courses-$1O.00 per course. 16. Art-life drawing courses- $1O.00 per course. 36 Laboratory Fees Fees are assessed to cover the cost of supplies and breakage. Add itional fees are assessed where breakage is excessive. Fee per Type of Laboratory Course Anthropology, Anthro. 204 and 501 ... . .............. . ...... $15.00 Biological sciences .... .... ........ . ... . ....... . .... . .... 20.00 Ceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 20.00 Chemistry .. . ..... . ..... . . . ...... . ... . ........ . .. 20.00 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15.00 Geology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Graphic design, GD 139 and 231 .. .. ..... ... ..... ... .. 5.00 Graphic design, GD 230 and 330 ...... .. ................... 10.00 Language laboratory, Span. I II and 112; Ger. III and 112; Fr. 111 and 112; Ita!' 111 and 112; Rus. 111 and 112; Port. I II and 112; In. E ng. 10.00 Photojournalism, Journ. 240, 340, and 440 ... . ... ... . . .... . 15.00 Physics .............. . ................ . ....... . 15.00 Printmaking ... .. .. .. . ..... . ... . . . . ... ..... .......... . . 10.00 Reading ............ . .. . ......................... . 5.00 Sculpture ................. . ......... . .. . .............. . 20.00 Special Fees, Deposits, and Waivers Certain other fees are assessed as indicated below: Identification card fee .... . .. . ..................... . .. . . $ 2.50 New student orientation fee ............ .. .... . .... . . ..... . 15.00 Transcript per copy charge .. .. . ............ . ..... ... ..... . 2.00 Public documents per copy charge ...... . . . ..... . ...... ... . . ,10 Library fines and lost materials-cost per fine schedule or cost of replacement of material plus a process ing fee Teacher placement fee Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2.00 Alumni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 College of Health Related Professions Equivalency examination fee, per credit hour ............ . ... 8.00 Physician's assistant application fee ....... .. . .. ... .. ...... 15.00 Acceptance fees Emergency medical techn ician" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 25.00 Dental hygiene" ................ . .... .. .. . . ... ... . .. . .. 100.00 Medical technology" ...... . . . .. . . . ............ . ...... . . 100.00 Nurse clinician" .. . .... . .. . ...... .. .. .. ....... . . . .. . . .. 100.00 Nursing" ...... . ..... . .. , .. .. . . . ... . , . .... . . ........ . 100.00 Physical therapy" . .. ... . ... , . ....... . . , . ... , . .. ..... . .. 100.00 Physician's assistantO .... , ..... , ..... , . , . ... . ... ..... .. , 100,00 Respiratory therapy" ... , . . ............................. 100.00 o :\c<.:eptan<..-e fee!> ar~ d u~ no late r thun 30 day .. aflt' r adnll~si on to a program and an.: nOll rd undab le. TIl(:: fv(' will he applied toward the tu ition of the fi rst seme .. ter of the program. Testing and Credit by Examination Fees Experiential learning assessment fee ... , ..... . . , .. .. , .. . ..... $25.00 Departmental examination fee, per credit hour .... . .. " .... . ... 8.00 Wichita State Uni versity/Financial Information 37 Contracts and Compensatory Charges The schedule of fees reported here does not limit the charges that may be made under arrangements with other governmental or private agencies except that such arrangements may not provide for lesser charges. Compensatory or other charges to more nearly cover actual costs of instru ction are specifically autho­ rized. Drop Fee Preregistered students may drop courses during registration without charge. When an approved change of schedule involves both the dropping and adding of courses the tuition and student fees already paid for the dropped courses will apply to the tuition and student fees for the courses being added. A $10.00 drop penalty will be assessed for all drop-add transactions submitted at the same time. A $10.00 drop fee will be assessed on full withdrawals. No penalty will be assessed for adding courses. Refund Policy-Complete and Partial Withdrawal Students making a complete or partial withdrawal during the first two weeks of a semester (first week in the eight-week Summer Session) are entitled to an 80 percent refund of tuition and fees . Students making a complete or partial withdrawal during the third, fourth , and fifth weeks of a semester (second week in the eight-week Summer Session) are entitled to a 40 percent refund of tuition and fees. No refund is made to students who withdraw after the fifth week (second week in the eight-week Summer Session). Classes and credit workshops meeting for a period other than the regular academic term will refund 80 percent during the first 10 percent of clas s time , 40 percent during the next 20 percent of class time, and no refund thereafter. Refunds on noncredit workshops will be made only on cancellation received 48 hours prior to the time of the scheduled workshop. To withdraw completely from the University, students must process drop cards for all classes in which they are enrolled and surrender their Certificate of Registration. Fee Waiver Policy The dean of a student's college, or h is or her designee, or the Registrar may authorize a waiver of special fees and/or nonrefundable tuition fees in cases where the schedule change or withdrawal is required because of University regulations , clerical errors, misadvising, class schedules changed b y the Uni­ versity, or other exceptional circumstances beyond the control of the student and determined valid by the college dean or his or her designee. The waiver petitioning procedure is as follows: 1. Students request a petition form from the dean's office of their college and provide the information requested on the form. 2. Students presen t the petition to their college dean's office for considera­ tion. Graduate students petition the Graduate School dean's office. 3. Students are notified of the action taken on the petition . 4. Students submit approved petition to the Controller's Office with their enrollment, schedule change, or withdrawal forms. 5. When students wish to appeal a negative decision on a petition, they call their co llege dean's office for information on how to file an appeal. 38 Senior Citizen Fee Waiver In accordance with the Kansas Board of Regents policy, students who are at least 60 years of age may enroll as auditors (noncredit) in any academic credit course in which there is space available without paying tuition fees. Senior citizens mllst present a Medicare card or driver's license to validate age. A special senior citizen registration is held after the first day of classes (see the Schedule of Courses). Senior citizens desiring college credit of the assurance of space in specific courses may enroll and pay full fees during regular registration. Course prerequisites apply to senior citizens as well as other students. Period of Payment All semester fees, including laboratory fees, must be paid in full at registration. Late Enrollment Students who enroll late are assessed the following fee: f Enrolled in 1 through 6 hours $ 5.00 ) Enrolled in 7 or more hours 15.00 I At the beginning of each semester, the Registrar establishes the specific date :l for the assessment of the late enrollment fee.f n Unpaid Fees r Students who leave Wichita State University without meeting their financial obligations to the University may have their records impounded by the Registrar. Their transcripts or diplomas will not be issued unless their account d is cleared, and they may not enroll for a new term unless all fees are paid. p Assessment and Collection e The University controller assesses and collects the fees. The controller, the dean of the College of Fine Arts, and a faculty member from the College of Business Administration constitute the Board of Appeals for students who believe their fees have been incorrectly assessed . The decision of this com­y mittee is final. ,s 1 - Y STUDENT HOUSING FEES lt Cost for the double occupancy, single payment plan at Brennan Halls is $1,760 ~r for the IS-meal plan and $1,896 for the 19-meal plan. Rates are per year and include the social fee, room telephone, and a nonrefundable $25 application d fee. The double occupancy, single payment plan at Fairmount Towers i~; $1,860 1- for the l.S-meal plan and $1,996 for the 19-meal plan. Single occupancy, single payment at Fairmount Towers is $2,360 for the IS-meal plan and $2,496 for the 19-meal plan. Rates are per year and include the social fee and a nonrefundable ir $25 application fee. Sum mer Session rates at Fairmount Towers during the presession are $214 II for the double occupancy, 19-meal plan and $268 for the single occupancy, 19-meal plan. Summer Session rates for the eight-week session are $547 for the Wichita State University/Financial Information 39 double occupancy, H:l-meal plan and $667 for the single occupancy, 19-meal plan. These total s include a nonrefundable $25 application fee. These rates are current at the time of printing. Fees may be changed by the Kansas Board of Regents. FINANCIAL AIDS Wichita State offers financial assistance through scholarships, employment, and federally supported programs. Students interested in any type of financial assistance should contact the University's Office of Financial Aids, Grace Wilkie Hall, to see what aid is available for their specific needs. Most financial aid is based on family need, but some scholarships are awarded without consideration of financial need . Scholarships. The Board of Trustees of the University, in cooperation with the Kansas Board of Regents, administers a large number of scholarships and loans coming from endowed property and funds of the University . Employment. All full-time students are eligible for regular part-time or work-study employment at the University, with preference going to students with the greatest demonstrated financial need. Students may find employment in such positions as academic assistants, clerical workers, technical workers, custodial and food service workers, and library assistants. Federal Grants and Loans. Students may receive aid through several federal programs: Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants, Pell (Basic) Grants, National Direct Student Loans, Guaranteed Student Loans, Federal Nursing Scholarships, and Federal Nursing Loans. Student Affairs The Division of Student Affairs assists students in every phase of University life. Whether students are involved in making plans for the future, solving individual problems, identifying educational goals, finding financial assist­ ance, securing employment, or facing a number of other problems or issues, they are encouraged to use resources offered through the Division of Student Affairs. STRUCTURE The Division of Student Affairs is comprised of University College and Continuing Education Services, Student Life and Services, Operation Success, Project Discovery, and Wichita Prep. The vice president for student affairs and dean of students is responsible for the coordination and supervision of the Division of Student Affairs. The vice president is directly responsible to the University's president and in this position encourages communication con­ cerning student life, problems, and activities between the division and stu­ dents, faculty, and department heads at Wichita State. The dean of University College and Continuing Education Services is responsible for the programs and policies of University College and Continu­ ing Education Services . University College administers to the academic and orientation needs of freshmen. Continuing Education Services is comprised of programs and services for adult students . (See the University College and Continuing Education Services section of the Catalog.) 40 The dean of Student Life and Services is responsible for the residence halls, off-campus housing concerns, handicapped services, fraternities and sorori­ ties, social organizations, preschool, veterans, evening/nontraditional students , women's activities, financial aids, placement, student health, student activi­ ties , counseling students with problems or concerns , and encouraging scho­ lastic ach ievemen t. Operation Success is a federally funded program providing comprehensive, intensive, flexible tutorial help; personal counseling; career guidance; and assistance in the development of study skills for disadvantaged students. Project Discovery, a federally funded talent search program, was established at Wichita State University in July of 1977. The project assists approximately 1,750 low-income people between the ages of 14 and 27 in gaining admission to postsecondary institutions throughout the nation. The project has a staff of twelve, including seven counselors, who assist in the selection of educational and career opportunities. Specific help is provided with admission forms , financial forms, and registration for ACT/SAT assessment examinations. The project maintains two offices-{)ne at Wichita State and the other at Coffeyville Community College, serving the high schools and community agencies in Wichita and twelve counties in southeast Kansas. Wichita Prep is a preparatory program designed to generate the skills and motivation necessary for success in education beyond high school among young people from low-income backgrounds who have academic potential but have inadequate secondary school preparation. The program assists high sch"ol sophomores , juniors, and seniors. Students participate in an intensive eight-week summer and academic year component to improve academic and social skills. ORIENTATION Special orientation programs are presented in the summer through small-group interaction and discussions. Sessions led by trained student leaders acquaint new students with Wichita State college life, faculty, and other new students. Personal goals, objectives, and expectations are discussed during these sum­ mer programs . For more details about the orientation program, see the Uni­ versity College section of the Catalog. COUNSELING Professional counseling is available through the Counseling Center. It is provided on a voluntary basis for students seeking such services. Areas specifically served include emotional and adjustment difficulties , vocational and professional planning, marital counseling, and educational counseling. TESTtNG AND EVALUATION CENTER The University Testing and Evaluation Center, located in 303 Grace Wilkie Hall, provides several key services which support the academic programs offered by Wichita State University. The center administers and scores tests which are required for admission to, and placement in, various WSU academic programs. Registration materials for many of the tests given on national test dates may be obtained from the testing center. These include tests, such as the LSAT, GMAT, GRE, and MCAT, for admission to graduate and professional schools. Wichita State Uni versity/Student Affairs 41 Since credit by examination at Wichita State University is coordi­ nated by the test ing center, information on departmental policies and pro­ cedures is available from the office. Optical scanning and test scoring services are available to those faculty, staff, and graduate students who use machine-scorable forms in their class­ rooms or for their research projects. The testing center staff has developed several computer programs for data processing which are accessible to WSU computer users . A library of educational and psychological test materials and research on testing is located in the testing center. Graduate students and faculty may use these materials. T he testing center conducts research requested by administrative offices, colleges, and departments of the University as personnel and resources permit . THE INTERNATIONAL PROGRAM The I nternational Program, located in 318 Grace Wilkie Hall, serves the special needs of approximately 800 international students from over 43 coun­ tries enrolled at Wichita State . (For international student admission require­ ments, see the Admission to Wichita State section of the Catalog. ) In addition, it offers access to coordinated study programs abroad for American students in all areas . The programs include summer, semester, and yearly offerings. An orientation program specially designed for newly arriving foreign stu­ dents prepares them for entrance into the American academic system and American way of life. The International Program also sponsors a host family program, an interna­ tional conversation program, an international classroom program, and various other activities that promote interaction between American and foreign stu­ dents. All these activities are designed to enhance foreign students' educa­ tional experiences. I nformation concerning Fulbright-Hays grants may be obtained from the Fulbright adviser in the International Program office. PLACEMENT AND CAREER SERVICES The office of Placement and Career Services provides a variety of employment placement and career services to assist students, graduating students, and alumni who are seeking employment or employment-related assistance. Student placement services include direct referral to part-time, full-time, and temporary school-year jobs, as well as summer employment opportunities. Special student placement services such as on-campus interviews for summer training positions and co-op/work internships are also available. Degree candidate and alumni placement services include direct referral to career employment vacancies; on-campus interviews with visiting local, Kan­ sas, and national employer representatives; and matching of jobs and p lace­ ment candidates through Placement and Career Services Computerized Em­ ployment Matching and otincation System. Occupational and career information, employer directories, information on employment trends, employer recruiting literature , annual salary survey re­ ports, and information on graduate school and professional school opportuni­ t ies exist at Placement and Career Services and its associated career resource center. Placement and Career Services abo places considerable emphasis on career and job counseling services . Persons can, for example, learn about various 42 I­ career fields, how to pr<:pare job resumes and letters of app li cation, how to ) - conduct effective employment interviews, and in addition, can obtain helpful information on job-hunting procedures , strategies and techniques . y, s­ VETERANS AND MILITARY SERVICES :d The Office of Veterans and Military Services, as its name implies,U devotes itself to veterans and active duty people. The services span the entire m range of veterans benefits and includes services such as : assistance with ad missions , housing and jobs, and certifi cation for benefi ts to the VA, tutorial5e assistance, financial aid information, work-study for veterans, and many other :s, services that veterans and active duty people need. Wichita State University is designated as a Serviceman's Opportunity Col­it. lege. It is part of a network of institutions which has recognized the needs of servicemen and women and veterans and has ind icated its intention to meet these needs. For more information contact the Deall of Admissions and 'Ie Records or the Office of Veterans and Military Services. n­ e- HOUSING 011 , The Wichita State h ous ing policy for 1982-83 classifies housing units asin foll ows: u­ 1. University-approved housing which includes University-owned res i­ den ce hall s and fr aternity and sorority houses1d 2. University-regis tered housing which includes apartments, single rooms , and houses that are nondiscriminatory on the basis of race, <:reed , or color. us All single freshmen under 21 years of age enrolled for 9 or more credit hours who are not living with relatives or guardians are required to live in Univer­ la­ u­ sity-approved housing, with priority given to University-owned housing.:a- All other students can select their own accommodations ; however, U niver­ sity-approved housing is highl y recommended. Listings of registered housinghe fa<:ilities are available in the office of the Division of Student Affairs. Special exceptions to these regulations will be reviewed by the housing officials in the Division of Student Affairs. Admiss ion to Wichita State does not mean automatic room reservatio n. Each nt student admitted will receive information concerning housing from the Office ~ d of Admissions , and the proper forms must be filled in and returned to the hou sing office to reserve a room. Students are encouraged to apply early since Ie, there is a limited amount of space available. ~S. ReC}uests for information should be sent to: ler Director of Housing Wichita State University to Wichita, KS 67208. .n­ Wichita State University reserves the right to make policy adjustments where ~e­ the situation demands and to change the residence of any student or deny or m- <:ance l res idence accommodations of any student in cases where such action is deemed des irable . on re- UNIVERSITY PRESCHOOL 11- The University Cooperative Preschool is a licensed school for children of ce WSU students . Four certified preschool teachers and twelve part-time aides supervise the activities, which include art, language, music, science, numbers, ~er and literature. The planned program is des igned to fo ster inte llectual, physi ­ us cal, emotional, and social developmen t. The school is available from 7:30 a.m . Wichita State Universit y/Student Affairs 43 to 10 p.m. Monday through Thu rsday and 7:30 a.m. to 5 :30 p.m. Friday for ch ildren 2Vz to 6 years old, Each ch ild must stay for a minimum of two hours per ay, Tl e program permits children to attend preschool while their pa rents are in class and is available to the greater community as well. HANDICAPPED SERVICES The Handicapped Services office provides supportive services for students with impaired sensory, motor, andlor speaking skills . Notetakers, readers, library assistants, wheelchair pushers, test proctors, escorts, cafeteria aides, transfer assistants, transcribers, and clerica l services are availab le, Auxiliary aids and material s avail able for student use include the Perk in ' Bmillewriter, IBM Braille typew riters , slates and styli, raised line drawing ki ts , the Speech Pl us Calculator, Braille measuring instruments, mobility canes , prin t magn ifiers, 4 track cas sette tape recorder players with earphones, standard tape recorder players , phonographs, digital Braille clocks , lap boards, transcribing papers, and blank tapes . Textbooks are ordered through this office for students requesting books on tape, in Brai lle , or in large print. Tactile campus guide, Braille campus maps , and manual wheelchairs for emergency use can be provided. T he A sociation for Handicapped Students, a campus affiliated group of both handicapped and nonhandicapped individuals, promotes fello wship while exp loring issues which affect the postsecondary education of individuals with physical disabi li ties. STUDENT HEALTH AND HOSPITALIZATION The Student H ealth Services, located in 209 Health Sciences Building, pro­ vides ambulatory health care for students with health concerns, medical problems, illnesses, and injuries , Clinic services and health education are provided by a sta ff of professional nurses and community physicians, The services of registered nurses and nurse clinicians are available during office hours, and phY' icians may be seen by appointment during the ir scheduled clinic hours, Physicians specializ ing in ear, nose, and throat, dermatology, gynecology, internal medicine, surgery, and family practice are available, Special servic s of immunizations, tuberculin skin testing, family planning illformation , physical exami nations required by academic programs, and heal th screening are offered. International students are required to submit to the Student Health Service a phys ical examination form and chest x-ray report completed by a physician . T he student body has chosen to participate in the Lone Star group plan for accident and sickness insurance coverage. Opportunities to enroll in the program are offe red at the beginning of each regular semester. I nformation is available at the Student Health Services and the Office of Student Life and Services, Special Programs CENTER FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH The Center for Business and Economic Research, a service of the College of Business Administration, engages in business-economic research for a wide variety of clients in both the private and public sectors, The center gathers, 44 anal yzes, and pub li shes data describing economic conditions in Wichita and Kansas and is the sole source of comprehensive monthly economic data for the tate. In order to reach several audiences with this information, the center publi shes a monthly report: Kan sas Economic Indicators. A quarterly Kan sas Econom ic Indicators (KEI) is also published. The center's staff includes faculty, graduate students, and undergraduate students who work together on policy-oriented research projects and publications. CENTER FOR CONTINUING ENGINEERING EDUCATION The Center for Conti nuing Engineeri ng E ducation has as its objectives: 1. Providing noncredit engineering education for profess ional development or occupationally/profess ionally related purposes 2. Cooperating wi th the engincering profess ion s and related profes sional associat ions to p rovide specialized courses and certificate programs 3. Sponsori ng, develop in g, and cooperating in programs and activities that extend the resources and knowledge of the University to industry, special audiell ces, and the general public. CENTER FOR CONTINUING HEALTH EDUCATION The Center fo r Continuing Health Education, in cooperation with the College of Health Re lated Pro fess ions, provides cOll tinuing educational opportunities fo r all members of health-related professions in Kansas. Through works hops, eminars, and conferences, the center effectively provides all health profes­ sionals with current information and developments related to their specific fi elds. CENTER FOR ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT The Center for Entrepreneurship and Small Busines s Management is housed with in the College of Business Administration. The purpose of the center is to enhance understanding in the areas of entrepreneurship (new venture cre­ ation) , small business management, and "American enterprise sys tem." The center provides a comprehen sive library and computer data bank for the small ; b\lsiness subject area . Additionally, it conducts seminars and workshops, :l sponsors a visiting lecture series , and conducts primary and secondary re­ search. F uture objective ~ include the creation of films for public education. a CENTER FOR HUMAN APPRAISALI. r The Center for Hu man Appraisal operates as a service of the College of e Business Administration to extend research attitudes and interests in the s behavioral sciences and apply that know ledge to governmental agencies andd the business community. Projects undertaken by th e center include manage­ ment surveys, assessment programs, supervisory se lection, selection for pro­ motions, morale research , supervisory training, and general research on people systems . CENTER FOR MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT If The Center for Management Development, a component of the College of e Business Admin istration , provides continuing business education, profes­ ;, sional development, speCialized training p rograms, and direct assis tance in Wichita State University/Special Programs 45 management development for the state's busine s, industries, and govern­ mental and social agencies. CENTER FOR URBAN STUDIES Wichita State University's role as a comp rehensive urban institution was outlined by the Kansas Board of Regents in 1972: "The unique mission of Wichita State University is determined by its location in the state's major metropolitan area. Its programs are an essen tial element in sustaining the contribution which this population center makes to the economic, professional and cultural health of the state. . As the Regents' urban institution, Wichita State University's mission includes development of pro­ grams utilizing the unique resources of the urban area. " The Center for Urban Studies is an instrumental part of tbe C niversity's response to tbe regents' mission statement. The center is an interdisciplinary organization which houses the faculty of the Master of Urban Affairs program. The center staff is also actively involved in a wide range of research topics and public service projects. The following is a list of some of the recent projects of the Center for Urban Studies and its COre faculty: 1. Analysis and Report of the Wichita T ax Structure 2. A Primer on Wichita and Sedgwick Cuunty Gor.;.emments 3. A Primer on the 18th Judicial District 4. Handbook, Board of Commissioners, City of Wichita 5. Inventory of Local Governments in Sedgwick County 6. Analysis and Report on Downtown Development 7. Study of Wichita Governance 8. Survey of Energy Conservation Practices 9. Analysis and Report on City of Wichita Productivity 10. Conduct of Public Management Development Workshops and Semi­ nars . CENTER FOR WOMEN'S STUDIES The Center for Women's Studies serves to promote research and other activi­ ties related to women and tbeir concerns, to fo ster closer ties between aca­ demic and community efforts with respect to women's needs, to act as an informational referral agent, and to enhance the overall awareness of campus and community to the current needs of women in the areas of education, jobs, and life choices. To help achieve these aims, the center maintains a small resource library of books and periodicals open to students, faculty, and others; sponsors seminars, workshops , and lectures; and provides community and campus speakers . The center is responsible for admini stering the BA in women ' s studies and supervises the work of students pursuing a concent ration in women's studies in various graduate areas. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM The Cooperative Education program is a university-wide, centra lly adminis­ tered academic program providing students the opportunity to integrate formal course work with periods of relevant off-campus employment. The Coopera­ tive Education office is responsible for the development of liaison with off-campus agencies, the placement of students in appropriate field assign­ ments, and the coordination of student, faculty, and employer interaction. 46 II FRENCH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM WSU is among the 100 colleges and universities in the United States that participate in the annual student exchange organized by the French M inistry of Education . One individual from WS U spends the academic year in France s as a salaried ass istant in English, and a student from France is attached to the f WSU Romance Languages Department as a salaried assistant in F rench. r Majors and minors in French who have been graduated within one year prior e to departure date are eligible to apply. l, MARCUS CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION )­ A multiplicity of educational services are offered through the Marcus Center s for Continuing Education, a modern, adult education facility located at 4201 East 21st Street, adjacent to the University golf course and swimming pool.Y 1. Specialized courses for business and industry, governmental agencies, and the professions; special conferences for the general public; and a wide variety ofd personal enrichment programs are offered in the center. In addition to renting meeting areas, the Marcus Center for Continuing Education staff provides program development, brochure preparation, mailings, fee collection, material preparation and reproduction, registration, and program evaluation. n OPERATION SUCCESS Operation Success is a special services program funded by the O ffice of Education through the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. The principal objective of Operation Success is to provide the necessary support services to assist students in the program to successfully graduate. Some of the activities that assist students to following : li­ 1. Tutorial services on a one-to-one basis 2. Peer counseling 3. Cultural trips and exposure 4. Career education workshops and lectures ri- 5. Emergency book loan program a­ 6. Typewriter availability m 7. Referrals on and off campus. 1S IS , PROJECT DISCOVERY (TALENT SEARCH) til achieve this goal are the Project Discovery is designed to help those between the ages of 14 and 27 to 's ' enter a postsecondary institution. It is also designed to provide assistance inld completing the necessary application to a postsecondary institution or com­in pleting a high school equivalency. Also provided are assistance in financial )11 aid, career planning, and counseling. REGENTS PRESS The Regents Press is operated jointly by six state Kansas universities: the is­ University of Kansas, Kansas State University, Wichita State University E m­ ,al poria State University, Fort Hays State University, and Pittsburg State U ni­ 'a­ versity . Founded July 1, 1967, it was the first university press in the United th States to function on a statewide level under specific sponsorship of all of the n­ state's universities. Offices are located on the campus of the Univers ity of In. Kansas in Room 303, Carruth-O'Leary Hall. Wichita State University/Special Programs 47 RESEARCH AND SPONSORED PROGRAMS The Office of Research and Sponsored Programs serves as the University lia ison wi th local, state, and federal governmental units and organizations that support research, training, and other service programs. The office collects, maintains, and provides information regarding agency programs and interests in support of research and other activities; coordinates the preparation and submission of project proposals; and is responsible for the general adminis­ tration and reporting of sponsored grants and contracts. SMALL BUSINESS INSTITUTE The Small Business Institute is housed wi thin the College of Business Ad­ ministration. Its purpose is to bring together the student's knowledge and the small business experience on a consultation basis. Such interaction rounds out the senior student's education with practical experience while offering quality ass istance to small businesses in the community. UNIVERSITY GERONTOLOGY CENTER The University Gerontology Center is responsible for development and coor­ dination of gerontology-related activities and programm ing at Wichita State, including instruction, research , se rvice, and continuing education. The center develops and manages community research in the area of aging and serves as a resource center and information clearinghouse to assist community agenc ies and organizations in planning and developing services for older persons. Partially funded by a grant from the Administration on Aging, the center is a member of the Association for Gerontology in Higher Education (AGHE), the Mid-America Congress on Aging (MACA), and the Kansas Association for Aging Education (KAFAE). WICHITA PREP PROGRAM Wichita Prep is a preparatory program designed to generate the skills and motivation necessary for success in education beyond high school among young people from low-income backgrounds who have academic potential but have inadequate secondary school preparation. The program assists high school sophomores, juniors , and seniors . Students participate in an intensive eight-week summer and academic year program to improve academic and social skill s. WSU ENERGY CENTER The WSU Energy Center promotes energy research by University faculty. Much of the research being done in the center is directly applicable to energy use in the state of Kansas, including projects in wind energy, conservation, and advising of individuals and agencies in the state. Other research is not so specific to Kansas; the results of these investigations on energy techniques and hardware can be used by any interested individual or agency. Special Facilities Instructional facilities on the 320-acre Wichita State University campus are in use for educational purposes more hours per day than at any other Kansas 48 college or university. Among notable campus buildings is the Corhin Educa­ tion Center, which houses the College of Education. It is one of the last structures designed by the late Frank Lloyd vVright. An 18-hole golf course, tennis courts, and playfields are also a part of the campus. During the past few years more than 300,000 square feet of space has been added to the campus in new buildings. Included are the McKnight Art Center with its Edwin A. Ulrich Museum of Art which maintains a year-round exhibition schedule open to the public, Wallace Hall with laboratories for thf' College of Engineering, a new classroom-office building for Fairmount Col­ lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences, and a new complex for the College of Health Related Professions. Construction began in 1980 on an $9.6 million structure for recreation and physical education. This building will provide office space; gymnasiums for basketball, tennis, and volleyball ; a 200 meter, six-lane track; swimming and diving pools; two dance studios; a rifle range ; and eight racquetball courts. The University's rapid growth during the past decade has also necessitated a review of traffic and parking provisions. A development plan, completed in 1974, proposed a perimeter road system to circle the campus with parking lots on the exterior and academic facilities in the center. The first portion of the road system was completed in 1976, and the second large section plus the addition of new parking lots was completed in 1979 on the southern portion of the campus. Other special facilities meeting the needs of Wichita State are described on the following pages. CABLE TELEVISION Wichita State University operates Channel 13 on Wichita's cable television system. WSU 13 broadcasts 74 hours per week of adult-oriented educational, cultural, and informational programming. Channel 13 produces programs featuring distinguished guest speakers, fine arts performances , and oth,'[ campus events. WSU 13 is affiliated with the Appalachian Community Service Network, which provides telecourses and professional development and com­ munity service programming. In addition to full-time staff, 15 students are involved in the operation of the channel and production of programs. Facili­ ties are located in the Media Resources Center. CAMPUS ACTIVITIES CENTER The Campus Activities Center (student union) is the community center for Wichita State University. Through its facilities and services, the center serves students, faculty, staff, alumni, and guests of the University. The CAC, as it is often referred to, has: five food service areas to provide a variety of atmospheres and menus; the University Bookstore, which stocks textbooks, supplies , and gifts; a recreation area for leisure use that includes bowling and billiards ; a movie theater with a weekly film program; lounges; student offices; and meeting rooms. Through the CAC Activities Office, students have the opportunity to develop a variety of programs for the campus. The CAC reservations office schedules the use of all facilities in the center as well as nearly all of the University facilities for out-of-classroom use. The Campus Activities Center is supported through student fees and reve­ nues produced from within the operation. Wichita State Uni(;ersitylSpecial Facilities 49 DIGITAL COMPUTING CENTER The Digital Computing Center, located on the first floor of f\:eff Hall, serves the students, faculty, and staff of the University community by providing con­ temporary computing services for instruction, research and sponsored pro­ grams, admini strative data proces sing, and public service. These services include consultation, systems analysis and design, programming, data prepa­ ration and data entry , interactive time-sharing, batch and remote batch com­ puter operations , an on-line administrative data base, and assi stance to com­ puter users in their preparation of requests for competitive bids for the acquisition and selection of compute r-related equipment. The University computing fa cility is normally available for use seven days a week, 24 hours a day, except for periods of weekly scheduled maintenance. The central processing unit is an IBM System/370 Model 3031-4 with 4 milli un characters of main storage and more than 4 billion characters of on-line disk storage . Magnetic tape drives, line printers, card readers, a card punch, and an off-line digital plotter are ava ilable for general use. A network of more than 11')5 terminal s provides interactive computing for campus classrooms, laboratories, and offices. These terminals may be used with the academic time-sharing systems (C MS and MUSIC), interactive computer graphics, computer-as sisted instruction, and the administrative terminal system (CICS). Interactive termi­ nal faciliti es for students and facult y are located in Abl ah Library, the College of Business Administration, the College of Engineering, the departments of chemistry, geology, and anthropology , and in the Social Science Laboratory , where a remote batch card reader and line printer are located. The Digital Computing Center terminal facility is located in :\'eff Hall , Room 113 and 114. Color graph ics terminals, a color graphics printer, several other CRT terminal s, and a line printer are available in Room 114. User keypunch fac iliti es and hard copy terminals are located in Room 113, which is open and available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Scientific programming and consulting services for faculty and staff instructional and research projects are located in Room 109A. Student programming assistance and academic user services are located in Room 120A. Batch and remote batch jobs may be submitted 24 hours a day. Printer and plotter output may be picked up from the dispatch window at Room 108 between 7 :30 a.m. and 11:00 p .m. Monday through Friday and on weekends and holidays during posted hours. HARVEY D. GRACE MEMORIAL CHAPEL Harvey D. Grace Memorial Chapel, located in the heart of the campus near Morrison Hall and the Campus Activities Center, was built in 1963 and dedicated to serve all creeds and races. The chapel is available to all students for group or individual worship and meditation. HELPERN INTERNATIONAL CENTER The Milton Helpern International Center for the Forensic Sciences, supported by the Department of Aministration of Justi ce, Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Wichita State University, serves as an information center for scientists interested in solving crimes and trains future scientists in the field of criminal investigation and forensic science. It is located in the Liberal Arts and Sciences Build ing. 50 INSTITUTE OF LOGOPEDICS The Institute of Logopedics is a private, nonprofit, residential and outpatient Ie 1- rehabilitation center located on 40 acres near the Wichita State campus. T he )- institute is the largest residential facility in the world specializing in habilita­ tion and rehabilitation of adults and children with speech, language, and ~s hearing disorders . The institute is University-related through its affil iation a­ .1- with the College of Education's Department of Communicative Disorders and 1- Sciences, which offers academic preparation for Wichita State students desir­ ing to work with communicatively handicapped children and adults. Obser­1e vation and practicum opportunities are provided at the institute as part of the a professional preparation of students in speech and language pathology and e. audiology. >n ;k KMUW-FM RADIO STATION 111 , ­ KMUW-FM radio broadcasts at 89.1 megahertz on the FM radio dial. The 's , 1O,000-watt stereo station is one of more than 220 public radio stations that 19 make up the National Public Radio network. In addition to a full-time staff, ~d about 50 students are employed and are involved in the total operation of the 1i­ radio station. KMUW-FM programming includes coverage of major ge speeches, concerts, and other special events held at Wichita State. of 'v 'y , LEARNING RESOURCE CENTER II, Wichita State offers a variety of services to students through the programs of 'al the Learning Resource Center. Credit and noncredi t courses are offered that :er help students improve their reading, writing, and listening skills. Throu gh is group and individualized instruction, instructors help students build thei r ng reading comprehension, vocabulary , and speed. Instruction is also offered in ::ts study skills, listening and notetaking skills, critical reading habits, and written ;er composition. Complete descriptions of the credit and noncredit courses of­b fered at the center are included in the University College and Continuing )m Education Services section of the Catalog. ay In addition to formal course work, a voluntary writing and math laboratory program as well as tutorial referral services are offered to students enrolled at Wichita State. Individual instruction is provided on a walk-in basis. ear LIBRARY AND MEDIA SERVICES Ind nts Through a wide range of materials and services , the Library/Media Resources Center supports WSU courses and independent research. Its growing collec­ tion of over 2 million items includes not only books and periodicals , but microforms, corporate records, college catalogs, videotapes, films , slides , pho­ nograph records, filmstrips and audio tapes. The Library also serves as a depository for selected official publications of the United States and the state ted of Kansas. ~ral To make these resources easier to use, the Library has open stacks. Reference ion librarians are ready to help students and faculty locate information and use the; in card catalog and reference collection . They also perform literature searches in the any of the numerous computerized data bases to which the Library has access. Wichita State University/Special Facilities 51 ~lateria l s not owned by th > Library may be borrowed from other institutions through interlibrary loan. The Library also makes available study carrels, eledronic carre ls containing listeni ng and viewing equipment, group-study rooms, microform readi ng equipment, copy machines, and typewriters . The led ia Resources Cent ' r ass ists in the selection, development, produc­ tion, and uti lization of media. Its facilities include a television studio, graphic and pho[ograph il: production areas , and multimedia and seminar classrooms. Its services include prod uction of graphic and photographic materials, co lor videotapes as well as aud io and slide/tape programs and assistance in using equipment and materials . The Departme nt of Special Collections houses a rapidly growing manuscrip t collection of more tha n 500,000 pie 'es, including papers of the abolit ion ist Will iam Lloyd Garrison and many U.S. congres men. Other collections in­ clude original ed itorial cartoons by Pulitzer prize-winning cartoonists , publi­ cat ions o f U. S. radical organizations, and maps and books on regional and local history . MINICOMPUTER LABORATORY FACILITY The electrical engineering department within the College of Engineer ing has a Hewlett-Packard 2108 minicomputer sy,tem for its laboratories. This is a disc-based system with a real-tim executive software operating system capa­ ble of operating in a foregrou nd-background mode with a 16 terminal mul­ tiplexer. Every laboratory w ithin the department has at least 10 coaxial data line' connected to this minicomputer for terminals and/or data co llection . REHABILITATION ENGINEERING CENTER The Rehabilitation Engineering Center was form ally established by the Kan­ sas Board of Rege nts in the C ollege of E ngineering at \A'ichita State ni ersi ty in the spring of 1978. The ob jective of the Rehabilitation Engineering C n ter is to use technology to improve the vocational prospects of the severely disabled. A qualiRed e ngillee rin g staff, along with a well-equipped rehabilitation laboratory, technicians, and a well-equipped shop facility, provides the nec­ essary means with wh ich the ob jectives are accomplished. A federally spon­ sored rehabilitat ion grant makes it possible for faculty and students to actively participate in this research endeavor. SATELLITE TRACKING STATION Tracking station facilities are available at Wichita State for faculty and stu­ dent to use in elect rical propagation studies. The station consists of an antennae system of crossed Yagi arrays, together with receiving and recording equipment for decoding video and infra-red information. SOCIAL SCIENCE LABORATORY The Social Science Laboratory supports in struction in research methods and student and faculty research in the social scie nces. The laboratory occupies a suite of rooms on the fou rth floor of the Liberal Art and Sciences Bui lding and is eqUipped with various types of computer term inals and computational .52 devices. It is open to students, taculty, and social science classes . Its library includes documentation of resources provided by the lnler-Univers ity Con­ sortium for Political and Social Research, of "" hich Wichita State Un iversity is a member. SPORTS AND RECREATION Sports and recreation facil ities available to students at Wichita State include a regulation 18-hole golf course and an outdoor swimming pool. The 1O,200-seat Henry Levitt Arena is used for intercollegiate basketball games and major entertainment events. Cessna Stadi um, a 31,500-seat stadium, is used for football games and track meets. Under the west side of the stadium is the 114 foot slope of Shocker Mountain Ski School, the first synthetic ski slope ever built on a university campus. The slope has its own rope tov.; and a chair-lift is under construction, ski equipment is al so avai lab le. The Shocker Baseball Field has its own artificial surface infield and grass outfield. For information on student ticket prices, contact the Ath letic Ticket Office . TELEPHONEITAPE INFORMATION SYSTEM The University at Your Fingertips is a li brary of tape recordings that are available over the telephone. The tapes explain and describe University services and procedures to answer questions from cal lers . To use the system, dial the University in format ion operator (689-.3033) and tell the operator what your question is. A listing is published each semester in the SC'hedtl le of Courses or is available from the Registrar's Office. ULRICH MUSEUM OF ART AND UNIVERSITY ART COLLECTION The Edwin A. Ulrich Museum of Art at Wich ita State Un iversity opened in December, 1974, in an effort to provide another avenue of enrichment to the Cniversity and the community. Since that time the museum has held approxi­ mately 2.70 exhibitions, including superb shows of the work of A1Lerto Gia­ cometti, Milton Avery, Henri Manguin, Ernes t Trova, David Hockney, and Joan Mir6. The installation of Mir6's 28-foot by 52.-foot mosaic mural Personnages Oiseaux ("Bird Characters" ) on the south facade of the museum was the culmination of a six-year project. The mural, designed especially for Wichita State University by Mr. Mir6, is constructed of 1,000,000 piece~ of hand-cut Venetian glass and marble. The focus of the University's permanent collection has beell in the field of 2.0th century American art. More than 3,000 ob jects have been added to the collection, includillg large outdoor sculpt ures by Barbara Hepworth, George Rickey, Louise Nevelson, Kenneth Armitage, Jose deCreeft, and Lynn Chad­ wick, to name a few. A 160-page catalog of the collection, with 35 color and 88 black and white illustrations, is avai lab le at the museum . The Ulrich Museum has become nationally recognized for the outstandi ng quality and vitality of its programs. Forty-six well-known artists have visited the University, where they attended openings of their exhi bit ions, met the public, and worked with students. The visiting artists have included Henry Moore, Wayne Thiebaud, Is abel Bishop, Richard Pousette-Dart, Arnold New­ man, Milton Glaser, W. E ugene Smi th, Alice Neel, Gordon Parks , and John Wichita State Uni versity/Special Facilities 53 Cage. In addition, the museum has an active publication program and has organized traveling exhibitions of work by Ernest Trova and Duane Hanson. WALTER H. BEECH AND SUPERSONIC WIND TUNNELS Three wind tunnels are available at Wichita State for faculty and student use in aerodynamic studies. The Walter H. Beech Wind Tunnel is a 200 mph closed-return tunnel with a 7 x lO-foot test section. A digital data logging system and an on-line microprocessor with plotting capability are employed as part of the readout system. Two supersonic wind tunnels, capable of produc­ ing wind velocities from two to four times the speed of sound, were given to Wichita State in 1963 by the Boeing Wichita Company. Student Activities and Organizations Student organizations may be granted the privileges of a University organiza­ tion only if they have filed registration forms furnishing the Student Covern­ ment Association (SCA) with lists of officers and other executive members , statements of purposes, and copies of constitutions and bylaws. Once an organization has filed with SCA, it may use Wichita State in its name, use University rooms or grounds for meetings, and post announcements on Uni­ versity bulletin boards. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Wichita State believes that one of its primary tasks is preparing students for the responsibilities of citizenship in a democratic society. With this in mind, it places an increasing emphasis on the role the Student Covernment Association (SCA) plays on the campus. The SCA, under its present constitution, is divided into three branches of student government. The Cabinet , Senate, and Courts carry out the executive, legislati ve, and judicial fu nctions, respecti vely. In addition to sponsoring such student activities as Homecoming, Hippo­ drome, and Parents Weekend, the Senate, which is completely student-elected, charters and registers all other student organizations . It appoints students to University committees and advises the University administration on the stu­ dent views about policy. STUDENT RATES Special rates for students are available for certain campus activities . For information about prices for on-campus movies contact the Campus Acti vities Center Activities Office. The Division of Music offers special tickets for the Wichita Symphony Orchestra and on-campus events, and information is available from the music box office in Duerksen Fine Arts Center. For prices and information about tickets for University Theatre and athletic events, contact the appropriate box office in Wilner Auditorium for theater and in Henry Levitt Arena for athletics. Contact the campus golf course for informa­ tion regarding special golf rates for students. FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES Eight national sororities are active at the University: Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Kappa Alpha, Alpha Phi, Delta Delta Delta, Delta Camma, Delta Sigma Theta, 54 .... Administration Management Society Advertising Club Agri-\Iarketing Associati on, WS \J Chapter of the National AIESEC Alpha Epsilon Rho Alpha Kappa Psi American Chapter, International Real Es­ tate Federation American Institute of Aeronautics and As­ tronautics American Society of Mechanical Engi­ neers a American SOCiety for Personnel Adminis­tration I, Anthropology Club Honorary Alpha Lambda Delta ASME Beta Gamma Sigma Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha Epsilon Gamma Chapter of Sigma Theta Tau Eta Kappa Nu Honors Society Kappa Delta Pi Kappa Kappa Psi Lambda Alpha Mortar Board Mu Phi Epsilon Omicron Delta Epsilon Omicron Delta Kappa Phi Alpha Theta Phi Delta Kappa Phi Eta Sigma Phi Kappa P hi Pi Delta Phi Pi Epsilon Delta Pi Omega Pi Pi Sigma Alpha Pi T au Sigma Psi Chi Senior Honor Men Senior Honor Women Sigma Delta Chi Sigma Delta Pi Sigma Gamma Epsilon Sigma Gamma Tau Sigma Pi Sigma Spurs Tau Beta Pi Tau Beta Sigma Zeta Phi Eta Professional and Departmental Administration of Justice Association Gamma Phi Beta, and Sigma Gamma Rho. Eight national fraternit ies are also on campu s: Alpha T au Omega, Beta Theta P i, Delta Upsilon, Kappa Sigma, Phi Delta Theta, P i Kappa Alpha (colon izing), Sigma Alpha Epsilon, and Sigma Phi Epsilon . ORGANIZATIONS Art Educati'on Club Associati on for C omputing Machinery Beta Alpha Psi Biology Club Charla Espanol Chemistry Club Childhood Education , Student Branch of the Association for Circolo Itali ano Debate Society Dental Hygiene Association , Junior American English Graduate Student Association Gcology Club German Club Gerontology Club Industrial Education Club Institute of Electronic:; and Electrical En­ gineers )aiz Educators, National Associ ation of KANS (Kansas Association for Nu rsing Students) Le Cercle Fran<;ais Legal Assistants Club Linguistics Society Math Club Medical Technolo~y Students Society Music Educators National Conference National Student Speech and Hearing As­ sociation Pershing Rifles Physical Education Majors Club Physical Therapy, Student Association Pi Sigma Epsilon Pistol Team Political Science Club Political Science Graduate Student Asso­ ciation Potters Guild Psychology Graduate Student Organiza­ tion Rho Epsilon Rifle Team Senior Classical League Sigma Alpha Iota SKN E A (Student Kansas 01ational Edu ca­ tion Association) Society for Automotive Engineers Society of 'Nomen Engineers Stammtisch Student Advisory Council for Nursing Student American Academy of Physician's Assistants Student Physics Society Student Social Workers Organization Urban Club Women in Communications, Inc. 'Nomen's Studies Club Wichita State Un! versitylStudent Acti vities 55 .1 Special Interest Governing Amateur Badio Club American Bapti 't Campus Ministries Ananda Marua Yoga Society Associat ion for Women Students Baha' i Cl uli B, pti st Stud nt Union Che . C lub C hi nese ssociati on of WSU Chri st ian Science Organization Circle K (Kiwanis) College Republicans Crew Clu b F lving C lub Fr~e University C o lub Handicapped Students, The Association for Inter- ars ity Christ ian Fellowship Ira nian Students Association Karate C lub Latter Day Saints Student Organization Little S isters of Minerva it tie Sisters of Pallas ~echa-MoviIlliento Estlldiantil Chicano de Aztlan Mid-America Dance Theatre Model Cniled Nations St. Alban's University Parish St. Paul' s Newman Center Sis ters of the C olden Heart oC'cer Club Student lumni Association Student HOlllO.'phile As~ociation Unitarian Student Organization tJn iv 'rs itv Lutheran Center Wichita Rangers Wind Energy Club With O ne Accord Campus Prayer Fellow­ sh ip World Student Association World Student nion WSU SJ:l irit Sq uad Young Democrats ASK-Associated Students of Kansas Brennan Hall Council Campus Activities Center Activities Council Division of ~lllSiC' Student Council Engineering C ouncil Fairmount Towers Hall Council Interfraternity Council Interresidence Council Panhellenic Council Student Government Association Student Publications, Board of Key to Course Descriptions SYMBOLS When two course numbers are joined by a hyphen (-), the first semester is p rerequi s ite to the ,~econd; when the numbers have an ampersand (&) between them, the two semesters may be taken in either order. Unless specifically noted otherwise, the first course listed is offered in the fall semester and the second in the spring. T he n umber of hours of credit for each course is indicated in parentheses fo llowing the course title. The number of class meetings per week is normally the same as the number of credit hours. Two hours of laboratory work are usually requi red for one hour of credit. In courses involving meetings other thall lectur • the following symbols are used: R, lecture; L, laboratory; C, conference; D, demonstration; and P, practicum, with the hours of practicum per week given in front of the letter (6-8P means 6 to 8 hours of practicum per week). 56 ~ ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations of academic departments and areas are used in references to courses offered by those departments. Acctg. Accounting AE Aeronautical engineering AJ Administration oJ justice A.M Applied music AlTIer. Stud. American studies Anthro. Anthropology Art Ed. Art education Art Hist. Art history Av. Mgt Ariation management BioI. Biological sciences B. Law Business law Bus. Ed . Business education CDS Comm un ieoti re disorders and sciences Chern. Chemistry COll1m . Communicatiolls CS Computer science DH Dental hygiene DS Decision sciencN EAS Educational administration and superrision Econ. Economics EE Electrical engineering EET Electrical engineering technol­ ogy Eng. English language and literature Engr. Gen eral engineering ET Engin eering technology Fin. Finance Fr. French FST Fire science technology CD Graphic design Gcog. Geography Geol. Geoloqy Ger. Gemlan Geron. Gerontology HAE Health administration and edu­ cation Hist. Hist ory Hon. Honors Program HS Health sciences IE Industrial engineering Ind. Ed. Indu strial education In . Eng. Intensit;e English IS Instructional serrices Ital. 1 talian is en ed m ies 1Iy ire 1er C, Jm ;Jer Journ. journalism Legal Legal assistant Ling. Lingllistics LS Library science Math. Mathematics M E Mechanical engin eering MET Mechanical engincC' ring technol­ OJ!,y MFT Manufacturing engineering techn ology Mgmt. 'Mana aemcn t ~I in . Stud. ,\finOrity studies Mkt. Marketing MS Military science MT Medical technology ~Ilus. -Compo .\1u8ico[ogy-com r osi tion Mus. Ed. Music education Mus. Perf. Music performance C Nurse clinician N urs. Nursinlj PA Physician s assistant PD Personal develo pm.'nt PE Physical educalion, health, and recreation Pefs. Personnel Phil. Philosophy Phys. Physics Pol. Sci . Political scit:nce Port. Portuguesc Psych Psychology PT Physical th erapy RE Real estate ReI. Religion RT Respiratory therapy Rus. Ru ssian SA Studio arts Sm. Bus. Small bl.lsiIl Ns/entreprenetIT­ ship Span. Spanish SPG Sludent personnel and guidance Soc. SOCiology Stat. Statistics SW Social [cork UA Urban ajfairs WS Women s studies Wichita State University/Symbols and Abhreviations 57 , " ; .. , " , ... : ,1" .. .. .... ~ ..... "." , ~ . , ,. , UNIVERSITY COLLEGE AND CONTINUING EDUCATION SERVICES C. RUSSELL WENTWORTH, PhD, DEAN The primary goal of University College and Continuing Education Services, as a part of the Division of Student Affairs, is to assist students in their educa­ tional endeavors by providing relevant support services. Responding to the diverse needs and goals of degree and nondegree-bouno students requires a well-conceived and flexible system of programs and services. The common objectives of both University College (degree bound) and Continuing Education Services (nondegree bound) are : 1. To promote and support successful transition to the University environ­ ment 2. To maximize student potential by providing academic advising and special counseling, including consultation with students who desire to be admitted or readmitted to Wichita State University 3. To present orientation and personal planning sessions for all entering students 4. To promote careerllife planning and development for students, to clarify their educational goals, enhance their professional skills, and/or enrich their personal lives 5. To offer developmental courses and experiences to strengthen the com­ petencies expected of college students 6. To administer academic options such as drop/adds, transition semester, etc. ; to handle exceptions to University policies; to assist students with emergencies; and to maintain effective records for the student and the Uni­ versity system 7. To publish materials and develop programs and services supportive to students, faculty, and staff 8. To serve as a practicum setting for graduate students in guidance and counseling 9. To support student-centered research related to student development, success, satisfaction, and persistence. Students in University College and Continuing Education Services are enrolled in courses offered by departments in the degree-granting colleges and taught by faculty from those departments with the exception of the credit or noncredit personal development courses offered by University College and Continuing Education Services and by the Learning Resource Center that are listed below. PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT COURSES All the following courses are graded ment of an individual master plan for study and self-development in the Uni­Credit (Cr) for satisfactory work or versity. J 11 100 2 0601 No Credit (NCr) for unsatisfactory work. l00A. Adult Seminar. (1). A s.J?ecial class for adults who have been out of school for Credit Courses one year or more. Designed to hell? adults 100. Freshman Seminar (DARE). (1). A learn more about themselves and about study of the University as a reSource for Wichita State University. Covers career personal development and the develop- information , interest testing and interpre- University College and Continuing Education Services 59 lation, educational planning, and other cable to a degree in the baccalaureate activities. J 10 100A 2 0601 colleges . 102. Occupation Seminar. (1) . A study of occupations and curricula, development of a per onal profile from tes t results and past ex peri nces, select i(JI1 of a major cur­ ricu lum alld develop ment of a master plan t () he followed . J II 102 24999 160. Reading Improvement Techniques. (3). A 'ourse designed for students who eek to improve reading and study kills. Readi ng and study haoits are diagnosedl and resu lts re used to des ign a program ot self-improvement in th ;; and other skills for each student. J 12 160 1 1501 Noncredit Courses The following courses are not appli- UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 050. Personal Assessment Planning. (1 or 3). A cour e designed to provide special­ ized developmental instruction, using a vari able format. J 10 050 2 4999 080. Writ in& Improvement Techniques. (2) . Designea for those students who are interested in developing writing skills di­ rectly related to use in academic courses. Emphasis is placed on individualized and ba,ic skill development. J 12 080 1 1501 090. Listening and Verbal Communica­ tion. (2). Mudi of the information students gain in college is through listening to lec­ tures and discussions. This course pro­ vides training in the skills of recognizing important information and taking good notes. J 12 090 0 0601 The primary goal of the Univers ity College component of University College and Conti nuing E ducation Services is to provide the academic support ser­ vices which will enable its students to make a successful transition to college. Un ivers ity Colleg i the fi rst academic home for all first-semester freshmen working toward a degree and for those transfer students who have not com­ pleted 24 sen ester hou rs with at leas t a 2.00 grade point average or who have not declared an academic major. University College also extends guest student admiss ion to students attending another college or university who wish to attend Wichi ta State on a temporary basis (for one term only) and to selected high school students with the consent of their high school p rincipal. Academic services provided by University College incl ude student coun­ sel ing prior to orientation and enrollment; orientation and personal planning programs; registration, advising, and con ultation ; personal development courses in reading, writing, listening, and study skills; freshman seminars and occupation seminars for personal development and vocational exploration; reports to students on their academic progres ; coordination with honors programs; and transfer into one of Wichita State's undergraduate degree­ granting colleges . (These colleges are the College of Business Administration, 60 College of Education, College of Engineering, College ot F ine Arts, Col lege of Health Related Professions, and Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.) While enrolled in U ni versity College, students are expected to remove high school deficiencies, develop effective study sk ill s and habits, choose an aca­ demic major, develop personalized academic and career/life plans, and com­ plete part of the general education requi rements. High School Preparation and Admission to University College Students are advised to comp lete their high school work with at least 4 units of English, 2 units of history and social sciences, 1 V2 units of algebra, 1 unit of geometry, and 2 units of natural science exc lud ing general .science. Students planning to work toward a degree in F airmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences should also consider taking at leas t 2 units of one foreign language . Students planning to eam a degree in engi neeri ng or the physical sciences should take college algebra and trigonometry in high school. Students may also be admitted to Wichita State and enroll in University College if their high school equivalency test scores on the Genera l Education Development (GED) tests are sati sfactory. All students ad mitted to University College must fil e official high school an d college transcripts and American College T est (ACT) scores before attend ing orientation and registering for courses . Students who transfer to University College from Continuillg Education Services follow the same procedures and meet the same requirements as new freshmen: they file tran scr ipts and ACT scores and paTtic ipate in an orientation program . (For more information on general Wichita State University admis­ sion requirements, see the Admission to Wichita State section of the Catalog. ) Orientation Orientation and personal planning programs help new students become a part of the learn ing community ; teach the requirements, expectations, and pro­ cedures of that community; and assist students in thinking through and deve loping a written plan for thei r personal development, education, and future careers. Specially selected student leaders and faculty members are carefully trained to work with new students in small groups during Orientation. All are peo­ pk-oriented and very knowledgeable about WSU . T his is the first opportunity most incoming students have to work closely with the faculty and to get to know other students well. \-Iany relationships that begin during Orientation continue throughout college and into the years beyond. Orientation and personal planning are not preludes to education, but rather are a part of college education itself. Therefore, all fir st-semester University College students are required to attend an academic orientation and to par­ ticipate in personal planning sessions. A required, nonrefundable orientation fee is charged to all students which includes payment for the Wichita State University Catalog and a special guidebook. Orientation programs are sched­ uled in advance of both the fall and spring semesters . Information about O rientation and registration is sent by University College to all students who have been admitted to University College. University College 61 Academic Advising The n iversity College advising system is designed to assist students to realize the maximum educational benefits available by helping them to understand themselves better and to learn to use the resources of Wichita State University to meet special educational needs and aspirations. Every semester all students enrolled in University College are expected to deve lop an academic plan with the assistance of their academic adviser. University College students are assigned an academic adviser. When stu­ dents declare a major field of study, they are assigned a faculty member in that department. Students who have not declared a major are assigned to faculty from the various departments, to a counselor in University College, or to a faculty member in the Division of Student Affairs. Evening students are encouraged to seek advice and counsel from University College staff members and should contact the University College office to find out which evenings the office is open. Academic advising is more than class schedule building. It is a shared relationship between student and adviser that is an essential part of the university experience. As with any good relationship, each must contribute a share to make it work effectively. Students can expect their advisers to listen and respond to their interests and concerns , to accept them as unique persons , to be reasonably accessible, to know policies, procedures, and where to find information, and to be a personal resource for academic career and life goals. In turn, advisers expect students to initiate and maintain contact with them, to maintain a copy of their records , to discuss information which may affect the ir academic performance (such as work and family commitments), to learn :.ll1d accept the responsibility for meeting basic University, college, and de­ p artmental requirements, and to seek assistance when needed. Career/Life Planning T he Career/Life Planning program is available to help students develop a systematic career plan after realistically assessing their interests, values, and capabilities. In preparing for graduation and the transition into the world of work, increasing employability skills (resume writing, interviewing, job hunt­ ing strategies , etc.) becomes a key issue, and assistance is available through employability workshops. University College counselors can assist in the exploration of the academic curriculum in preparation for a career. The counselors will also help in identifying the people and the information resources for further information on academic majors and/or career options. A course entitled Occupation Seminar is offered as part of the program. Academic Opportunities FIRST SEMESTER-TRANSITION SEMESTER Because there is a special period of transition and adjustment to University life, students in their first semester of college work enjoy a special option of translating letter grades into Credit Or No Credit at the conclusion of the first semester, as discussed under the Academic Information-Transition Semester section of the Catalog. 62 GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM All degree programs at Wichita State require that a specific number of semester hours of gelleral education courses be taken. Wichita State's general education requirements are based on the conviction that college graduates should be exposed to a broad sampling of knowledge about themselves and the world­ not a narrow discipline of knowledge and skills. The general education requirements include a wide variety of courses organized into several divisions , as shown in the Academic Information­ Requirements for Graduation section of the Catalog. Students must develop their own personal ized general education program by choosing courses from each of the divisions . Students often select courses that meet both general education requirements and major requirements. PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT All students should continue their development and education through expe­ rience, knowledge , and skills development. Toward that objective, University College and Continuing Education Services provides personal development courses in reading, writing, and study skills. The departments of mathematics and E ngli sh also offer high school-level courses for those who are not prepared for university-level work. ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND CREDIT WSU students may earn credit toward a degree by satisfactory achievement on specific tests. Scores on the American College Test (English and mathematics ), Advanced Placement Program, College-Level Examination Program (all gen­ eral and certain subject examinations), and the Proficiency Examination Pro­ gram (specific tests) may be presented for evaluation. For full details, consult the director of the Testing and Evaluation Center. Student Responsibility All students are expected to familiarize themselves with graduation require­ ments, course prerequisites, enrollment dates and procedures, and all other policies stated in the current Wichita State University Catalog and in the Wichita State University Schedule of Courses. University College 63 Once students in University College have enrolled in a course they are officially entered into that course. Students must either withdraw from the course by completing and filing an official drop card or they must complete the course. If students fail to withdraw from or to complete a course, they will receive an F grade on their transcript. (See Academic Information in the Catalog for full details about grading policies, incompletes, and similar policies.) Transferring to a Degree-Granting College Students are expected to qualify for transfer to one of the six undergraduate degree-granting colleges at the end of the semester in which they complete 24 semester hours. To qualify for transfer to a degree-granting college, they must have completed 24 semester hours successfully and have an overall grade pOint average of 2.00 or above. Students who have declared a major and who qualify for transfer into the college of their choice are transferred automatically. University College has developed special programs for those who do not transfer automatically: Deciding Strategies Workshops-for those students who have not declared a major but who otherwise qualify to transfer; and Academic Success Workshops-required for those students who do not qualify to transfer, allowi ng them to review their academic record with a University College counselor in order to clarify and confirm realistic plans for continuing academic progress. Students may not continue in University College after the semester in which they complete 48 semester hours unless they petition for an exception and have it approved by the University College and Continuing Education Services Exceptions Committee and the University's' Committee on Admissions and Exceptions. Students may not continue in University College after the semes­ ter in which they complete 60 semester hours. Academic Regulations PROBATION AND DISMISSAL STANDARDS Probation. Since a 2.00 (C) average is required for graduation, students are placed on academic probation whenever their cumulative grade point average falls below 2.00 and they have attempted at least 12 credit hours. Attempted hours are defined to be all hours appearing on the transcript with a letter grade of A, B, C, D, F, P, W, Cr, NCr, S, U, or 1. The transition semester counts toward the number of hours attempted but does not count in the calculation of the grade point average used to assess probation or dismissal. Transfer students admitted on probation must complete at least 12 semester hours of credit work, achieve a 2.00 grade point average on work at Wichita State, and have a 2.00 cumulative grade point average before probation is removed. Students on probation are normally limited to a maximum load of 12 hours per semester, although exceptions may be made by the dean of University College and Continuing Education Services. This limitation of 12 hours applies also to students after they have declared a major. Dismissal. University College students who have attempted 12 credit hours since being placed on probation (unless other standards were specified as a condition of admission or readmission) and who do not have a 2.00 grade pOint 64 average for the most recent semester (or Summer Session) will be academically dismissed if they have attempted a total of 13 through 24 credit hours and their cumulative grade point average is below 1.50. Those who have attempted a total of 25 through 59 credit hours will be dismissed if their cumulative grade point average drops below 1.70, and those who have attempted a total of 60 or more credit hours may be dismissed if their cumulative grade point average falls below 2.00. The grading system is explained at length in the Academic Information section of the Catalog. EMERGENCIES AND EXCEPTIONS All regulations governing students at Wichita State are subject to petition for an exception. Students may have their problems and emergencies considered by the University College and Continuing Education Services Exceptions Committee and then the University's Committee on Admissions and Excep­ tions if they present a formal, written petition. READMISSION AFTER ACADEMIC DISMISSAL Students who have been academically dismissed may seek readmission to University College by appealing in writing for an exception to the regulations . Usually University College requires petitioners to appear for a personal interview and to prepare a detailed program of studies for the approval of the dean of University College and Continuing Education Services before the written petition is forwarded to the University's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions. Because counseling and advanced planning require careful attention and much time, students should secure their recent academic records, complete their petition satisfactorily, and have had their final readmissions interview at least ten days before the first day of enrollment. Interviews are not conducted during any of the scheduled registration sessions. The case for readmission must be developed by the students themselves. They should center the petition around an explanation for their failure and a presentation of evidence that success is possible and likely. PreprofeSSional Programs Students planning on professional graduate-level studies (medicine, law, the­ ology, etc.) are assigned to qualified faculty advisers in the selected prepro­ fessional areas for the purpose of developing strong undergraduate prepara­ tion. Students should check with their assigned advisers to see what preprofes­ sional courses should be taken while they are in University College. CONTINUING EDUCATION SERVICES The Continuing Education Services component of University College and Continuing Education Services is a special organization of programs and services designed to be responsive to the unique needs, responsibilities, and learning styles of adult students. Programs , services, policies, and procedures emphasize ease of access to the University and its resources and opportunities for individual assistance. Continuing education programs and services focus on individuals who want to take courses for self-enrichment, job advancement, Continuing Education Services 65 career change, general updating, or professional certification. Academic and career advising are also provided for those students who may decide after in iti ' I nrollment to work toward a degree. Academic Advising Adults who attend classes on a part-time basis have different interests and need - from tho se students who devote full time to their educational programs. The con tinuing education academic counselors are adults who have experi­ enced thes p roblems and who are committed to focusing the total resources of the ni vers ity on solving them. The counselors are available day and evening hours to schedule individual conferences with students to discuss their aca­ demic, professional, and personal concerns. All continuing education pro­ grams and ervices are aimed at supporting the educational goals of continuing edue tio n students. Students are not normally required to see an adviser or counselor for course approval before registration if course prerequisites are me t. However, students are encouraged to seek advice if they have questions or ullce rtainties about the type of course in which to enroll. Those students who ar considering the possibility of transferring to a degree program at a later late should discuss this with an academic counselor to be sure that they are developing the best possible academic plan. Career/Life Planning Career/Life Planning program activities are designed to provide support for adult exploration, clarification, decision making, and follow-through in issues related to self-enrichment, job advancement, career change, general updating, or profess ional certification. Specific activities include personal and group consultations, using resource materials, interest testing, referrals, and em­ p loyability-skills workshops (job search, resume writing, and interview skills). C redit courses, including Adult Seminar and Occupation Seminar, are offered as part of the program. 66 Academic Opportunities FIRST SEMESTER-TRANSITION SEMESTER Because there is a special period of transition and adjustment to University life, students in their first semester of college work en joy a special option of translating letter grades into Credit or No Credit at the conclusion of the first semester, as discussed under th e Academic Information-Transition Semester section of the Catalog. PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT All students should continue their development and education through expe­ rience, knowledge, and skills development. Toward that objective, University College and Continuing Education Services provides personal development courses in reading, writing, and study skills. The departments of mathematics and English also offer high school-level courses for those who are not prepared for university-level work. ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND CREDIT WSU students may earn credit toward a degree by satisfactory achievement on specific tests. Scores on the American College Test (English and mathematics) , Advanced Placement Program, College-Level Examination Program (all ge n­ eral and certain subject examinations), and the Proficiency Examination Pro­ gram (specific tests ) may be presented for evaluation. For full details, consult the director of the Testing and Evaluation Center. Continuing Education Servi.ces 67 Student Responsibility All students are expected to familiarize thems lves with course prerequ isites, enrollment dates and procedures , and all other pol icies stated in the current Wichita State University Catalog and in the Wichita Stale Unirersity Schedu le of Courses. Once students in Continuing Education Services have enrolled in a course they are officially entered into that course. Students must either withdraw from the course by completing and filing an offici al drop card or they must complete the course. If students fail to withdraw from Or to complete a course, they will receive an F grade on their transcript. ( ee Acad mil: Infom1ation in the Catalog for full details about grading policies , incompletes, and sim i! r policies.) Transferring Credit From Continuing Education Services Students in Continuing Education Services who s\lbsequ ntly \vish to work toward a Wichita State baccalaureate degree may transfer their credits to University College or to an undergrad uate degree-granting college. In trans­ ferring to another college, students must meet the adm iss ions re4uirements established by that college. Academic Regulations ADMISSION Regular Continuing Education Students. Students who are not currently working toward a specific undergraduate degr e at Wichita State are admittecl to Continuing Education Services as regular conti nuing education students. To be admitted, they must submit high school transcripts- and if they have attended college, college transcripts-to the Wichita State Office of Admis­ sions . Special Continuing Education Students. (Open Admission). Adults may be admitted as special open-admission students for a maximum of 15 homs if : a. They have graduated from high school and have not atte nded any school for two years or b. They have not graduated from high school and are at least 21 years of age or c. They are currently on active military duty Or d. They hold a baccalaureate or higher degree. Students admitted under the open-admission policy need on ly submit an application for admission . T st scores and transcripts are not required. Students admitted under the open-admiss ion policy will be considered nondegree bound for the first 15 semester hours. In order to pur ue work beyond the semester in which the 15th ho ur is completed, students must declare themselves to be regular nondegree students in Continuing Education Services, or they must apply for admi ss ion as degree-bound students in University College or one of the degree-granting colleges of the nivcrsity. Transcripts of previous high school or college work will be required at this point. 68 PROBATION AND DISMISSAL STANDARDS Probation. Students admitted to Continuing Education Services in good standing (having a 2.00 or higher grade poin t average) and special con tinu ing eo ucation students will not be placed on probation regardless of their grade point average until they have attempted 12 credit hours aft er admiss ion r readmission to Wichita State University . Attempted hours are defi ned as all hours appearing on the transcript with a grade of A, B, C , D, F, P, W, Cr, NCr, S, U, or I. The transition semester counts toward the num ber of hours attempted but does not count in the ca lculation of the grade point average used to assess probation or dismissal. Since the probation level of Continuing Education Services is 2.00, studen ts are placed on academic probation whenever their cumulative grade point average falls below 2.00, except as noted in the preceding paragraph. T hey remain on probation as long as their cumulative average is below 2.00 but is at least l.50. Students on probation are limited to a max imum load of 12 hours per semester unless an exception is made by the dean of University College and Continuing Education Services. Dismissal. The dismissal level for Continuing Education Services is l. 50. Students are dismissed whenever their current semes ter grade average is below 2.00 and their cumulative grade average is , or falls, below the dis missal level of 1.50. They are not academically dismissed at the end of a semester unless they entered that semester on academic probation. Moreover, studen ts are not dismissed before accumulating 12 attempted semes ter hou rs of credit work at Wichita State after being placed on probation unless other standards are speCified as a condition of ad miss ion. EMERGENCIES AND EXCEPTIONS All regulations governing students at Wichita State are subject to petition for an exception. Students may have their problems and emergencies considered by the University College and Cont inuing Education Services Exceptions Committee and then the University's Committee on Admiss ions and Excep­ tions if they present a formal, written petition. READMISSION AFTER ACADEMIC DISMISSAL Students who have been academically d ismissed may seek readmiss ion to Continuing Education Services by appeali ng, in writing, for an exception to the regulations. The written petition is considered by the Un iversity College and Continuing Education Services E xceptions Committee and then for­ warded to the University's Committee on Admissions and Except ion s for final action. Because counseling and advanced pl anning requi re carefu l attent ion and much time, students ,hould secure their recent academic records, complete their petition satisfactorily, and have had their fi nal readmissi on interview at least ten days before the first day of enrollment. Interviews are not conducted during any of the scheduled registration sessions. The case for readmission must be developed by the students themselves . They should center the petition around an explanation for their failure and a presentation of evidence that success is poss ible and likely. Continuing Education Services 69 HA 70 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DOUGLAS SHARP, PhD, DEAN The mission of the Wichita State College of Business Administration is to provide an educational environment in which students and faculty can dis­ cover, examine critically, preserve, and transmit the knowledge and values essential to the improvement of the quality of life for society and for the individual. By offering these learning opportunities, the college contributes to the development of professionally competent and socially responsible men and women for careers in business, government, and other organizations requiring the organizational, managerial, and analytical skills necessary in today's rapidly changing environment. This mission is influenced by the location of the college in the largest economic and cultural center in the state of Kansas. As an integral part of the state's designated urban university, the faculty of the College of Business Administration is committed to programs and activities that will help sustain the contribution that this urban center makes to the economic, professional, and cultural health of the state and nation. Within this context, the faculty of the college state the following objectives: 1. To offer programs (undergraduate, graduate, and postgraduate) to develop and update professional competence in all facets of management and admin­ istration 2. To add to the total body of knowledge concerning business and admin­ istration through fundamental and applied research and to actively participate in the search for solutions to business and community problems 3. To serve as an information and research center for the community, state, and region 4. To foster mutually supportive relationships with the business community of the city, state, and nation in order to promote understanding and coopera­ tion in educational and professional activities. Programs UNDERGRADUATE-BACCALAUREATE The undergraduate curriculum of the College of Business Administration leads to the Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA). Areas of emphasis or majors are offered in several fields within the School of Accountancy and the following departments: business education; economics; finance, real estate, and decision sciences; management; and marketing and small business. UNDERGRADUATE-ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE Two-year programs in secretarial and legal assistant training, which lead to the Associate of Science, are available. The secretarial program is offered by the Department of Business Education and the legal assistant program by the Department of Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences. SECOND BACHELOR'S DEGREE Students may obtain a second bachelor's degree in the College of Business Administration. To be eligible for a second bachelor's degree, students must : (1) complete a minimum of 30 hours in residence in the College of Busines s College of Business Administration 71 Administration in addition to the work required for the first bachelor' s degree and (2) satisfy the college's general requirements and emphasis/major require­ ments in effect at the time they embark on the program leading to a second bachelor's degree. BUSIN,ESS TEACHER EDUCATION Students interested in preparing to teach business subjects in high school should enroll their first year in University College and then transfer into the College of Education. All Wichita State students who receive a certificate to teach must meet the requirements outlined in the College of Education section of the Catalog. BUSINESS EMPHASES IN OTHER UNIVERSITY PROGRAMS Students in Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may major in economics. Students from all colleges may minor in accounting , administra­ tion, and economics. Students in the College of Education may major or minor in business education or economics, as well as minor in accounting. A field major in international studies is offered in cooperation with the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for students interested in specializing in a foreign area of the world, international business, international economics, Or international affairs. The major prepares students for careers in international organizations within the U.S. government and in business firms . Additionally, a cooperative chemistry/business program is offered in the Department of C hemistry. The College of Business Administration provides the organizational admin­ istration course work for the degree program in health care administration offered through the College of Health Related Professions . This program prepares students to be qualified health care administrators in one of the many types of health facilities . The College of Business Administration cooperates with the College of Engineering in offering a graduate degree in engineering management science. GRADUATE Master's degree programs in the college lead to the Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Professional Accountancy (MPA), Master of Science (MS) in accounting and administration, and the Master of Arts (MA) in economics. The MS in accounting is being phased out and will be replaced by the MPA. No further admissions to the MS degree program in accounting are being accepted. Students currently pursuing such a degree have the option of transferring to the MPA program or completing the MS degree in accounting by December 31, 1986. For additional information on graduate programs, see the Wichita State University Graduate School Bulletin and the College of Business Administra­ tion-Master of Professional Accountancy section of the Catalog. CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT As a part of an urban, state-supported institution, the college feels a responsi­ bility to provide educational programs and speCialized services for members of the community and the state who are not full-time students. In response to 72 community needs , the college maintains an active program of continuing education through the Center for Management Development and Center for Economic Education. ACCREDITATION The college is a member of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business; all its undergraduate and graduate programs are accredited by this organization. Policies ADMISSION Entering Wichita State freshmen interested in business administration are first admitted to University College and must meet the general entrance require­ ments of the University. (For the program of high school preparation recom­ mended for entering students, see the University College and Admission to Wichita State sections of the Catalog.) Students may enter the College of Business Administration from C niversity College, degree-granting colleges within the University, or other universiti e and colleges, provided they have completed 24 semester credit hours and have earned a cumulative grade point average of 2.00. PROBATION Students are placed on probation at the end of any semester in which they do not have a cumulative grade point average of 2.00. Probat ion is removed when their cumulative grade point average reaches the required 2.00 level. Students remain on probation if they earn a 2.00 or better grade point average in the semester during which they are on probation but their cumulative grade point average does not reach 2.00. Students on probation because of a deficient cumulative grade point average may not be academically dismissed until they accumulate 12 or more attempted hours after being placed on probation. Students on probation are dismissed from the College of Business Admin­ istration if they fail to meet the requirements of their probationary status. When dismissed, students must apply to the College of Business Administra­ tion Exceptions Committee to be considered for readmittance on a final probationary status. Application should be made in the student records office, 106 Clinton Hall. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION-BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Students must meet University graduation requirements, listed in the Aca­ demic Information section of the Catalog. Candidates for the Bachelor of Business Administration must also satisfy the following additional require­ ments: 1. Complete at least 56 semester hours of course work offered outside the co llege (Econ. 201 and 202 may count as courses outside the college, but Hist. 515, 516, and 614 and Pol. Sci. 655 and 687 may not. ) 2. Complete at least 50 semester hours of course work offered by the College of Business Administration College of Business Administration 73 3. Complete the set of core requirements specified for the Bachelor of Business Administration, given later in this section 4. Complete the requirements for a major in the college of Business Ad­ ministration, given later in this section 5. Achieve a grade point average of 2.00 or better on (a) all college work, (b) all work taken at Wichita State, (c) all business and economics courses and (d) all business and economics courses taken at Wichita State that could be applied to the degree sought. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION-ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE Specific course requirements for the Associate of Science in secretarial training and the Associate of Science in legal assistant are listed immediately after the core and departmental requirements for the Bachelor of Business Administra­ tion degree. CATALOG IN EFFECT Students whose college programs have not been interrupted by more than two consecutive calendar years may graduate under the requirements in effect at Wichita State on the date they first entered any college or university or under the requirements of any subsequent Wichita State University Catalog. How­ ever, students are not allowed to graduate under the requirements of a Catalog that was in effect earlier than two years before they matriculated at Wichita State. If students' college programs have been interrupted by more than two consecutive years, they are subject to the Wichita State University Catalog requirements in effect when they reenter, or if they elect, the requirements of a later Catalog. EXTENSION OR CORRESPONDENCE WORK Not more than 6 hours of the last 30 hours or 10 of the total number of hours required for graduation may be in extension or correspondence courses. Permission of the dean must be secured before a student may take such courses. No extension or correspondence courses are allowed that (1) duplicate courses required for any degree granted by the college, (2) are required for any emphasis within the college, or (3) are offered at the junior or senior level in the college. A/PASS/FAIL The following restrictions pertaining to courses taken for NPass/Faii credit apply to students enrolled in the College of Business Administration. 1. No course in the College of Business Administration core may be taken on an NPass/Fail basis. 2. No course in the student's area of emphasis may be taken on an NPass /Fail basis. 3. Except for the cases given above, students enrolled in the College of Business Administration are subject to the NPass/Fail regulations of the University. fJ, T k s 74 Advising The faculty and staff in the college feel that students should have impartial and knowledgeable advising when desired and appropriate. The college's advising system offers students: 1. Guidance in the consideration of career objectives 2. Suggestions of specific courses of study that will satisfy career objectives and degree requirements of the college and University 3. Additional counsel and advice as required. Advising is designed to provide assistance when d esired and appropriate. Students are not required to seek advising if the'd do not feel the need. TYPES OF ADVISING ASSISTANCE AVAILABLE For advising to be successful, students must know the major types of assist­ ance available. These types are summarized in the following paragraphs. Career Planning. The first major decision students must make after being admitted to the College of Business Administration is the selection of an emphasis area within the college. This decision should be based upon their particular career objectives: do they want to be professional accountants , economists, marketers, managers, financial analysts, etc'? To find out about their areas of interest, students should consult with faculty members in the various academic areas. A list of advisers by academic area is available in the dean's office, 100 Clinton Hall. Selection of a major area of study will determine the school Or department within the college that a student will be most closely associated with while at Wichita State. The college is divided into the following organizational units: School of Accountancy ; Department of Business Education; Department of Economics; Department of Finance, Real Estate , and Decision Sciences; Department of Management ; and Department of Marketing and Small Busi­ ness. Questions about specific requirements should be directed to the director of the School of Accountancy or the appropriate departmental chairperson. Once the major area and department or school are chosen, students must select the specific course of study that will best satisfy their career objectives. In addition to meeting the University's and college's requirements for gradu­ ation, students need to select appropriate courses for their chosen major. Courses bes t suited for the major should be selected in consultation with a faculty adviser. Transcript Evaluation. Two aspects of transcript evaluation affect students: (1) the evaluation of course work to be transferred to Wichita State for a degree and (2) the continuing evaluation of completion of graduation requirements . Evaluation of course work being transferred to Wichita State is done by the college's student records office, 106 Clinton Hall, working in conjunction with the dean's office and the various departments within the college. If students have applied for admission to Wichita State well in advance of their first semester on campus, thi s evaluation should be complete and on file in the student records office. The student records office also keeps a current record of each student's progress at Wichita State. Students should periodically check their records to be certain that they are informed of their progress toward completion of degree requirements. College of Business Administration 75 Schedule Building, Schedule build ing is the determination of what specific COllI es a student shou ld take in a given semester. Students should refer to the Wichita State University Sch edule of Courses and Catalug in consultation with a fac ult adviser to determine the courses they should consider for a given semester, Select ion of specifi c sections and times for courses to be taken is the student's responsib ility. Counsel ing. For types of assi stance not covered here, students are urged to seek advice from individual instructors, department chairpersons, faculty advisers, the dean's offi ce, or the University Counseling Center. TRANSFER STUDENTS Students pl ann ing to transfer into the College of Business Administration from another two or four-year institutioll to obtain the BBA are advised to complete as much of Wich ita State's general education requirements as possible before transferr ing. The following course areas are recommended for the first two years of college work : Mathematics Coli ge algebra (3 hours) Survey of 'alculus (3 hours) Communications Composition (6 hours) Speech (3 hours) Computer Scien e FORTRA or COBOL programming (3-4 hours) Human ities (8 hours) So inl cien es Principles of economics (6 hours ) Psychology, sociology, anthropology, political science (6 hours) Bus iness Introductory accounting (6 hours) Business statistics (3-4 hours) onbusiness Electives (10 hours) Bachelor of Business Administration In addition to WSU General Education Program requirements (given in the Academic Information se ·tion of the Catalog), all students in the College of Bus iness Administration must meet a set of college core requirements and complete additional work outside the core in an area of emphasis. CORE 1. Mathematics Math. Ill , College Algebra 0 Math. 144, Business Calculus o Math. 242., Introductory Analys is I, will be accepted in lieu of Math. 144 0 II. Environ ment of Business Mgmt. 330, Bus iness and Society Econ . 201-202, Principles of Economics I-II and one upper-division economics course 76 Ill. Business Funct ions Mkt. 300, Marketing Fin. 340, F inance DS 350, Introduction to Production Management IV . Account ing, Quantitative Methods, and Information Systems Acctg. 210, F inancial Accounting 10 Acctg. 220, Managerial Accounting 10 CS 200, Introduction to Programming Econ. 23] , Introductory Busi ness Statistics O DS 495, Management Information Systems for Business o programming language selected from C S 201-216 V. Organizational Theory ,1gmt. 360, Concepts of Administration VI. Business Policy Mgmt. 681, Administrative Pol icy " Soht; I'rn t'qu, ,,,U l' for llPper-d l\ l'. i01t (,'O\H ;'('!<. , MAJOR/MINOR AREAS Candidates for the BBA must satisfy the additional requirements of one of the following curricular majors. All students may avail themselves of the indicated minors. Accounting Major School of Accountancy Two degree programs are offered by the School of Accountancy-the Master of Profess ional A(;countancy and the Bachelor of Business Administration with an account ing major. In addition , a minor in accounting is available to students who are not accounting majors. For information about the Master of Profess ional Accountancy degree, see the College of Business Administra­ tion- Master of Professional Accountancy section of the Catalog. Requ irements for a major in accounting within the Bachelor of Busines s Admi nistration degree are as follows: Course Hrs. ACac~~. ?JO: ~1~: ~~~ . ~ 1?, .~i~~n~i.al .~c.c~~~ti~~. 1.1: .III, .. , . . ...... . 9 Acdg. 320, Manage rial Accounting ........ , ..... , ... .. . , .... . 3 Acctg. 430, Taxation I . . , , ............ , .. , ..... . .. , . , ..... . 3 Acctg, 560, Accounting Information Systems I .... .. .. , ... , .... . 3 Acctg. 640, Auditing I . , ... . .. , . . ... . .. , .. . , ...... . ....... . 3 Acctg. electives .. .. ............ , . ... .. ...... , ........... . 3 B. Law 435, Law of Commercial Transactions .. .. . , ... .. ... , .. . 3 B. Law 436, Law of Business Associations , . . . , . , . . .. . , . , , . . .. . 3 tcs 200, Introduction to Programming ....... , ......... , , .. , . . 2 tCS 205, COBOL Language . , .. .. , ... . , , .. ...... , ... , ..... . 2 t Econ. 340, Money ana Banking ...... , ... , ... , ... , . , ... . . , . 3 Eng. 210, Composition: Business, Professional and Technical Writing 3 I~lay be counted as part of the .56 hours required outside the College of Business Administration . tMay be cou nted as part of the College 01 Business Admini stration core requiremen ts. Accounting Minor- Undergraduate. A minor in accounting is available to any student whose major fie ld or area of emphasi s is outside of accounting. A minor consists of 15 hours : Acctg. 210 plus 12 hours of accounting coursework beyond Acctg. 210. College of Business Administration 77 Professional Designations. Students interested in accounting may pursue several different professional designations. The designation Certified Public Accountant (CPA) requires that the cand idate pass the Uniform CPA Exami­ nation and meet the requirements of Kansas law and the regulations of the Kansas State Board of Accountancy. The areas tested on the examination inc:lude auditing, business law, accounting theory, and accounting practice. The Certificate in Management Accounting (CMA) has no requirements to sit for the examination. The areas tested include economics and business finance; orgallizati on and behavior, including ethical considerat ions; public reporting standards, auditing and taxes; periodiC reporting for internal and external purposes; and decision analysis, including modeling and information sys tems. The designation Certified Internal Auditor (CIA) requires no specified course work prior to sitting for the examination. The areas tested on this examination are principles of internal audit ing, internal audit techniques, principles of management, and disciplines related to internal auditing. Additional information on these professional designations may be obtained in the School of Accountancy. Aviation Management Major Department of Marketing and Small Business Required courses: Hrs. Av. Mgt. 320, Introduction to Aviation ....................... . 3 Av. Mgt. 420, General Aviation; Management and Marketing .. .. .. . 3 Av. Mgt. 421, Airport Planning and Management .. . .. ........ . . . 3 Av. Mgt . 422, Airline and Air Travel Manage ment . .. . .. ... . .... . 3 Econ. 015, Economics of Transportation ..................... . 3 Econ. 616, Economics of Air Transportation ..... . ........ . ... . 3 Geog. 235, Meteorology ...... . ...... . . .... . . ...... ... .... . 3 Electives: Av. Mgt. 222, Ground School ......... . .. .... . ... .......... . 2 Av. Mgt. 223, Private Flight ..... .. .......... .... ..... . .... . 3 Business Education Major Department of Business Education Required courses for the secretari al major are; Course Hrs. Bus. Ed . 133, Beginning Typewriting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Bus. Ed . 138, Advanced Typewriting . . ....... .. . . . .. . .. . .. . .. 3 Bus. Ed. 237, Technical Typewriting ... . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Bus. Ed. 231, Elementary Shorthand ........ . .. . ....... . .... . 3 Bus. Ed. 234, Advanced Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Bus. Ed. 240, Technical Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Bus. Ed. 136, Records Management . ........... ...... ...... .. 3 Bus. Ed. 203, Office Procedures and Organization . ...... ........ 3 Bus. Ed. 204, Office Machines ....... ... .... .... . . ... .. . . ... 3 Bus. Ed. 260, Automated Word Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Economics Major Department of Economics A major requires a minimum of 21 upper-division hou rs in economics beyond the college core. Within the 124 hours required for graduation, a maximum of 78 41 hours in economics are allowed, counting the courses in the college core . The following courses are required and must be included in the 124 hours : Course Hrs . E con. 301, National Income Analysis . ...... .. ...... ... . .... . . 3 Econ. 302, Production, Price, and Di stribution Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . 3 E('on . 340, Money and Banking ............ ... ..... . ... . . ... 3 Upper-divis ion electives in economics beyond the college core (not to include more than 6 hours from among Econ. 625, 626, and 627) . 12 Economics Minor. A minor in economics is avai lable to any student whose major field or area of emphasis is outside of economi cs. A mi nor consists of 15 hours of economics exclusive of Econ . 100, 101G, 102, 200G, and 231. Econ . 201 and 202 (or equivalent) must be included. Finance Major Department of Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences Required courses: Hrs . Fin. 640, F inancial Management ..... .. .. ...... ... . .. . . 3 Fin . 641, Investments .. ..................... . .. . . ..... . .. . Fin. 643, Capital Markets and Financial Institutions ... .. . . . , .. . . 3 Electives, from the following: ...... ......... . . .. . . ........ . . 6 Fin. 444, Contemporary Issues in Banking F in. 644, Commercial Bank Management Fin. 645 , Security Analysis and Valuation Acctg. 310, Financial Accounting I Econ . 340, Money and Banking Electives, selected with consent of major adviser ... .... ... ..... . 6 Bank Management Emphasis. Finance majors wishing to emphas ize bank management should include the following courses in their major: Course Hrs. Fin. 444 , Contemporary Issues in Banking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fin . 644, Commercial Bank Management .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Econ. 340, Money and Banking ..... ... ... ...... . .... .. ..... 3 Additionally, students should consider the possibility of an intemship in the summer between their junior and senior year or during one of their las t three semesters in college. General Business Major Required courses: Hrs. A minimum of 15 hours must be se lected from courses listed below and di stributed over four of the five areas .. ... ..... .... ... .. ... . 15 Mkt. 403, 405, 609 Fin. 640, 641 , 643, 644, 645 Production and Quantitative Analysis : DS 375 Pers. 466, 664 Mgmt. 462, 464, 665, 667, 680 Electives, selected from upper-division courses in the College of Busi­ ness Administration, with the consent of the student's adviser ... . . . 6 International Business Major Department of Management Required courses: Hrs. Fin. 648, International Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mgmt. 561, Introduction to International Economics and Business .. 3 Mgmt. 683, Comparative and International Management . ... ... . .. 3 Mkt. 601 International Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 College of Business Admin ist ra tion 79 Directed electives: Two of the following courses selected in consultation with the student's major adviser .. . . .. ..... . .... .. . ........ . . . . . . . . ... . . . 6 Econ. 615, Economics of Transportation Econ. 671, Economic Growth and Development Geog. 580, Economic Geography Mgmt. 492, Internship in Management Mkt. 403, Marketing Research Free business elec ti ve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Management Major Department of Management Required courses: Hrs. Mgmt. 462, Leadership and Motivation . ......... . . .. . . .. . . ... 3 Mgmt. 464, Organizational Communication ..... . ... .. . . . .. .. . . 3 Mgmt. 665, Organizational Development ........... . . . .. . . . ... 3 Mgmt. 667, Organizational Structure and Design-Organizing Func­ tion . . . . . . . . . . ... . . ... .. . . . . ... .......... .. ... ... .... 3 Mgmt. 680, Decision Making-Planning and Selection of Alternatives 3 Electi ves, selected with consent of major adviser 6 Marketing Major Department of Marketing and Small Business Required courses: Hrs . Mkt. 403, Marketing Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mkt. 405, Consumer Behavior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mkt. 609, Marketing Programs . . . . . ...... . .. ... . . . .... . . .... 3 Electives, from the following: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Mkt. 404, Retail Management Mkt. 601 , International Marketing Mkt. 604, Distribution Management Mkt. 606, Product and Price Policies Mkt. 607, Promotion Management Mkt. 608, Selling and Sales Force Management Electi ves, selected with consent of major adviser 6 Personnel Administration Major Department of Management Required courses: Hrs. Pers . 466, Personnel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pers. 664, Labor Relations . . . ... . ......... . . . .... .. . .. .. . .. 3 Pers. 666, Selection, Training, and Placement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives, from the following: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Mgmt. 462, Leadership and Motivation Mgmt. 464, Organizational Communication Mgmt. 663, Organizational Interactions 80 Mgmt. 665, Organizational Development Mgmt. 667, Organizational Structures and Design Electives, selected with consent of major adviser 6 Production Management Major Department of Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences Required courses: Hrs. DS 375, Introduction to Managem ent Science ........ 3 DS 550, Problems and Cases in Production Management 3 DS 659, Seminar in Production Management .. . .... .. ... . .. . ... 3 DS 675, Intermediate Management Science ......... . ....... . .. 3 Electives, selected with consent of major adviser 9 Real Estate and Land Use Economics Major Department of Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences Required course: H rs. RE 310, Principles of Real Estate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives, from the following: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 RE 438, Real Estate Law RE 611, Real Estate Finance RE 614, Real Estate Appraisal RE 618, Real Estate Investment Analysis RE 619, Residential Marketing, Management, and Developmellt Electives, selected with consent of major adviser ............ 12 COURSE SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING Three levels of requirements must be completed to receive a BBA: (1) Univer­ sity general education requirements, (2) general requirements in the College of Business Administration, and (3) college major requirements. Students should complete the requirements in the order listed, with some overlap alld duplica­ tion of courses among the three levels. Students planning to enroll in upper-division business courses (courses numbered 300 to 600) must have completed 60 semester credit hours. Accred­ itation of the college by the American Assembly of Col\egiak Schools of Business stipulates that students must be classified as juniors to enroll in upper-division courses. Exceptions are made to this requirement for any of the following: 1. Students who have close to 60 hours and have enrolled in the required lower-division (l00-200 level) courses may enroll in introductory upper-divi­ sion courses to complete a full schedule. 2. Students with a cumulative grade point average of 3.25 or above may have the junior standing prerequisite \vaived with the consent of the instructor of the course and the chairperson of the department in which the course is taken. 3. Students may petition the college's Exceptions Committee for special permission to enroll in upper-division courses. The following sequence of required courses is recommended: College of Business Administration 81 Freshman Year Math. ill, College Algebra Math. 144, Business Calculus Eng. 101-102, College English I-II Speech 111 or Il2-Basic Public Speaking or Basic I nterpersonal Communication General education electives Sophomore Year Acctg. 210, Financial Accounting I Acctg. 220, Managerial Accounting I CS 200. Introduction to Programming A programming language selected from CS 201-216 Econ. 201-202, Principles of Economics I-II Econ. 231 , Introductory Business Statistics General education electives Junior Year DS 350, Introduction to Production Management DS 495, Management Information Systems for Business F in. 340, Finance Mgmt. 360, Concepts of Administration Mkt. 300, Marketing Upper-division economics course lajor courses Senior Year Mgmt. 681, Administrative Policy Major courses Note: any faculty member teaching an upper-division course in th~ College of Business Adll!in istratlon IlI3Y assume hat all ::. tudent s have completed the ~p(.-'{: ific <.:ourSe~ listed umh.:r Freshman Year and Soph omore Year above. Master of Professional Accountancy The Master of Professional Accountancy is a five-year degree program de­ signed to prepare the student for a successful career as a professional ac­ countant in business, public accounting, government, or education. The can­ d idate must complete a 96-hour preprofessional curriculum, meet specified admission requirements to the School of Accountancy, and complete the 55-hour professional program. Preprofessional Curriculum Students pursuing the Master of Professional Accountancy (MPA) are required to meet specified requirements for admission to the School of Accountancy. During the candidate's undergraduate work, the following requirements must be met: 1. The candidate must complete the general education requirements for Wichita State University, plus additional nonbusiness course work, for a total of 56 semester hours. The following courses are specifically required by the School of Accountancy and may be counted within this 56 hours: CS 200, Introduction to Programming ....... . ..... . .. . .. . .. . . 2 CS 205, COBOL Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 E con. 201 and 202, Principles of Economics I and II .. . ... . .. . .. 6 E ng. 210, Composition: Business, Professional, and T echnical Writing 3 Eng. 685, Advanced Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 82 Math. 111, College Algebra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Math. 144, Business Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :3 Phil. 144, Moral Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2. The candidate must complete the following College of Business Admin­ istration core requirements: Acctg. 210, Financial Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Acctg. 220, Managerial Accounting I . ............ . .. . . . ...... 3 DS 350, Introduction to Production Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Econ. 231, Introductory Business Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Econ. 340, Money and Banking .... . ... .. . . . . . ........ . . . ... 3 Fin. 340, Finance .. . .. . ... . .... . ...... .. . .. .. . . . . ... . . . . . 3 Mgmt. 360, Concepts of Administration ... . ........... . .. . ... . 3 Mkt. 300, Marketing ......... . .......... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3. The candidate must complete the following courses required by the School of Accountancy: Acctg. 310 and 410, Financial Accounting II and III ....... . . . . . . 6 Acctg. 320, Managerial Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Acctg. 430, Taxation I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B. Law 435, Law of Commercial Transactions .. .. .... . ... 3 Admission Requirements During the semester in which the preprofessional curriculum will be com­ pleted, the candidate for the MPA must apply for admission to the Graduate Schoo!. No bachelor's degree will be awarded ; however, the student desiring such a degree may be granted the degree with a minimum of additional course work as specified in the Bachelor of Business Administration-Accounting Major section of the Catalog. Requirements for admission in full standing to the MPA program are as follows: 1. Completion of the 96-hour preprofessional program, including all speci­ fied course requirements, described above 2. A total of 1,000 points based on the formula of 200 times the overall grade--¥­ point average (4.0 system) of the last 60 hours plus the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) score 3. A minimum GMAT score of 400~ 4. A grade point average not less than 2.75 on all courses identified as College of Business Administration core courses 5. A grade point average of not less than 3.00 on the 12 hours of accounting ,,"*­ courses required beyond the introductory level. Conditional Admission Students who have completed 96 semester hours and lack no more than 9 hours of specific preprofessional course requirements may be admitted on a condi­ tional basis. These 9 hours must be completed in the first semester following conditional admission or as soon thereafter as course scheduling permits. Probationary Admission Students who do not meet the minimum GMAT and/or grade point require­ ments may be admitted to probationary status by the director on the basis of sufficient evidence that they can satisfactorily complete the MPA program requirements and have the potential for a successful career in professional accounting. Students From Other Educational Institutions Students who hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution may College of Business Administration/Accountancy 83 be admitted to the School of Accountancy if they meet the minimum scholastic requ irements. They will be required to make up any specific preprofessional course deficiencie , as soon as course scheduling permits , and to complete all School of Accou ntancy requirements for which they have not had an equiva­ lency, including a minimum of 30 semester credit hours beyond the require­ men ts for the baccalaureate degree. Professional Program Please see the WS U Graduate School Bulletin. Associate of Science in Legal Assistant A legal assistant program is offered through the Department of Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences to prepare students for law-related employment in law fi rms, corporations , and government. The 64-hour program is geared to the rol e cone pt of the legal assi stant who is not a lawyer but who is trained to handle extensive professional responsibilities under the supervis ion of a lawyer. Some of the tasks a graduate of the program might be expected to perfo rm are legal research, preparing briefs, interviewing clients and wit­ nesses , preparing corporate instruments, drafting wills and probate instru­ ments, drafting pleadings and interrogatories, filing papers , ass isting in trial preparation, and numerous other matters of challenge and responsibility. The program has been granted approval by the American Bar Association. DEGREE PROGRAM ADMISSION Students are admitted to the associate degree program upon meeting the general entrance requirements of the University and completing the program's dmission procedures. An application for admission form must be obtained from the Legal Assistant Program officc·. The completed application should be returned to the Legal Assistant Program, Campus Box 88, Wichita State Uni ve rsity , 'vVichita, Kansas 67208. Applications for admiss ion are not acted upon until all transcripts are on file and ACT test scores have been received. Students who meet anyone of the following criteria are admitted to the program without an admission interview: (1) a grade point average of 3.00 based on 15 or more :iemester hours : (2) scores in the upper one-third on the English usage and composite percentiles of the ACT; or (3) a bachelor's degree. Students who do not meet any of the above criteria mllst make an appointment with the director or associate director for an interview. The purpose of the admis sion interview is to counsel the student as to the personal qualifications which are important for success as a legal assistant and to identify any deficiencies which may need to be corrected. The admission procedures described above should be completed prior to enrollment in any course for which B. Law 130 and Legal 230 are stated prerequisites. Students entering the program with fewer than 24 semes ter hours are assigned to University College. Students who meet the 24 seme ter credit hours and 2.00 cumulative CPA admiss ion requirement of the College of Business Administration are required to have their records transferred to the College of Business Admin istration. NONDEGREE AND SINGLE COURSE ADMISSION Students not pursuing the degree program are requ ired to complete a special admission form. The student must ide ntify the particular course or courses, the 84 reason for seeking admission, and the background which is the bas is tor request for waiver of any stated prerequisites. Such special admissions are evaluated against the following criteria: (1) whether the purpose of the student conforms to the objectives of the program ; (2) whether the student has the background necessary to handle the course and not impede the class; and (3) whether there is space available. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The degree requirements for the Associate of Science in Legal Assistant are summarized as follows: Course Hrs. I. General Education Requirements (30 hours) Eng. 101, College English I .. . .................. .. .. . . 3 Speech 111, Basic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic I nterper­ Humanities/Social and Behavioral Sciences (May include general studies courses. A minimum of 3 hours is requi red in each sonal Communication ............... . ............ . . . .3 N~~~~~fr?~lel~~e~ .~~d M~th~~a'tic~' (M~y 'i ~~l~d~' g~~e'r~l' ~ t'u'd'i ~ s 6-18 courses.) ... . .. . .......... . .. . ......... . .......... 6· 18 II. Professional Curriculum (34 hours) A. Required Courses (19 hours) B. Law 130, Introduction to Law .. . ... . .. ... ...... . . . 3 Legal 230, Introduction to Paralegalism ....... .. ..... . . 1 Legal 231A, Legal Research and Writing I " ........... . . 3 Legal 233, Litigation I 0 •..•• • •.. • .•.•• • •••.• • . • •.• 3 Legal 238, Legal Assistant Internship ....... . ........ . . 3 Legal 240, Substantive Law ....... . .. . . . ... . ... . ... . 3 B. Law 332, Law and Society .... . .. .. . . , .... . ...... . 3 Acctg. 210, Financial Accounting I ................... . 3 B. Professional Electives (15 hours) Legal 232, Legal Aspects of Business Organizations" ... . . 3 Legal 234, Estate Administration" .. ... . . ............. 3 Legal 235, Law Office Management and Technology , . .. .. 3 Legal 236, Litigation II " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Legal 237, Famil)' Law" ...... . ....... . .. . .. . ...... 3 Legal 239, Special Topics" .................... .. . ,. 1·3 Legal 241, Legal Research and Writing II" .. ... .. ... . .. 3 Legal 242, Estate Planning" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B. Law 435, Law of Commercial Transactions ........... 3 B. Law 436, Law of Business Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B. Law 437, Regulatory Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 RE 438, Real Estate Law" ... . ...... , . ..... . . ....... 3 Acctg. 430, Taxation I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 AJ 220, Criminal Law" ........................ .. .. 3 AJ 320, Criminal Procedure" .......... . ............. 3 Fin 348, Introduction to Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mgmt. 360, Concepts of Administration ..... . ..... . . . .. 3 C. The 34-hour professional curriculum must include a minimum of 15 hours of legal specialty courses. Legal specialty courses are identi fied with an asterisk ("). Other courses may qualify as legal specialty courses for students with corporate, governmental, or criminal law career objectives. D. A student who does not have law-related work experience that satis­ fies the intent and purpose of a legal assistant intership must as a graduation requirement, complete Legal 238, Legal Ass istant inter­ ship. Students who have law-related work experience may validate College of Business Administration/Legal Assistant 85 that experience to meet this requirement by application to the director of the program. Academic credit, however, will not be granted for validated work experience. Associate of Science in Secretarial Training The Associate of Science program in secretarial training provides students with an opportunity to receive high quality secretarial preparation in a college atmosphere. At the same time the program is designed with a view toward II ' lping students attain the status of Certified Professional Secretary. The degree requirements are summarized as follows: Course Hrs. Composition and Speech E ng. 101, College English I ................... . .... . .. . . . 3 Speech Ill, Basic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic Interpersonal Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Sciences .... . ............. . .. . ................. . .. 3 H umanities ... . .... . ...... . ..... .. .. . ................... 6 Sci 'nce and/or Mathematics ...... . ...... . ....... . .. . ....... 6 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Accounting Acctg. 110, Basic Accounting I .... . .................... . .. 3 Acctg. 120, Basic Accounting II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Administration Mgmt. 360, Concepts of Administration or B. Law 332, Law and Society .... . .... . .. . . . ........ . .... . 3 Economics Econ. 201, Principles of Economics .................... . . . . 3 Busi ness Education Bus. Ed. 133, 138, 237, Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Bus. Ed. 136, Records Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Bus. Ed. 203, Office Procedures and Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Bus. E d. 204, Office Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Bus. Ed. 231 , 234, and 240, Shorthand .. . ................ .. . 6-9 Bus. Ed . 260, Automated Word Processing .. . .. . ........ . .. . . 3 Total hours ....... .. ................ . ........ . .... " 64-70 Th irty hours and 60 credit points must be earned in residence, and 12 of the last 15 hours must be taken in residence. Of the required 64 hours, not more than one-fourth of D work will count on the Associate of Science in secretarial training. Course Descriptions Business courses numbered 100 to 299 are designed primarily for freshmen and sophomores, but students from other classes may be admitted for lower­ division credit. Graduate students may not take these courses for graduate credit. Business courses numbered 300 to 499 are available only to juniors and s ni ors . Graduate students may not take these courses for graduate credit. Business courses numbered 500 to 699 are available to juniors and seniors, but graduate students may also receive graduate credit for these courses. Business courses numbered 700 to 799 are structured primarily for graduate 86 students, but undergraduate, upper-div ision students may be admitted if they meet course prerequisites. Courses numbered 800 to 899 are des igned for graduate students only, and students may not be admitted to these courses unless they have been admitted to the Graduate School. (See the Academic Information section of the Catalog for special conditions under which seniors may be admitted to graduate courses.) ACCOUNTING SCHOOL OF ACCOUNTANCY Lower-Division Courses llO. Basic Accounting I. (3). An introduc­ tory course to account ing and the keeping of basic records in a business . A practical, applied course with heavy emph as is 011 problems and simulations. This course meets the needs of students who want basic accounti ng and bookkeeping skills. Should not be taken by degree calldidates in the College of Business Administration ; such students should take Acctg. 210. B 11 110 0 0502 120. Basic Accounting 11. (3). A continua­ tion of Acctg. 110. Should not be taken by degree candidates in the College of Busi­ ness Admini stration ; such students shou ld take Acctg. 210. Prerequisite: Acctg. 110. B 11 120 0 0502 210. Financia1 Accounting I. (3). The study of accounting as a means of com­ municating financial information about the activities of business enterprises. Em­ phasis is placed on concepts and princi­ ples underlying the measurement of in­ come and financial position and how this information may be used to evaluate the progress of a firm. Prerequisites : sopho­ more standing and Math . 109 or Math . 11 1. B 11 210 0 0502 220. Managerial Accounting 1 (3). The study of accounting in terms of manage­ ment's infonnation requirements. Empfia­ sis is given to the use of accounting in planning and controll ing a firm's activi­ ties . Prerequisite : Acctg. 210. B 11 220 0 Upper-Division Courses 310. Financial Accounting II. (3). A thor­ ough, in-depth stud)! of conceptual and technical aspects of financial accounting. Emphasis is placed on valuation ana measurement problems of income deter­ mination and balance sheet f resentation. Prerequisite: Acctg. 210. B 1 310 0 0502 320. Managerial Accounting II. (3) . The study of accounti ng for manufacturing operations. The processing, anal ysis ana interpretation of cost data for income de­ termination, inventory valuation and in­ ternal management use are stres sed . Pre­ requisite : Acctg. 220. B 11 320 0 0502 390. Special Group Studies in Business. (1-3). Repeatable for credi t >vith School of ccountancy consent. B 11 390 3 0502 410. F inancial Accounting III. (3). A con­ tinuati on of Acctg. 310. Prerequisite: Acctg. 310. B 11 41000502 430. Taxation I. (3). An examination of the federal income tax law relating to individ­ ual income taxation. Prerequisite: Acctg. 210. B 11 430 0 0502 491. I ndependent Study in Accounting. (1-3). Individual study for creditlno credit o n ly. Prerequisites: 2.75 grad e point average in accounting, junior standing and School of Accountancy consent. B 11 49 1 30502 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit Dual course numbers are used for courses that will be taken simulta­ neously by baccalaureate candidates and candidates in the School of Ac­ countancy. Additional work will be required of the latter. 510/710. Financial Accounting IV. (3). A continuation of Acctg. 410. Prerequisite : Acctg. 410. B 11 510 0 0502; B 11 710 0 0502 5601760. Accounting lnfonnation Systems I. (3). A study of the content, des i ~n. and controls of accounting systems, WIth em­ phasis on the use of computers for proc­ essing financial data. Prerequi sites: Acctg. 220, CS 200, and CS 205. B II 56000502; B 11 760 0 0502 615/715. Financial Accounting V. (3). An examination of accounting concepts and College of Business AdministrationlAccounti"f 87 0502 te chniques related t o partnerships b ranches, consolidated statements, and fore ign exchange. ove rnrnental account­ II1g is e xplored . P r l~ rcqui si te: Acctg . 5101710. B 11 61500502; B 11 71500502 620/720. \1anagerial Accounting III. (3). dvanced study of the us e of accounting information in financial poli cy decisions, profit planning and cuntrol, quantitative analysis of financial data , and capita l budgeting. The application of selected quantitative methods of accounting is in­ duded. Prerequisite: Acctg. 220. B 11 620 o0502; B 11 720 0 0502 630n30. Taxation II. (3). A study of the federal income tax law and its relationship to corporations, partnerships, and estates and trusts. The course is designed pri ­ marily for students who wish to work with income tax as a part of their career objec­ tive. Prerequisite : Acctg. 430. B 11 630 0 0502; B 11 730 0 0502 640n 40. Auditing I. (3). A study of the auditor's a ttes t function , with emphasis on audit in g standards and procedures, inde­ pendence, legal responsibilities , codes of ethical conduct, and evaluation of ac­ cou nting systems and internal contro!' P re requisites: A cc~. 5101710 and 5601760. B 11 64000002; B 11 74000502 690n90. Seminar in Selected Topics. 0­ 3) . Repeatable for credit with School of Accountans>: consent. B 11 690 0 0502; B 11 79000::>02 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800, Financial Accounting. (3). A study of the basic structure of accounting, income determination, asset valuation, liability recognition and accounting for ownership e( luity. The interpretation and analysis of fincmcial statements are included. Mar not be taken for credit in the School 0 Ac­ countancy. Prerequisite: no previous cr d it in accounting or departmental con­ sen t. B 11 800 0 0502 801. Managerial Accounting. (3). An ex­ amination of the use of accounting data to analyze management problems. Concepts of cost analysis , return on investment analyS is, and operations and capital budg­ eting are covcred. May not be taken for credit in the School of Accountancy . Pre­ requL~i te: Acctg. 800 or equivalent. B 11 801 00502 803, Federal Taxes and Management Decisions. (3). An examination of how substantially di fferent tax liabilities some­ times attach to nearly identical economic events. Emphasizes practical results, giv­ ing little or no consideration to political considerations inherent in those results. Designed for the manager or businessman who has little accounting background. This co urse is not open to accounting majors or those who have had previous income tax courses. May not be taken for credit in the School of Accountancy. Pre­ requi site : Acctg. 800 or equivalent. B 11 80300502 810. Accounting Evolution and Social Environment. (3), Study and discu ssion of accounting concept s from an evolutionary pOint of view. Emphas is is given to the interrelationship between accounting and socioeconomic factors. Prerequisite : un­ dergraduate emphasis in accounting, ad­ mission to the MPA program, or II1struc­ tor's consent. B 11 810 9 0502 812. Theoretical Foundations of Ac­ counting. (3). A systematic treatment of the basic concepts and methodology of accounting theory and their application to problems of income determ ination and asset/liability valuation. Prerequi si te: un­ dergraduate emphasis in accounting or admiss ion to the MPA program. B 118129 0502 820. Managerial Accounting IV. (3). An advanced study of theoretical concepts underlying cos t accounting, with empha­ sis on the nature of business costs, estab­ lishing a conceptual framework for cost and managerial accounting, and selected problem areas in cost d eterminati on and anal ys is. Prerequisite : undergraduate em­ phasis in accounting Or admission to the MPA program. B 11 820 9 0502 825. Analytical Methods in Accounting. (3). An examination of applied mathemat­ ical models in accounting. Emphasis is placed on the mathematical representation of cos t and management accounting models. Prerequisites: Math. 340 and ei­ ther an undergraduate emphasis in ac­ counting, admission to the MPA program, or instructor' s consent. B 11 825 0 0502 830. Taxation III. (3). A research course emphasizing the utilizat ion of various in ­ come tax research materials in the prepa­ ration of written reports on tax problems. A review and discll ss ion of current prob­ lems in taxation and tax practice are in­ cluded. Prerequisite: Acctg. 63017.'30. B 11 83090502 840. Auditing II. (3). An advanced study of auditing ancl th e public accounting profession. ~rerequ isite; Acctg. 6401740. B 11 840 9 0502 860. Accounting Infonnation Systems II. (3). A study of tne concepts of information 88 systems. their design and operation. and the relationship of these concepts to the economic information requirements. in­ formation flows. decision cri teria and control mechanisms in the business orga­ nization . Prerequisite: Acctg. 5601760. B 11 860 00502 880. Contemporary Issues in Accounting. (3). An examination of current issues in accounting. with emphasis on the releases of the American In stitute of Certified Public Accountants and of other profes­ sional organizations and governmental agencies. Prerequisite : Acctg. 5101710. B 11 88000502 890. Professional Seminar. (1). An orien­ tation to the accounting profession. Con­ tinuous enrollment and satisfactory com­ pletion of designated segments required of all students in the School of Accountancy . B 11 890 0 0502 891. Directed Studr in Accounting. (1-3). Prerequi site: Schoo of Accountancy con­ sent. B 11 891 3 0502 895. Research Seminar in Accounting. (3). An advanced semi nar offering an op­ portunity for oral discussion and written reports on matters of current interest in diverse areas of accounting. A major course objective is to develop the student's ability for independent research and the presentation and defense of findings. Pre­ requisite: undergraduate emphasis in ac­ counting including a course in statistics, admiss ion to the MPA program, or in­ structor' s consent. B 11 89500502 899. Thesis Research. (1-3). B 11 899 4 0502 AVIATION MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING AND SMALL BUSINESS Lower-Division Courses 190. Selected TOfics , (1-3). Repeatab le with departmenta consent. B 17 190 3 0501 222. Ground School. (2). A preparation for the FAAprivate pilot written examination. The student must show evidence of suc­ cessful completion of this examination before receiving credit for this course. Credit by examination or experience is available only to aviat ion management majors. Graded on CrlNCr basi s only . B 17 22200506 223. Private Flight. (3). Includes approxi­ mately 40 hours of flight required to ob­ tain a private pilot certificate. Credit by examination or experience is availab le only to avia ti on management majors. Graded on CrlNCr basi s only. Prerequ i­ site: Av. Mgt . 222. B 17 223 00506 Upper-Division Courses 320. Introduction to Aviation. (3) . A study of all of the branches of aviation: aircraft manufacturing, fixed base operations, air­ port managcment , government activiti es , airline operations and military aviation. Covers employment opportunities in the field. Representatives from thc various facets of the aviatiun inuustry and gov­ ernment will participate. B 17 320 0 0506 390. Special Group Studies in Aviation Management. (1-3). Repeatable with de­ partmental consent. B 17 390 3 0501 420. General Aviation: Management and Marketing. (3). An overview of general aviation and its relat ions with the total aviation industry, including the wurld­ wide organization of the general aircraft industry. its marketing strategies its social and environmental impact, ana l the eco­ nomics of corporate aircraft utilization . Prerequisites: Mkt. 300 and Mgmt. 360. B 1742000506 421. Airport Planning and Manage ment. (3). The principles and procedures per­ taining to the planning of airport faciliti es, plus an understanding of the techniques of airport management. including airport design , financing of construction, services provided, income rate setting. accollnting procedures, personnel and public rela­ tions, marketing. and maintenance. Also includes current problems in certification security, safety, land acquisition, zoning and state and federal participation in air­ port development . Prerequisites : DS 350, Fin. 34Q., Mkt. 300, and ~!gmt. 360. B 17 42100006 422. Airline and Air Travel Management. (3) . The organizational and financial st ru cture of air line companies, their operating policies, marketing policies , equipment selection, personnel and pub­ lie relations, and a review of the pertinent federal and international regulations. It covers both air cargo and passenger operations. It also contains a section on the organization and operation of air travel agencies and their relations with airlines. PrerequiSites DS 350, Fin . 340, Mkt. 300, and Mgmt. 360 B 17 422 0 0506 491. Independent Study. (1-5). Offered for creditlno credit only . Closed to gradu­ ate credit. Prerequisites : junior standing and 2.75 grade point average in aviation management . B 17 491 3 0501 College of Business AdministrationlA uiation Management 89 492. Internship in Aviat ion .\;Ianagement. (1-3). Offered for credit/no credit only. Prerequisites: junior standing, 2..75 grade point average in aviation management, and departmental consent. B 1749230501 Course for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 690. Seminar in Selected Topics. (1-5). Repeatable with departmental consent. Prerequisite: junior standing. B 17 690 9 0501 750. Workshop in Aviation Management. 0-4). Prerequisite: junior standing. B 17 750 9 0501 BUSINESS EDUCATION DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS EDUCATION In add ition to following the major in business teacher education with empha­ sis in secretarial science and the Associate of Science program described at the beginning of this section of the Catalog, students may minor in business education. Students planning to teach business education as a second subject in secondary schools are required to take 24 hours of business courses , including Acctg. 110 and 120; Econ. 201; Bus. Ed. 138 and 237; and 9 hours from accounting, administration, economics, or shorthand, of which one course must be upper division. Lower-Division Courses 133. Beginning Typewriting. (3). A sur­ vey of the correct fingering and mechani­ cal operation of a typewriter and an in­ troduction to business forms. B 14 133 1 0514 136. Records Management. (3). A study of modern management methods and prac­ tices used in the creation, utilization maintenance, retention, preservation and disposition of business records . B 14 1360 0514 138. Advanced Typewriting. (3). A course stressing business, letter and manuscript forms; tabulation; and timed production problems. Prerequisite: Bus . Ed. 133, or one year of high school typewriting or departmental consent. B 14 138 5 0514 203. Office Procedures and Organization . (3). A study of the various secretarial pro­ cedures in a modern office. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or departmental con­ sent. B 14 2.03 0 0514 204. Office Machines. (3). A course cover­ in~ the operation of 10-key adding ma­ chmes, electronic calculators, office dupli­ cating machines proportional spacing typewriters as well as the study of copying machine processes. Prerequisite : BE 133'. B 14 204 5 0514 231. Elementary Shorthand. (3). A study of the theory of Gregg Series 90 Short­ hand . Prerequisite: Bus. Ed. 133, or 1 unit of high school typewriting or departmen­ tal consent. B 14 231 5 0514 234. Advanced Shorthand . (3). A review of Gregg Series 90 Theory. Emphasis is placed on advanced dictation and mail­ ab le transcripts. Pr'requisite : Bus. Ed. 2.31 with a grade of C or better, or depart­ mental consent. B 14 2.34 .S 0514 237. Technical TYQewriting. (3). A study of letter forms useD in business , difficult tabulating projects, Iega], typewriting! medical typewriting and advanced timed production problems. Emphasis is placed on accuracy at a high rate of speed to meet office standards. Prerequisite : Bus. Ed. 138, or 2 unit s sccretarial training in high school or departmental consent. B 142375 0514 240. Technical Shorthand. (3). Advanced dictation, with emphas is on technical vo­ cabularies . Prerequisites: Bus. Ed. 234 with a grade of C ur bette r and Bus. Ed. 237, or aepartmental consent. B 14 240 5 0514 90 260. Automated Word Processing. (3). This course provides a basic background of the development of automated word proccssing. Each student will receive in­ di vidualized instruction on the Magna I memory unit covering basic function of input, revi sion and playback procedures as well as the more ad vanced abilities of the Magna I su ch as thought reorganiza­ tion and word search. The trainee is en­ couraged to become efficient and produc­ tive in word process ing. E val uati on is based on quality and quantity of work done . Special emphasis is placed on mail­ able copies. Prerequi si tes: Bus. Ed. 138 or departmental consent. B 14 260 1 0514 Upper-Division Courses 300. Office Practice. (3). An exploration into advanced offi ce duties, techni ques and procedures. Also included are various methods of teaching office machines, the functional use of selected machines and a survey of avai lable equipment. Prerequi­ sites: business education major or minor with credit in Bus. Ed. 237 or departmen­ tal consent, and junior standing. B 14 300 50514 460. Directed Studies. (1-5). Prerequi­ sites: departmental consent and junior standing. B 14460 30514 Course for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 750. Workshops in Business Education. (1-4). The selection of one major area of business education for study in terms of methods, materials, research ;J.nd curricu­ lar problems. The in structor is assisted by guest lecturers. Repeatable for credit. Pre­ requisites: teacher certification or depart­ mental consent, and junior standing. B 14 750 9 0514 BUSINESS LAW DEPARTMENT OF. FINANCE, REAL ESTATE, AND DECISION SCIENCES Lower-Division Courses 130. Introduction to Law. (3). A basic in­ troduction to law. Considers the nature and functions of law, the structure of the American legal sys tem , and legal proc­ esses and procedures. Also surveys the major areas of substantive law. Open to student s with a general interest in law. Students interested in the Legal Assistant Program should enroll concurrently in Legal 230. B 15 13000501 190. Selected Torics. (1-3). Repeatable wi th departmenln consent. B I.') 190 3 0501 Upper-Division Courses 332. Law and Society. (3). An analysis of our legal system in operat ion. The natur(' and fu nction s of law, legal institutions and processes, and the su bject matter of law are in cluded. Th e role of the legal system in society is exam in ed through the study of such topi cs as constitutional rights , tort li abili ty, freedoill of con trZlct, consumer protection and t'nvironmcntal protection . Prereq uis ite: junior , t 'llicl in g. B 15 332 0 0501 390. Special Group Studies in Business Law. (1-3). Repeatable with departmental consent. B 15 3903 0501 435. Law of Commercial Transactions. (3). Law of con tT3cts\ bailments, ,ales, commercial papeT ana secured transac­ tion s. Thi s co urse centers on th e Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: junior stand ing. B 15 4.35 0 0501 436. Law of Business Associations. (.J). Law of agency, partneTships and corpora­ tion s. This course considers the organiza­ tional and relational aspects of both small, closely held businesses and large cor­ porate enterprises. Prerequisite : junior stand ing. B 1543600501 437. Regulatory Law. (3). An introduction to the Tealm of regulatory luw and its b us­ iness context. Considers the legal princi­ ple s common to most regulatory agencies. T opics considered include trade regula­ tion l occupational health and safety, proauct safety and environmental law. Prerequisite: Junior standing. B 1.5 437 0 0501 491. Independent Study. (1-5). Offered for cred it/no credi t only. Closed to gradu­ ate CTedit . Prerequisites: junior standing and 2.75 grade point average in bus in rs' law. B 15 491 3 0501 492. Internship in Business Law. (1 -3). Offered fOT credit/no cTedit only . PrerclJ.­ uisites: junior standin g, 2.75 grade point anTagc in busines s law allll departmental consent. B 15 492 3 0.501 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 690. Seminar in Selected Topics. (1-5). Repeatable with departmental consent. Prerequisite: junior standing. B 15 690 9 0501 College of Business Administration/Business Law 91 732. Law and Societ . (3) . An analysis of the .S. legal sys tem in operation. Topics include legal philosophy and the ends of law, the basic charaderistics Jnd subject matter of law, and lfgal reasoning and processes. The role of the legal ys tem in society is examined through the study of the concept uf freedom of contract. Pre­ requisite: departmental consent. B 15732 00501 750. Workshop in Business Law. (1-4). Prerequi site : junior standing. B 15 750 9 0501 Courses for Graduate Students Only 890. Seminar in Special Topics. (1-3). Re­ p atable with departmental consent. B 15 89090501 891. Directed Studies. (1·5). Prerequisite: J epartmcntal consent. B 15 891 3 0501 DECISION SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE, REAL ESTATE, AND DECISION SCIENCES Lower-Division Course 190. Selected TOfics. (1·3). Repeatable with dcpartmenta consent. B 15 190 3 0501 Upper-Division Courses 350. Introduction to Production Manage­ ment. (3). Basic concepts for planning and controlling the production of either goods or servi ces . Topics included are: aggregate and process planning, scheduling. quality control and inventory systems. Prerequi­ sites : Econ. 231 and Math. 144, or equiva­ lent, and junior standing. B 1535000506 375 . Introducti on to M a nagement Science. (3). Introduction to quantitative model s that are used in business as aids to the deciSion-making process. Topics in­ clude linear programmingl integer pro­gramming, inventory models and waiting­ line models. Prerequisites: Econ . 231 and Math. 144, or equivalent, and junior standi ng. B 15 375 0 0507 390. Special Group Studies in Decision Sciences. (1·3). Repeatable with depart­ mental consent. B 15 390 3 0501 491. Independent Study. (1-5). Offered for creditlno credit only. C losed to gradu­ ate credit. Prerequisites : junior standing and 2.75 grade Roint average in decision sciences. B 15 491 3 0501 92 492. Internship in Decision Sciences. (1­ 3). Offered for creditlno credit only . Pre­ requisites: junior standing, 2.75 grade point average in decision sciences and de­ partmental consent. B 15 492 3 0501 495. Management Infonnation Systems for Business. (3). A study of business in­ formation systems for management deci­ sion making and control. Includes cover­ age of system components, controls and application. Prerequisite: one course in programming from CS 201-216 or equiva­ lent. Prerequisite or corequisite : OS 350. B 154950 0701 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 550. Problems and Cases in Production Management. (3). Analysis and resolution of a variety of problems encountered in the production of either goods or services. Through the use of cases and other methods. the course integrates the con­ cepts and models presented in DS 350. Prerequisite : DS 350. B 15 550 0 0506 659. Seminar in Production Management. (3). Topics that may be included are: (1) current issues in production and opera­ tions management · (2) material logistics and control; and (3) diagnostic analysis of operations. Repeatable for credit with de­ partmental consent. Prerequisite: DS 550 or departmental consent. B 15 659 0 0506 675. Intennediate Management Science. (3). Intermediate-level quantitative models for business. Topics include dy­ namic and goal programming, material reo quirements planning, sequencing and routing models, and competition models. Prerequisite: OS 375. B 15 675 0 0507 690. Seminar in Selected Topics. (1·5). Repeatable with departmental consent. Prerequisite: junior standing. B 15 690 9 0501 695. Simulation. (3). An examination of concepts and procedures of simulation. Prerequisite: DS 375. B 15 695 0 0507 750. Workshop in Decision Sciences. (I· 4). Prerequisite: junior standing. B 15750 90507 Courses for Graduate Students Only 850. Production and Operations Manage. ment. (3) . Concepts for planning and con­ trolling the production of either goods or services. Topics include: linear program­ ming, scheduling, quality control, inven­ tory models and waiting-line model ~ . Not open to students with credit ill OS 350. Prere4uisites: calculus and statistics. B 15 850 0 0506 851. Intermediate Production Manage­ ment. (3). Thcory of productive sys tems. decision making under uncertainty and advanced technological forecasting methods for business and industry. Appli­ cation of foreca sting methods and some operations research models to real-world productive systems . Prerequi site: OS 330 or 850. B 15 851 0 0506 871. Multivariate Statistical Method s. (3). A study of selected rnultivariate statistical methods used in support of modern deci­ sion making. Topics includeJ arc multi­ variate hypothesis testing, multiple re­ gression, correlation, analysi;: of variance and covariance, and aiscriminant analysis . Prerequisite: Econ. 870 Or Econ. 231. B 15 871 00503 872. Advanced Statistical Analysis. (3) . Topics such as sample design, chi square, vari ance analysis, and correlation and re­ gression analysis are exa mined from con­ ceptual and deciSion-making points of view. Prerequisite : OS 871. B 15 872 0 0503 874. Management Information Systems fo r Business. (4). A study of business in­ formation systems for management deci­ sion making and control. Include 'i cover­ age of system components, controls, and ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS application . Includes an introduction to a programming language. B 15 874 0 0705 875. Management Science. (3). A course proviJing quantitative bases from which the student may develop analytical abili­ ties for use as a deci sion maker. Areas of study include mathematical programming, game theory, forecasting, (j lleuing theory and simulation. Not open to students with credit in OS 695. Prerequisite: calclllus. B 1587500507 876. Advanced Management Science. (3). An in-depth examination of selected man­ agement science models . To be included are advanced inventory and quality con­ trol topi cs, goal programming and other current deci sion-maki ng techni,\llcs . Pre­ reqUISIte: DS 875 or departmenta consent. B 15 876 0 0507 890. Seminar in Special Topics. (1·3). Re­ peatable with departmental consent. B 15 11909 0501 891. D irected Studies. (1-5). Prerequisite: departmental consent. B 15 891 3 0501 893. Special Proj ect in Decision Sciences. (1-4). A special project includi ng original case researchl supervi sed intern­ ships or fi eld researCh. Prerequisite : ap­ proval of the MS Committee. Open only to MS in administration candidates. B 15893 20501 895·896. Thesis . (2-2). B 1589540.501; B 15 896 4 0501 The requirements for an emphasis in economics for a Bachelor of Business Administration are listed under the Bachelor of Business Administration information at the beginning of this section. It should be noted that the courses BA 21 1 and BA 212 may appear in the course listings as prerequisites to certain courses. These courses have been dropped, but students who have already successfully completed them may use them as prerequ isites to certain courses, as indicated in the Catalag. Students who plan to continue their study of economics in a PhD program should see an adviser in the Department of Economics and, in most cases, include additional mathematics courses. Courses in the economics department are offered in the followin g subject areas. Since course descriptions are li sted in numerical sequence, the follow­ ing summary is presented to assist in locating courses by subject area. Ceneral studies-Ecan. 101G, 200G Economic principles and theory-E can. 102, 201, 202, 203H, 204H, 301, 302, 304, 605, 800, 801, 802, 803, 804 Industrial organization and regulated industries-Ecan. 614,615, 616, 617, 61 8, 810, 814, 815 History and comparative systems-Ecan. 100, 622, 625, 626, 627 College of Business AdministrationlEconomics 93 Statistics and econometrics-EGan. 231, 631, 831, 836 Monetary theory; money and banking-EGan. 340, 640, 840 Public finance-EGan. 653, 654, 655, 853 Labor , manpower, and health economics-Ecan. 303, 360, 364, 660, 661, 662, 663, 665, 861 Economic growth and development ; international economics-Ecan. 671, 672, 674, 870, 871 Urban environmental and regional economics-EGan. 285, 685, 687, 688, 885,888 Directed study; thesis-Ecan. 491, 692, 750, 891, 892, 895, 896. Lower-Division Courses 100. Business History of the United States. (3). Cross-listed as Amer. Stud. 100. A survey of American businss evolution from co10nial times to the present. Em­ phasi s is placed on types of business structures and the role of the public sector. Not open to upper division students in the College of Busi ness Administration. B 13 100 0 0513 101C. The American Economy. (3). An examination of the basic forc es reshaping the underlying structure of the American economy and a consideration of the policy implications which accompany this re­ structuring. B 13 101C 0 2204 102. Consumer Economics. (3). An exam­ ination of the consumer's role in the econ­ omy. The study of market organization and its impact on consumers, a discussion of information sources for consumers and an analysis of the programs for consumer protection are included. Not open to upper division students in the College of Busi­ ness Administration. B 13 102 0 2204 200C. What Economics Is All About. (4). An exploration of the tension between the economic interests of individuals and those of the society in which they live. Begins with concept formation, theory construct ion and testing, and uses thi s framework to examine the writings of sev­ eral contemporary political economists to discover how each deals with individual and collective interests. Prerequisite: grade of C or better in Eng. 101. B 13 200C 0 2204 201. Principles of Economics I. (3). (Ma­ croeconomic theory) An introduction to determinants of national income, employ­ ment and economic growth . B 13 201 0 202. Principles of Economics II. (3). (Mi­ croeconomic theory) An introduction to pr ice and distribution analysis. Market structure and performance, contemporary issues and public policy are also included. Prerequisite: Econ. 201. B 13 202 0 2204 203H. Honors PrinciI>les of Economics. (4). A general survey of economic method, character and scope, and basic microeco­ nomic and macroeconomic principles With appilcatlOns aimed at helping the student develop an analytic framework for interpreting economic events, trends, in­ stitutions and public policies . Included is an analysis of resource use, price and out­ put determinati on, the level of national income and the general price level, busi­ ness fluctuations, the monetary and bank­ ing system, in ternational trade, economic growth and development. Open only to honors students . B 13 203H 0 2204 204H. The Economics of Public Issues. (3). A seminar on selected topics of current interest in economics that analyzes major economic problems of the day as a guide to making public policy decisions . In­ cluded are the economics of environmen­ tal control; externalities, public goods, so­ Cial costs and their effects in the market system; related problems such as urban development and economic growth, infla­ tion, unemployment, concentration of economic power, depletion of resources, pollution and conservation. Open only to honors students . Prerequisite: Econ. 203H. B 13 204H 0 2204 231. Introductory Business Statistics. (4). An introduct ion to statist ica l inference, estimation and hypothesis testing. In­ cluded are measures of location and di s­ {lersion~ probability, sampling distribu­ tlOns,dlscrete and continuous probability functIOns, non parametric methods ele­ ments of Bayesian decision theory, linear regreSSIOn and correlation, and time series analysis. Prerequisite : Math . 111 or 112. B 1323100503 ~85. Economics of Environmental Qual­ Ity. (3). An wtroduction to the scientific engineering and economic prin c iple~ needed for the enhancement of the quality of man's total environment. Al so included is a discuss ion of air and water pollution solid waste disposal, water resources and co nservation . The course introduces various principles of economics, such as 2204 94 marginal analysis, costibenefit analysis, systems approach and externalities as ap­ propriate. B 13 2115 0 2204 Upper-Division Courses 301. National Income Analysis. (3). (Macroeconomic theory) Aggregate eco­ nomic analysis and examination of Foli­ cies affecting the level of income and em­ ployment. Prerequ isites : Econ. 202 and junior standing. B 13 301 0 2204 302. Production, Price, and Distribut ion Analysis. (3). (Microeconomic theory) Analysis of production and pricing by firms and industries and the distribution of income to factors of production. Prereq­ uisites: Econ . 202 and junior standing. B 13 302 0 2204 303. Economic Problems of the Aged. (3). Cross-listed as Geron. 303. An examina­ tion of the special economic problem areas of health, transportation and income, in­ cluding social security, retirement plan­ ning, Fraud and consumer protection, community resources and services, insur­ ance, taxes nutrition and housing. The course emphasis is on economic principles and on improving the consumer knowl­ edge and management skills of the elderly. Prerequisite: Econ . 202 or departmental consent. B 13 303 0 2204 304. Managerial Economics. (3). An aF­ plication 01 microeconomic theory to the solution of business problems. Prerequi­ sites : Econ. 202, one cour,c in calculus, and' junior standing. B 13 304 0 0517 340. Money and Banking. (3). A study of money! credit and inflation . The structure and ro e of the commercial banking and Federal Reserve systems. The relationship between banks and other financial institu­ tions is included! as is the role of money in determining the evel of economic activity and prices. Prerequisites : Econ. 201 and junior standing. B 13 340 0 0504 360. Labor Economics. (3). A survey of labor economics, labor markets, trade un­ ionism and collective bargaining. Wage determination, employment, unemploy­ ment and labor legislation are also in­ cluded. Prerequisites: Econ . 202 and jun­ ior standing. B 13 360 0 0516 364. Economic Poverty. (3) . An examina­ tion of the Froblem of economic poverty in the United States. The extent of poverty its Causes and the problems created and methods of attacking poverty are probed . Prerequisites : Econ. 201 or instructor's consent, and junior standing. B 13 364 0 491. Directed Study. (1-3). Indivi du al study of vari ous aspects and prohlems of economics. Repeatable for credit. F or credit/no credit only. Prerequisites : j'unior standing, departmental consent anc 2.75 grade point average in economics. B 13 491 3 2204 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 605. History of Economic Thought. (3). A critical analysis of economic thought , the factors that influence this thought and its imFact upon the social ar'ld economic de­ velopment of the modern world. Prereq­ uisites : Econ. 202 and junior standing. B 13 605 0 2204 614. Government Regulation \)nd Public Policy Toward Business. (3).1 A critical appraisal of the objectives and results of government policy and practice in con­ trolling business activity, including a study of the effects of government regula­ tions on business, and the social responsi­ hility of business with respect to public issues. Prerequisites: Econ. 202 and junior standing. B 13 614 0 2204 615. Economics of TranSpOliation. (3). A study of economic characteris tics of trans­ portation modes, problems and policies. Prerequisites: Econ. 202 and junior stand­ ing. B 13 615 0 0510 616. Economics of Air Transportation. (3). A study of economic characterist ics of air transportation. Prerequisities : Econ. 202 and junior standing. B 1361600510 617. Economics of Public Utili ties. (3). A study of general economic characteristics and regulation of water, gas, electric, communications and related industries, including atomic power. Prerequ isites: Econ . 202 and junior standing. B 13617 0 0510 618. Urban Transportation. (3). A study of urban transportation theory , practice and problems. Areas to be examined include the history of urban transportation, rela­ tionships between transportation and urban development, the urban transporta­ tion planning process and public policy toward urban transportation. Economic conc~ts and theory will be used to assess the eitects of urban transportation changes on urban areas and to evaluate various past, present and proposed public policies related to urban tran sportation. Prerequi­ site: Econ. 202 or instructor's consent. B 13 618 0 0510 622. Comparative Economic Systems. (3). A comparative analysis of the evolutionary College of Business Administration/Economics 95 2204 structure of capitalism, social ism and l·ommunism. Emphasis is placed on dif­ fe rences in pricing, resource allocati on, distributio n of income and eco nomic planning. Prerequisites: Eco n. 202 and junior standing . B 1:1 62202204 625. Economic History of Europe. (3) . Cros s-Ii teJ as Hist 614 . An ana lys is of the development of economic institutions; the ri se of capitalism and its influence on overseas expans ion technology, p rec ious Illdals, I:?olitics and war; changes in eco­ nomic ideologies ; and cultural effects of <.:co n0111ic ch nge. Prerequi s ites: E eon . 201 and jun\or .,tanding. B 13 625 0 2204 626. OrigJ1S of the Industrial State. (3). C ross-lis ted as Hi st. 516. U. S . eco nomi c develop ' ent and policy, from the Civil War to ; ,he pres e nt. Empha si s is o n changps In the reputations and influence of b us il ,ess lllen in American society. Pre ­ requ is ites; Econ. 201 and junior stand ing. B 13 6:;:6 0 2204 627. Economic History of the United States . (3). Cross-li sted as H ist . 515. An an lYSis of the basic factors in economic growth. Agriculture, trade and commerce, industrial development and the changing role of the government in economi c activ­ ity are explored . Prerequisites : Econ . 201 and junior standing. B 13 627 0 2204 631 . Intermediate Business Statistics. (3). A study of the regression model with ex­ tensions, analysis of variance models, and other re lated statistical mcthods, with em­ phasis on apElication t.o business and eco­ nomIc data. PrerequIsItes : Econ . 231 and jun ior sta nding. B 13 631 0 0503 640. Monetary Problems and Policy. (3) . n ana ly -is of monet,uy problems and policy . Debt management polici es and the structure of interest rates are included . Prerequis ites : E<.:on. 202, 340 and junior standing. B 13 640 0 0504 653. P ublic Finance. (3) . An analysis of fi scal institutions and decis ion making in the public sector of the Ameri can econ­ omy, budget planning and execution, tax­ ation, debt and fiscal policy. Prerequ is ites: Econ . 202 and junior standing. B 13653 0 2204 654. Fiscal Policy. (3). A study of the eco­ nomics of government spendi ng and taxa­ tion and an analysis of the fiscal role and ins truments of government and their ef­ fec ts on the economy. Prerequisites : E con . 202 and junior standing. B 13 654 0 2204 655. Urban Government Finance. (3). C ross-listed as Pol. Sci. 655 . An analysis of urban ~overnment expenditures and reve­ 96 nue ;ystems, with an introduction to urban financial administration . Prerequi­ s ites: Econ . 202 and junior standing. B 13 655 0 2214 660. Labor Market and Manpower. (3). An examination of the sourl'es of labor supply and the marketing, placement and utilization of labor . Changing composi ­ tion and trends in the labor force are in ­ c luded, as are training and retrai ning pro­ gram s and publi C policy toward manpower probl ems. Pre requis ites: Econ . 202 and junior standing. B 13 660 0 0516 661. Collective Bargaini ng and Wage Determination. (3). An examination of economic and legal aspects of co llective bargaining, emphasiz ing the techniques andprocedures used, and the major Issues and problems inherent in the bargaining process . The manner in which wages are deterlllined under variou s in stitutional re­ lationsh ips is explored. Prerequisites: ECOll. 202 and junior standing. B 136610 0516 662. Public Policy Toward Labor. (3) . An examination of federal and state legisla­ tion, judicial action and administrat ive practi ce directed toward controlling or mitigating problems arising from the labor-m anagt'ment relationsnip . Regul a­ tions in the private sector and employment practices in the public sector are studied. Prerequisites: E co n. 202 and junior stand­ ing. B 13 662 0 0516 663. Economic Insecurity . (3). Cross­ listed as Geron. 663. Personal economic insecurity such as unemployment , old age, health care, di sablement and erratic economic Auctuation s. Costs and benefits of government action to aid in meeting such insecurities are included. Prerequi­ sites; Econ. 202 or instructor's consent, and junior standing. B 13 663 0 2204 665. Health Econom ics. (3) . Cross-l isted as HAE 504 . An analysis of health care :,ystems in the United States, including the demand for anel supply of health care ser­ vices/ the quantity, quality and pricin g of healtn services; the need fo r insurance; and the role of government in the health sector. Prerequisitcs: Econ . 202 and junior standing. B 13 665 0 0516 671. Economic Growth and Develop­ ment. (3). Survey of leading growth theories, with an emphasis on the pro­ ccsses of development and capital forma­ tion in developed and underdeveloped economies. Determinants of real income, reSource allocation, investment criteria balailce of payment problems, national poliCies and related tORics are ana lyzed within this framework. Pre requisite : Econ. 202 and junior standing. B 13671 0 2204 672. Introduction to International Eco­ nomics and Business . (3). Cross-listed as Mgmt. 561. A survey of the economic foundations of international trade and in­ vestment. After a study of international trade theory and policy (the international economy), it explores the operations of the multinational firm within that environ­ ment. Prerequisites : Econ. 202 and junior standing. B 13 672 0 0513 674. International Finance. (3). Cross­ listed as Fin . 648 . The study of foreign exchange, balance of payments the inter­ national monetar}, system and the world's money and capital markets, and their rela­ tionships with the financial operations of multinational firms. Also, relevant aspects of international financial management are explored through a series of case studies. Prerequisites: Fin. 340, Econ. 202 and junior standing. B 13 674 0 0513 680. Economics of Energy and Natural Resources. (3). A study of the busines:; and economic aspects of energy and r,atural rcsourceslroblems. Includes energy de­ mand an supply the price of energy, cnergy indust ry characteristil's and gov­ ernment regulations, conservation en­ vironmental problems and public policies . Statistical data are extensively used to evaluate the past and present energy and natural res ources si tuati ons and the trends for the futun;. Simple economi c concepts and theories are employed to interpret the facts and to assess the impacts of various public policies on the use of energy and natural resources . Prerequisite : Econ. 202 or instructor's consent. B 13 680 0 2204 685. Natural Resources and Regional Planning. (3). A study of the approaches to the optimal allocation of natural resources . Criteria for policy decisions and the eval­ uation of the social and economic benefits and costs of the use of resources through time are examined. Prerequisites: Ecoll. 202 and junior standi ng. B 13 685 0 2204 687. Introduction to Urban Affairs . (3). Cross-listed as Pol. Sci 687 and Soc. 687 . An introduction to the study of the me­ tropolis as a social" political and economic system. Prerequisites: Econ. 202, a course in SOciology or political science, and jun­ ior standing, or instructor's consent . B 13 68702214 688. Urban Economics. (3). A survey of the economic structure and problems of urban areas on both the microeconomic and macroeconomic levels. The applica­ tion of regional economic analysis in the study of urb'lJl areas as economic regions is stressed. Prerequisites: Econ. 201 and 202, or Econ. ~OO, and junior standing. B 13 688 0 2214 692. Group Studies in Economics. (1-3). Repeatahle for credit with departmental consent. Prerequisite; junior standing. B 13 692 9 2204 750. Workshop in Economics. (1-4). Pre­ requ isi te: junior standing. B 1375002204 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. Analysis of Economic Theory. (3). An intensive analysis of micro- and macroeconomic principles. Not for gradu­ ate cred it in the MA program in econom­ ics. Prerequisite : departmental consent. B 13 800 0 2204 801. Macroeconomic Analysis. (3). An in­ ten sive analysis of contemporary literature and problems of national income analysi s. Prercquisites ; Econ . 301 and one course in calcu lu s. B 13 801 0 2204 802. Microeconomic Analysis. (3). An in­ tensive analysis of contemporary literature and problems in the areas of production , pricing and distribution. Prerequisites : Econ . 302 or 804, and one course in cal­ cu lu s. B 13 802 0 2204 803. Analysis of Business Conditions. (3). A study of economic forecasting and its relationship to macroeconomic analysis. Not for graduate credi t in the MA program in economics. Prerequisites : Econ . 800 or eq uivalent and one semester of in troduc­ tory stati stics . B 13 803 0 2204 } College of Busin ess Administration/Economics 97 804. Managerial Economics . (3). A survey of theoretical amI analytical tools of eco­ nomics that are useful in decision making by managers. 1\'ot for graduate credit in the MA program in economics. Prereljuisites: Econ. 202 or 800 and one course in cal­ culus. B 1380400517 810. Business and Public Policy. (3). The study of the effects of government regula­ tion, monetary and fiscal policy on busi­ nt·ss, as well as the social responsibility of business. Not for graduate credit in the MA program in economics. Prerequisite: departmental consent. B 13 810 0 2204 814. Seminar in Industrial Organization and Public Policy. (3). A stud y of business and economic organization and structure market operation and pcrformance and public poli,cy with special reference to the U. S. economy. Repeatable for credit with departmental consent. Prereguisite: one of Econ. 614, 302 or 804. B 13814 9 2204 815. Seminar in the Regulated Industries. (3). An intensive analysis of the economic characteristics of the regulated industries (i.e., tran sp ortation and public utilities)l with emphasis on problems, issues ana public policy in these industries. Pre­ requisite : one of Econ. 302, 615, 616, 617 or 804. B 13 815 9 0,510 830. Statistical Methods for Business. (3). An examination of statistical concepts and methods applicable to business decision making. Included arc probability theory, point and interval estimation, hypothesis testing, regression analysis , analysis of variance , and selected nonparametric techniqul's. Not open to students with credit in Econ . 231 or equivalent. _ ot for graduate credit in the MA program in eco­ nomics. Prerequisite: calculus. B 138300 0503 831. Introduction to Econometrics. (3). Analysis of time series, multiple regres­ sion, multiple and partial correlation, analysis of variance and introduction to econometric technique s. Prerequisites: Econ . 631 and one course in calculus. B 13 831 90503 836. Methodology of Economics. (3) . A study of what constitutes the basis of knowledge in economics. The manner in which the principles of abstract reasoning! deduction and induction, can be app!Jea to produce knowledge in economics is ex­ plored. Prerequisites: Econ. 302 and 631. B 13 836 9 2204 840. Seminar in Monetary T heory. (3). An 98 examination of neoclassical and contem­ porary monetary theories . An analysis and an evalua tion of current monetary prob­ lems are included. Repeatable for credit with departmental consent. Prerequisites: Econ. 202 and 340. B 13 840 9 0504 853. Seminar in Public Finance. (3). An analysis of theoretical and applied aspects of public finance in the American and foreign economies. Selected topics of cur­ rent and permanent importance are ex­ plored. Repeatable for credit with depart ­ mental consent. Prerequisite : Econ. 653. B 13 853 9 2204 861. Seminar in Contemporary Labor Issues. (3). An intensive analysis of con­ temporary'problems in the field of labor. The specific nature of the problems are determined by the interest of those enrolled in the course. Repeatable for credit with departmental consent. Prereq­ uisite: Econ. 360. B 13 861 90516 870. Seminar in International Trade and Finance . (3). Cross-listed as Fin. 820. A seminar in theoretical concepts and con­ temporary selected is ues of international economics and finance. Selected issues include such areas as foreign exchange markets, the Eurodollar market, Arab oil dollars in the international monetary sys­ tem, transference of inAation between countries, developments in the common markets , etc . Prerequisite: Econ. 674 or Fin. 648, or instructor 's consent. B 13870 90513 871. Seminar in Economic Growth and Development. (3). A study of theories of economic growth and development. Se­ lected topi cs relating to economic growth and development such as national plan­ ning, allocation ot reso urces , selection and evaluation of investment projects, and other current issues, are included . Prereq­ uisite: Econ. 671,301 or 302. B 13871 9 2204 885. Seminar in Environmental Quality Control. (3). Examination of actuaf prob­ lems, projects and/or current approaches to environmental quality control. A critical look at current happenings and trends is taken. Prerequisite: Econ. 685. B 13885 9 2204 888. Seminar in Urban Economics . (3). An analysis of the determinants of city struc­ turel the locat ion of economic activity and lana use. Current urban problems such as crime, pollution, zoning, housing and op­ timal city size are discussed with specific reference to current empirical research. Prerequisite: Econ. 302 or 688. B 138889 2214 891. Directed Study. (1 -3). Individual stud y of various aspects and problems of economics. Repeatable for credit with de­ partmental consent. P rerequisites : gradu­ ate standing and departmental consent. B 13891 n.204 892. Group Studies in Economics. (1-3). Repeatable for credit. Prerequis ite : de­ partmental consent. B 13 892 9 2204 895. Thesis Research. (1-2). B 13 895 4 2204 896. Thesis. (1-2). B 13 896 4 2204 FINANCE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE, REAL ESTATE, AND DECISION SCIENCES Lower-Division Courses 140. Personal F inance. (3). Management of the cash flows experienced by individ­ uals and families. Analysis of alternative strategies to meet individual fina ncial goals through var ious investment media, with emphasis given to ri sks and returns , The student is exposed to a set of tools that can be applied in personal financial man­ agement to provide a fl ex ible and relevan t framework tor future decis ion making, B 15 140 0 0504 190. Selected Tories . (1-3). Repeatable with departmenta consent. B 15 190 3 0501 Upper-Division Courses 340. Finance. (3). A stud y of corporate organization , types of securities and ob ­ taining short- and long-term capital. Fi­ llancial planning ancl control, forecasting and budgeting are included. Prerequisites: Acetg, 210 and 220 and junior standing , B 15 340 0 0504 348. Introduct ion to Insurance. (3) . A hasic study of both property/casualty and life/health insurance. AnalysiS of ri sk and the ways to treat both personal and busi­ ness loss exposures. Study of the contracts, rate making and services of the imurance business, as well as the marketi ng and regulati on of both private and govern­ mental insurance , Prerequisite : junior standing. B 15 348 0 0504 390. Special Group Studies in Finance. (1-3). Repeatable with departmental con­ sent. B 15 390 3 0501 444. Contemporary Issues in Banking. (3). A survey of contemporar>' issues fac­ ing the U, S, commercial banking system, C ourse content varies according to the ti melines s of various issues . The course is not only for those planning a career in banking but for anyone interested in cur­ rent trend s and issues in banking, Prereq­ uisite: Fin. 340. B 15 444 0 0504 491. Independent Study. (1-5). Offered fo r credi tlno credit only, Closed to gradu ­ ate credit. Prerequisites : junior standililg and 2,75 grade point average in finall ce , B 12491 3 0501 492 , Internship in Finance. \1-3). Offered for crt:dit / no c redit on y, Pr e req­ uisites: junior standing, 2,75 grade point average in finance and department .1i con­ sent. B 15 492 3 0501 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 640. Financial Management. (3) . An ex­ pl oration of the problems and operations for which the financial officer is respon si­ I,k, emphasizing controversial aspects of finan cial analysis. Prerequisites : Fin , 340 6 hour~ of accounting or departmental consent. and junior standing, B 15 640 0 0504 64 1. Investments. (3). An analysis of in­ vestment ri sks, financi al information and ind ustry characteristics. Corporate, gov­ ernment , muni cipal and financial in stitu­ tion securities and other investment types are exam ined, Personal p ortfolio con­ st ruction, supervision and management are prt:se nted , Prerequisites : Fin , 340 and junior standing, B 1564100505 College of Business Administration/Finan ce 99 643. Capital Markets and Financial I ns ti ­ tutions. (3). An introduction to the capital markets system. The management and operations of financial institutions are studied. Each major type of financial in­ stitution is viewed in the context of its competitive environment with respect to both asset and liability management. Pre­ requisites: Fin. 340 and junior standing. Credit in Econ. 340 is strongly recom­ mended. B 15 643 0 0504 644. Commercial Bank Management. (3). A study of bank asset and liability man­ agement. The internal organization of commercial bank s, current problems and recent innovations in commercial bank­ ings are also explored. Prerequisites: Fin. 643 and junior standing. H 15 644 0 0504 645. Security Analysis and Valuation. (3). Comprehensive study of methods of ana­ lyz ing major types of securities. Market behavior analysis is also mClde. The for­ mulation of investment ohjectives, the de­ sign of portfolios for cl as es of inst itu­ tional and individual inve stor s, and portfolio theory are explored. Prerequi­ sites: Fin. 641 and junior standing. B 15 64500505 648. Internat ional Finance. (3). C ross­ listed as Econ. 674. The study of foreign exchange, balance of payme nts the inter ­ national monetary systcm and the world's money and capital markets, and their rela­ tionships with the financial operations of multinational firms. Also, relevant aspects of international financial managemcnt arc explored through a eries of case studies. Prerequisites : Fin. 340, Econ . 202 and junior standing. B 15 648 0 0513 690. Seminar in Selected Topics. (1-5). Repeatable with departmental consent. Prerequi site : junior standing. B 15 690 9 0501 750. Workshop in Finance. (1 -4). Prereq­ uisite : junior standing. B 15 750 9 0504 Courses for Graduate Students Only 820. Seminar in International Trade and Finance. (3). Cross-listed as Econ. 870. A seminar in theoretical concepts and co n­ temporary selected issues of international economics and finance. Selected issues would include such areas as foreign ex­ change markets, the Eurodollar market, Arab oil d ollars in the international mone­ tary system, transference of inflation be­ tween countries, developments in the common markets, etc. Prere9ui si te: Fin. 648 or Eton. 674 or instructor s consent. B 15 820 9 0513 100 840. Financial Systems. (3). An intens ive analytical int rouucti n to finance from the management viewpoint, includ ing the theory of fin ancial managemcnt , the fi­ nancial in titutional structure and an an~lly ' is of a variety o[ practical problems of business finance. Prer q ui site : Acctg. 800 or quivalent. B 15 840 0 0504 841. Financial Administration. (3). An in­ tegrated treatmen t of basic busi ness fi­ nance, financi al management, financial statement anal ySis and financial institu­ tions. Prerequis ite: F in. 40 or equivalent. B 15 1 00504 842. StructUJ'e and Policies of Financial Inst it utions . (3). T he development , man­ agement and impact of policies of finan­ cial institutionShincluding planning, mea­ suring and ac ir ving fin a n ial goa ls. Prerequisite: Fin . 840 or equivalen t. B 15 84200504 844 . Th eory of Financial Analysis. (3). An integration of the theory of business fi­ nance and security valuation theory. A critiqu e of s tock valuation mo de ls is given. Model s encompassing interaction of growth rate of firms, rate of return, uncertainty, d ividend payout I verage and the cos t of capital are studied il\ten­ sivel y. Prerequisite : F in. 841 or depart­ mental consent. B 1- 844 0 0504 845. SecUJ'ity Analy is . (3). An analysis and valuation of inves tment securities is­ sued by corporations and governrnentaJ agencies. Prerequisi te : Fin. 641 or depart­ mental consent. B 15 845 0 0505 846. Capital Budgeting. (3). A study of the organization and operation of the capital budgeting sys tem . Problems in partial decentralization and in comparability of estimates of funds flow are explored. Con­ temp orary methods of treat ing IIncertain­ ties and constmints and the application of programming techniques are included . The determination of apg ropriate discount rates is also explain d . Prerequi site : Fin. 840 or equivalent. B 15 846 0 0504 890. Seminar in Special Topics. (1-3) . Re­ peatable w ith departmental consent. B 1.5 89090501 891. Directed Studies. (1-5). Prereq uisite : departmental consent . B 15 891 3 0501 893. Srecial Project in Finance. (1-4). A specia project ine!uding original case re­ search, supervised internships or field re­ search. Prereq uisite: approval of the MS Committee. Open only to M5 in admi nis­ tration candidates . B 15893 20.'501 895-896. Thesis. (2-2). B 1589540501; B 15 896 4 0501 I LEGAL ASSISTANT DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE, REAL ESTATE, AND DECISION SCIENCES Lower-Division Courses 230. Introduction to Paralegalism. (1). The new role concept of the legal assistant in the practice of law. An inqui ry into what paralegal s do, types of paralegal em­ ployment, eaucation and licens ure, pro­ fess ional ethics, au thorized and unau ­ thorized practice of law and an introduc­ tion to paralegal skills . Prerequisite: B. Law 130 or concurrent enrollment or de­ partmental consent. B 15 23000501 231A. Legal Research and Writing l. (3). An introduction to the tools and tech­ niques of legal research with emphasis on the bas ic analytical skills . The course in­ troduces the student to the components of a law library through a variety of assigned problems, some of which culminate in the writ ing of a research memorandum or brief. Prerequisites : Legal 230 and 240 or concurrent enrollment in 240, or depart­ mental consent. B 15 231 0 0501 232. Legal Aspects of Business Organiza­ tions. (3). The law of business organi za­ tions, with emphasis on the practice as ­ pects re lated to formation of operation of proprietorships, partnerships and corpo­ rations. Includes drafting aspects related to employment agreements, [!artnersh ip agreements and corporate document s. Prerequisites: B. Law 130 and Legal 230 Or departmental consent. B 15 232 0 0501 233. Litigation I. (3). An introduction to the civil fitigation process , with emphasis on the practice aspeds associated with a civil acti on. Topics covered include civil procedure, preparation and use of plead­ ing~ , dis covery, law of evidence and ap­ peals. Prereq uis ites : Legal 23 1A and 240 or concurren t enroll men t or departmental consent. B 15 2330 0501 234. Estate Administration. (3). The law of intestate succession, wills and trusts, with emphasis on the aoministra tion of an estate under Kansas law. Incl udes the preparation of wills, trus t ins truments and documents related to the probate process. Prerequi site : Legal 23 1A or departmental consent. B 15 234 0 0501 235. Law Office Management and Tech­ nology. (3) . The appli cation of modern concepts of organi zati on, management and sys tems technology to the law office . Emphasis is placed on the use of systems approaches and the proper use of non­ lawyers in the handling of all administra­ tive functi ons and routine legal mattn s. Prerequisites : B. Law 130 and Legal 230 or departmental consent. B 15 235 0 0501 236. Litigation ·LI. (:3) . A continuation of Litigat ion I, with emphasis on the func­ ti ons of a legal assi ~ tant in trial prepara­ tion and exec ution including: gathering and organization of materials, inves tigat­ ing, interviewing, drafting of pleadings and interrogato ries, preparing a trial note­ book, assisting during trial , etc. Prerequi­ site: Legal 233 or departmental ccmsent. B 15 236 0 0501 237. F amily Law. (3). An introduction to fa mily law, including the role of 8 lawyer as counselor. Emphasis is placed on the practice as pects related to divorce, separa­ tion, custody , support, adoption and guardianship matters. Prerequisite : Legal 233 or concurren t enrollment or depart­ mental consent. B 15 237 0 0501 238. Legal Assistant Internship. (3). In­ ternship traini ng in a law office, corporate law department or government agency. Offered for Credit/No Credit only. Prereq­ ui site : 12 hours of legal specialty courses an d internship committee approval. B 15 23800501 239. Special Topics . (1 ·3). Repeatable with departmenta l consent. Prerequisites : B. Law 130 and Legal 230 or departmental consent. B 15 239 0 0501 240. Substantive Law. (3). An introduc­ tion to substantive law for the paralegal with emphasis on the law of contracts , torts and property. Special emphasis is placed on development of skill in recog­ nizing substantive law issues . Prerequ i­ site : 6 . Law 130. B 15 240 0 0501 241. Legal Research and Writing II. (3). A continuation of Legal 231A. Covers re­ search in specialized legal materials and College oj Busin ess Administration/L egal Assistant 101 writing of trial and appellate briefs. Pre­ requisite: Leg,lI 231A or departmental consent. B 15 241 0 0501 24 2. Estate Planning. (3). A study of the fe deral estate and gift tax structure and the planning techniques which are utilized to rniuilllize the impact of tasation on the transmission of prol?erty frum one genera­ tiou to another. Includes eatable with departmenta consent, B Ie> 190 3 Upper-Division Courses 310. Principles of Real Estate. (3). Eco­ nomic, legal, and physical characteristics of real estate, Overview of real estate, in­ clud ing contracts, deeds, title assurance, market analysis, appraisal, brokerage l mortgage financing, investmc 'nt , and property management principles, Prereq· uisite: junior standing or departmental consent. B 15 310 0 0511 390. Special Group Studies in Real Es­ tate , (1-3). Repeatab le with departm ental consent. B 15 390 3 0511 438. Real Estate Law. (3) . Laws and reg­ ulation s affecting real estate ownershi p and use, including ownership interes ts, conveyancing, mortgages, title assurance , landlord-tenant relationships aBd public and private land-use controls. Prerequi­ site: junior standing. B 15 438 0 0511 491. Independent Study. (l-5). Offered for credit/no credit only. Closed to gradu­ ate credit, Prerequisites: junior standing and 2,75 grade poinLaverage real estate, B 15 491 30501 492. Internship in Real Estate. (1-3). Of­ fered for creditlno credit only, Prereq­ uisites: junior standing, 2,75 grade point average in real estate and departmental consent, B 15 492 3 0501 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 611. Real Estate Finance. (3), Real estate finanCing instruments, institution s, tradi­ tional and creative financing techniques. Risk analysis, mortgage financing and un­ derwriting, primary and secondary mort­ gage markets, Prerequisite: RE 310 or consent of instructor. B 15 611 0 0511 614. Real Estate Appraisal. (3). Impact of sociol'conomic conditions on real estate values, Cost, sales comparison, and capi­ talized income approaches to market value , Demonstration apRraisal. Prerequi­ site: RE 310 or consent of instructor. B 15 61400511 618. Real Estate Investment Analysis. (3). Equity investor decision cri teria, institu­ tional and ownership entity investment constraintsA financial leverage opportu ni­ties , cash now analysis , and creative in­ come tox strategies, Prerequisite : RE 310 or consent of instructor. B 15 618 0 0511 619. Residential Marketing, Managemen t and Development. (3) . Theory and prac­ tice, Includes supply and demand, urban and neighhorhood market analyses, loca­ tion theory and land-use succession, fore­ casting activities, brokerage administra­ tion, closing procedures, propcrty management, and public policy devices relative to land-use decisions , Case studies or problems. Prerequisite: RE 310 or con­ sent of instructor. B 15 619 0 0511 690. Seminar in Selected Topics. (1 -5). Repeatable with departmental consent, College of Business Administration/Real Estate 107 0501 0501 Prerequisite: junior standing. B 15 690 9 750. Workshop in Real Estate. (1-4). Pre­ requisite: junior standing. B 15 15090511 Courses for Graduate Students Only 810. Real Estate Feasibility Anal ysis . (3). Theory and practice of analyzing the fea­ sibility of both new construction and re­ development of income-producing proj­ ects. Detailed comprehensive case studies are approached with contemporary ana­ lytical techniques. Prerequisite: RE 310 and 614 or 618. B 15 HIO 0 0511 890. Seminar in Special Topics. (1-3). Re­ peatable with departmental consent. B 15 89090501 891. D irected Studies. (1-5). PrerequiSite: departmental consent. B 1- 891 3 0501 893. Special Project in Real Estate. (1-4). A special project including original case research, supervised internshiFs or ReId research. Prerequisite: approva of the MS Committee. Open only to MS in adminis­ tration candidates. B 15893 2 0501 895-896. Thesis. (2-2). B 15 89540501 ; B 15 89640501 SMALL BUSINESSI ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING AND SMALL BUSINESS Lower-Division Courses 160. Introduction of E ntrepreneurship. (3) . An introductory course that is de­ signed not only to familiarize the student with the world of small business but also to analyze the personal strengths and weaknesses as they relate to launching an entrepreneurial career. Considerable at­ tention will be given to the elementary concepts of plann ing financing, starting, and managing a new business. B 17 1600 0506 190. Selected TOfies. (1-3). Repeatable with departm nta consent. B 17 190 3 0501 Upper-Division Courses 361 . Comparative Entrepreneurship. (3). The focu s of the course is fourfold: (1) to study t~rough selected readi ngs the ways by which entrepreneurs in all historical eras have re ponded to business opportu­ ni ties; (2) to tudy international and com­ parative entrepreneurship analyzing both tor ign entrepreneurs in t.he United States and U.S. entrepreneurs operating aboard; (3) to examine current entrepreneurial ac­ tivities in the United States , including those in major subcultures; and (4) to fa­ miliarize potential entrepreneurs with the vast body of specialized literature de­ signed especially to assist small business operations. Other related topics will be treated also. Prerequi site: junior standing. B 17 361 0 0506 390. Special Group Studies in Entrepre­ neur hip. (1 -3). Repeatable with depart­ mental consent. B 173903 0501 465. Small Business Management. (3). The focus of this course is on the tech­ niques of managing small businesses, from startup to goal setting to efficient operations. Topics to be covered are (1) mana ge ment concept s ; (2) marketing tech ni~es; (3) record-keeping proce­ dures ; 4) ~ew product strategies; and (5) small ustness finance. Prerequisites: Acetg. 210-220, Mkt. 300, Mgmt. 360 and ju nior standi ng. B 17 465 0 0506 491 . Independent Study. (1·5). Offered for creditlno credit only. C losed to gradu­ ate credit. Prerequisites: junior standing 108 and 2.75 grade point average in entrepre­ neurshi p. B 17 491 3 0501 492. Internship in Entrepreneurship. (1­ 3). Offered for credit/nu credit only. Pre­ requ is ites : jun ior standing, 2.75 grade point average in entrepreneurship and de­ partmental consent. B 17 492 3 0501 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 560. Small Business Practicurn. (3). T h is is an applied course extendin g the material learned in the classroom into real situa­ tions that involve problem solving . O ne fourth of the course is an intensive review of the fun ct ional areas of a business. T he student then assumes the role of consul­ tant or problem solver for a particular firm. The instructor serves as director, helping to define p roblems and recom­ mending solutions for the firm's difficul­ ties ur needs . P rerequisites : Mkt. 300, F in. 340, OS 350, Mgmt. 360. B 17 560 2 0506 668. Venture Creation. (3). The focus of th is cour~e is on identi fyi ng and develop­ ing a written analysi s of the procedures for s tarting a new business . Topics interface with the substance of an actual business plan , such as the definition of the hu si­ ness, analysis of the market , sales forcast­ ing, proform a development business or­ ganization , financial analys is, capital requ irements , etc. Prerequi sites: Mkt. 300, Fin . 340, OS 350, Mgmt. 360, Acctg. 220 and senior or graduate standing. B 17 668 00506 690. Seminar in Selected Topics. (1-5). Repeatable wi th departmental consent. Prerequis ite : junior standing. B 17 690 9 0501 750. Workshop in Entrepreneurship. (1­ 4). Prerequisite: junio r standing. B 17 750 00501 Courses for Graduate Students Only 868. New Venture Feasibility Seminar. (3). The focus of thi s course is on directing tudents in the appropriate methods of selecting finan cial sources and in raising seed capital through the preparation of a comprehensive feasibility study . Topics to be covered are (1) sources of capital, such as venture <.:apitalists, investment bankers , banks, and creative forms of financing, (2) marketing opportunity analyses, (3) pro­ forma development, (4) feasibility de­ cision making, and (5) actual preparation of the loan package. Prerequisites: S_m . Bus. 668, Mkt. 800, F1l1. 840, OS 800, Mgmt. 860 or equivalent, and approval or the instructor. B 17 868 0 0506. 890. Seminar in Special Topics. (1-3). Re­ peatable with departmental consent. B 17 89090501 891. Directed Studies. (1·5). PrerequiSite : departmental consent. B 17 891 3 0501 893. S:p'ecial Project in Entrepreneur­ ship. (1-4). A special project incluJing ori.gina! case research/ supervi sed . intern­ shIps or fi eld researcn. PrerequIsIte : ap­ proval of the MS Committee . Open only to MS in administration candidates. B 17893 2 0501 895-896. Thesis. (2-2) . B 1789540501; B 17 89640501 College of Business _\ dministrationlSmali Business 109 .. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION LEONARDM.CHAFFEE, PhD,DEAN Providing professional programs appropriate for the development of broadly educated and competent teachers, administrators, supervisors, counselors, and other specialists is the principal purpose of the College of E ducation. The college's faculty provides leadership in professional servi ce and research designed to contribute to the improvement of both schools and professional practice at local, state, and national levels. Curricula listed in the following sections are organized to give students an opportunity for sys tematic study. Programs, based on the premise that students need to understand themselves and their world for profess ional growth, are arranged to permit the development of (1) an understanding of the charac­ teristics of a democratic society and education's place within it, (2) a philoso­ phy of education consistent with living within society, (:3) an adequate pro­ fessional preparation and the opportunity to relate content to the problems of living, (4) a knowledge of human growth and development, and (5) ski lls in the application of principles of human learning and adjustment. Accreditation and Certification The College of Education is accredited by all appropriate agencies. (See the Accreditation and Associations section of the {.'atalog.) Sinee it is accredited by the State Board of Education, the college can recommend to the board that appropriate teacher 's certificates be awarded without examination . Degrees Offered UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS The college offers programs leading to the baccalaureate degree and to state teacher certification at the elementary, early childhood/elementary, and sec­ ondary levels. The State Board of Education regulates the standards for all teaching certificates, and the curricula offered by the college are altered as needed to keep abreast of requirement changes established by the board. Additional courses in industrial technology or physical education and recre­ ation provide optional routes to the baccalaureate degree . A student may obtain a second bachelor's degree in the College of Education by being admitted to the College of Education; completing a minimum of 30 hours in a planned program in addition to the work required for the first bachelor's degree; and satisfying the requirements for graduation from the College of Education. GRADUATE PROGRAMS Course sequences available through departments within the Graduate School can lead to the Master of Education (MEd) or Master of Science Education (MSE). Students wishing advanced course work in counseling, school psy­ chology, and consultation may fulfill program requirements lead ing to the College of Edu cation 111 Specialist in Education (EdS) in Student Personnel and Guidance. Students may also earn graduate credit toward the specialist's degree in educational administration or the doctoral degree in educational administration through the doctoral transfer program with the University of Kansas. The Master of Arts (MA) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) can be earned through the Depart­ ment of Communicative Disorders and Sciences. The graduate offerings include programs designed to help students meet the requirements for certification as elementary principals, secondary principals, supervisory personnel , educational admin istrators, school counselors, early childhood teachers, special education teachers, reading specialists, school psychologists, speech and language pathologists and audiologists, and other specialists. For specific graduate programs see the \Vichita State UniversitlJ Graduate School Bulletin. Bureau of Educational Placement Through the Bureau of Educational Placement, Wichita State provides job placement assistance for students and alumni desiring positions with schools and other educational agencies. A total of 15 semester hours at WSU and an overall grade average of 2.2,5 are required to apply. A registration fee of $2.00 for currently enrolled full-time students and $5.00 for part-time students and alumni is assessed. Application forms are obtainable from the Bureau of Educational Placement, 221 R. Dee Hubbard Hall. Policies ADMISSION Before being admitted to the College of Education, students must fulfill the general entrance requirements of the University. To transfer to the College of Education, students must complete 24 hours, achieve a 2,00 grade point average, and have a grade of C or higher in Eng. 101 or 102, or a statement of proficiency from the Department of English. Admission to a teacher educca­ tion program is a separate and distinct process (see the Teacher Education Program Admission section). PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Students are expected to make satisfactory progress in their studies. Students who fail to do so may be placed on probation at any time and may ultimately be dismissed from Wichita State. Students in the College of Education are formall y placed on probation at the conclusion of any semester in which their overall grade point average falls below 2.00. They will be continued on probation at the end of any semester in which they have been on probation if their grade point average for the semester is at least 2.00, and they will remain on probation until they achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00. Students who fail to earn at least a 2.00 for any semester on probation may be dismissed for poor scholarship. Students may not be academically dismissed at the end of a semester unless they began that semester on academic probation. Also, studen ts may in no case be academically dismissed from Wichita State before they have attempted a total of at least 12 semester hours at the University after being placed on probation. 112 Students dismissed for poor scholarship may enroll only with the special permission of the Admissions, Exceptions, and Retention Committee. TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM ADMISSION Admission to the College of Education is tentative and does not mean that a student is accepted into one of the teacher education programs. To be admitted as a candidate for the state teacher's certificate, students must apply and b accepted through the Admissions, Exceptions , and Retention Comlllittee uf thc College of Education. Application is made by completing the Entry into Teacher Education Lab (IS 231) . During the sessions, students receive infor­ mation concerning the required health examination and are administered the English and mathematics competency examinations. The student al so rece ives the audiovisual equipment use check. A student's eligibility for enteri ng the student teaching semester is determined by admission to the teacher education program. BACCALAUREATE REQUIREMENTS Several sets of graduation requirements apply to undergraduates in the College of Education seeking a Bachelor of Arts (BA) in education or the institution 's recommendation for a teaching certificate. Students should carefu lly study the requirements for their particular area of study . Students enrolled in the College of Education must maintain at least a 2.00 grade point average. Admission to the student teaching semester requires an overall grade pOint average of 2.25 and a 2.50 average in the major fi eld as well as a grade of C or higher in Speech 111 or 112, Or an equivalent, and the recommendation of the teacher education representative of the student's major department. A grade of C or higher in student teaching is necessary to recei·ve a recommendation for a teaching certificate. Requirements for admission to student teaching for communicative di s­ orders and sciences students are listed in the department's program description later in this section. Prospective teachers in specialized fields of art and music are subject to certain departmental requirements and the general and professional education requirements listed under secondary education . (S tudents planning to teach fine arts should consult the College of Fine Arts section of the Catalog.) The fi elds of special education and school psychology are offered on the graduate level, but some COurse work may be completed at the undergraduate level. For specific requirements, interested students should consult an adviser in the College of Education. An emphasis in bilingual education may be completed at the undergraduate level in conjunction with either the elementary or secondary program or at the graduate level in conjunction with a graduate degree program. Interested students should consult the College of Education adviser for details. Course work for early childhood certification, a 24-hour program, may be completed at the undergraduate level in conjunction with the elementary education program. Interested students should consult an adviser for specific req uirements. Course work for library certification may be completed at the undergraduate level in conjunction with the elementary or secondary education programs. Interested students should consult an adviser for specific requirements. The Department of Instructional Services offers a program in the area of training for paraprofessional (teacher aide) positions . Presently, training is College of Education 113 oltered in the areas of mathematics, early childhood, and reading. The 15-hour program sequence consists of the following courses: Hrs.Courses IS 100, The Teacher Aide-Introduction ................. . . '.' .. 1 IS 101, The Teacher Aide-Self-Awareness and Interpersonal RelatlOns 2 IS 102, T he Teacher Aide-Group Dynamics .. 1 IS 103, The Teacher Aide-Cultural Differences 1 IS 104, Introduction to Child Development 2 IS 105, Operation of Media Equipment ..... . 1 IS 106, Overview of Instructional Materials .. , 1 IS 107, P reparation of Material and Supervised Practicum- Early Childhood .... . .... . .......... . ................. . 6 IS 108, Preparation of Material and Supervised Practicum- Mathematics ... . ............................ . ...... . .. . 6 IS 109, Preparation of Material and Supervised Practicum- Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ..................... . 6 Graduation and Certification Requirements GENERAL EDUCATION A total of 50 hours of general education courses is required for teacher certification, including the following requirements for graduation. I. Communications (9 hours) 1. 6 hours of English composition-Eng. 101 and 102 0 2. 3 hours of speech-Speech 111 or 1l2° II. General Education (32 hours) 1. At least 3 hours of literature, linguistics, speech, or foreign language in Division A plus at least 3 additional hours in this division t 2. At least 12 hours in Division Bf 3. At least 12 hours in Division ct 4 . At least 8 hours of the 32 hours must be in General Studies courses N ote: (a) 0 courses from the student's major department may be counted in the general education area; (b) courses must be taken in at least two depart­ ments in each division outside the division containing the student's major; and (c) one course in multicultural studies must be selected. Students may select Min. Stud. 100 or IS 456. O:\ tust have a grade Dr C or bettt'f in EII g-_ 101 or lO2 and in Spee<.:h III or 112.. fThe divisions <.:ontain the following departments and programs : D i t';is ion A: Human ities Clrld the Ffne Arts merican studies, art history, English, CermanJRu~ !I ian, history , interdisciplinary liberal art:ii and scien<.:('s program, ll ngu i sti c.-~ ) lIlu~ ico l ogY-l'omp() s iti o n, pllilll 'l.ophy, religion, rol1l;}I1<.:L' 1a1l~lIages. '.ip ee<.:h , \\'o!llen's studies Di rision B: Sodal alld Beharioral ScinlCf's Anth ropu logy , t:L:onumiL'''I, geography, IIlinur it)1 studies, palilk-al ::'<.:iC:llce, psychology, sociology Di cision C: Natural Scierlc('s alld A1arhemalics Dialogical s<:iences , ciH:'mistrYt geo log:y. mathematiL'::', physics, slat i::.t i<.:::' Di ris ion D.. Professional Studies Accoun ting; admini~traliol1 of jll ~ tice. aeronautical eng inl'l' ri!lg ; art L,ducation ; bas ic emergclK'Y medical care; business educatio n; communicati ve disorders and ~ciences , computer science; cy totechnology, dance; dental hy­ gie ne ; elt.'Ctricall'ngincvri ng; e ng: inl::t!r ing core; el\gin~erin g technulogy ; fin~ncl:: , real estate, and dCL'ision sciL'm:cs; gerontology; graphk design; health administration and education ; health care administration; health ;.iL'icnL'e; indus trial cdu c: ation, indu st rial ('n gineer ing; in"ltrul,tional !'> crviL'c.:'S (l'ducati oll) ; journali!;. in th l' 1 ~\lIgu a gt.' to he til ught or 15 semeste r hours i f the prospccti vQ teacher has 24 hours in anolher modern language. ~ Ht' li giu ll 1I111 :-i t b~ cOlllhilll'd wlth phi]o-;oph) on .1 minOT-110 mort' than H hour..; or religi()l1 will count (uw.ud a degree Art Education See Department of Art Education, College of Fine Arts. Communicative Disorders and Sciences (Logopedics) The Department of Communicative Disorders and Sciences provides academic and clinical training for students at Wichita State University who wish to work with communicatively handicapped children and adults. The undergraduate program offers broad, comprehensive, and preprofessional preparation for specialized training, which is offered on the graduate level. Graduate work, culminating in a master's degree, is required to obtain professional certifica­ tion as a speech and language or hearing clinician in the public schools, hospital clinics, or rehabilitation centers or to engage in private practice. With an undergraduate, preprofessional major, students can normally complete the master's program in one calendar year and be eligible for certification by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association and the state of Kansas pub­ lic schools. The PhD in communicative disorders and sciences prepares individuals to function professionally as independent clinicians or as teacher­ scholars in an academic setting. UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR The preprofessional, undergraduate major places primary emphasis on the general areas of communicative sciences and disorders and beginning spe­ cialized emphasis on speech and language pathology, audiology, Or deaf education. Supervised practicum courses are required as part of the training program. CDS 417 is required for undergraduate students majoring in speech and language pathology, and CDS 447 and 448 are required for students wishing to qualify as speech and language clinicians in the public schools. CDS 785 is also required for all students on either an undergraduate or graduate level. College of Education/Communicative Disorders 121 Undergraduate students may major in communicative disorders and sciences in either the College of Education or Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Most students take the program in the College of Education, but those vishing to prepare themselves excltlsiuely for employment in com­ munity speech and hearing clinics or hospitals may enroll in Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. In either case, all students must satisfy the general education requirements of the Cniversity. Students in the College of Education must select certain courses from the General Education Program that will satisfy teacher certification relluircl1Ient c, . These are stated under general requirements at the beginning of the College of Education section of the Catalog. Speech and Language Pathology The major with emphasis in speech and language pathology consists of a minimum of .34 hours and includes the following courses: Required: C DS 111, 132,214,216,218,220,315,318,322,417,525, and 531. To qualify as speech clinicians in the public schools, students must also complete CDS 327, 447, and 448. Optional: CDS 700,710,720,725,740,747,760, and 785. Audiology The major with emphasis in audiology consists of a minimum of 30 hours and includes the following courses: Required: C DS 111, 132,214,216,218, 220,315,531,740,747, and 785. Optional: C DS 318, 322, 327, 525, 725, 735, and 760. Deaf Education Unde rgraduate preparation with beginning emphasis in deaf education con­ sists of a minimum of 36 hours and includes the following courses: Required: CDS Ill, 132,2 14,216,218,220, 315,318,561,740,747,760, and 785. In addition, selected methods courses in elementary education will be chosen in consultation with an adviser. Teacher Education One full semester of student teaching is required for all students working toward certification as public school speech and language clinicians. To complete this requirement, students must take CDS 417 in a clinical setting, then CDS 447 and 448 in a public school sett ing, accumulating a total of 10 hours of credit. The assignment for student teaching begins with the opening of the public schools, and the student teacher is expected to follow the public school calendar, on a half-day basis, for a semester. Students must apply for admission to both student teaching semesters (CDS 447 and 417). They must have an overall grade point average of 2.50; a 2.50 average in the major field; a grade of C or higher in Speech I II or 112, or their equivalents; and the recommendation of the major department. Medical clear­ ance must also be obtained before the start of the student teaching assignment. 122 Certification The communicative disorders and sciences undergraduate pl'eprofessional major may he applied towa rd certification by the American Spc,'c; h-Languag(~ ­ Hearing Association. This certification requires a master's degrce, with major emphasis in speech and language pathology or in audiology. Students desiring to complete rcquirements for the department's cl inical certification program should make formal application during enroll me nt in CDS 220 or no later than the second semester of their sophomore year. Transfer students should app ly during the semester prior to, or immediately upon , taking upper-division courses in the department. Evaluati on of the student' s speech, language and hearing proficiency will be conducted at this time. Significant deviati ons in any area must be corrected to maximum ab ility before student teach ing. UNDERGRADUATE MINOR A minor in communicative disorders and sciences consi sts of 17 hours and may be earned in either the College of Education or Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The following courses are recommended for a minor unless other arrangements are made: CDS 111, 132,214,216,218, and 220. Arrangements for the minor should be made in consultation with thi' Department of Communicative Dis orders and Sciences. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Participation in many of the department's clinical practicum courses requ ires that a student obtain medical clearance prior to the start of the course. This requirement is indicated in the individual course descriptions. Procedures to be followed may be obtained from the department's office . Al so, seniors and graduate students who participate in active clinical practice during the year must purchase professional liability insurance in the amount of not less than $200 ,0001$600,000. This must be done on a yearly basi s. when appropriate. CDS 705 , Communicative Disorders , which is cross-listccl as Speech 665, is a general survey course and may not be used as part of either a major or minor in communicative disorders and sciences at the undergraduate or gracluate level with out departmental consent. CORRECTIVE TRAINING Corrective training for members of the com munity with speech, language, or hearing disorders, as well as students enrolled at Wichita State , may be arranged with the Department of Communicative Disorders and Sciences. A minimal fe e is charged. Admission to courses is possible with a minimum grade of C in each stated prerequisite or its judged equivalent, or with departmental consent, unless otherwise specified in th e course description. College oj Education/Communicatioe Disorders 123 COMMUNICATION SCIENCES Lower-Division Courses 214. Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and Hearing Mechanisms. 3). A study of the pren tal deve lopme nt and basic anatomy of th system ' neccssary for spee h and hearin g . The resp irat o ry, pho natory , ar ticula to ry and audi to ry mechanisms are discussed from a func­ tional poi nt of view. Prereq ui si te: prior or concurrent enrollment in CDS Ill. 0 12 214 0 1220 216. Introduction to Speech and Hearing Sciences . (3). E ~am ination of elements in the ha in of event s that leads to human comm unication. Speech production and perception are studied at phy si ologic and acoust ic levels, with primary empnasis on aco ust ics . P re requis ites : soph omo re stand ing and prior or concurr nt enroll­ ment in CDS I ll. 0 12 216 0 1220 218. Phonetics: Theory and Application. (3). Cross- li sted as Ling. 218. T he study of p h YS iol og ic , acoust ic and pe rcep tual spec ification of sl;lcech sou nds and a sur­ vey of current phonological theory and applications to speech improven ent. Ex­ tensive practice is given in transcription of sp cch. Prerequ i ite: ophomore stand­ ing and prior or concurrent enrollment in COS I LL D 12 218 0 1220 220. Developmental Psycholinguistics. (3). The study of the acquisitio n of lan­ guage in the child from b irth to six y ars of age. Var iou . acquisition theories ar eval­ uated in the light of current psychologi cal and linguis tic thought. Special empnasi s is given to the development of pho nology, morphology and syntax . Pr requisites: sophomore standing and prior or co ncur­ rent enrollment 111 CDS 118. D 12 220 0 1220 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 710. The Neurology of Speech and Lan­ guage. (4) . A con s id eration of bas ic neuroanatomy and neurophy ioloID:' nec­ essary fo r obtaining an understand ing of th representation of peech and language in the human central nervou S system and of condi tions resulting from neurological impairment. Prerequ isite: at least senior standing. D 12 710 0 1220 735. Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathology of the Auditory System. (3). Detailed anatomy and function f the auditory sys­ tem. Normal and pathological conditions are studied, with emphasis on clinical manifestations . Prerequi site: CDS 531. 0 127350 1220 124 Courses for Graduate Students Only 828 . Adv anced Speech and Hearing Science. (3). 3R; lL. Advanced st udy of speech and hearing processes, primarily in thei r normal aspects. Attenti on is devoted to current understanding of speec h gener­ ation, the speech signal and the normal function of hearing. Attenti on is also given to techniques of investigation of these processes. Prerequisite: CDS 216 or equivalent or departmental consent. D 12 8280 1220 830. Laboratory Instrumentation. (3 ). 2R; 3L. An introduction to clinical and re­ search instrumentation used in the field s of communicative disorders and sciences . Experience with instrumentation is gained throu gh practical projects and applica­ tio ns within the laboratory. Prerequisite: CDS R28. D 12 830 0 1220 867. Introduction to Psychoacoustics. (3). 3R; I D. Basic pri nci ples underlying the perceptual hearing process with emphasis on the interdependencies loetween sound stimuli and subjective auditory experience as related to commu nicati on behavior. Prerequisite: CDS 740. 0 12 867 0 1220 900. Communicative Sciences: Physio­ logical Phonetics. (3). 3R; 2L. A cri tical review of pertinent research concerning the physiological bases of speech ; respira­ tory, laryngeal, resonatory and arti culatory functions. Prerequis ite : CDS 828. 0 12 900 0 1220 910. Communicative Sciences : Acoustic Phonetics . (3). 3R; 2L. A critical review of research dealing with the acoustical character istics of speech. Also included are sl;leech perception and techniques of speech sy nthesis and analysis. Prerequi­ site: CDS 828. 0 12 910 0 1220 920. Neurophysiology of Communica­ tion . (2) . Special lectures, seminars, clini­ ca l d emonstrations and independent study. 0 129200 1220 ..........­ SPEECH AND LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY Lower-Division Courses Ill. Introduction to Speech and Lan­ guage Pathology and Audiology. (3). Ori­ en tation to the professional disciplines of speech and language pathology and audi­ ology, their place among the profess ions; communicative problems commonly found and treated and the impact of these problems on the individual; and general ap&roaches to habilitation. D 12 III 0 12~0 132. Introduction to Clinical Manage­ ment in Speech and Language Pathology and Audiology. (2). 2R; 2D. An overview of management procedures for communi­ cative disorders in relation to other educa­ tional disciplines . Techniques for obser­ vation of speech-language pathology management and audiology diagnostics will oe presented, with opportunities for practice in a clinical setting. Twenty-five hours of observation of clinical proce­ dures in a speech-language-hearing clinic are required. Prerequisites : prior or con­ current enrollment in CDS III and medi­ cal clearance. D 12 132 0 1220 Upper-Division Courses 315. Art iculation Disorders: Diagnosis and Clinical Management. (3). Contrast of normal and deviant articulation . Etiology, evaluation and methods of modification are also included. Prerequisi tes: CDS 214 and 218. D 12 315 0 1220 318. Behavioral Analysis of Speech and Language Disorders. (2). 2R; 3L. A pre­ sentation of principles and applications of behavioral analysis and benavior modifi­ cation with persons exhibiting speech and language disorders. Interviewing proce­ dures with parents clients, and profes­l sional workers ana the use of clinical equipment are discussed . Ongoing obser­ vation of training programs of two clients in a clinical se tting is required. Prerequi­ sites: CDS 220 ana junior standing, and medical clearance. D 12 318 0 1220 322. Clinical Management of Speech and Language Disorders. (3). 3R; 3L. Super­ visea application of techniques with si n2J)ler problems; observation of more difficult communicative disorders and an introduction to assessment and language intervention techniques. Forty-hve hours of direct observation and practicum are reguired. Prerequisites: junior standing, CDS 315, and medical clearance. D 12322 o 1220 327. C l inical Methods in the Public Schools. (3). Organization , administration and professional relationships in public school speech and language management programs on the elementary and secon­ dary school levels . Emphasis is given to procedures and materials for surveying, scheduling, writing rEP's ; therapeutic management, record keeping and utiliza­ tion of various instructional media. This course should be taken the semester prior to student teaching-CDS 447 and 448. Prerequisites: CDS 315, 318, and 322. This course may be taken concurrently with CDS 322. D 12 327 0 1220 400H. Honors Seminar. (2). Advanced study in selected areas of speech, language and hearing disorders, with students structuring the content of the seminar. Course provides an opportu nity for origi­ nal studen t contributions within a grouj:J seminar experience under the guidance of a senior professor. Prerequisites: CDS major with junior or senior standing who is eligib le for the Emory Lindquist Honors Program. D 12 400H 9 1220 417. Supervised Practicum in Speech­ Language Pathology. (3). 3R; 2L. Tech­ niques and methods for devel opment of clinical skill s in a supervised practicum setting. Lecturerortion of the course will enhance clinica management techniques applied to articulation and language dis­ orders . Students will be required to com­ plete a minimum of 25 hours of clinical practicum. Prerequisites : junior or senior standing, CDS 315, CDS 318, prior or concurrent enrollment in CDS 322, de­ partmental consent one semester prior to enrollment, and medical clearance. D 12 41721220 447. Speech and Language Practicum in the Public Schools. (5). Half-time partici­ pati on in a public school speech and lan­ guage management program under the guidance of a certified clinician and a col­ lege supervisor. Prerequ isi tes : senior standi ng; CDS 327, 417, departr.Dental Tht' following abbreviali ons art' u ~~J in Ihl:' <.:ou rse description:> : R !\tllnds for Je<.:t ure ami L for laboratory . For example.3R; I L means 3 hours ollectllre and I hour ollab. Other courses are designated with the symbols Rand D. R ~ ta.nd illg for lecture and 0 for uemonstratioll. For exalnp le, 3R; 30 I nCaJl~ 3 hours of It::clure and 3 hours of demonstration. College of EducatioTllCommunicative Disorders 125 co nsent one se mester prior to enrollment and medical c learance. D 12 447 2 1220 448. Public School Speech and Language Programs. (2). Discus sion and evaluation of student teaching experiences in public schools!' demonstration s of applied clini­ cal ski I S; cou nseling on the elementarv and secondary school levels . To be taken concurrentl y with CDS 447. D 12 448 9 1220 490. Directed Study in Speech and Lan­ guage Pathology or Audiology. (1-3). In­ diviollal study or research on specific prublem s. Repeatable for credit. Instruc­ tor 's consent must be obtained prior to enrollment. D 12 490 3 1220 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 525. Voice Disorders: Diagnosis and Clin ical Management. (3). Review of cur­ rent knowledge on the symptomatology and etiolog¥ of com monly encountered voice disorders in children and adults . Presen tation of procedures for differential diagnosis and clinical management, based on a working knowledge of the anatomy and physiology of normal voice produc­ tion . Prerequi site : CDS 214. D 12 525 0 1220 700. Cleft Palate: Evaluation and Clinical Management. (3). Methods of evaluating and modifying articulation and resonance in cleft palate individuals. The role of speech clinician within an interdisc ipli­ nary team is expl ored. Consideration is given to other organic anomalies. Prereq­ uisite: prior or concurrent enrollment in CDS 214. D 12700 0 1220 705. Communicative Disorders. (3). Cros s- listed as Speech 665. A survey of speech. language and hearing disorders ' their identification and treatment· and consideration of the roles of health and educa tional specialists in the total habili­ tative process. Background in normal comm unicative structures, proces ses and acquisition is provided for understanding communicative disorders . Areas intro­ duced include language disabilities in children, adult aphasia, articulation d is­ orders, voice disorders, cleft palate, laryn­ gectomy , stuttering, cerebral palsy and hearing impairment. Not open to students majoring in CDS . Credit in both CDS 111 and 705 is not allowed. D 12 705 0 1220 720. Stuttering: Diagnosis and Clinical Management. (3). A review of cu rrent theories on the etiology and development of the disorder. Behaviora lly based diag­ nostic procedures for children and adults 126 are covered, as are methods tor clinical management and real-life generalization. including procedures for parent and c li ent interviewing and counseling. Opportuni­ ties for observation and demonst rati on therapy are provided. D 12 720 0 1220 725. Language Disabilities in Children. (3). Psycholingui stic and cognitive ap ­ I2roaches to language disabilities in chil­ dren. Prac tical application of language as­ sessment procedures, interpretation of resu lts and methods of language interven­ tion are covered . Prerequisite ; CDS 111 or 70S, 220 or departmental con sen t. D 12 7250 1220 727. Teaching English as a Second Lan­ guage. (2-3). Cross- li sted as Eng. 727 and Ling. 727. Current methods of teaching English to nonnative speakers are dis­ cussed. Students learn to analyze interlan­ guage pattern s and to des ign appropriate teaching units for class and language lab­ oratory use. D 12 727 0 1220 Courses for Graduate Students Only 805. Adult Aphasia: Evaluation and Clin­ ical Management. (3). Review of hi stor ical and contemporary literature ; standard tests for evaluation of communicative dis­ orders in aphasia and procedures for planning rehabilitation regimes for· adults. Prerequisite : prio r or concurrent enroJl­ ment in CDS 710. D 12 805 0 1220 810. Cerebral Palsy: Evaluation and Clinical Management. (3). The study of cerebral palsy and related neurological d isorders. An evaluation and modification of speech and speech-related funct ions and a study of the ce rebral pal sied indi­ vidual in society are included. Prerequi­ site: prior or concurrent enrollment in CDS 710. D 12 8 10 0 1220 815. Interviewing and Parent Counsel­ ing. (3). Presentation of current techniques of case history taking and interviewing as they apply to speech, language, hearing, learning and behavior diso rders in handi­ capped children and adults. Procedures employed in ongoing and terminal coun­ seling are consiaered. D 12 815 0 1220 820. Examination Methods in Speech and Language Pathology. (3). 3R; 3L. Ap­ praisal and differential diagnostic tech­ niques in s[leech and language pathology. A weekly aiagnostic practicum in com­ municative disorders is held, with experi­ ences in report writing and follow-up pro­ cedures provided . Prerequisites: medical clearance and terminal semester of gradu­ ate program. D 12 820 0 1220 824. Language Intervention Strageties. (3). Discussion of current language inter­ vention strategies and programs. Assess­ ment procedures leading to the develop­ ment of individualized programs are also examined. Prerequisites: CDS 725 or de­ partmental consent. D 12 824 0 1220 825. Seminar in Communicative Dis­ orders. (2-3). Review of recent develop­ ments and a study of methods of integrat­ ing research Rndings and newer clini cal methods and concepts into a rehabilitative procedure . D 12825 9 1220 833. Clinical Process in Speech-Lan­ guage Pathology. (2). A clinical process approach to developing competence in a supervised practicum setting. Emphasis is given to the objectives of clinical training, development of clinical skills, tools for process analysis , intervention outcome analysis, and an introduction to the super­ visory process. Corequisite: must be taken concurrently with CDS 834 . D 12 833 0 1220 834. Beginning Graduate Practicum in Communicative Disorders. (1) . lR; 3L. Supervised aFplication of diagnostic and/or clinica management techniques with children and adults presenting com­ municative disorders. Introduction to su­ pervised practicum at the graduate level. Clinic and practicum procedures are stressed in the lecture portion of the course. Fifty hours of Qracticum are re­ quired. Intended for students in their first semester of full-time graduate studies. Prerequisites ; CDS 417 or equivalent, CDS 447 or equivalent, departmental con­ sent, and medical clearance. D 12 834 2 1220 835. Graduate Practicum in Communica­ tive Disorders. (1-3). 3-9L. Supervised ap­ plication of diagnostic and/or clinical management techniques with children and adults 'presenting communicative dis­ orders. Fifty hours practicum for each hour of credit is required. Repeatable. Prerequisites ; CDS 834 or equivalent, de­ partmental consent and medical clearance. D 12 835 2 1220 AUDIOLOGY Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 531. Introduction to Audiology. (3). 3R; lL. History and score of the Held. Basic aspects of the norma hearing function are studied, and a survey of auditory testing procedure s, including audiometric screening, is made. An introduct ion to the use of hearing aids, auditory training, lip reading and rehabilitative counseling is al so included. Prerequisites: CDS 214 and 216 . D 12 531 0 1220 740. Introduction to Audiologic Tech­ nique. (3). 3R; 2L. Techniques and pro­ cedures for administering the basic audi­ tory test battery and screening tes ts for various age levels and the interpretation of audiometri c results. Calibrati on and maintenance of audiometric equipment. Prerequisite: CDS .53 1 D 12 740 0 1220 747. Rehabilitative Audiology. (3). Edu­ cat io nal and ps ychological impact of hearing loss. Methods of improving the educational and family environment for the benefit of the hearing impaired are covered. Procedures for maximal usage of amplification are discussed. Speech read­ ing and auditory training are studied as methodologies for dealing with sQeech and language defi cits by utilizing auditory and visual cues. Prerequisite: CDS 531 D 12 747 0 1220 785. Supervised Practicum in Re habilita­ tive and Diagnostic Audiology. 0 -3). 1R; 3-9L. Supervised experience in the teach­ ing of speech, language, speech reading and listening skills to deaf or hard or hearing children and adults. Supervised experience in the testing of hearing. Three to 4 hours practicum per week are required for each hour of credit. Repeatable . Pre­ requisites: CDS 531, prior or concurrent enrollment in CDS 747, departmental consent one semester prior to enroll ment, and medical clearance. D 12 785 0 1220 Courses for Graduate Students Only 850. Supervised Practicum in Aud iome­ trics. (1-3). lR; 3-9L. Application of au­ diometric techniques in clinical situa­ tions. Experience is gained in complete patient management, counseling and re­ habilitation follow-up, when appropriate . Three to four hours 01 practicum per week are required for each hour of credit. !~ e­ Qeatable . Prerequisites: medical clearance, departmental consent and CDS 740. D 12 8500 1220 855. Auditory Evaluation of Infants and Children. (3)_ 3R; lL. Demonstration and practice in assessing auditory funct ioning of infants and children through 48 months of age. Report writing and rarent coun­ seling, as well as a study 0 appropriate instruments and procedures, are included. Prerequisites: CDS 740 and medical clearance. D 12 855 0 1220 College of Education/Communicative Disorders 127 860. Hearing Aids. (3). 3R; 2L. The hi s­ tory and function of hearing a ids. The measurement and significance of the elec­ troacoustic characteristics, principles and proceoures for the selection and recom­ mendation of specific hearing aids for in­ dividual hearing loss '5, hearing aid orien­ tati on and cOllnseling related to various age categories are covered. Prerequisite: CDS 740. D 12 60 0 1220 865. dvanced Clinical Audiology. (3). 3Rj 2L. Diagnostic and rehabilitative pro­ ceour s in the audiology clinic. Tech­ niqll es and procedures for the admini stra­ tion and interpretation of special anditory tests, including acoustic impedance and evoked auditory response measurcments, a rc in c luded. Prerequisite: CDS 740. o 12. 865 0 1220 870. Seminar in Audiology. (2-3). Review of rec ' nt d velopmC'nts and [('search, with attention giv n to industrial audiology and environI11(Ontal noise problcms. Prerequi­ site CDS 740. D 12 870 9 1220 DEAF EDUCATION Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 560. Signing Exact English 1. (1) . 2R. In­ troduction to the theory and use of Signing . xact E nglish (SEE) as a means of com­ mU llicati on with the hearing impaired. Independent outside practice is necessary to facilitate skill. Prerequisite: Junior standing or departmental consent. D 12 560 0 12.20 561. Signing Exact English n. (1). 2R. An advanced clas - in the theory and use of Signing Exact E nglish (SEE) as a means of communi cation with the heari ng im­ paired. Vocabulary and interpreting skills will he emphasized. Prerequi site : CDS 560. D 12 561 0 1220 760. Introduction to Deaf Education. (3). volution of educational programs and methods used with the deaf. Contribu­ tions of related disciplines to educational methodology and special aspects of cu r­ riculum development ill schools and clas ses for the deaf are surveyed. Also in­ c luded is a review of common commun i­ cation sys tems and social and vocational considerations. Prerequisite ; CDS 531 D 12 760 0 1220 765. Teach ing Language to the Deaf. (3). 3R· lL. Analysis of language problems and methods lor teaching language to the deaf. Prerequisite ; CDS 760. D 12 765 0 1220 128 770. Teaching Speech to the Deaf. (3). 3R· lL. Current methods and evaluation techniques . Prerequisite: CDS 760. 0 12 7700 1220 775. Teaching School Subjects to the Deaf. (3). :3R; lL. A study of the princi­ ples, techniques and methods for teaching school subjects to deaf children. The de­ velopment of reading readiness and read­ ing abilit), from the point of view of ac­ quiring language facility or achievement in other basic studies are also examined. Prerequisite: CDS 760. D 12 175 0 1220 780. Supervised Practicum in Teaching the Deaf. (2). lR; 6L. Supervised applica­ tion of techniques in a classroom setting. The teaching of academic material and tne development of language for the deaf child are included. Prerequisi tes; CDS 775 and medical clearance. D 12 780 0 1220 GENERAL Lower-Division Course 281. Co de"" riplions: R ~ l and~ for lel:ture and L for laboratory. For example, 3R; 4L means 3 hours of lecture and 4 ho urs of laboratory. o Prerequi site may be wai ved for equivalent e:"c nt. College of Education/Indu.strial Education 131 knowledge and psychomotor skills. he­ pcatable with adviser's consent. Prerpqui­ sites: Ind . Ed. 112, 113 and 180. 0 D 11 ;J80 30839 381. Electronics I. (3). 2R 3L. A basic study of elec tronics , including the func­ tion of components, DC and AC theory, vacuum tube characteristics and applica­ tions of power supplies. Experimentation and project construction are incluJed. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 280.0 D 11 381 1 0839 384, Electronics III. (3). 2R; 3L. C ourse includes the theory , instrumentation and application of semiconductors in elec­ tronic circuitry . Emphasis is placed on the utilization of transistors and newly devel­ oped semiconductors . Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 381. 0 D 11 384 1 0839 390. Directed Study in Visual Communi­ cat ions. (1-4). A directed study dealing with content related to trade and occupa­ tional titles in drafting, photography, printing, production illustration and ar­ chitecture. This co urse provides depth of conceptual knowledge and psychomotor skills . Repeatable with adviser s consent. Prerequisites : Ind. Ed. 112, 113 and 190. 0 D 11 390 3 8000 426. Woodwork IV. (3). 2R; 3L. Advanced work for specialists in the w oodworking field, with emphasis placed on problems growing from the needs of the student. Prerequisite : Ind . Ed. 341. 0 D 11 426 1 0839 429. Drafting IV. (3). 2R; 3L. Advanced study for drafting students, w ith emphasis on problems growing from the needs of students based on past performances and progre ss. Complete dwelling and machine I2roblem s, with special emphasis on in­ du strial practices and procedures, are in­ cluded . Prerequi site : Ind. Ed. 328. 0 D 11 429 1 0839 443. Methods of Teaching in the C om­ prehensive General Shop. (3). 2R; 3L. Preparation for teaching industrial educa­ tion in the comprehensive general shop. Emphasis is placed upon theory, organi­ zation and operation of a comprehensive general shop program. Offered spring se­ mester only. Prerequisite : departmental consent. D 11 443 1 0839 450. Metals IV. (3). 2R; 3L. Fundamentals of bench work and basic operations of lathes, mills , grinders, shapers and drills . Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 331. 0 D 11 450 1 0839 457. Power Mechanics IV. (3). 2R; 3L. Advanced study in the power mechanics 132 field, with emphasis plac d on pro bl ms gro\\ i :lg from the 1 eeds of the student. Prl"requisite : depart mental consent . D 11 437 1 0839 463. Plastics IV. (3) . 3R; 3L. Advanced problem in p rod ucti on tech niq ues . E x­ trusion , rotationa l cast ing and foaming are included, and recent d evelop m nts and experimental w ork are explored. P rerequi­ s ite: Ind. Ed. 362.0 D 11 463 1 0839 481. Co:ite: 15 hours in SPG sequence. D 18 8u7 9 0826 858. Diagnostic Testing. (2). Use of in­ dividual tests, rating procedures and be­ havioral techni ques for the appraisal of perccptual development, lingui stic devel­ op ment, classroom behavior and academic skill s. Assessment theory and research rel­ evant to these areas are considered in a lecture-discussion format, which includes some case simulation activi ties , Concur­ rent enrollment in SPG 870 is recom­ mended . Prerequisites: SPG 823 and in­ structor's consent. D 18 858 2 0825 862. Presentation of Research. (1-2). A project submitted in thesis manuscript form. Repeatable for a maximum of 2 hours of credi t , Prerequisite : IS 860. D 18 86240826 864. Personality Assessment. (2). An in­ troduction to projective techn iques in which both clinical theory and current re­ search are considered in relati on to data hom other sources, such as direct behav­ ioral observations, rating scales, case his­ tories and personality inventories, Con­ c urrent enro llm ent in SPG 8 70 i s recommended. Prerequis ites : SPG 823 and in structor' s consent. D 1886400825 866. Praeticum in Guidance Serv ices . (2­ 3). Supervised practice in admillistration/ test interpretation, group counselin g ana other activities of the guidance depart­ ment . Prerequ is ites: SPG 833 and instruc­ tor' s consent. D 18 866 2 0826 867. Praetieum in Group C uidance and Counseling Methods. (3). Supervised practice in group guidance and group counseling. Repeatable for 3 hOllTs of ad­ ditional credit. The second practicum mus t be in a different area or have a dif­ ferent focus from that of the first. Prereq­ uisi tes: SPG 825, 856 and instructor s consent. D 18 867 2 0826 870. As sessment Praetieum. (2). Super­ vised experience in the administr to elementary children . 0 13 225 2 0835 226. Introduction to Community Recre­ ation, (2). A study of the philosophy, ori ­ gin and development of mod ern recreati on programs, 0 J3 226 0 0835 229. Applied H uman Anatomy. (3). 3R; lL. A study of the stru cture and function of the skeletal and mus cu lar svstems of the human body, with direct ,tPplicatioll to body movements in physical acti viti es. 0 13 229 1 Oil3':> 254. Gymnastics. (3). Principles of body mechanics and app lication to gymnasti<': , including free exercise and apparatus. Prerequisite: PE 10.'5.'\ or departmental consent. 0 13 254 2 0835 270. Motor Learning. (3). The introdu c­ tion and l':\aminati on of the physiological and psychological factors that affect th" acqui sition 01 motor skills. D 13 270 1 0835 280G. Fitness for Life. (2). lR; 2L. The why s and hows behi nd activities designed to develop and maintain the nluscular and cardio-respi ratory systems of th e human body. T wo days per week will be spent in a laboratory situation to assess ntness components and participate in an individ­ ually designed fitn ess program. One day per week will be lect ure to enhance un­ ders tanding uf excrci se, weight contro l. cardiovascular diseasl', and fitn ess param­ eters. 0 13 280G 1 0833 Upper-Division Courses 300. Basic Driver Ed ucation and Train­ ing I. (3). 0 13 300 0 0836 301. Advanced D river Training II. (3) . D 13 301 2 0836 302. {;rban Recreation. (3). T hi s course exposes student s to urban recreati on from a philosophical and practical view. The course will inves tigate the hi 'itorical rela­ tionship of urhan recreation to the recre­ ation !l10\'ell'lcnt in America, The inner citv and ils recreati onal charaderi<.(ics will be exam ined in light of trenel, reuea­ tion al planning, programm ing. and career opportu nit ies . D 13 .302. () 0835 311. Methods and Technigues 1. (3). Em­ phasi s upon methods , techn iq ues. teach­ ing progression , analysis , and skil l devel­ opm e nt . Act i\'i ti es co\ e rc d ilicl\lJe badminton, tennis, fl ag football . fencing. (i.olf , bowling, olfcber) . dnd combative" t'rerequisites: PE 201 B, PE 270. IS -l42P. or dcpartmL'nta l consent. 0 13 31 1 I mn.5 312. Methods and Techniques II. (3). Emphasi., UPOIl . metbo<.h, techn iljlle'j teaching progression, ana lysis, and skil de\'elopmenl. :\ ctivi ti es cm erecl include softball. voll eyball, handbal l fUcCl.uetball, table ten ni s, soccer, basketball. and fitncss activities, Prerequi sites: PE 201C, PE 201D, PE 270, IS 1-I2P, or departll1ental consent, 0 ]:3 313 1 0835 325. Preschool Physical Education. (3). 3R; 2L. T he fi rs t of a three-course series des igned for a major in physical cducation with an emphasiS in elementary ,>chuol physical eclucation . T he course content locuscs on the del 'e lo pment of prt'l>c11l)ol children. E mphasis is placed on designillg learni ng activi ti es that ",ill enhance tht: devclopment of their movement aware­ ness, motor patterns and p'cfl'eptllaJ-l1lotnT sk ills. Th e course incluaes 15 hours of laboratory experi ences in day carl' l'~nters. D 13 325 0 0835 326. Physical Education in the PrimaT) Grades. (3). 3R; 2L. T he ~econd in tht: series designed for an emph asis in ele­ men tary school physical education. It fo· C\lses on developnlental movement acti \'i ­ tie, for ch ildn.!n in grades K-3 . The course incl udes J5 hou rs of laboratorv e~peri­ ences with p rirnary school children. D 13 32600835 327. Physical Education in the interme­ diate Grades. (3). 3R; 2L. The final course in the ser ies designed for an emphasis in elementary school phYSical educatiun. The course ass ists students in devdoping th e necessary skill s to teach physical edu­ cati on in grades 4 , 5 and 6. The course includes 15 hours in laboratory experi­ ences with intc rmcdiate grade school children. D 13 327 0 0835 328. Kinesiology and Biomechanics. (3). T he understandi ng of the kinesthetics and mechanics of human motion, with respect to performance of sport activities. Prereq­ ui site: Ph ys. J16. D 13 328 0 0835 College of Education/Physical Education, Health, and Recreation 155 331. Ath let ic Injuries and Training Techniques . (2). 2R; lL. Injur ies common to athletic activiti es, emphasizing preven ­ tion, first aid, treat ment and care as pre­ scribed by the team ph ys ician . D J3 331 1 0835 336. The ory and Organization of Basket­ ball. (2). T he theory, organizntion, respo n­ sibilities and techniques of coaching bas­ ketball. D 133 600 35 337. Theory and Organization of Track and Field . (2) . T he th ory, organizat ion, responsibili ties and techn iques of oach­ ing track and fie ld. D 13 337 0 0835 345. Theory and Organ ization of Foot­ ball . (2). The theory, organ izatio n, r(!~po n­ si bilities and techniq ues of coaching Foot ­ ball. D 13 345 0 0835 360. Adaptive Physical Education. (3/ . Des igned to assis t the stud nt· in dev ­ op ing the necessa ry skills for the imple­ mentation of enj oyable physical act ivity into the lives of persons impaired, d isa­ bled or hand icapped . I n addi tion to class­ room work, the stu dents w ill part icipate in at least 2 hours per week in ob~erva t ion s and Qh ys ical activity with person s im­ paired, di abled or hand icapped. Prereq­ ui site : PE 229 or departmental conscnt. D 13 360 0 0818 426. Development of Recreation Deliv­ ery System . (3). Cone pts and p r inci ples of adm in i· tration and managem nt, in ­ cluding 'planning, organization, su pervi­ sion , and evaluation fo r a var i ty of recre­ a tion d e li ve ry s yst erns. P re req ll isi te: senior standing. D 13 426 2 0835 427. Internsh ip in Recreation . (8). Stu­ dents are assigned to approved fi eld expe­ rience agencies as supervisory personnel for a mi nimum of 40 hours per week for a 16-week sess ion. Both the agen y and the Universi ty w ill provide guidan e ancIJo r supervision . P rerequis ite : P 426. D 13 42720835 430. Advanced Athletic Training Tech­ niques I. (3). study of profes sional re la­ tionships , pharmacology, injuries specific to the upper and lower extrem ities , and related training p roblems . D 13 430 00835 431. Advanced Athletic Training Tech­ niques n. (3). A course emphasizing ath­ letic injuries of the head , neck and trunk. Special problems, nutrition and exe rc ise programs are also tud ied . Developm nt of advanced athletic tra ini ng sk ill '. D 13 431 0 0835 432. Athletic Training Lab I , II, Ill, IV. (I). lL. A laborato ry course de igned to 156 provide practical learning experiences in the prevention, fi rst aid and care of athletic injuries. May be repeated . D 13432 1 0835 481. Cooperati ve Education. (1-8). A course designed to allow students to par­ ti c ipate in the Coope rative Education program. D 1348 1 20835 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 500. Health Education. (2 -3 ). H ea lth problems and organizati on of materia ls fo r h alth instruction. Individual projects are req uired for graduate stude nts. D 135002 0837 502. Applied H ealth I. (2) . I ntroduction to public health problems and practices. F ield excursions are arranged. P rerequi ­ ,i te : departmental consent. D 13 502 2 0837 504. Aprlied Health II. (2). Intensive st udy 0 elected health problems with regard to illness/reventi on a nd the pres­ nt state of worl health . Prerequisite : PE 502 or departmental consent. D 13 504 2 0837 515. Rhythmic Activities in the Elemen­ tary choo!. (2). This cou rse is designed to teach methodology and curri cular co ntent of rhythlllic activities appropri ate for ele­ mentary schoo l chi ldren. D 13 51520835 530. Physiology of Exercise. (3). 3R; lL. To provide the stude nt with a working knowledge of human physiology as it re­ lates to exercise . D 13 530 1 0835 533. Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education. (3). A study of the modern practices utilized in the total ('valuation of ph ysical education pro­ grams; incl uded in the cour se content: (1) nasic statist ical procedures , (2) evaluat ing students, (3) evaluating teach ing and (4) a survev of meas urement too ls . D 13 533 0 0835 . 544. Organization and Administration of Physical E d ucat ion Programs. (3). The or­ ganizational and administrative problems of physical education programs and the management of the physica l plant. D 13 54420835 570. Psychology of Sport. (3). An in-depth anal ysis of the psychology of motor learn­ ing and its implications for the teacher­ coach. D 13 570 0 0835 590. Independent Study. (1-3). Prerequi­ site: departmental consent. D 13 590 0 0835 750. Workshop in Education. (1-4). 1) 13 75020835 752. Special Studies in Health, Physical Education, an d Recreation. (1-3). Croup study in a preselected area of health, physical education or recreation. Repeat­ able for credit with departmental consent. Prerequisi te : depurtmental consent. D 13 75200835 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. Recent Lite rature in Health, Physi­ cal Education , and Recreation. (3). Survey and critica l analysis of research and other pertinent materials in the field. D 138000 0835 801. Seminar in Sports Administration. (3). This co urse is designed to provide the student with a comprehensive over-view of problems relating to sports administra­ tion programs. A sample of topics covered follows: public relations, promotion, per­ son nel management, finance , accounting contest management and travel. D 13 801 0 0837 810. Adapted Physical Education. (3). Philosophy princ iples and methods of adapting physical ed ucation and recrea­ tional act ivit ies to the needs of the handi­ capped and the exceptiona l individual. Laboratory experi ence is provided. Prerequisite : PE 328 or departmental con­ sent. D 13 810 1 0819 812. Advanced Techniques in Physical Education. (3). Comprehens ive coverage of selected physica l act ivities, with special emphasis on class procedures. Laboratory experiences are included . D 1381210835 825. Physical Education in Elementary Schools. (2). New concepts, recent trends , methodology, programming and supervi­ sion . This course is designed for the ele­ mentary teacher and physical education specialist. D 13 825 0 0835 826. Movement Education 1. (3). This course is designed to introduce instruc­ tional techniques and curricu lar content utilized in the teaching of movement ex­ ploration (ed ucationa l gymnast ics and creative rh ythm s). The measurable aspects of weight, space, time and flow \\'ill be studied to provide insight into the non­ competitive instruction of ch ildren when teaching movement ski ll s. D 1382620835 840. Seminar in Advanced Method s. (2) . An exam ination and discussion of the fac­ tors th a t affect th e teaching-learning process applicable to physical education. Emphasis is on individual understanding and improvement as students analyze their own teaching effectiveness. D 13 840 9 0835 847. Internship. (6-12). Internsh ip in se­ lected area uf speciali zation of the sports administration program. Prerequisite: de­ partmental consent. D 13 847 2 0835 860. Research Methods in Health, Phys i­ cal Education, and Recreation . (3). An in­ troduction to research in health l physical education and recreation . Incluaed in the course content are: 0) importance and meanin& of res earch, (2) a lite ratu re search, (3) laboratory and non laboratory studies and (4) the research report. D 13 86000835 875. Thesis. (2). Prerequisites: IS 704 and PE 860. D 13 875 4 0835 876. Thesis. (2). Prerequisites : IS 704 and PE 860. D 13 876 4 0835 880. Analysis of Motor Skills . (3). Move­ ment and sf0rt skills analyzed in terms of mechan ica princi ples by means of films and expcrimentatiull . D 13 880 0 0835 890. Problems in Health, Physical Edu­ cation, and Recreation. (1-4). Directed reading and research under.'supervision of a graduate instructor . D 13 890 ,3 0835 College of Education/Physical Education, Health , an d Recreation 157 158 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING WILLIAM J. WILHELM, PhD, DEAN Modern technological developments in engineering have brought about con­ siderable change in the College of Engineering's curriculum at Wichita State University. The curriculum provides a vigorous, challenging experience through a broad spectrum of fundamental technical knowledge as well as courses in humanities, social sciences, communications, mathematics, and physical sciences. This balance in the curriculum prepares students for pro­ fessional positions in the scientific-industrial community after the bachelor's degree or allows them to continue in graduate studies for a more active participation in research and advanced study. Wichita State engineering students are offered a basic core of knowledge, including scientific and analytical tools needed to cope with realistic problems they may face in a professional engineering career. Due to the diverse nature of engineering subject material, the College of Engineering is organized into several degree-granting departments ; aeronau­ tical , electrical, industrial, and mechanical. Undergraduate programs in these departments lead to the Bachelor of Science in each of these areas. A degree program for the Bachelor of Science in Engineering (BSE ) also allows students to pursue in-depth studies in additional fields, such as computer science, bioengineering, engineering management, as well as other interdisciplinary programs. A program leading to the Bachelor of Engineering Technology (BET) is offered to students who are seeking an application-oriented curricu­ lum and planning to enter engineering support occupations . For all programs except the BET, the curricula of the various undergraduate departments contain a large portion of common courses for two years , with provisions for specialized departmental offerings in the following years. Stu­ dents are allowed ample flexibility within their major field of study to select areas outs ide the engineering core subjects . Detailed program requirements for majors in the various engineering field s are given under the course sequences listed in this section of the Catalog. A Master of Science (MS) is offered in aeronautical, electrical , and mechan­ ical engineering, and a Master of Science in Engineering Management Science (MSEMS) is offered by the industrial engineering department. A Master of Science (MS ) option in industrial engineering is available under the mechani­ cal engineering department for students interested in classical industrial engineering applications. A Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in engineering is offered with emphasis on and applications to aircraft. Fields of specialization are aerodynamicslfluid mechanics, structures/structural dynamics , control systems, avionics, and propulsion/propulsion sciences . See the Wichita State University Graduate School Bulletin for more information about the graduate program. The programs in engineering are offered in daytime and evening classes , and the courses are the same whether they are taught in the daytime or at night. T he outlines of the departmental programs given on the following pages are arranged for full-time students and contain all the requirements for the various undergraduate degrees. The undergraduate curricula of the aeronautical engineering, electrical engineering, industrial engineering, and mechanical engineering departments College of Engin eering 159 are accredi ted by the Engineering Accreditation Commission ot the Accredi­ tation Board for Engineering and Technology. The curricula of the electrical, mechanical, and lllanufacturing options of the engineering technology pro­ gram are accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. Entrance Requirements Students requesting a transfer to the College of Engineering will be admitted if they have satis fied a 2.00 grade point average in three areas: overall , major, and "VSU hours, if applicable. Students \\lith less than a 2.00 in the above three areas and who have not been academically dismissed from the last college or university they attended may petiti on the college for admittance. Under these circumstances students will be considered for admission on probation subject to evaluation by the Adm ission and E xceptions Committee and the dean's office of the College of Engineering. ntering engineering students should note that Math. 242 is a first-semester requ irement in the engineering sequence of courses. In order to take Math. 2 2, students must have taken Math. 112 or the equivalent. Math. 112. Precalculus Mathematics. (5). Fu ncti ons, theory of equations and in­ equalities, complex numbers, the trig­ onometric functions , exponential and log­ arithmetic functions, and other standard topics prerec[uisite to a be?,inning study of calculus. Prerequi si tes: 1 \12 units of high school algebra or Math . 011 and 1 unit of high school geometry Or Math. 021. Credit is allowed only in one of the three co urse:; : Math. 109,111 or 112. A 20 1120 1701 Math. 242. Calculus I. (5). Analytic ge­ ometry and the calculus in an interrelated form. Prerequisites: Math. 112 with a C or better or 2 units of high :;chool algebra and 1 unit of high school geometry and \12 unit of high school trigonometry, or Math. 123 and either 109 or III with a C or better in each. A 20 242 0 1701 E ngineering students who have not had high school physics are permitted to register for Phys. 313 if the mathematics prerequisite has been fulfilled. Since most students in Phys. 313 have had some preparatory physics, students without this background should plan for extra study time in this course. E ngineering students who have not had high school physics are permitted to register for Phys. 213. These students aIe then required to take Phys . 314 when they have fulfilled prerequisites for this course, which are: Math. 243 with a grade of C or better and Phys . 213 with consent of the physics department . Probation and Dismissal Standards PROBATION Students are placed on probation for the next term in which they enroll if their cumulative grade point average falls below 2.00 and if they have attempted 12 hours at Wichita State University . (Attempted hours are defined as all hours appearing on the transcript with a grade of A, B, C , D, F, P, W, Cr, NCr, I, S, or V.) Even though they earn a 2.00 grade pOint average in the term during which they are on probation , probation is not removed until their cumulative grade point average reaches 2.00. Probation is removed when the cumulative grade point average reaches the required level. Students are also placed on probation for the next term in which they enroll if their engineering major grade point average falls below 2.00 (the engineering 160 major consists ot the courses required by a student's engineering department, inc:luding the core courses). Students remain on probation even though they earn at least a 2.00 engineering major grade point average in the term during which they are on proGation if their cumulative engineering major grade point average does not yet meet the minimum standards. Probation is removed when the engineering major grade point average reaches the required level. Students may not be placed on probation until they have attempted 12 or more hours in their major at Wichita State. Students on probation for not meeting either the required cumulative or the required engineering major grade point average may not enroll for more than 12 semester hours in an 18-week term or 6 semester hours in Summer Session, !xcluding 1 hour of military science, physical education, or marching band. Exceptions to this limitation may be made on the recommendation of the student's adviser, with the approval of the student's dean. Such exception is to be recorded by the University's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions. ACADEMIC DISMISSAL Students are subject to academic dismissal from the College of Engineering when they are on probation because their cumulative grade point average is below 2.00 as noted below. Students on probation because of a defici en t cumulative grade pOint average may not be placed on academic dismissal for failure to raise their average until they accumulate 12 Or more attempted hours after being placed on probation. Students who fail to receive a 2.00 grade point average in these 12 or more attempted hours taken after being placed on probation will be di smissed. Students are not academically dismissed at the end of a semester unless they began that semester on academic probation. Students are al so subject to dismissal when they are on probation because their cumulative engineering major grade point average and their engineering major grade point average for the term during which they are on probation are below 2.00. Students on probation because of a deficient engineering major grade point average may not be subject to academic dismissal for failure to raise this average until they attempt three or more engineering major courses. At that time, the cumulative engineering major grade point average, including the hours for the last three or more attempted engineering major courses, is used to determine whether or not they should be academically dismi ssed . READMISSION Students who have failed to meet the necessary scholastic requirements and have been academically dismissed may apply to the College of Engineering Exception s Committee for readmission consideration. It is the student's re­ sponsibility to suppl y the committee with sufficient reason for readmission consideration. OTHER REGULATIONS Students are expected to maintain at least a 2.00 average in all work for which they are registered for credit during any semester. Failure to maintain thi s standard implies that the student's program should be limited. Students must file an application for degree card in the engineering dean 's office in the semester preceding their final semester. Students are not allowed credit toward graduation for D grade work in College of Engineering 161 exc ss ot one-quarter ot their total hours. At midsemester, reports of unsatis­ factory grades are ent to the students. Students enrolled in the College of Engineering may not enroll in more than 20 semester hours of work per semester during the academic year. Summer Session enrollments are limited to a maximum of 5 hours for each four week ses si on or 10 hours during the eight week session. Students who have com­ pleted at least 24 hours at WSU with a WSU grade point average of 3.00 or higher may petition their department chairperson for permission to enroll in excess hour . Students who are employed full or part time should, in consultation with thei r academic adviser, reduce their enrollments to a level appropriate to their work load. . In order to insure an equitable distribution of class cards and to aid each studen t's timely progress toward a degree, a student who drops a course taught by the College of E ngineering any time after the first day of classes will not be perm itted to preregister for the same course during the semester in which the drop 0 curs or during the next regular registration period. During the late registrati on period, class cards will onl y be issued on an as-available basis with departm ntal consent. A student may petition the department chairperson of the Jllgin ering department where the course is taught for an exception to this ru le. Academic Guidelines UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS F or new fresh man students entering the University, requirements for the College of E ngineering are: Area Hrs. Communication skills ....... .. .. . . 9 H umanities and fine arts, and social and behav ioral sc ieuces 0 .. . .. . 17 with no fewer than 6 in either division l athematics and natural sciences Satisfied by college require­ ments Profes -ional studies ..... . Satisfied by college require­ ments o i ll ('3l'h fl ( the .. " dl\· i ... jon ~ (.:uu r, C\ must bl: tsh' ll in al 1<:3'\1 1\\'0 dt'partments. Note: At Ica ~ t 8 houn of C~oeral ludies ,'our;es must be take ll to sat idy Cn ive rsity requirements . General Engineering Requirements Except for BET students, all engineering students follow the same general curr icui ll m for the first two years. For administrative purposes, students are requested to choose a departmental curriculum in which to study, but they may change to anoth r curriculum during this period without losing credit toward graduc tion. All engineering programs are designed to meet ABET ac red itation criteria and must include: 1. T he equi valent of approximately 2Vz years of study in the area of mathe­ mat ic ·· , science, and engineering. The course work should include at least Vz year of mathematics beyond trigonometry, Vz year of basic sciences, 1 year of engi ne ring sc iences, and V2 year of engineering design. 2. T he equivalent of V2 year as the minimum content in the area of the human ities aIld social sciences. While the objective of a broad, liberal educa­ 162 tion is served through independent humanities and social science courses, courses treating such subjects as accounting, industrial management, finance, personnel administration, introductory language, and ROTC studies do not fulfill this objective. Likewise, skills, theory, and technical courses in fields such as musicology, linguistics, and speech do not fulfill the humanities/social science objective. If there are questions regarding the selection of specific courses, contact the engineering records office for assistance and interpreta­ tion. Each of the engineering curricula consists of three parts: (1) the general education requirements of the University, (2) an engineering core program, and (3) specialized departmental courses. To satisfy the general education requirements of the University, the student must complete courses in the following two divisions: (1) Division A, Hu­ manities and Fine Arts, and (2) Division B, Social and Behavioral Sciences. A minimum of 6 hours is required in either of the two divisions, and courses must be taken in at least two departments in each division. At least 8 hours of General Studies courses must be taken to satisfy University requirements. For a more detailed description of general education requirements, see the Aca­ demic Information-General Education Program section of the Catalog. Every engineering student is required to complete a total of 19 hours of courses from the following engineering core courses. Some of these courses are required as prerequisites for the departmental offerings; the remainder of courses should be selected in consultation with a faculty adviser. Engineering Core (19 Hours Required) Course Hrs. Engr. 125, Introduction to Engineering Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AE 323, Engineering Mechanics: Statics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 AE 373, Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 EE 382, Electrical Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ME 361, Fluid and Heat Flow ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ME 398, Thermodynamics I ................................ 3 In addition to the engineering core requirements, students must complete: 1. A minimum of 33-34 hours of engineering science, depending upon curriculum 2. A minimum of 17 hours of design, synthesis, or systems engineering 3. A minimum of 25 hours of engineering courses taken outside their major department 4. 26 hours of University requirements as described earlier 5. A minimum of 17 hours of mathematics and 17 hours of natural sciences 6. A minimum of 17 hours of humanities and social sciences. The recommended sequence of courses for engineering students in all departments is outlined later in this section. Each sequence has been planned so that students can complete the program in the minimum time and can satisfy all University course requirements and prerequisites for engineering students. Students should discuss any desired deviation from this sequence with an engineering faculty adviser. Students who have a 2.50 overall grade point average may elect to enroll under the NPass/Fail option in a total of three regularly graded courses outside their major 0 or supporting minor area. Under this option the grade for the o All cour'>e.., ill the ~Vichila State Unit:ers!ry Catalog sequ ence of cour~e-; (courses requin'd for graduation designated by' J. course number) are cOIl."idt'Ted as require d cou rses for a student's major. In technical elccti\'l' course.'l-, a COllrW H'ill \w considered a major If taken ill th t' department in \~llich the stuJ enl j" majortng. College of Engineering 163 course is recorded as A it class pertormance is at thi s level, and P if perform­ ance is at the B, C, or D level. Failures are recorded as F . Students enrolled before fall 1973 who have not used up the maxi mum number of 24 semester hours in the Credit/ 0 Credi t option rnay enroll in a maximum of three courses under the NPass/Fail option provided that the total num b r of hours they have taken under both options does not exceed 24 hours. Interdisciplinary Fields (Bachelor of Science in Engineering) The College of Engineering offers special 132 to 135-h ur programs les igned to help students who wish to pur lie studie in in terd iscipli nary fie lds. T he Bachelor of Science in Engineering (BSE) program, whi ·h is offer d by the co llege in addition to its programs in mechanica l, electrical , industrial, and aeronautical engineering, permits the development of ombinations of spe­ cialities while providing for other fiel ds of knowledge and experti se. The BSE program, along with the other programs, offer ' tudents a flexibil ity in engi­ neering education that matches the intricacy of the society with which engi­ neers must deal. The BSE program is designed to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue studies in specific fiel ds, such as computer s ience/ omputer engi­ neering, premedicallbiomedical engineering, engineering management , engi­ neering analysis, or other special engineering areas. Studen ts in th is p rogram meet essentially the same basic requirelllents as other el gineers do in th ree years of study and then complete courses---€ither inside or outside of the College of Engineering-for their specialized interests. The BS E program is administered by a committee, with the dean of engi­ neering as chairperson. All applican t for the BSE are referred to thi s com­ mittee, which assigns an engineering faculty adviser for each student. All student programs must be approved by the committee. T he Office of Engi ­ neering Records has the details for student advising. T h University requi re­ ments and engineering course requirements s leet d must b consi stent with the following requirements. The speciality fi eld m us t have a focu s (depth) and consist of a select number of courses for specified areas. II students , in satisfying the academic guidelines , are expec ted to undertake a senior project during their last year of study. The project should be in the student ' s chosen field and be cosponsored by an engineering adviser and an advi ser from the student's speciality field. Projects under a join t advisership promote and encourage students to undertake meaningful and reali stic projects that can result in a mutual understanding in the proposed fi elds of stud y. T ypical programs are in the foll owing areas: engineering--comp uter sc ience/computer engineering; engineering-engineering management; engi­ neering-premedicallbiomedical engineering; and engineeri ng---€ngineering analysis. Students can major in computer science while pursuing either the Bachelor of Scien ce in Engineering (BSE ) ill the Collegc of E ngine ring or th · Bachelor of Science (BS) or the Bachelor of Arts (BA) in Fairmount Coli ge of L iberal Arts and Sciences. For the BSE, the Universi ty requirements and general engineering require­ ments are the same as described in the two previolls sections. Specific p rogram and course requirements for the BSE may be obtained fro m a check sheet upon request from an engineering facul ty adviser. 164 Cooperative Education Program The College of E ngineering offers a cooperative education program in con­ junction with the University Cooperative Education program described in this Catalog. All students intere~ ted in enrolli ng in cooperative education field study must apply to the University Cooperative Education program. OBJECTIVES The cooperative education program of the College of Engineering has three main objectives: 1. Provide students with periods of planned, career-related work experience to complement their educational pursuits 2. Provide the college with the opportunity to increase its serv ice and responsiveness to industry and the community in general 3. Provide industry with a meaningful vehicle to participate in the educa­ tion and development of future manpower attuned to its needs. ORGANIZATION The co-op plan is a vo luntary program in which the student alternates work and study periods between the freshma n and senior years. The two most typical plans are illustrated in the table below. Year 1 2 3 4 5 Semester F S Su F S S u F S Su F S Su F S Plan A C C W C w C W C w C W C C C Plan B C C C W C W C W C W C W C C C inciico.tcs in college \V indicale') li t work The above plans make it possib le for each industrial position to be filled by two students, one from Plan A and one from Plan B. ELIGIBILITY To be eligible for the co-op program, a student must demonstrate by academic performance during the freshman year the potential to complete the degree program satisfactorily. Generally th is means the earning of a grade point average of 2.5 or higher. Also the student's character and personality must be acceptable to the cooperating employer. Transfer students with the above qualifications will be accepted after one semester of academic residence at WS U. After a student is in the program, the maintenance of a satisfactory academic standing is requi red in ' order to continue in the co-op program. ENROLLMENT Students who are interes ted in participating in the co-op program should con tact the College of E ngineering co-op coordinator who will provide them with the necessary application information. Upon acceptance into the pro­ gram, the coordinator will assist the student in arrallging interviews with cooperating industries. College of Engineering 165 COURSES 281A. Field Study. (1). This course intro­ duces the student to engineering practice by working in industry in an engineering­ rclated juL and provides aplanned profes­ sional experience designed to complement and enhance the student's academic pro­ gram. Individualized programs must be Fonnulated in consultation with, and ap­ proved by, appropriate faculty sponsors and Cooperative Education coordinators . Thi s course is intended for students who will be wurking full time on their co-op assignment and need not be enrolled in any other course. Prerequisite s: the basic requirements for admission include suc­ cl',: ,Jul completi on of .30 hours toward an engineering degree and approval by the appropriate facult y sponsor. May be n: ­ peated. Crade is creditlno credit. E 10 281 A 2090l 281P. Field Study. (1). This COurse intro­ dul'l's the student to engineering practice by working in industry in an engineering­ related joh and provides a planned profes­ sional experience designed to complement and enhance the student' s academic pro­ gram. Individualized programs must be formulated in consultation with, and ap­ proved by , appropriate faculty sponsors and Cooperati ve Educati on coordinators. Students enrolling in Engr. 281P must enroll concurrently in a minimum of 6 hours of course work including this course in addition to a minimum of 20 hours per week at their co-op assignment. Prerequi­ sit "s: the bas ic requirements for admi ss ion include successful completion of 30 hours toward an engineering degree and ap­ proval by the a12propriate taculty sponsor. May be repeated . Grade is creditlno credit. E 10 281 P 2090] 481A. Field Study. (1). This course pro­ vides the student the opportunity to obtain practice in applicati on of engineering princ iples by employment in an engineer­ ing-related job integrating course work with a planned and supervised profes­ sional experience. Individualized pro­ grams must be formulated in consultation with, and approved by, appropriate fac­ ulty sponsors and Couperative Education coordinators. This co urse is intended for students who will be working full time on their co-op assignment and need not be enrolled in any other co urse. Prerequi­ sites: successful completion of at least two units of Engr. l81A and approval by the ot810priate faculty sponsor. E 10 481 A 2 481P. Field Study. (1). This course pro­ vides the student the opportunity to obtain practice in application of engineering principles by employment in an engineer­ ing-related job integrating course work with a planned and supervised profes­ sional experience. Individualized pro­ grams must be formulated in con sultation with, and approved by, approp_riate. fac­ ulty sponsors alld Cooperative Edu cation coordinators. Students enrolling in Engr. 4illP must enroll concurrently in a min­ imum of 20 hours per week at their co-o12 assignment . Prerequi s ites: successful completion of at least two units of Engr. 281P and approval by the appropriate fac­ ulty sponsor. E 10 481 P 2 0901 Engineering-General Education The following courses explore general education engineering topics. Lower-Division Courses 100. Engineering Perspectives. (1). An introductory course for freshman students with an interest in science and engineer­ ing. Lectures, tours and demon stration of laboratories and computing equipment are held. The course is taught in small -group sessions. Grade for the course is c reditlno credit. Prerequisite : not open for enroll­ ment to students with more than 32 hours or credit in Engr. 125. E 10 100 1 0901 101. Introduction to Computing Methods. (1 ). Introduction to computing methods and FORTRAN programming, utilization of Digital Computing Center facilities, application of computers to technological problems and familiariza­ tion with engineering laboratories. Grade for the course is creditlno credit. E 10 101 1 0901 12.5. Introduction to Engineering Con­ cepts. (2). 4L. An introduction to the or­ derly approach to problem solving used in engineering by guiding the student through a comprenensive design project. Emphasis is put on problem formulati on and solution techniques as they are re­ guired in the design project. Prerequisites: freshman standing with 1Y2 units of high school algebra. Not open for enrollment to students with more than 48 hours of c redit. E 10 125 1 090] 166 127. Introduction to Digital Computing. taIs in conjunction with the topics coyered (3). Programming, operation and utiliz.a­ in the Engineer-in-Training Examination tion of the digital computin~ facilities . and does not satisfy credit requirements Not open to engineering stuaents . E 10 for engineering degree. Prcrc(luisite : en­ 127 1 0901 gineering degree or instructor s consent. Offered for credit/no credit only. E 10 410 00901Upper-Division Courses 300G. Technology and Society. (3). A course to demon strate and explain-in Course for depth but without technical jargon--de­ Graduate/Undergraduate Creditvelopments in technology . Emphasi s is placed upon conceptual understanding of 565. Computer Graphics. (3), 2R; 2L. interrelationships between technology Forms of computer graphics, input-output and its users. Responsibility of nontech­ deviCeS,!eneration of points, vectors, etc . nologists to be familiar with technical de­ Include are interactive versus passive velopments in order to effectively control graphics and the mathematics of tnree di­ technology for survival and enrichment is mensions , projectives and the hidden line stressed. Cuest lecturers and demonstra­ problem. Animated movies, computer­ tions are used extensively. F or nonengi­ aided design and instruction are included neering majors; no credit is given toward as well as applications . Prerequisites: any major in engineering. Prerequisite: Math . 344, EE 199 or equivalent Or AE O~8r-division standing. E 10 3UOG 0 327, or equivalent. E 10 565 1 0901 400. System Modeling. (3). A considera­ tion of interdisciplinary subjt"cts to anal yt­ Courses for ically develop simple model:; of real sys­ Graduate Students Only tems. These models are then fully ex­ ploited to show similarities between sys­ 960. Advanced Selected Topics in E ngi­ tems performan c e and analy s is neering. (1-3). New or specialized ad­ techniques. Examples are taken from an­ vanced topics in engineerng are presented thropology, sociology, economics and under this listing. Repeatable for credit technology. Senior standing recom­ when subject material warrants . PrereCJui­ mended . Prerequisite: instructor's con­ site: instructor's consent. E 10960 0 0~01 sent. E 10 400 0 0901 976. PhD Dissertation. (1-16). Repeatable 410. Professional Development I. (3). A up to a maximum of 36 hours. E 109764 course to review engineering fundamen; 0901 Aeronautical Engineering Rapid progress in development of subsonic airplanes, supersonic aircraft, helicopters, space vehicles, and other high-speed transportation systems pres­ ents challenging opportunities for engineers interested in research, develop­ ment, and design. The aeronautical engineering curriculum at Wichita State offers students opportunity to develop strong fundamental knowledge of mathematics, phys­ ics, and engineering sciences and to acquire competence in professional fields such as aerodynamics, flight mechanics, propulSion, control systems, struc­ tures, and simulation techniques. Fundamental principles involved in aeron­ autical engineering are emphasized so that graduates are prepared to contrib­ ute to this rapidly changing and expanding field. Engineers trai ned in this field also find challenging careers in other industries that use many advanced concepts similar to those developed in the aeronautical field, including en­ gines and propulsion, light-weight structures, and fluid mechanics. Both the educational and research programs of the aeronautical engineering department specialize in the study of winged vehicles for flight in the atmo- The fo llow i n ~ abbreviati on':> are used in the C-OlLr'£ ' desc'rip t iol1s . H. stands for leeturl' nnd L for i:Jhonll o ry . F O I example, 2R, 2L means 2 hours of lecture and 2 hour~ of lab. College of Engineering/Aeronautical 167 sphere. Wichita is a major center of aviation; more aircraft are built in Wichita thall anywhere el se in the world. Many upper-division students work during the :·: llmmer at local plants of Beech Aircraft Corporation, Boeing Military Airplan J ompany, Cessna Aircraft Company, Or Gates Learjet Corporation. Also a number of graduate and undergraduate students work with professors OIl r scar ·h projects. Some projects, su pported by NASA Research Centers and Boeing, are for computer-aided development and testing new airfoils and ('ontrol surfaces and for new concepts in wind turbine control systems . The well-equipped aeronautical laboratories include the Walter H. Beech Wind Tunnel, which is one of the largest and most modern on any campus in the United States . While aviation has a continuing need for engineers, some aeronautical engineers are finding their education an excellent base for careers in allied fie lds, llch as conversion of wind energy and control of noise and of air and water pollution. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Sequence of Courses The undergraduate program requires the completion of 133 semester hours for gwduation, minus advanced placement credit. The suggested course of study for aeronautical engineering students is given in the accompanying table. Model Program Freshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chem. 111, General Chemistry . .. ..... . .......... , .. .. , . . . . . 5 Math. 242 and 243, Calculus I and II .. , ........ . , , . , . . . , . . . . . 10 P hys .311 C lassical College Physics I .... . ...... , .. . . . ".. .. . 5 ngr. 100, E ngineering Perspect ives 0 , .••• , ." .. • .••• ,.,..... 1 Engr. 125, Introduction to Engineering Concepts 0 , ...... . ...... 2 IE 110 and 2.13 , Engineering Graphics I" and II 0 , ....•...• , . , ' 4 Sophomore Course Hrs. Speech 111, Basic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic Interpersonal C ommunication ...... . .. , ......... , ... , . . .... ,. ,. ,.". . 3 Math . 344 , Calculus III , ... , .. , .......... " .... . , ... . ,.... 3 lath. 550, Ordinary Differential Equations ... ,...... . . . . . .. . .. 3 Phys, 314, C lassical College Physics Lectures II . ... , . . " ... .. ,. 4 AE 323, E ngineering Mechanics: Statics .. , ....... . . , . , . . . . . . . . 3 AE 327, E ngineering Digital Computation . , . , ... ,." . , ... ,.,., 2 AE 373, Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics I .... .. , .......... , . 3 ME 398, Thermodynamics I 0 ... , , • , .. , , , ••• , •• , , , ...••. , • • • ,3 Humanities and fine arts or social and behavioral sciences electivest 9 Junior Cour e Hrs. Math. 311, Introduction to Linear Algebra . . .... ...... .. ". . ... 1 AE 333, Mechanics of Deformable Solids I , ....... ... , .. ,. .. .. 3 AE 347 Science of Engineering Materials ,. , ..... ,.,.,.... ... . 4 168 AE 424, Aerodynamic Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 AE 508, Systems Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 EE 382, Electrical Dynamics" ............. .. .......... ... .. 4 ME 361, Fluid and Heat Flow" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Natural sciences electives ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Humanities and fine arts or social and behavioral sciences electi ves f 3 Technical electives f .................... .. ..... . .......... 3 Senior Course Hrs. AE 512, Experimental Methods in Aerodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AE 514, Flight Mechanics ....... ........ ..... . .. . . ....... . .3 AE 525 and 625, Flight Structures I and II .. . .... . . ..... . .... . 6 AE 628, Airplane Design ... .. ........... .. . . . . ...... .... . . 3 AE 632, Propulsion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Humanities and fine arts or social and behavioral sciences electives t 5 Technical electives t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 o Ollt-of-oe-partmenl engineering l:our~es. t Eight hours of Ceneral Studies cours., must be inc luded . I :\ !lIill imum of 7 credit hour... 1I 1l 1 ~1 he· in t'ngincerin g (;O ll r"c~ \ I.: lt:l."ted fro m otht'T lhan the Ul'YOIl;Hl t icul (;·ngill l'l" r l1lg. departme nt with the approval o f the student 's advi ser. Upper-Division Courses 323. Engineering Mechanics: Statics. (3). Statics is the study of the condition of equilibrium of rigid bodies under the ac· tion of forces. Rigid bodies include beams , trusses, frames, and machines. Both two and three dimen sional bodies are consid­ ered. Also included is the study of con­ trols , centers of gravity , and moments of inertia. Prerequisites: Math. 243 and Phys. 311, or equivalent, which may be taken concurrently. E II 323 0 0921 327. Engineering Digital Computation. (2). FORTRAN programming and utiliza­ tion of the Digital Computing Center fa­ cilities. Selected numerical methods in­ cl ude functional approximation, matrix algebra and systems of equations. Prereq­ uisite or corequisite: Math. 243. E 11327 I 0901 333. Mechanics of Deformable Solids I. (3). Deformable solids is the study of me­ chanical properties of materials, transfor­ mation ot stresses and strain, stresses and deformations in structural elements of various shape and loading, statically in­ derterminate structures, and buckling. Prerequisites: AE 323, with C or better, and Math . 344, which may be taken con­ currently. E 11 333 1 0921 347. Engineering Materials. (4). 3R; 3L. Theory and structure of materials with reference to engineering properties. Se­ lected e~erimclJts in mechani cs uf mate­ rials and in material s sci ence. Prerequ i­ sites: Chem. III alld AE 323 with C or better. E II 347 1 0915 373. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics I . (3). A study ot the laws of motion and the dynamics of part icles and sys tems of particles . Prerequisites: AE :32.3, with C or better, and Math. 344 . E II 373 0 0921 420A. Airplane Aerodynamics I, Qualita­ tive Aspects. (1). Aircraft nomenclature. Structure of the atmosphere . Aircraft forces and moments and their nOlHlimen­ sionalization. Lift and drag phenomena; separation of general information systems. The de­ sign, implementation and economic an al­ ysis of computer-based information sys­ tems are emphasized. Kn ow ledge of pro~ramming is useful but not es sential. E 13.:>5600913 558. Manufacturing Methods and Materi­ als. (3). A general survey of the manufac­ turing and fabricating methods employed in industry. Special emphasis is placed on the latest manufacturing techniques . Not automatically applicable toward an ad­ vanced degree in engineering. Course mu st be approved by the student's advi ser and the chairperson of the department . E 13 558 0 0913 580. Modern Techniques in Safety Engi­ neering. (3). A study of fundamental prin­ ciples of industrial safety and Occupa­ tional Safety and Health Act. Indexes of safet y pertormance, mathematical for­ mulas for evaluation and control of haz­ ards, accident experience learning curve, safety sampling, Safe-T-Score, accident control charts, job safety analysis, cost­ benefit analysis, accident cost analy sis, system safetJ analysis, failure rate and computerize analysis of accident data are included. Prerequisite: IE 357 or depart­ mental consent . E 13 580 0 0913 590. Senior Projects in Industrial Engi­ neering. (1-3). Selection and research of a specific industrial engineering topic. E 13 590 30913 650. Applied Operations Research II. (3). An introduction to additional techniques of operations research not included in IE 550. A study of dynamic programming, inventory models, queuing theory, simu­ lation and the use of random numbers. Not automaticall y applicable toward an ad­ vanced degree in engineering. Course must be approved by the student's adviser and the chairperson of the department. Prerequi site : IE 354. E 13650 1 0913 665. Management Systems Simulation. (3). The design of simul ation methods and techniques for use in managerial decisi on models;engineeri ng evaluations and other sys tems too complex to be solved analyti­ cally . Emphas)s is on general purpose computer siTuJation J~nguage s .. P,!ereltu i,.:; s Ites: AE .321 an d IE 3:)4. E 13 66.~ l O!) l.) 701. Probabilistic Methods in Operat ions Research. (3). A development of the p rob­ abilistic techniques necessary for the study of queues, in ventorv systems with stochastic demand, foreca sting, semi-Mar­ kov and Markov processes. Prerequis ite: IE 354. E 13 70100913 720. Urban Systems. (3). Cross-listed as UA 720 . This cOllrse develops the prin ci ­ ples of systems analysis and the tools bv which th ese principles can be applied . Example ap p licati o ns are tak e n Iro m urban problems. Em phas is is on the fo r­ mulation of realistic models and solutions . Computer techniques are developed in class as necess ary. Prerequisite: instruc­ tor's consent. E 13 720 0 0913 722. Simulation of Social and Admi nis­ trative Systems. (3). Des igned primarily for nonquantitatively trained pers ons working in the social and admini strati ve areas who des ire a working know ledge of simu lation . "0 programming exper ience is necessary. Case studies are used exten­ sively, and facil ity in one simulation lan­ guage is devel oped. Not for grad uate credit for ellgilleering lIIa jors. Prerequi­ site : departmental consent. E 13 722 0 0913 730. Advanced Linear Programming. (3). A conti nuati on of IE 550. In cluded topi cs are the mathematical development of the simplex method, revised simplex, decom­ position, bounded variables, parametri (: programm ing an d integer programmi ng . Prerequi si te: IE 550. E 13730 0 0913 732. Queueing and Inventory Systems. (3). An anal ysis of the behavi or of queue­ ing and inventory systems and their inter­ rel ationshi ps. Pois son, non-Poisson and imbedded Marko v chain queueing model s are discu ssed. Illcludes the development of single and multiple item constrained inventory models and periodic and con­ tinuou s review pol icies. Prerequi site: IE 650. E 13 732 0 0913 735. Forecasting and Schedul in"l' (3). Anal ys is of predicti on techniqu es 111 for ­ casting and scheduling by tim e series and probability models , smoothing techniques and error analysis . Prereq uis ite: IE 354 . E 13 735 0 0913 740. Analysis of Decision Processes. (3). A study ot time value of mon ey econom­ ics of equipment sel ecti on and replace­ ment , engineering estimates, evaluation of propos als, computer analysis and the so­ luti on of economic probl ems by the anal­ ysis of certainty, ri sk and uncertain ity. Prerequi sites IE 354 and 355. E 13740 0 0913 College oj Engineering/ Industrial 179 745. Production E ngineering. (2). he or­ ganization, desi gn and contro l of produc­ tion and as socia ted staff functions. T he formulati ?n of manufacturing poli cies and case studJes 111 production design are 111­ duded. E 13 745 0 0913 750. Industrial E ngineering Workshops. (1-4). Various topics in in du strial engi ­ neering. Prerequisite : departmental con­ sent. E 13 750 2 0913 Courses for Graduate Students Only 831. Classical Optimization Techniqu s. (3). An extensive tr atment of those opti­ mization techniqu s tha t do not require the use uf linear programming. A devc l­ opment of variational methods d irect search and numerically based techniques is given. Prerequisi te: IE 550. E 13831 0 0913 8 42. System Simulation with Digital Computers. (3). Advanced development of the techniques and methods for -imulat- Mechanical Engineering ing complex ystem s. Emphasis is on the design of simulation experiments and on the stati sti cal analysis of results. Prereq­ \li site : IE 665. E 13 842 1 0913 843. Operations Research. (3). A study of the theory and application of nonlinear model-building techniques for the prob­ lem s found in industry. 1nduded topi cs are the Jacobian method; Lagrange multi­ pliers; and separable , convex , quadratic, geometric and stochastic yrogramming. Pr requis ites IE 550 and IE 650. E 13843 1 0913 849. Industrial Engineering Problems. (1-3). Analvsis, research and solution of a selected problem. E 13 849 3 0913 876. Thesis. (1-3). Prerequ is ite: consent of thesis adv is er. E 13876 4 0913 879. Seminar in Management Science. (3). Application of management science methoas and models to real problems. A special pro ject, including original case re­ search, supervised internships or field re­ s arch is ass igned. Prerequ isite: consent of graduate adviser. E 13 879 9 0913 The curriculum in mechani I engineering is an integrated program of study based upon three central parts. T he fi rst part provides students with a basic series of courses in physics, mathematics, and appropriate humanities. The second part consi sts of a core of ngineering sc ience subjects embracing the concepts and techniques judged fun damental for the modern mechanical engineer. The th ird part of the program permits students to choose, according to their needs and desires, a p rogram of specialized mechanical engineering department electives. Study in all three of these areas is distributed throughout the entire college curriculum in order to provide a fully integrated program. The undergraduate program in m chan ical engineering is suffiCiently flexible to allow students to choose a program that is appropriate to the fi elds of design , heat transfer, systems, thermodynamics, instrumentation and experimentation, and fluid mechanics. T he objective of the mechanica l engineering program is to provide a modern engineering education and a strong sti mulus for continued learning that will enable students to take an act ive and meaningful part in the technical and social community of today and tomorrow. T he program includes the technical and conceptual fundamentals necessary to permit students to contribute to the technical Or scientific commu nity and to continue their education at the graduate level. At the same time, the program is broad enough to help students find an appreci tion and concern for the social problems that they will encounter in their p ru fess ional and personal life. The technical portion of the p rogram provides students with a background for careers in design, research, development, production, and technical man­ agement in a wide v riety of industries and fie lds. The course of study equips students fo r the development of sys tems and processes involving mechanical, thermal, and electrical en rgy, includ ing the generati on, conversion, metering, control, and utilization of these energy sources . 180 Through the mechanical engineering program students are prepared to accept challenges from almost the entire range of industry, including electrical and heat energy generation, transportation by all modes, consumer products, manufacturing, environmental control, and health engineering equipment. In fact, many employers seek mechanical engineers because of their versatility. The faculty and laboratory faciliti cs of the department provide elements for a well-balanced, coherent program. Students in their senior year select elec­ tives that will help them to emphasize their study of design, fluid flow, heat transfer, instrumentation, or systems and controls. Students are urged to work out a suitable program of study in consultation with the faculty. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Sequence of Courses The program requires the completion of 132 semester hours for graduation, minus hours commensurate with advanced placement credit. SpeCific require­ ments and a suggested semester breakdown for the mechanical engineering program are given in the table. Model Program F reshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chem. ill, General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Math. 242 and 243, Calculus I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Phys. 313, Classical College Physics Lectures I 0" .• .. • .. .• • •.. • 4 or 5 • Engr. 125, Introduction to Engineering Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Technical electives t .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Sophomore Course Hrs. Math. 311, Introduction to Linear Algebra t /. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Math. 334, Calculus III ,;. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Math. 550, Ordinary Differential Equations .... ....... . ....... 3 Phys. 314, Classical College Physics Lectures II ............... 4 or 5 Speech 111 , Basic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic Interpersonal Communication ................................ .. ..... 3 AE 323, Engineering Mechanics: Statics .". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 AE 327, Engineering Digital Computations /. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 AE 373, Engineering Mechanics : Dynamics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ME 398, Thermodynamics I .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3· Humanities and fine arts or social and behavioral sciences electives § 7 Junior Course Hrs. , AE 333, Mechanics of Deformable Solids I . . . ................ 3 EE 382, Electrical Dynamics ... ..... ... ... .... . ........... 4' ME 301, Mechanical Engineering t-.leasurements .. . .. . ......... 3 · lvlE 350, Materials Engineering ...... ..... . .. ... . .. . . . ..... 4 ME 361, Fluid and Heat Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ME 401, Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ME 469, Energy Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Humanities and fine arts or social and behavioral sciences electives § 6 Technical electives t .... .... .. .... .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 College of Engineering/Mechanical 181 Senior Course Hrs. ME 439 anJ 541, Mechanical Engineering Design I and II 7 ME 502, Thermodynamics II ....... . 3 ME 548 ancl 648 , Mechanical Engineering Projects 2 Humanities and fine arts or social and behavioral sciences elective § 4 Science electives 3 or 4 Technical electives f . 14 , Oneof Ihe following mus l he lake ll ' Ph),s 311 insknu "f Ph),>. 3 13; Ph),s . 3 12 illS l<',.IO of Ph, ·s . 314; Phy' . 316 or a 4- ur =; ~) I o ur l: ur , ~ fro lll 11w h.J ... ic ~ L'k ll('(' (' I c'·d i \t~· 1i ~ 1 I The foI! Dw ing requ iremf' ll ts co ncern tet:hn iL a] (,lC<.tl \"(:'S (2-1 hou r.; reqll ired ): 1. :\ llI iU LtllUlIJ of H hour, 1I1U..,-! lw 'I: ie l led [rollJ th l' fo ll mn ug (.:o llr~ t: v l~lIgr . IOU, ;\ E ·5()~1 1;:3:3, 677, -;- -;- '3; J::.I -19:2 ; IE 110, 21 3,354, 355 , 558 2 . . \ m ill illlll lll llf 15 hllu r> uf nw,hJll ic,d (' ng illcl' li ll g ,",CU ll " , """[ ",' , cl ecli'd fru lIl II II' fllll uw illg "lI lIr.'e >, \ IE 300, 4~ 504, 6~J , 6f:' . 656. 165\Jl ' OS, 749, 75 1. 7 5, 75J:l , ,67, J. \1 t'ch .lIl il";) J "'ll glllft'rmg c !t; t.:II \ ·c' .. IllU'it illci udt: .\ I n i llili lU tl) uf :! hOll r ' of t'I IJ{ lIh '( 'j i l1' '!o1.; H: ll U.'. 4 . E lec:.: ti v~' must i ll cl uci(;' one of the fo ll()\'./l ng c.: (.lllr~f;':- . ME 1'156 , fi5~ ; ,\E 508. 677 , '17.1. I Or a ll ~ t...t k l lhl't·h • .l"l'd IIM thl.·III ~l t l L"''1 LU ur'L ,IPI-HI) \ Ld I~y th l,' BI l't:h JlliL'•.J\ 'lIgil ll't' ri lig d epar t ll1l' llt. § Eight hours 0 Cf:l1crul StudIes I11 U!lt bl' iH Li udcd. Lower-Division Course 131. Basic Heating, Ventilating, and Air­ 399. Introduction to Design. (2). 4L. Ap­ conditioning. (2). The design of heating, Qlication of the principles of engineering ventilating and air-conditioning systems, design to projects involving engineering including load calculations , systeJl\ com­ systems, Prerequi site: AE 323, or concur­ ponents, design of air-distribution sy s­ rent enrollment. E 14 399 1 0910 tems, sys tem controls and refrigeration, This course is intended for engineers and 401. Mechanical Engineering Labora­ technologists interested in this Reid and is tory, (2). 6L. Selected experiment s de­ not allowed for mal'or credit. Offered for signed to illustrate the methodology of credi tlno credit on y. Prerequi sill: : de­ experimentation as applied to me chanical partmental consent. E 14 13 1 00910 and thermal systems, EXQeriments include the measurement of performance of typi­ cal systems and evaluation of phySical Upper-Division Courses properties and parameters of systems. Prerequisites: ME 301 and 361. E 14401 1 301. Mechanical Engineering Measure­ 0910 ments. (3) , 2R; 3L. An introducti on to modern measurement techniques in me­ 439. Mechanical Engineering Design 1. chanical engineering, Prerequisites : Math, (3). Application of statics, strength of ma­ 550 and Phys, 314 . E 14 301 1 0910 terials and other engineering sciences to the design of machine elements and me­350. Materials Engineering. (4). 3R; 3L. chanical systems, Prerequisites: AE 333, Study of important structural materials 373 and Math, 550, E 14 439 0 0910 used in engineering, including metals, polymers and composites, primarily from 450 . Topics in Mechanical Engineering. a phenomenological viewpoint. Prerequi­ 0-3). An investigation of selected phases site AE 333 E 14 350 1 0910 of mechanical engineering. Prerequisite : d epartmental consent. E 14 450 0 0910 361. Fluid and Heat Flow. (4). 3R .3L. A study of pres sure and vel ocity Rel~k kin­ 469. Energy Conversion. (3). Energy ematics of perfect and real fluids; similar­ conversion principles and their impfe­ ity ; temperature Relds and heat transfer , mentation in engineering devices, Con­ conduction, convection and radiation, as s ideration is given to all main areas of well as an introduction to £as dynamics, converting energy from one form to an­ Prerequisites : Phys, 314 and ME 398, E 14 other. PrerequiSites : ME 398 and EE 382, 361 1 0910 E 1446900910 398. Thermodynamics 1. (:3). A study of the Rrst and second laws . Thermodynamic Courses for analysis is explored as it is applied to thermal, meclianical and fluid systems, Graduate/Undergraduate Credit Prerequisites: Math. 243 and Phys, 313, E The courses numbered 502 through 1439800910 767 are not automatically applicable 182 toward an advanced degree in engi­ neering. They must be approved by the student's adviser, the graduate coordinator, and the chairperson of the department. 502. Thermodynamics II. (3). Continua­ tion of ME 398, with t:!mphasis on availa­ bility, irreversibility, Maxwell's eCluations and thermodynami c property relations. Prerequisites: M E 398, 361 and 469, which may be taken concurrently . E 14 50200910 504. Instrumentation. (3). 2Rj 3L. A more com plete treatment of the measurement problem with careful examination of modern instrumentation systems, includ­ ing dynamic behavior and non linearities. Criteria for design, synthesis and selection of instrumentation systems are included. Prerequisite ME 301. E 14 504 1 0910 54l. Mechanical Engineering Design II. (4). 3R; 3L. Design of mechanical ele­ ments, with practical applications in me­ chanical engineering. Prerequisite: ME 439. E 14 541 1 0910 548. Mechanical Engineering Projects. (1). A design, analysis or research project under facu lty supervision . Problems are selected according to student interest. Prerequisites : ME 301 and senior stand­ ing. E 14 54830910 621. Intennediate Fl uid Mechanics. (3). Steady and transient flow of ideal and real fluids. In cl uded are a study of non-New­ tonian fluids and an introduction to boundary layer theory. Prerequisites: ME 361 and Math. 550. E 14 621 00910 622. Intermediate Heat Transfer. (3). A rigorous treatment of heat transfer, in­ cluding transient and multidimensiona l conduction , free and forced co nvect ion, radiation and combi ned heat transfer. Various analogies, numerical methods and approximate solutions are considered. Prerequisites : ME 361 and Math . 550. E 1462200910 648. Mechanical Engineering Projects. (1). A design, analys is or research project under faculty supervision. Problems are selected according to stu dent interest. Prerequisite: ME 548. E 14 648 3 0910 656. Analysis in Engineering. (3). Analyt­ ical techniques applied to engineering problems. Prerequisite : Math. 550. E 14 65600901 659. Mechanical Control I. (3). Theory and analysis of the dynamic behavior of mechanical, thermal, Huid and electrome­ chanical control sYStems as based on the laws of physics and linear mathematics. Prerequisites: AE 373 and Math . 550 or departmental consent. E 14 659 0 0910 705 . Design of Engin eering Ex peri­ ments. (3). Study of theoretical, analyt ica l and statistical aspects of basic engineering experiments . Theories of test planning data checking, analysis and synthesis, and evaluation are considered. PrerequiSite: departmental consent. E 14 705 1 0910 749. Kinematics and Dynamics of Ma­ chines. (3) . Analysis aud synthesis of mechanisms; force analvsis of machines. Prerequisite: !-. IE 439. E 14 749 0 0910 751. Special Topics in Mechan ical Engi­ neering. 0-3). New or special courses are presented under this listing. This course may be reppated for credi t when subject material warrants. Prerequisite: depart­ mental consent. E 14 751 0 0910 755. Intermediate Thennodynamics. (3). Laws of thermodynamics1 introduction to statistical concepts of thermodynamics, thermodynamic properties, chemical ther­ modynam iCS, Maxwell ' s relations . Prereq: ui site: \liE 502 or departmental consent . E 14 755 00910 758. Computational Heat Transfer and Fluid D ynamics. (3). Numerical sol uti ons of steady and transient heat conducti on, convection, potential flow and vis­ cous flow problems. Prerequisites: ME 621 and 622. E 14 75800910 767. Theory of Rational Design. (3). De­ sign decision techniques, including fre­ quency, axiomatic and Bayesian formula­ tion, statistical inference techniques Jaynes' maximum entropy principle ana l error analys is . Prerequisite : departmental consent. E 14 76700910 Courses for Graduate Students Only 801. Boundary Layer Theory. (3). Devel­ opment of the Navier-Stokes equation, laminar boundary layers transition to tur­ bulence, turbulent boundary layers and an introduction to homogeneous turbulence. Prerequisite : Math . 651 or departmental consent. E 14 801 00910 845. Fracture. (3). Ductile and brittle The followmg abLJrt~vl and analogies as aids to engineering design. Prerequisite: departmental corts<:nt. E 14 861 0 0910 86 . Rational Design Methods. (3). The principles of creativity, decision themy, modeling, optimization and reliability as applied to problems of engineering de­ sign. Prerequisite: departmental consent. E 14 86800910 870. Special Top ics in ~Iechanical Engi­ neering. (3). I cw or special courses are Qresented under this listing on sufficient de mand . Hcpeatable for credit when sub­ ject material warrants. Prerequisite: de­ pClltmental consent. E 14 870 0 0910 876. Thesis. (14) . E 14 876 4 0910 878. Directed Studies. (1-4). Rereatable as approved in the graduate schoo plan of study. The student must write a paper and take an oral examination on the st udy made. Prerequisite : departmental consenf. E 14 87840910 976. PhD Dissertation. (1-16). See Engi­ neering-General Educati on courses . 184 Engineering Technology Program The program has four options: fir e science technology, electrical enginee ri ng technology , mechanical engineering technology , and manufacturi ng engi­ neering technology. The general academic structure of the progranl is a~ follows: Area Hrs. Nontechnical, University requirenlcnts 25 Technical courses outside the major design,lIlO I1 o Technology courses .......... ... ........... . 69 Technology core ..... . ......... , ....... . .. . 25 Technology specialty .. , . . .. . ..... . . . .... . .. , ...... 21 -28 Technology electives .. . ........ . .... . . . . ...... . .. . .. 16-23 Total hours ..................... . 124 Engineering technology programs are des igned to p repare ind ividual s to work at jobs that requirc technical competence, knowledge, and skills thaI are greater than those required of the craftsma n or skilled tradcsman but less theoretical and acadcmic than those of the engi neer. T he requ irements are closer to those of the engineer, since engineering technology invol ves the application of scientific and engineering princip les ill support of engineering activities. The technology program at Wichit a State is a fo ur-year Bachelor of En gi­ neering Technology (BET) program, There are options in electr ical, manufac­ turing, and mechanical engineering technol ogy and in fi re sc ience technology. The BET program requires a common technology core wilh courses in me­ chanics, thermal science, electricity and electron ics , and drafting and des ign. Additional common course requirements are foulld in chemistry, physics, and Ilwthematics (algebra, trigonometry, an d calc ulus ). The differences between the engineering and the engineering technology programs center primarily around the mathemati cs content of the programs. Mathematics for the BET program begins with technical algebra and trigo­ nometry, whereas mathematics for the engi neering program begins with cal­ culus. This Significant difference is reflected throughout the req uired bas ic science, technical science, and technical specialty courses in thc engineering technology program. Selected topics emphaSizing appli cations in analytic geometry and calculus round out the mi nimum m at hemat ics requirements. Other subjects in mathematics, stati stics, or comp ut ers are added to strengthen the foundation for SUbSC(lUent techn ical s\lhjects, with the speCifi c course selection determined by the technology specialty fi eld selected. The design courses of the engineering tech nology program are concerned with the application of established des ign concepts devel oped by engi neering, with prime emphasis on standard des ign procedures and p ractices. The engineering technology options also include a number of technical electives. These elective courses can be any courses that support a student's career interests. Included in thi s category are not only additional mathematics, basic science, technical science, and supporti ve courses fro m other technology disciplines, but also labor relations, cost accounting, contracts and specifica­ tions, etc. This optiun gives engineerin g technology students the opportuniti es to tailor their education to meet the ir own desires and objectives . The options are structured primarily for students who enter the program with no prior college-level study. The options, however. also allow ind ividual s who have College of EngineeringiI'echnology 185 earned an associate degree from another institution to receive a BET degree with less than four years of additional study. The amount of credit allowed toward the BET degree for courses taken at other institution s depends upon the academic emphasis and the level of technical difficulty of the students' previous programs . Credit earned in an ABET-accredited associate degree program should be applicable toward the BET degree in the same option area. These programs normally constitute the first two years of the four-year option. However, transfer students may have to take a second-year course that is a prerequisite for a course that is normally scheduled in the third or fourth year. Transfer of credit earned in a program that is not ABET accredited is determined on an individual basis, with emphasis on: (1) the proportion and rigor of the mathematics, science, and technical specialty courses; (2) the engineering and science backgrounds of the instructors who taught the transfer courses; and (3) the objectives of the program. After evaluation based upon these elements, students start in the engineering technology program at the lev I that is most compatible with their previously studied courses. This level can be determined by identifying through oral or written examination the student's depth of understanding of the basic principles within the specialty option selected. Specific requirements of the BET options are given in the following de­ scriptions of the options. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY­ GENERAL Lower-Division Courses Upper-Division Courses 100. Introduction to Electricity and Elec­ 300. Thermodynamics, Heat Transfer tronics. (4). 3R; 3L. An introduction to and Fluid Mechanics. (4). 3R; 3L. Appli­ electrical fundamentals, basic AC and DC cation of fundamental concepts of work circuits, motors and generators, instru­ heat and energy. First and second laws 01 l ments and diode and transistor funda­ thermodynamics as applied to the engi­ mentals and applications in linear and di­ neering technologist. A survey of the ap­ gital circuits. Linear approximate models plication of empirical and algebraic equa­ are used in the study of the diode and tions med in the solution of practical heat transistor. Laboratory experiments are uti­ transfer problems involving conductionl lized to reinforce and to verify concepts convection and radiation. The applied discussed in the classroom . Prerequisite: principles of fluid flow, viscous flow in Math. 110 or equivalent. E 16 100 1 0925 pipes and open channels. Prerequisites: Math. 251 and Phys. 213 or equivalent. E 200. Statics, Dynamics, and Strength of 1630000925 Materials. (4). 3R; 3L. Introduction to the basic concepts of mechanics emphasizing the action of forces on rigid bodies and the 455. Industrial Supervision. (3). A dis­ response of those bodies to the applied cussion of the techniques utilized in the forces. The first portion is devoted to the supervision of employees in the industrial study of static or stationary bodies fol­ environment. Concepts of communication lowed by a study of forces acting on and control of industrial employees are bodies in motion (dynamics). A study of discussed in detail. Concepts of employee the principles of applied design. Labora­ motivation also are discussed. Problems tory experiments are performed to demon­ and techniques utilized to meet produc­ strate and reinforce the basic concepts tion requirements through the utilization considered in the classroom. Prerequi­ of human resources are dealt with in de­ sites: Math. 110 and Phys. 213 or equiva­ tail. Prerequisite: departmental consent. E lent. E 16 200 1 0925 1645500925 The following abbreviations are used in the Course de<;criptions ; R s t a nd ~ for lecture and L for laboratory. For example. 2R; 3L means 2 hours of lecture and 3 hours of lab. 186 • • • • • • • • ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY OPTION Sequence of Courses A total of 124 hours is requi red for a degree. A total of 40 semester credit hours mu st be in courses nu mbered 300 and above. In no case will work done in a two-year college be credited against thi s 40-hour requirement. Model Program Freshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College Engli sh I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Math 110, Technical Algebra and Trigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Math . 251. Technical Calculus I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Engr. 125, Introduction to Engineering Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Engr . 127, Introduction to Digital Computing ... .... . . .. ... . . . 3 ET 100, Introduction to Electricity and Electronics ... . .. . . . . . . . 4 IE 110, Engineering Graphics .. . ... ... . ... ..... ......... .. 2 EET 101, Electri cal Draf ting ......... . ........ . ... ... . .. .. 2 Humaniti es and fin e arts electives •...• . .• ..• .•..••.. .. .••• 3 0 Sophomore C~~ H~ Math. 252, T echni ca l Calculus II .. ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. 213 and 214, General College Physics I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Speech 111, Basic Publ ic Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic Inter­ personal Communication . .... . ... ... ..... . .... ....... ... 3 EET 210, Electri cal Circu it Analysis . . ... . ........ . .. .. ..... 4 EET 211, Linear Electronic Circu its ... .. . ...... . . . . . . .. ... . 4 EET 214, Digital Electronic Circuits .... . ....... . . . .. . ..... . 4 EET 320, Electric Power and Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Junior Course Hrs. Chem. 111, General Chemistry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Eng. 210, Composition: Business, Professional , and Technica l Wri ting . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ET 200, Statics, Dynam ics, and Strength of Materials .... . . .... . 4 ET 300, Thermodynamics , Heat Transfer, and Fluids . . .. . .... . . 4 EET 330, Advanced Electrical Networks .... .......... . .. ... . 3 EET electives .. . . . ... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Social and behavioral sciences electives 0 . • . • • . . • . • • . • 6 College of EngineeringfTechnology 187 ••• • Senior Course Hrs. ET 455, Industrial Supervision . . ...... . 3 EET 400 and 450, Senior Design Project I and II 3 EET electives ., 8 Non-EET technical electives t 6 Free electives .. 4 Humanities and fine arts electives 0 3 Social and behavioral sciences electives 0 ...•••..•. 4 o ~ ot fewe r than 6 bOlLr ~ may be taken ill eal,h di\'lsiol l. ~Ll mort:.' than g hour.; may be ta kt..' tl ill any LIne department in these divis ions . In each divi sion , courSe" must be taken in at h',lS t two d epartment s. At least 8 hours of Gent'ra l Studie s courses mu~t he taki'l ! il ' lhe~e d l\ h iofl S. SIX u\:.'uit hOUf 'i lII ust be takl' 1l in 300-level (';o urs c:-. and aUOVl" f Electives must be se lected trom the fo llowIng in consultation with an acade mic advise r in order to as~ ure thJ! the total group uf cou r ~l~ ~ taken i ... t'on~ i ~tt::nt with the gOJI ~ of the :-.tudenl. 1. Courses from the other options for w hich the prerequisite requiremcnts are met, and/or 2. Adcli t lOna imatlll'lllJ.tH.:s , compute r ~L' ieJl(:e, uf Il<.ltural 'iciencc:, (.'Oll n.t'~ ft)r w hich the prcreQui :, ite requirements are sati died, and or .J Sta t. 360 ur 370. andiur 4. Approved courses from the Colleg. of 6usiness Administration incl uding Acctg. 210 ; Admin . tOIG . 300.360. .366 and 664 ; Ecoll. :WOG. 201. 202 and 360. Lower-Division Courses 101. Electrical Drafting. (2). lR; 3L. The phase power circuits, transtormers and study and application of electrical and machines, and DC machines . Prerequisite: electronic symbols . wiring diagrams , EET 2.10 or equivalent. E 16 32.0 1 092.5 block diagrams, electrical power dia­ grams, .component layout etc., with em­ 330. Advanced Electrical Networks. (3). phasis on industry standards. Prerequt­ An advanced course in network analysis sites: IE 110, or equivalent, and ET 100, that stresses network theorems and the so­ or equivalent, or concurrent enrollment. lution of time and frequency domain I2roblems by means of transform methods. E 16 101 1 092.5 Computer analysis techniques also are 210. Electrical Circuit Analysis. (4). 3Ri utilized. Prerequisites; EET 2.10 or 3L. The study of the various theorems ana equivalent, and Math. 2.52, or equivalent. techniques used to analyze DC and AC E 16 330 0 092.5 electrical circuits. Basic computer analysis techniques are introduced. Laboratory ex­ 400. Senior Design Project I. (1). The periments are utilized to verify analysis first phase of an extensive individual de­ concepts. Prerequisites: ET 100 and Math. sign and/or analytical project performed in consultation with one or more faculty ad­ visers. This phase includes the determina­ 2.51 or equivalent . E 16 2.10 1 092.5 211 . Linear Electronic Circuits . (4). 3R; tion of project objectives, initial research, 3L. A study of the characteristics and ap­ preliminary design ana parts procure­ plications of transistors, integrated cir­ ment. Prerequisite : senior standing or de­ cuits and other solid-state devices, with partmental consent. E 16 400 3 092.5 emphasis on their linear oQerating mSJdes. Prerequisites : ET 100 and Math. 2.Jl or 411. Selected Topics in Electrical Engi­ neering Technology. (1-4). New or special equivalent. E 162.11 1 092.5 courses are presented under this listing on 214. Digital Electronic Circuits. (4). 3R; sufficient demand . Repeatable for credit. 3L. A study of nonlinear applications, in­ Prerequisite: departmental consent. E 16 cluding transient, wave-shaping, switch­ 411 1 092.5 ing and logic circuits utilizing solid-state 450. Senior Design Project II. (2). Thecomponents and integrated circuits. An introduction to binary arithmetic and second phase of an extensIve indIVIdual Boolean algebra. Prerequisite: ET 100 or design andior analytical project performed in consultation with one or more facultyequivalent. E 16 2.14 1 092.5 advisers. This phase includes the comple­ tion and evaluation of the project. The Upper-Division Courses results of the project are demonstrated and reported in oral and formal written form. 320. Electric Power and Machines. (4). Prerequisite: EET 400. E 16 450 3 092.53R; 3L. A study of single phase and poly­ 188 ( ( F F F f S E E C ••• • FIRE SCIENCE TECHNOLOGY OPTION Sequence of Courses A total of 124 hours is needed for a degree. A total of 40 semester credit hours mu st be in courses numbered 300 and above . In no case will work done in a two-year college be credited against thi s 40-hour requirement. Model Program Freshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Math. 110, Technical Algebra and T rigo nometry .. . . . ... .. ..... 5 Math. 251, Techni cal Calculus I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. 213, General College Physics . ..... . ...... ... ... . . .. . . 5 Engr. 125, Introd uction to Engineering Concepts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Engr. 127, Introduction to Digital Computing . .. ... ... ..... ... 3 IE 110, Engineering Graphics I . ....... . . . ... . . ...... ... .. . 2 FST 133, Construction ~lethods and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 FST 135, Fundamentals of Fi re Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sophomore Course Hrs. Eng. 210, Composition : Business, Pro fessional, and Technical Writing .. .. ..... ... .... ... .... ... .... . ...... .. .... .. 3 Speech Ill , Basic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic Inter­ personal Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chem. 111 , General Chemi stry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Chem. 112, General and Inorgan ic Chemistry .. .. . . . . ... . .. . .. 5 FST 134, Fire Detection and Suppression Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 FST 301, Fire H ydraulics . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 FST 303, Water Supplied Fire Protection Sys tems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Humanities and fine arts electives 0 ... .....••...• •• . .• • . 3 Social and behavioral sciences electives 0 . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . • . . . . . 3 Junior Course Hrs. ET 100, Introduction to Electricity and E lectronics .. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ET 200, Statics, Dynam ics, and Strength of Materials . .... . . . .. . 4 College of Engineerlngffechn% gy 189 MIT 257, Industrial Safety . . . 3 F ST 3 to Hazardous Materials 3 FST I ctives ........... . 6 ! 'on-FST technical electives t . 4 Social and behavioral sciences electives 0 3 Humaities and fine arts electives 0 3 Senior Course Hrs. ET 455, Industrial Supervision ........ ..... . .............. . 3 ET 300, Thermodynamics, Heat Transfer, and Fluid Mechanics 4 FST electives ........... . 9 'o n-FST technical electives t . . .......... . 7 F ree electives ..... . .. .... . 4 Humanities and fine arts or socia l and behavioral sc iences elec­ tives 0 • • • .••• 4 o :\tH (I..'\\t 'r t tUII ('i hO~lr' may h(.' taken ill t.'a<.: h di v l:,\ io li . No more than 9 hours ma)' he ( l:Ik~m in an)' one departmt:nt III these dJ\'-i~ion ". In l!n(:h cli vh lon . (.·o ur~(: " Inust be taken in at teas t two departments. At least 8 hours of General "tudic" f.:uur"'e' lUll ,)! he ta 'en II) the\t' d l\ . ' 10 11 ... . Si x <';1 ·d it hnu r~ l nus! be tah'!1 ill .')(x)·level l'ou n es a nd abovt' I E lecti ves ml1~t be ~c l cC' t cd from th e foll Owing in c.:onsultation with an academic adviser in order to ass-me that the lulJI t:mll fJ of l'HU r.b takl.:' l1 " (.·H n .... i,tenl with tht, goa].; of the student I. Cour\c~ from the ot her options for whI ch the prereqUI si te requirement s are met , and/or .1 \ ddHioua l JlI;1theowtH.: ... , " 'o r1lputt:r sL'icllt:e , or na tu ra l "'l.' lL" IlCt:! " cour"e\ for whll.:h the [In:rcquisite requircment s a re sati sfied. ol mUor .\ . • ta t. .160 or )";() , ondlOJr 4 . • pproved cou" <' fro m the College of Blls; n.« Adm inIS tratio n includi ng Acctg. 210; Admin. tOIG, 300, 360. l/)6. lI11ll l ifi.j ; Ecoll. 2()(IG , 20 1. 202, and 360. Lower-Division Courses 132. Industrial F ire Safety. (3). 2R 2L. An examination of the causes and effect s of industrial fires by examining industrial pwccsse I equipment, facilities and com· mOll wOrK practices of industry. Special emphasis will be placed on , but not lim· ited to, the following subjects: (1 ) criteria fu r Hammable liguid use , handling and storage, (2) warehousing of combustible commodities , (3) preplanning for emer­ gencies and (4) dip tank and spray booths. Prerequisite: departmental consent. E 16 132 1 0925 133. Construction Methods and Materi­ als . (3). T he analysis of various building material s relative to. their physical prop­ ert IeS and then react tOn to tire . The course incl ude the study of various building configurations and their applicability to speci fic hazardous industrial operations. Concepts of fire-resi st ive enclosures, par­ tit ions, fire walls or cutoffs are discussed as they pertain to the degree of the nre hazards present. Possible SOurces of igni­ tion as related to the vu lnerability of the structure are also treated in some detail. Prerequi site : departmental consent . E 16 133 0 0925 134. Fire Detection and Suppression Systems. (3). Histor), and philosophy of fire protection, including review ot statis­ tics of loss ot life and property by fire ; introduction to agencies involved in fire protection; current legislative develop­ ments and career orientation ; a discussion of current related problems; and a review of expanding future fire protection prob­ lems . Also included are a survey ot fire suppression organizations ; basic elements of tire ground tacti cs and organization ' manpower and equipment utilization; and surve), of buildin a designs , construction, hazardous materiais , extinguishing agents, equipment and apparatus. E 16 13400925 135. Fundamentals of Fire Prevention. (3). Fire department organizations; in· spections, public cooperation and image; recognition of fire hazards and develop­ ment and implementation of a systematic and deliberate inspection program; survey of local, state and national codes pertain­ ing to fire prevention and related tech­ nology . E 16 13500925 202. Fire Protection Management. (3). A study of the basic: managerial structure as it applies to the effectiveness of a fire protect ion organization. Prerequis ite: de­ partmental consent. E 16 202 0 0925 190 Upper-Division Courses 301. Fire Hydraulics. (3). ARplication of the laws of mathematics ana physics to properties of fluid states, force, pressure and flow velocities. Emphasis is on ap­ plying principles of hydraulics to fire­ fighting problems. E 16 301 1 0925 302. Fire-Fighting Tactics and Strategy. (3). Efficient and effective utilization of manpower, equipment and apparatus . Emphasis is placed on planning, fire ground organization problem solving re­ rated to fire ground decision making, and attack tactics and strategy. E 1630200925 303. Water Supplied Fire Protection Sys­ tems. (3). 2R; 2L. An in-depth analysis of water supplied fire Rrotection systems. Specific topics of study will include (1) automatic sprinkler protection, (2) De­ ludge systems , (3) pre-action systems, (4) fire hydrant operating criteria, (5) fire89ZEfs and (6) stand pipes. E 16 303 1 310. Hazardous Materials. (3). A review of basic chemical -properties, storage re­ quirements , handlin_g precautions , laws, standards and fire-fighting practices re­ lated to hazardous materials. Prerequisite: departmental consent. E 16 310 0 0925 311. Fire Investigation. (3). Introduction to arson and incendiarism, legal aspects of arson and methods of setting incendiary fires. Also included are an analysis of the causes of fire, techniques for recognizing and preserving evidence and the means for interviewing and detaining witnesses. Procedures utilized in handling juveniles, court procedures and the giving of court testimon y are also covered. Prerequisite: departmental consent. E 16 311 0 0925 350. Emergency Rescue Problems and Procedures. (3). A discussion 01 the rescue procedures required by emergency per­ sonnel to perform their joh. Also covered are the specific hazards associated with natural and man-made di sasters that are the results of modern , technical society . Particular emphasis is given to the appli­ cation of current hardware and procedural developments in the area of emergency rescue. E 16 350 0 0925 422. Selected Topics in Fire Science Technology. (1-4). New or special courses are presented under this listing on suffi­ cient demand . Repeatable for credit. Pre­ requi site: departmental consent. E 16422 10925 482. Urban Fire Protection as Related to City Planning. (3). Engineering analysis and design of urban fire facilities, includ­ ing water supply, fire alarm systems and the development of fire departments. So­ cioeconomic and management factors as related to city fire protection planning. Prerequisite : junior standing. E 16 482 0 0925 492. Fire Risk and Loss Management. (3). An analysis of business uncertainty ; rec­ ognition of risks and their related loss po­ tential; fire loss reduction through man­ agement control and protection systems. Assumption of risks through insurance programs. A study of security and liability as associated with condition of uncer­ tainty. E 16 492 0 0925 498. Fire Science Research Projects. (1 ­ 3). Selection and research of current topics in the field of fire science. Presentation of results of the research in the defending of any hypotheses advanced. Prerequisite : senior standing . E 16 498 3 0925 MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY OPTION Sequence of Courses A total of 124 hours is required for a degree. A total of 40 semester credit hours must be in courses numbered 300 and above. In no case will work done in a two-year college be credited against this 40-hour requirement. Model Program Freshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Math. 110, Technical Algebra and Trigonometry ...... .. ... ... .. 5 College of EngineeringfTechnology 191 •• • •••••• ••• • Math. 251, Technical Calculus I .................... . 3 Engr. 125, Introduction to Engineering Concepts 2 Engr. 127, Introduction to Digital Computing . . 3 ET 100, Introduction to Electricity and Electronics 4 IE 110, and 213, Engineering Graphics I and II 4 MFT 120, Manufacturing Practices ...... . 3 Sophomore Course Hrs. Math. 252, Technical Calculus II ..... . 3 Phys. 213 and 214, General College Physics I and II ..... 10 Speech Ill, Basic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic Interpersonal Communication ................ . 3 ET 200, Statics, Dynamics, and Strength of Materials 4 MFT 240, Manufacturing Processes and Materials ... 4 MFT 257, Industrial Safety .......... . 3 Social and behavioral sciences electives 0 3 Junior Course Hrs. Chern. Ill, General Chemistry ............... . 5 Eng. 210, Composition: Business, Professional, and Technical Writing ............. . .. . ... . . . . 3 ET 300, Thermodynamics, Heat Transfer, and Fluids 4 MFT 313, Production and Quality Control. 3 MFT 352, Work Measurement and Management . 3 MFT 355, Manufacturing Economic Analysis 3 Free electi ves . .... . . ..... .... . 4 Humanities and fine arts or social and behavioral sciences electives 0 4 Non-MFT technical electives t ..... . ... . . .. . 3 Senior Course Hrs. ET 455, Industrial Supervision 3 MFT 469, Technology Projects 4 MFT electives .. . .. . 13 ' on-MFT technical electives t 3 Humanities and fine arts electives 0 6 Social and behavioral sciences electives 0 3 o . t [("wer thaH 6 hour~ may be taken in ea<.:h di vision. No Illore than 9 hours may be taken in anyo ne departn1ent in these d ivis ions . In each division, courses must be taken in at least two departments. At least 8 hours of General Stll cl i~) cou r S"e~ mu ~ t be taken in thes f' d iv is ion " Six credit hour'i I11mt be' take n in 300·JeveJ cou r tl l'S alld above. t E lectives mu~t be se lected from the follow ing in coO!'u ltalion with an academic advi ser in order to assure that the total group of ('ounc" taken i ~ cons istent with the goals of the s uden!: 1. Course~ from the other options for which the prereq uisite requirements are met , and/or 2. . . -\dd itionl1 l mathematics, computer "ci t'f1ct' , or natura l <;<:i enc.:e.. courses for whi <.: h the prerequ isite requ in.'!ill' nh are s.atisfied, and'or . ' 3 . Stat. 360 or 370, andior 4. Approved cOllrses from the College of Business Administration, including Acctg. Z10; Admin . lOIG, 300. 360. 366. and 1164; Econ. 200G , 20 I, 202, and 360. Lower-Division Courses 120. Manufacturing,Practices. (3). 2R; 3L. dustry. Special emphasis· is placed on the A general survey of the manufacturing and latest manufacturing processes utilized in fabricating techniques utilized in in- American industry. Laboratory activities give the student practice in some ot the bas ic fabrication methods. Prercljuisite: Math. 110 or equivalent. E 16 120 10925 233. Special T opics in Manufact uring E ngineerint;; Technology. (1-4). Special course offenngs are presented under this listing on sufficient demand. Repeatable for credit. Prerequ isite: departmental con­ sent. E 16 233 0 092­ 240. Manufacturing Processes and Mate­ rial s. (4). 3R; 3L. A technical stud y of the processes and materials used in manufac­ turing, including metal and nonmetal cut­ ting, casting, formin g, welding, tes ti ng techniques , etc. Theory, technical aspects, application and cost analys is are stressed. with laboratory experience in applicati ons using machinef;. Prerequisite: MFT 120 or C(lui\'alent. E 16240 1 ODZ.') 257. Industrial Safety. (3). A stud y of safety fundamental s and the ir relation ship to thc econom ics of accident prevention. The rC'tu ircments of industrial compensa­ tion and safety legislation are emphasi zed. Prerequi site: departmental consent. E 16 25700925 Upper-Division Courses 313. Production and Quality Control. (3). Application of f llndamental statisti e;s to the quality control problem emphasizing discu ssion of acceptance sampling and statistical control charts. Aspects of in­ \entory control and of progra mmatic pro­ duction planning are developed. Prereq­ uisite: 1'-lath. 110 or equivalent. E 16313 0 0925 315. Advanced Manufacturing Methods. (3). 2R; 3L. A study of state-of-the-art techniques as applied to manufacturing processes such as cbip less machin ing, ad­ vanced welding, ultrasonic processes and other new and exotic methods. Laboratory activity includes fi eld trips to area indus­ trial plan ts to observe and study actual processes in operation. Prerequi site: de­ partme ntal consent . E 16 315 1 0925 352. Work Measurement and Manage­ ment. (3). 2R; 3L. The equ ipment and techniques of work meas urement, time standardizZltion and method simplifi ca­ tion are developed. The organi zation and man agement oj- production is prese nted, worki ng from the individual worker to larger organizational groups . Prerequisite: Math. 110 or equivalent. E 16 352 1 0925 355. Manufacturing Econom ic Analysis. (3). A study of the effects of economic . ­ cond itions and p rinciples on the technical aspects of industrial operations. Th e eco­ nomi c influence on alternative approaches to tcchni cal prohl ems are cons idered. P re­ requi site : departmental consent. E 16 355 00925 433. Selected TOFics in Manufacturing E ngineering Technology. (1-4). New or special courses are presen ted under thi s listing on sufficient demand . Repeatable fo r credit. Prerequisite: departmental co n­ scnt. E 16 433 1 0925 469. Technology Projects. (4). lR; 6L. An individual project performed by a stu dent or group 0 students in the area of man­ ufactu ring andior industrial techn ology. On-the-job type project acti vity under the directioll ana con trol of a fa cult y adviser. Prerequisit es : senior s tanding alid depart­ mental CO!1Sl: nt. E 16 469 1 092.5 Th e.- folluwillg ,llJbrt..'\-iuti(llh urt' u ~l.....l ill th e t:oml, t- d~~i.:ripU on':o: 1\ stand, ror It.x"run· anti L for laboratuT) For exam ple, 2R; 2L mean~ 2: hours of lCCtlirf-' ano 2 hour s of lab. College of EllgineeringfTechnology 193 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY OPTION Sequence of Courses A total of 124 hours is required for a degree. A total of 40 semes ter cred it hours must be in courses numbered 300 and above. In no case will work done in a two-year college be credited against this 40·hour requ irement. Model Program Freshman Course Hrs. E ng. 101 and 102, College English I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Math . 110, Technical Algebra and T rigonometry .. . . .... . . . .. . . . 5 Math. 251, Technical Calculus I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E ngr. 125, Introduction to E ngineering Concepts / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Engr. 127, Introduction to Digital Computing . ... .. . .... . ..... . 3 ET 100, Introduction to E lectricity and Electronics .... .. . . . . . . . . 4 IE 110 and 213, Engineering Graphics I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 MFT 120, Manufacturing Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sophomore Course H rs. Eng. 210, Composition : Business, Profess ional, and Techn ical Writing .. .. .. .. . . ..... ... . . . ..... .. . . ... . ... . 3 Math. 252, Tech nical Calcul us III . .. ..... . ..... .. . . ... ..... . 3 Phys . 213 and 214, General Coll ege Phys ics I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Speech Ill, Bas ic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Bas ic Interpersonal Communication . ... .... .. .. . .. .. ... . ..... . .. 3 ET 200, Statics , Dynamics, and Strength of Mat rials .. . .... ... .. 4 MFT 240, Manufacturing Processes and Materials ..... . ... . . . . .. 4 Social and behavioral sciences electives 0 . . . . . . . . • . • • . . • . . • . • . • 3 Junior Course Hrs. Ch m. III General Chem istry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ET 300, Thermodynamics, Heat Transfer, and Fluids .. ... .... .. . 4 194 t\I ET .340, Machine Design ... . 4 MET 342, Instrumentation .. 3 MET 344, Mechanical Design I 4 MET electives ............. . 3 :on-MET technical electives t . 3 Hu manities and fine arts electives .3 ocial and behavioral sciences electives 0 .3 Senior Course Hrs. ET 455, Industrial Supervision ....... . 3 MET 409 and 410, Mechanical Des ign II and III 8 MET electives ... , ...... . 6 Non-MET technical electives t .... 4 Free electives '" 4 Humanities and fine arts electives 0 3 Social and behavioral sciences or humanities and fine arts electives 0 .••.......•..•.•.••.•• 4 o ~(] t f!:w<: r than G ho u r~ mny Le takt'n in eac h di vision. No more than 9 hou r .. mar be tJken III anyone department in these divis ions. In each d ivis ion, courses mlls t be taken II) at ICils t two departments . }\t least R hours of General 5 t ll dl,,· ,\ co uro; t:S nlll'" be: t ., ~cn in tht:' :-- l' djv i.'t iun ~. Si.x <:redi t hours Hlll.,t he taken in 100-lc\"t.' \ (:Dur"eS and aGave. i Ele::.,ti vcs mu.\t be selected from the following in consultati on with an academic ad viser in order to :.J s~ ure that the tot;)1 glOlip nr <-: llllr-.CS l ;1k l'1l I ~ t:on ... i~h.:nt \.... llh the goal':i of the ~tudent. 1. Courses from the olher opt ions for wh ich the prerequisite requirem ents are met, aneVor 2. -\dd lt ional InntIH:: lllat ic'l , (""omputcr ~ci('n\"(: U f llat l IH11 ~ L' i(:'nct' ~ t:O UT'it'~ for "v·h i<:h th t: prcre'l ui , itl' requifelOt'nts are sati :r,he-d, and/or J. StaL J 60 or .370, anrVor 4. Approved COU,," ' from the College of Busine" Administ ration. including Acctg, 2.10, Admin. lOIC, 300, 360, 366 and fi6.l , alld £Con . 2Il0G. 201. 202. and :\fiU, Upper-Division Courses 340. Mach ine Desi!;n. (4). 3R; 3L. The apJ2lication of the prInciples of mechanics and strength of materials to the design of shafts, cams, gears, helts, clutches, brakes and their assemblies as used in machines. Prerequisites : ET 200, or equivalent, and IE 110, or equivalent. E 16 340 1 0925 342. Instrumentation. (3). 2R; 3L. A prac­ ti cal course dealing with the selection , care, installation , ana calibration of pneu­ mati c, mechani cal and electronic elements and systems used to sense, indicate, con­ trol and/or record such things as pres sure, temperature and flow in industrial proc­ t' sses. Prereq ui sites: Phys. 214, or equiv­ alent, and ET 100, or equivalent. E 16342 10925 344. Mechanical Design I . (4). 3R; 3L. The first of three mechanical design proj­ ect courses which presents prOper methods of a12plying technical science prinCi ples to design of equipment and svstems. Heating, ventilating and air con­ ditioning equipment and fluid power components and systems are emphasized, Prerequisites: ET 200d or equivalent, ET .300, or equivalent, an IE 110, or equiva­ lent. E 16 344 3 0925 409. Mechanical Design II. (4). 2R; 6L. A project course in which the student ap­ plies the proper design prinCiples and techniques to the solution of practical de­ sign problems. Elements of structural de­ sIgn and of pressure vessel and piping design are presented with emphasis on adherence to applicahle codes and stan­ dards. Laboratory activity may include design , modeling, fabrication andlor test­ ing. Prerequisites: MET 340, or equiva­ lent, and MET 344, or equivalent. E 16 40930925 410. Mechanical Design III. (4). IR; 6L. A project course in which the student ap­ plies the proper design prinCiples and techniques to solution of practical des ign problems involving different areas from those chosen in MET 409, Power trans­ mission and machinery are emphasized. Laboratory activity may include design, modeling, fabrication and/or testing. Pre­ requisite: MET 409, E 16 410 3 0925 444. Selected Topics in Mechanical En­ gineering Technology. (1-4). New or spe­ cial courses are presented under this list­ ing on sufficient demand . Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: departmental consent . E 16 444 1 0925 College of EngineeringfTechnologlj 195 ~ .... .. 196 COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS GORDON B. TERWILLIGER, EdD, DEAN The College of Fine Arts is responsible for instruction and education, creative activi ty, scholarly inquiry, performance, and practice in music, dance, and visual arts. The Division of Art and the Division of Music offer profess ional training programs at both the undergraduate and graduate levels . The Divi sion of Dance joined the College of Fine Arts in July, 1978. The long-range objectives for dance parallel those for music and art. Inquiries regarding curricular offerings and related experiences in dance should be forwarded to the dance director. The College of Fine Arts is receptive to new and challenging concepts and experimental ideas to keep the arts in the forefront of contemporary society. The college seeks to expand the overall concept of art in society and serves as a laboratory for new artistic ideas, experiences, and philosophies in all art media and in all areas of artistic thought and expression. Students are offered a complete spectrum of artistic endeavors, whether they are interested in professional activities, teaching careers, graduate study, or increased knowledge about the arts. Students have the opportunity to explore various art forms with an open mind, thus developing their ability to respond to changes, developments, and challenges within the art world of the future. The college strives to develop the new techniques, historical research, and information necessary to achieve these ends. Students are also urged by the college to be active in the arts of the present time. The college further seeks to make the arts an integral part of the lives of all students and to expand the role of the arts in the many communities that it serves. Policies ADMISSION All entering freshmen are enrolled in University College. Upon completing 24 semester hours of specified courses with a minimum grade point average of 2.00, students are eligible to enroll in the Divisions of Art, Dance, or Music. Transfer students may enroll in the College of Fine Arts if their transcripts indicate that they have completed a minimum of 24 semester hours with a minimum grade point average of 2.00 (C) . Students with a grade average of at least 1.70, but less than 2.00, may petition for admittance. Transfer students who do not meet the minimum requirements of 24 semester hours and a grade point average of 2.00 are enrolled in University College. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Students are expected to make satisfactory progress in their studies. A student who fails to do so may be placed on probation at any time al1d ultimately d ismissed from the University. Students are required to maintain an overall grade point average of at least 2.00. Students enrolled in either the music education or art education programs must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.25 prior to enrolling in student teaching. College of Fine Arts 197 Students who do not achieve or nlaintain the required 2.00 grade point average will be placed (or continued) on probation at the conclusion of each semester in which their overall grade pOint average falls below 2.00. Students on probation are limited to a maximum of 12 credit hours per semes ter while on probation. Students failing to maintain a current average of 2.00 in each semester in which they are on probation will be dismissed from the University, unless they have not at tempted 12 semester hours since the beginning of the probationary period. Transfer students admitted on probation must complete at least 12 semester hours with a minimum grade point average of 2.00 on work at Wichita State before probation may be lifted. If a grade point average of 2.00 is not achieved for the first attempted 12 hours of Wichita State work, transfer students admitted on probation will be dismissed from the University. Students who have been dismissed for poor scholarship I1lay he readmitted by the permission of the Curriculum and Policy Committee of their major division in the College of Fine Arts and by the University's Committee on Admissions and Exceptions. Degrees Offered The College of Fine Arts offers four undergraduate degrees: Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA), Bachelor of Art Education (BAE ), Bachelor of Musie (BM), and Bachelor of Music Education (BME). Graduation requirement.· for each de­ gree are listed in the descriptions of the appropriate divison programs. The college also offers four graduate degrees, including the Ma:·;ter of Fine Arts (MFA), Master of Arts (MA), Master of Music Education (MME), and Master of Music (MM). Graduate degrees are further explained in the 'Wichita State University Graduate Bulletin. DIVISION OF ART The Di vision of Art, a part of the College of Fine Arts, is divided into four departments: art education, art hi story, graphic design, and studio arts-with its four areas of drawing-painting, printmaking, ceramics, and sculpture. The division 's faculty pride themselves in their profe sional attainment as pro­ ductive researchers and creative and exhibiting artists. The departments offer professional courses designed to train and educate art students who are planning careers in the arts and to allow students in other colleges to gain an understanding and appreciation of art. Art students have excellent facilities in the McKnight Art Center and renovated Henrion Annex. The Center provides extensive space for exhibiting student work. The Clayton Staples Gallery, designed specifically for under­ graduate and graduate students and invitational shows, was completed Jan­ uary, 1978. This gallery allows the students and guests to experience an exhibition in a professional gallery surrounding. Under the auspices of the Edwin A. Ulrich Museum of Art, located in lvlcKnight Art Center, students can view a wide range of exhibitions and hear a variety of visiting artists and guest lecturers. The Lewis and Selma Miller Fund also provides programs of guest artists and lecturers of regional, na­ tional, and international interest. . The Division of Art offers both the Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) and the 198 Bachelor of Art Education (BAE). Students majoring in studio arts (painting, printmaking, ceramics, or sculpture), graphic design, and art history may obtain the BFA. Students in art education receive the BAE and must meet state requirements for teacher certification. General Policies Students are not allowed credit toward graduation for D grade work in excess of one-fourth of the total hours. A grade average of 2.00 or better must be earned on a1J work taken at Wichita State that can be applied to a student's degree. The division will accept the transfer of only 1 credit hour per semester of nonresidential studio work (s uch as extension or correspondence courses from accredited institutions), totaling no more than 6 hours of the last 30 or 10 hours of the total number of hours required for graduation. The Un iversity's general education requirements can be satisfied by all art history courses except Art Hist. 426. The division controls all art work or essays submitted for credit by students and reserves the right to select certain pieces for its permanent collection. All art materials, with the exception of certain nonexpendable equipment, must be furnished by the students. Graduate Art Studies The Graduate School offers a program leading to the Master of Fine Arts (MFA), with emphases in ceramics, painting, printmaking, and sculpture, or the Master of Arts (MA) in art education. For information concerning the requirements for entrance and curriculum, see the art section in the Wi chita State University Graduate School Bulletin. Art Major or Minor Outside the College of Fi ne Arts FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Studio Arts. Liberal arts students wishing to major in studio arts must com­ plete 39 hours of art. These hours must include Art Hist . 121G, 122G, 9 hours elected f rom art history courses, and 24 hours elected from studio courses . Liberal arts students wishing to minor in studio arts must complete 21 hours of art, including Art Hist. 121G, 122G, and 15 hours of electives. Art History. Liberal arts students wishing to major in art history must complete 30 hours of art history, including Art Hist. 121G, 122G, and 426. A minimum of 13 hours in one language (German, French, or Italian) is also required . Liberal arts students wishing to minor in art history must complete 15 hours of art history, including Art Hist. 121G, 122G, and 9 hours elected from other art history offerings. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION Students in education who wish to minor in art need to complete 18 hours of College of Fine ArtslDivision of Art 199 art. These hours must be distributed as follows: SA (Drawing) 145, Art Ed. 110, 210, and 313, one elected studio course, and 3 hours of Art Hist. 121G or 122G , Graduation Requirements BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS In addition to the University's scholastic and residence requirements for graduation, candidates for the BFA in painting, printmaking, ceramics, sculp­ ture, or graphic design must complete a total of 124 semester hours, with 43 h ours fro m the General Education Program (given in the Academic Informa­ tion-Requirements for Graduation section in the beginning of the Catalog) and 8 1 h ours from the art curriculum. Students majoring in art history must complete a total of 124 semester hours, with 45 hours from the General ' c1ucation Program and 79 from art history and elective curriculum hours , Specific programs for each of these areas are described under the appropriate department's heacling on the following pages. Students must consult with their adviser before selecting electives, BACHELOR OF ART EDUCATION The specific requirements for the BAE are given in the Art Education section of the Catalog. Art Education The art education department offers a professional program for students interested in teaching art. The art education structured program prepares majors to teach and supervise at various educational levels, and all majors are requircd to specialize in a studio arts, graphic deSign, or art history program. BACHELOR OF ART EDUCATION I n add ition to meeting the University's scholastic residence requirements for graduation, candidates for the BAE must complete a minimum of 128 semester hours, with 45 hours in the General Education Program, 6J. in the art curriculum, and 22 in education. The General Education Program is described in detail in the Academic Information-Requirements for Graduation section ill the beginning of the Catalog. Electives must be selected in consultation w ith an adviser. T he art education program fulfills both the University general education requ irements for graduation anci the Kansas certification requirements for teachi ng art at the secondary and elementary levels. STUDENT TEACHING Admi. sion into the student teaching semester requires senior standing (90 hours or 200 credit points); a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25 and 2.50 in art cOurses at the time of application for student teaching; a grade of C or better in E nglish composition (Eng. 101 or its equivalent); a grade of C or better in oral communication; completion of instructional services and art education prerequisites; satisfactory physical examination; and recommenda­ tion by the Department of Art Education. Students must apply for student 200 teaching by midterm of the semester prior to student teaching. T he se mester prior to student teaching must include combined Art Ed. 516 and IS 43,3. OUTLINE OF PROGRAM A total of 128 hours is required, as distributed below. Area Art Curriculum ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hrs. 61 Two-dimensional, introductory ...... . ................. 15 Three-dimensional, introductory ........ . . .. ... . .... . .. 12 Art education ........ .. ................ . ..... . .... 19 Art specialization .................. . ..... . ...... 15 Education (Instructional Services) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Education Program .................... . . ... . .. . ... 22­ -45 Lower-Division Courses 110. Visual Arts. (3). A general orientation to the visual arts including the visual or­ ganization of our environment. Lecture and experiential modes of learning will be employed. Prerequisite: departmental consent. F 14 110 0 0831 210. Visual Arts for the Child. (3). For students without previous art background who plan to teach in the elementary school cla ss room. Fundamental methods, materi­ als and concepts used to develop art knowledge and skills in the elementary­ age levels are studied. F 14 210 0 0831 211. Art Education in the Elementary_ School. (3). A study of philosorhy, psy­ chology and sensory growth 0 the ele­ mentary-age student, with emphasis on the development of the art program for this level. Prereguisite : art eaucation major, or Art Ed. 210, or instructor's con­ sent . F 14 211 0 0831 212. Jewelry Design/Construction. (3). Jewefry design and construction with an emphasis on metal working processes (forging, forming, casting, sawing cut­ ting, fUSing, soldering) with subordinate emphasis on soft jewelry and ceramic processes applicable to jewelry. F 14212 1 0831 2S1. Cooperative Education. (l-S). A course that allows students to participate in the Cooperative Education program. F 14 281 2 0831 Upper-Division Courses 311. Art Education Curriculum in the Elementary School. (3). A study of devel­ opmental characteristics of the elemen­ tary-age student and the development of the art program with respect to materials, skills and knowledge content . F 14 311 0 0831 313. Fiber Exploration for the Classroom. (3). The course will focus on fiber exper i­ ences appropriate for the classroom on the intermediate or secondary lend. Weaving, braiding, twisting techniques that resull in a fabric or web will be explored on various kinds of looms. Prerec}uisites : art educa­ tion major or instructor s consent. F 1-+ 313 1 0831 413. Independent Study. (1-4). Directed independent study in art education not normally covered in other course work. Prerequisite : instructor' s consent. F 14 413 0 0831 414. Art Education in the Secondary School. (3) . A study in the phil osophy, objectives and classroom procedures re­ lated to the teaching of art at the ~eco llda ry level. F 14 414 0 0831 4S1. Cooperative Education. (1-8). A course that allows students to parti cipate in the Cooperative Education program. F 14 481 20831 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 510. Creativity. (3). The development of theories of creativity will be exami ned with special emphasis given to processes for eliciting creative responses ancl impli­ cations for art education . Various instru­ ments used in evaluating creativity will he examined. Instructional strategies will in­ clude role playing, informal lecture, cli s­ cussion, simulations, and discovery or in­ quiry technique s. F 14 510 0 0831 512. Metal Processes for Jewelry Con­ struction. (3). The emphasis will be on fabrication techniques, deS ign analysis and function of jewelry designed and pro- College of Fine Arts/A rt EducatiOIl 201 duced by students and acknowledged craftsmen. Prerequisite: Art Ed. 212 or instructor's consent. F 14 51200831 514. Aesthetic Inquiry. (3). The course will focus on contemporary trends in aes­ thetics relative to the visual arts . Students will be expected to write critical observa­ tions and interpretations in response to art work. Prerequisite : upper division art major. F 14 514 0 0831 515. Develo,eing Visual Materials for Art Education. (J). A production laboratory that concentrates on the use of technolog­ ical equipment for making multimedia ex­ periences (films, slides , tapes, projector, etc.) for art education students. Students engage in constructing units of visual learning. F 14 515 1 0831 516. Art Education Practicum. (3 ). The development of art curriculum materials for secondary levels. Students will enroll in this course the semester before student teaching. Prerequ isite : concurrent enroll­ ment in IS 433. F 14 516 0 0831 517. Student Teaching Seminar in Art. (1 ). The obiective is to analyze problems encountered in the art classroom during student teaching. Concurrent enrollment in 7 hours of student teaching courses is required. Prerequisites: Art Ed . 516 and departmental approval for student teach­ ing. F 14 517 9 0831 711. Seminar in Art Education. (3). Su­ pervised study and research. Weekly con­ sultation and reports are required. Repeat­ able once for credit. Prerequisite: instructor' s consent. F 14 711 90il31 712. Development of Art Understanding in the Educational Program. (3). Readings, Art History observation and evaluative techniques in the develo'pment of concepts and material s for art understanding. Repeatable once for credit. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. F 14 71200831 713. Fiber and Fabric Processes. (1-3), Fiber processing and structuri ng in tradi­ tional and experimental processes in woven forms and other structural tech­ niques using natural and man-made fibers. Prerequisite : instructor's consent. F 14 713 0 0831 715. Research Problems in Art Educa­ tion. (3). Orientation in research methods, findings and designs related to the analy­ sis of studies and current problems in art education. Repeatable once for credit. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. F 14 71500831 750. Art workSho~ . (1-3). Re­ peatable for credit. The area to be covered is determined at t e time the course is offered.} F 14 750 2 0831 Courses for Graduate Students Only 815. Individual Research Problems in Art Education. (1 -4) . Directed indepenuent study in art education not normally cov­ ered in other graduate COurse work. Re­ peatab:e for credit. Prerequisite: instruc­ tor's consent. F 14 8154 0831 816-811. Thesis-Art Education. (1-3, 1-3). F 1481640831; F 14817 4 083 1 818-819. Terminal Project-Art Educa­ tion. (3-3). F 14 8183 0831; F 14 819 3 0831 The art history program is designed to prepare students for the whole range of activities related to the art of the past: criticism, both college- and secondary­ level teaching, and conservation. Students are exposed to a view of art from the earliest times to the present. The language of art, as well as the h i torical framework, is emphasized. Requirements. A total of 124 hours is required for a major, as distributed below. Area Hrs. Art Curriculum . .. ... . ... . . . ... . ........ . ............. , .. 83 Art history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Foreign language . ....... .. ... .. ....... . ..... . .... . 13 E lective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 General Education Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 41 202 Model Program Freshman Course Hrs . Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Speech 111 , Basic Public Speaking, or 112, Basic Interpersonal Communication .................. .. . . _ . . . . . . 3 Art Hist . 121G, Survey of Western Art: Paleolithic Through Early Christian ............................. . . . . 3 Art Hist. 122G, Survey of Wes tern Art: Renaissance and Baroque .. .. ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 General edlll:ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Electives ......... _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sophomore Course Hrs. Art Hist. 124, Survey of Western Art: Modern .... .. ............ 3 Art history elective . ........................... . ...... ... . 6 Major foreign language ...... .. ... . ...... '. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 General education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Junior Hrs.Course Art history electives 6 Major foreign language 3 General education ... ... . .. . .. . .. .... . ....... .. .... . 13 Electives ... ', ........ ... . . ... . . . .. . .. . 3 Senior Course Hrs. Art Hist. 426 Seminar: Techniques of Art History .... ...... ... .. 3 Art hi story electives . .. .. . .. ........... .. ........ . ... ... . . 6 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Lower-Division Courses 121G. Surver of Western Art: Paleolithic 222. Roman Art. (3 ). An introduction to Through Ear y Christian. (3). A hi storical the art of Rome from the age of Augustus survey of art from prehistoric origins to to the age of Constantine. F 152220 1003 the Middle Ages . F 15 121G 0 1003 223. Northern Renaissance. (3). A study 122G. Survey of Western Art: Renais­ of French, F lemish and Cerman painting sance and Baroque . (3). A historical su rvey from Parisian illumination in the 14th of art from the Renaissance to the 18th century to Durer. F 15 223 0 1003 century. F 15 122C 0 1003 224. ~orthern Barogue. (3). A study of the 124. Survey of Western Art: Modern. (3). art of Flanders and Holland during the An introduction to art through the study of 17th century. While a variety of artisti c a selected group of art objects produced in express ion is shown with examples from a Europe and America from the 18th cen ­ great many artists, the discussion culmi­ tury to the present. F 15 124 0 1003 nates in an extensive study of the two dominant figures, Peter Paul Rubens and 221. Greek Art. (3). An introductory study Rembrandt van Rijn . F 15 224 0 1003 of Greek art from the Archaic to Hellenis­ tic periods. The course covers architec­ 281. Cooperative Education . (1-8). A ture , scu lpture and \;JSl' painting, with CO urse that allows students to participate emphasis on the art of Pericles ' Athens . in the Cooperative Education program . F F 15 221 0 1003 15 28 1 2 1003 College of Fine Arts/Art History 203 Upper-Division Courses 322. Medieval Art 1. (3). A study of the art of E urope and Byzantium from the time of Constantine to Charlemagne. Emphasis is on style and iconography as it develops in mosaics and illustrated manuscripts. F 15 3220 1003 323. Medieval Art II. (3) . A study of Ro­ mane que and Gothic architecture and sculpture with special attention being given to t he developments in France . F 15 3230 1003 324. Art of the Ancient Near East. (3). Survey of the arts of ancient Egypt and Mesopotamia, concluding with a consid­ eration of the interaction between Near Eastern art and classical art. F 15 324 0 1003 327. Art of Afri ca, Oceania and the Americas. (3). A broad survey of art pro­ duced by cultures of sub-Saharan AfricalMelanesia, Micronesia, Polynesia ana pre-Colombian Americas. F 153270 1003 426. Seminar: Techniq,ues of Art History. (3) . A culminating study for seniors ma­ joring in art history in which the history of the discipline, its research methods and theory are considered. Extensive readings and reports are required. Prerequisite: in­ structor's consent. F 154269 1003 481. Cooperative Education. (1-8). A course that allows students to participate in the Cooperative Education program. F 15481 2 1003 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 520. eminar in Art History. (3). System­ atic study in selected areas of art history. Course content varies but individual areas are not repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: 3 hours of art history or departmental consent. F 15 520 9 1003 521. Italian Renaissance. (3). A study of the architecture, sculpture and painting from the 13th to the 16th century. Em­ phasis is given to early developments in Florence and Siena and late developments in Rome. F 15521 0 1003 522. Italian Baroque. (3). A study of Ba­ roque painti ng, sculpture and architecture in Rome, Venice and Bologna from 1600 to 1750, with emphasis on tne Carracci, Ber­ nini and Tiepolo. F 15 522 0 1003 523. 18th and 19th Century European Art. (3). A history of European art from Watteau through post-Impressionism. F 15 523 0 1003 204 524. 18th and 19th Century American Art. (3). A history of American art from the colonial period through the 19th century. F 15 524 0 1003 525. 20th Century Art Before 1945. (3). A history of American and European art in the first half of the 20th century. F 15525 01003 526. Art Since 1945. (3). A study of the history of art in the United States from 1945 to the present, stressing the relation­ ship between contemporary trends ill crit­ icism and artistic practice. F 155260 1003 528. Museum Techniques I. (3) . De­ signed primarily for the graduate student interested in museum work. Included is specialized research related to administra­ tive responsibilities of a museum: collec­ tion, exhibition , recording, preservation and financial activities. F 15 528 0 1003 529. Modern Architecture. (3). A cou rse designed to offer an overall view of the development of modern architecture from its inception in the early 20th century until today. Theoretical connections between architecture and the arts of painting and sculpture as they developed in the United States and Europe are stressed. F 155290 1003 530. The Art of Classical Greece . (3). A study of paintingl sculpture and architec­ture of Greece auring the 5th and 4th centuries B.C. F 15 530 0 1003 531. The Art of Hellenistic Greece. (3). A study of the 12ainting sculpture, and ar­ chitecture of Greece during the Helleni ­ tic period, 4th to 1st centuries B.C. F 15 531 o 1003 532. Independent Study in Art History. (1-3). Work in a specialized area of the study of art history. Directed readings and projects. Prerequisite : instructor's con­ sent. F 15 532 0 1003 533. Seminar: Topics in Modern Art. (3) , Selected readings and problem in art of the modern era. Course content varies but individual areas are not repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. F 15 533 9 1003 626. Bibliography and Iruonnation Re­ trieval in Art History. (3), A course to prepare art history majors for research on the graduate school level. The student is introduced to the various research re­ sources, such as bibliographies, indexes, collections, concordances and compila­ tions. Practical assignments for informa­ tion retrieval provide the experience nee­ essary tor mastering research techniques. Prerequisite: 9 hours in art hi story. F 15 6260 1003 Courses for Graduate Students Only 828. Thesis. (2). F 15 828 4 1003 829. Thesis. (2). F 15 829 4 1003 Graphic Design-Commercial Art The graphic design department offers a professional program for students intere:; ted in a career in the field of visual communication. The courses emphasize conceptual and practical problem solving in various media-pho­ tography, typography, design, and drawing-to develop design skills for communication. Requirements. A minimum total of 125 hours is required for a major as distributed below. Students with junior standing participate in a Junior Portfolio Review prior to counseling for their senior year. Area Hrs. Art Curriculum (minimum) .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . . . ...... .... ... .. 84 Graphic des ign core ..... . ........ . .......... . . . ... 48 Art electives (100-200 level) ... .. ..... . .. . ... . . . ..... 9 Graphic design electives (300-level) .. .. ... . . . ....... .. n Graphic design electives (400-500 level) .......... . ..... 6 Graphic design related electives (300-400-500 level) ....... 9 General Education Program ....... .. ..... .. ..... .. ......... 41 The following are the specific requirements for the art curriculum section. 1. Students must el ect 6 hours of lower-division art electives from the following courses (substitutions must be approved by the graphic design chairperson): SA (Drawing) 240, Life Drawing (repeat); SA (Painting) 251, Watercolor Painting; SA (Printmaking) 160, Printmaking I; and SA 185, Basic 3-D Studio. Students are required to take Art Hist . 124, Survey of Western Art: Modern. 2. Students must elect 12 hours of upper-division graphic design (300-level) courses from the following courses: GD 300, Advanced T ypography ; GD 330, Design Media Studio (may be repeated twice); GD 333, Fashion Illustration ; GD 337, Advertising Illustration (may be repeated twice); and GD 339, Exhibition Design (may be repeated twice). 3. Students must elect 9 hours of upper-division art electives (300-400-500 level) from the following courses: SA (Drawing) 340, Life Drawing Studio ; SA (Drawing) 345, Intermediate Drawing; Art Hist. 525, 20th Century Art Before 1945; Art. Hist . 526, Art Since 1945; Eng. 307, Narrative in Literature and Film ; or other as approved by the department chairperson. 4. Students must elect 6 hours of upper-division graphic design courses (400-500 level) from the following courses: GD 434, Graphic Design Intern; GD 437, Advanced Advertising Illustration (may be repeated twice ); GD 438, Advanced Color and Design; GD 730, Seminar in Graphic Des ign; GD 493, Book Design and Production; and GD 281 or 481, Cooperative Education. College of Fine Arts/Graphic Design 205 5. "Cpper-division art requirements, totaling 45 hours, are distribu t~d as follows: 12 hours in graphic design core, 21 hours in graphic design selected electives (300-400-500 level) and 9 hours in art electives (300­ 400-500 level). 6. Students must participate in a Junior Portfo lio Review during the second semester of their junior year. 7. Students must participate in the Senior Terminal Project during their final two semesters. Model Program • Freshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and II ...... , . .... . .. , . .. , 6 Speech (GEC) . , .. . ... ... , . , ....... , . . . .. , . , . . . . .. , , . . . . . 3 General education . , , .. , ... , . ........... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Art Hist. 121G, Survey of Western Art: Paleolithic Through Early Christian (GSC) ... , ..... .. , , .. , .. ... , . . . . . . 3 Art Hist. 122G, Survey of Western Art: Renaissance and Baroque ( S ) 3 GD 135 and 139, Design I and II (C) .... , , ............ , , . . . . . 6 GD 138, Color (C) ., .. .. .. , .. ' . ... . .. , . .. . ... ,... . . . .. . .. 3 SA (Drawing) 145, Drawing I (C) . , , ... , , .... . . , . ......... . . , 3 Sophomore Course Hrs. Art Hist. 124, Survey of Western Art: Modern (GEC) .. .. . . , . . . . . . 3 General education , .. , . , , . , ....... .. , . , , , .... , , . . . . . . . . . . . 3 General studies ... , .. ....... . . , ..... . ...... .... ,.. . .. . ... 3 GD 230, Basic Photography (S till) (C) ....... .. ,,', ..... ,..... 3 GD 231, Basic Photography (Motion Picture) (C) . . ... . ...... "'. 3 GD 233, Basic Typography (C) ... , .. , .. , , . ....... , , .. , . . . . . . .3 GD 234, Layout and Production Techniques (C) .,." .. ,... . . ... .3 GD 236 and 237, Drawing for Commercial Art I and II (C) , , . , , . 6 Lower-division art electives , .. . ........... .. .. ... , .... .. , .. 9 Junior Course Hrs. General education .... .. . . ..... . ....... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 GD 334, Graphic Design II-Production (C) ........ ,... ... .... .3 GD 335, Graphic Design I-Theory (C) ......... ,.... . ... . .. .. 3 GD electives ." .... , ..... , .. ....... .... " ....... , .. . ,' . . 12 Art elective .......... , .............. , . .. ... .. . ,.,' . ..... 3 Junior Portfolio Review Senior Course Hrs, Genera l education ... . ... , .. , ... , , , . ......... .. . . . , ... , . , . 6 GD 430, Graphic Design III-Media (C) .. .... "........... . .. 3 GD 435, Graphic Design IV-Design Programs (C) . . ... " . . ' , ... 3 GD 445, Senior Terminal Project ... , ... , . . . . ... .. , . ......... 3 Graphic design related electives ... , ..... , ..... . . . . . . . . , . . . . . 9 o The foll owing: abbrt'viatiom arl' llsed in the Model Program: CEe - Genera) eUliealion curriculum esc :: Geneml studies course C = Graphic design core CD - Graphic d t;! ~ign course 206 Lower-Division Courses 135. Design I . (3) . Introduction to the principles of des ign ilnd practice in various media. A study is made of the two-dimens ional surface in relation to the formal elements of space, form, color and consequent structure. F 17 135 1 1009 138. Color. (3). A study of the qualities of color in design and art expression. Pre­ requisite: GD 135. F 17 131l 1 1009 139. Design II. (3). Lab fee . In troduction to the principles of three-dimensional de­ sign. A study of relationships of mass and space us ing diverse med ia is conducted. Prerequ isite : GD 135. F 17 139 1 1009 230. Basic Photography (Still). (3). Intro­ ductory course in still photography. Lab fee. Nonmajors may be required to turni sh their own cameras. Prerequisites : GD 135 and instructor's consent. F 17 230 1 1009 231. Basic Photography (Motion Picture). (3) . Introductory course in film produc­ tion. Lab fee. Nonmajors may be required to furni sh their own cameras. Prerequi­ sites: GD 230 and instructor's consent. F 17 231 1 1009 233. Basic Typography. (3). Lettering as re lated to the study of type and its appli­ cation in layout and design. Prerequisites : SA (Drawing) 145 and GD 135. F 17 233 1 1009 234. Layout and Production Techniques. (3) . Introduction to advert ising theory and visual communication . Fundamentals of respective functions of purpose, copy \ art , plans and media in advertisi ng. A stuay is made of studio practices and art produc­ tion problems. Prerequisite: GD 233. F 17 234 1 1009 236. Drawing for Commercial Art. (3). Directed pract ice in drawing in various media, with emphasis on its applicat ion to commercial art . Prerequisite: graphic de­ sign major or instructor's consent. F 17 236 1 1009 237. Drawing for Commercial Art II. (3). Directed practice in drawing the figure for editorial and fash ion illustration. Prereq­ ui site: GD 236. F 17 237 1 1009 281. Cooperative Education. (l-8). A course that allows students to participate in the Cooperative Education program. F 17 281 2 1009 Upper-Division Courses 300. Advanced Typography. (3). Design of typographic srmbols and logotypes. The application 0 type, typograpl1ic sym­ bol s, and logotypes to two- and th ree­ dimensional formats . Prerequisites: GD 230, 233, and 234 . F 17 300 1 1009 330. Design Media Studio. (3). Advanced study of photography, cinematography or televi sion. Lab fee. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisites: GD 230, 231 and instruc­ tor's consent. F 17 330 1 1009 333. Fashion Illustration. (3). Fashion drawings of costumed model s for news­ paper and magazine layouts . Merchandis­ ing and fashion elements are analyzed for black and white reproduction. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: GD 237. F 17 333 1 1009 334. Graphic Design II-Production. (3). Introduction to printing processes : letter­ press and offset printing. Prerequisite: GD 335. F 17 334 1 1009 335. Graphic Design I-Theory. (3). Ex­ perimentat ions with visual phenomena and their use in the communication of ideas through visual means. Studio prac­ tice is coordinated with the discussion of art theory, philosoph y and history of de­ sign . Prerequisite: GD Z34. F 17 335 1 1009 337. Advertising Illustration. (3). Devel­ opment of skills in pictorial graphics. Their application to the needs of editorial and advertising illustration is studied, as are black and white media. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: GD 236. F 17 337 1 1009 339. Exhibition Design. (3). The study of visual, acoustic and kinetic modes of communicating man's ideas, history and products via public exhibits. A semester project includes the development and construction of an exhibit. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisites: GD 139 and instruc­ tor's consent. F 17 339 1 1009 430. Graphic Design Ill-Media. (3). Ap­ plication of design media in the applied arts . Repeatable for credit. Prerequisites: CD 231, 334 and 335. F 17430 1 1009 434. Graphic Des ign Intern. (3). On-the­ job internship in an art studio or advertis- College of Fine Arts/Graphic Design 207 ing agency. Imtruction time is di vided bctwl'L!1l arrangcd loca tion, observation andJor apprent iceship and weekly se minar period. Written rld"lorts of indi vidua l re­ search are require in addition to a port­ folio of samples l?roduced as an intern. Repeatable for credit. Crade for the course is creditlno cred it. Prerequisite" inter­ view , portfo li o and junior status. F 174.34 2 1009 435. GraphiC Design IV-Design Pro­ grams. (3). A comprehensive study of the co rporate image. The development, coor­ c1ination and execu tion of a corporate d e­ sign program are included. Thi s co urse emphasizes co nceptual asp l!d s of graphic design . Repeatable for credit. Pre requi ­ sites: ,D 3:34 and 430. F 17 435 1 1009 437. Advanced Advertisin,g Illustration. (3). on tinuation of CD 331. Col or media afe included. Reeeatable for credit. Pre­ requisite: CD 3.3 i. F 17 437 1 1009 438. Color and Design . (3). The psychol­ ogy an d optics of color perccption and expres sion in design. Color theory is ap­ plied to film making, exhib ition design and advertising. Prereq uisites: CD 138 and 335 F 17 438 1 1009 445. Senior Terminal Project. (1-3) . Su­ pervi sed independent stu dy . Students in their final two semesters must present a Studio Arts CERAMICS pl an ot stndy tor and cO[lIplele a des i~n pro ject. Project and plan of study must be apPf[)\cd bv the graphic d 's ign faculty. Repeatabl e tor credit . Prerequisite : senior standing in graphic Jesign. F 17 445 .3 1009 481. Cooperative Ed~H;ation. (1-8). A course that allo\\'s studcnts to participak in the Cooperative Education program. F 17 4Rl 2 1009 493. Book Design and Production. (3) . .'\ lahoriltory course encompassing all face ts o f the book. T opics of study wiLl in cludc: des ign , type composition, proofreading, illustration manufacturing, binding ma­ terials (clotbs, leath er, paper. and boarels ), distribution, copyright, roya lties, and re­ maindering. Students will ill' respon sible for the d velopment and publication of a limited editi on book. Prere<'lui si tes: GD 334, CD 337, or conse nt of instructor. F 17 439 1 1009 Course for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 730. Seminar in Graphic Design. (3) . Su­ pervised study and research. Weekly con­ sultation and report s are required . Repeat­ able for c redit. Prercquisite: departmental cons ent. F 17 730 9 1009 Through their course work, ceramics majors are exposed to their tools: build­ ing, throwing, clays, and glaz s. Students investigate prob lems of glaze for ­ mulation, firing the kiln, and characteristics of clays and production. Requirements. A total of 124 hours is requ ired for the major, as distributeJ below. Area Hrs . Art Curriculum ................. . .. . 81 Art hi story elect ive . . .... . 3 Ceramics. . . . . . . . ...... . .. . . . . .. . .. . 24 Drawing .... . ........ . .... . 12 Sculpture .. . ..... . . . . . . .. . . . 6 Pa inti ng ..... .. ...... . ...... . . . . ... .. , ... .. .... . . 3 Printmaking 3 Art electives .............. . 30 General Educatio n Program 43 Model Program Freshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Speech Ill, Basic Public Speaking, or 112, Bas ic Interpersonal Com­ munication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 208 General education: Art Hist. 121 G , 122G, or 124 6 General education ............................ . . .. .. .. . .. . 3 SA (Drawing) 145, Drawing ............. . ......... . . .. . .. . 3 SA (Printmaking) 160 or 262, Printmaking I or II . . . . . .. . .. . 3 SA (Sculpture) 180, Sculpture I .. .. . ....... . 3 SA (CeramiCS) 170, Ceramics I .............. . 3 Sophomore Course Hrs. General education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 SA (Drawing) 240, Life Drawing ...................... 6 SA (Painting) 250 or 251, Oil Painting or Watercolor Painting . . . . . . 3 SA (Ceramics) 270, Ceramics II ................... ......... . 6 SA (Sculpture) 280, Sculpture II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Junior Course Hrs. General education .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SA (Ceramics) 275 or 575, Study of Ceramic Materials I or II .... . . 3 SA (Ceramics) 276 or 576, Study of Ceramic Glazes I or II .... .... 3 SA (Drawing) 340, Life Drawing Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SA (Ceramics) 370, Ceramics Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Art history electives ... ...... . .............. .. . ..... .. . .. . 3 Art electives ...... .. ............................ .. ... 9 Senior Course Hrs. Advanced ceramics studio 6 Art electives ..... . ............... . ... . .. . .. ..... . . 21 Lower-Division Courses 270. Introduction to Ceramics Studio. (3). Experience in handbuilding, wheel throwing, glazing meth ods. Lecture periods involve general knowledge of clays, glazes, kilns and historical and con­ temporary pottery. Repeatable for credit. F 16270 1 1009 272. Handbuilding Techniques. (3). Spe­ cial studio emphasis on handbuilding that invo lves form and surface techniques. Re­ search of materials used for special sur­ faces and written evaluation is included. F 16272 1 1009 275. Study of Ceramic Materials I. (3). Lectures and research covering clays, glazes and refractory materials. Reading ass ignments are made concerningphysieai and chemical characteristics of pottery materials. F 16 275 0 1009 276. Study of Ceramic Glazes I . (3). The study of glaze formulation and the color and crystaline effects of oxides on glazes. Notebook and laboratory work required . F 16276 1 1009 Upper-Division Courses 370. Ceramics Studio. (3). Advanced stu­ dio problems involving forming methods . Experience is given in glaze formu lation and kiln firing. Lecture periods are held on advanced studies of ceramic materials and hi storical and contemporary pottery. Re­ peatable for credit. Prerequisites: SA (Ceramics) 270 and SA (Sculptu re) IS.S. F 16 370 1 1009 374. Kiln Methods. (3). The study of kiln design and construction, with res earch in the area of refractory materials. Reading assignments, notebook and laboratory re­ search are included. F 16374 1 1009 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 570. Advanced Ceramics Studio. (3). Ad­ vanced studio problems involving form­ ing methods, glaze formulation ana firing procedures . Lecture periods an: held in­ volving advanced studies of ceramic ma­ terials and glaze formulation. Repeatable College of Fine Arts/Studio Arts 209 for credit. Prerequisite: SA (Ceramics) 370, F 16 570 1 1009 572. Advanced Handbuilding Tech­ niques, (3), Advanced study with empha­ sis on handbuilding that involves form and surface techniques , Research of mate­ rials used for special surfaces and written evaluations are included, Prerequisite: SA (Ceramics) 272, F 16 572 1 1009 574. Advanced Study of Kiln Methods. (3). Advanced study of kiln design and construction, with research in the area of refractory materials, Reading assignments, notebook and laboratory work are re­ quired, Prerequisite: SA (Ceramics) 374, F 16 574 1 1009 575. Study of Ceramic Materials II. (3). Lectures and research covering clays, glazes and refractory materials, Reading assignments are made concerning physical and chemical characteristics of pottery materials, F 16 575 0 1009 576. Study of Ceramic Glazes II. (3). The study of glaze formulation and the color and crystaline effects of oxides on base ~lazes, Notebook, formulation records and laboratory work required, Prerequisite: SA (Ceramics) 575, F 16 576 1 1009 578. Independent Study in Ceramics. (3). A professional emphasis on technical or aesthetic research in the ceramics field, Available only for the advanced ceramics student with consent of instructor. State­ ment of intent must be submitted for fac- DRAWING AND PAINTING ult~ approval bel ore registration, Prereq­ UISIte: departmental consent. F 16 578 0 1009 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. Seminar in Art Topics. (3). Designed to explore areas of common interest in the arts, Supervised study, research, and dis­ cussion, Repeatable for credit. F 16800 9 1009 870. Special Problems in Ceramics. (3 or 5). Research in advanced problems in ce­ ramics. Repeatable for credit. F 16 870 3 1009 875. Advanced Research of Ceramic Ma­ terials, (3). Lectures and advanced re­ search covering cla),s, glazes and refrac­ tory materials, Reading assignments are made concerning physical and chemical characteristics of pottery materials. Note­ book and outside lab work are required, F 16 875 4 1009 876. Advanced Study of Ceramic Glazes. (3). The study of glaze formulation and the color and crystaline effects of oxides on base glazes, Notebook, advanced formula­ tion records and laboratory work required, Prerequisite : SA (Ceramics) 875, F 16876 4 1009 878-879. Terminal Project-Ceramics. (3 or 5; 3 or 5). F 16878 4 1009; F 168794 100~ The drawing and painting program gives students a thorough preparation in drawing and painting and then allows them to progress through a structured regimen, which leads to the development of their own personal style. Muse­ ums, galleries, and traveling shows form the basis of environmental exposure, , Requirements. A total of 124 hours is required for the major, as distributed below, Area Hrs. Art Curriculum ' . ... , . " .. ,.'" ... , .... ... ' .. ,., . . .. , ... , 81 Art history electives .. , .. , ... . ...... . ... . . .. .. , .. , .... . . , 6 Painting ,." .. " .... " ... ', .... . , .... , .. , .. ,. . ... 24 Drawing . . .. . ......... . .......................... 21 Printmaking . . ..... . . . ..... . ....... . . . .. . ......... 6 Ceramics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sculpture ....... , . . , . , ..... , .. , . , ..... , .... , . . . . . . 3 Art electives .......... . ............ . .. .. ,. . ..... . . 18 General Education Program ... ,., .... . .. . . . . . .... ' .. ... 43 210 Model Program Freshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and II .... , .. , ...... , . . . . . 6 Speech ill, Bas ic Public Speaking, or 112, Basic Interpersonal Com­ munication ................................. , . . . . . . . . . . 3 General educati on: Art Hist. 121G, 122G , or 124 .... . . . ......... 6 General education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SA (Drawing) 14.5, Drawing I ............. .. .. . ..... .. , . ... . 3 SA (PrinlrJlaking) 160, Printmaking I ......... , . . . .. . ......... 3 SA (Ceramics) 170, Ceramics I . . .. .. .... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SA (Sculpture) lBO, Sculpture I . . ............. ... .... .. ..... 3 Sophomore Course Hrs. General education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 SA (Drawing) 240, Life Drawing .. , ... ..... ..... , .. ,........ 6 SA (Painting) 250, Oil Painting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SA (Painting) 251 or 252, Waterco lor Painting or Acrylic Painting. . . 3 SA (Printmaking) 364, Printmaking III-Lithography. , . . . . . . . . 3 Art electi ves .... . .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Junior Course Hrs. General education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 SA (Drawing) 340, Life Drawing Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SA (Painting) 350, Painting Studio .................. . ... .. ... 6 Art history electives ... , ... . ...... . ... ,.... . . . .... . ....... 3 Drawing electives .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Art electives .......... . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Senior Course Hrs. SA (Drawing) 545, Advanced Drawing Studio .. . .......... . . . . . 6 SA (Painting) ,550, Advanced Painting Studio .... . .. . .... , 6 Art electives .............. . ......................... . ... 9 Painting electives ............ . . ... ,...................... 6 Drawing Lower-Division Courses 145. Drawing I. (3). Introduction for be· Prerequisite: SA (Drawing) 145. F 16 240 ginners in drawing to a broad ranl$e of art 1 1002 making principles and elements relative to compos itional pract ice. Course will serve as a foundati on to two-dimensional studio Upper-Division Courses offeri ngs. Still life an d landscape will be main sources for practice and theory . 340. Life Drawing Studio. (3). Emphasis Sketchbooks rl'ljuired F 16 145 1 1002 on individual development, figurative ob­ servation and interpretation. Repeatable 240. Life Drawing. (3). Drawing from life two semestersfor credit. Prerequisite: of\Vith emphasis on figure construction. life drawing. F 16 340 1 1002 Anatomy sketchbooks ,mcIJor 'portfolios are required. Repeatab le once for credit. 345. Intermediate Drawing. (3). Drawing College of Fin e Arts/Studio Arts 211 proje ts , no nH g u rati\ e . ) ncluded arc problems of style suites of related works an d h istor..r of (irawil g tecl ll iqut's and materials . Repeatable once for (;redit. Pre­ requ isite: one sem ster of life drawing. r­ 163451 1002 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 545. Advanced Drawing Studio. (3). Drawing with a variety of media. GraphH': problems relative t individual technical and ut!sthet ic de elopmen are usC'd . Cri· tiqu 5 are gi \' n. Repeatable for credit. Prerequi sites: SA (Draw in g) 1olO alld 345. 16545 1 1002 549. Independent Study in Drawing. (3) A profess ion< I emph, si~ on technical or aesthetic research in the drawing area. Avai lab l a ni} for the ad aneed drawillg student w ith consent of instructor. Slale· ment of in tent Ill ll st be ~ubl11ilted for fac­ ul ty apgroval befor regis tration. Prereq­ u isite : departmental 'on ell t. F Hi 549 I 1009 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. Seminar in Art Topics. (3). DeSIgned to eXll.lore areas of common interest in th· arts . Supervised study, research, and dis­ uss ioll . R peatable for credit. F 16800 9 1009 40. Special Problems in Life Drawing. (l or 3). Draw ing fro m life. Skett'hhooks and/or portfolio are required. Repeatable fo r credi t F 16 8-40 3 1002 845. Special Problems in Drawing. (lor 3). dvanced drawing in 'arious mCllla with empha, is on independent work ana l the developmc nt of p rsonal expression. Repeatable for credit. F 16 845 3 1002 Painting Lower-Division Courses 250. Oil Painting. (3) . An introduction to oil pai nting, emphasizing studio practices, fu ndamental principle and techniques . Prer quisite: SA ( rawing) 145. F 16 250 1 1002 251. Watercolor Painting. (3). An intro­ ?uction to transparent watercolor paint­ mg. Sketchbooks and/or 'portfolio re­ qu ired. Prerequisite: SA (Drawmg) 145 F 16 251 I 1002 212 252. Acrylic Painting. (3). An introduction to "t'r~ llc paillling Oil vari us supports, , Hch as canva.~, masonite and paper. Pre­ r~(l'lisitt' . "A (Drawing) 145. F 16 252 1 1002 255. Introduction to Methods and Media [If Painting. (3). SLIney of pain t ing n ethods from the 12th centu to th t' 20th . Histo!,) amI nature of materials af(' e.xam­ ined, including encaustic, tempera, oil, oi I-re 'is • ,~nthetic media, grou llds, sup­ ports and surface protection . Pr requi ite : prior or t'onCllrrent enrollment in pai nti ng or art history major. F 16 255 0 1002 Upper-Division Course 350. Painting Studio. (3). Emphasis on individual development, perso na l inter· pretation and creativity. Repeata ble fo r nedit. Prereljuisi les : SA (Painting) 2:-0 and 251 or 252. F 16 350 1 1002 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 550. Advanced Painting Studio. (3-6). Designed for the professionally or iented student. Emphasis is on independen t .lLhievemenl.md (Jreparation for grad uate study. Repeatable for credit. Preregui 'ites: two scmester: of SA (Pa inting) 3.50 and Illlerview with instructor. F 16 550 1 1002 551. Advanced Watercolor Studio. (3). Sketchbooks and/or port folio rerjui red . Prerequisites : SA (Painting) 251 and in­ strul'lor's consen t. F 16 551 1 1002 553. Independent tudy in Painting. (3). \ profe,sional mphasis on tcchn ical or ae thetic research in the painting are . Available onl} for th adva n ed pa in ti ng student with con~ent of instructor. State­ rn~nl of in tent must be submitted fo r fac­ ulty apprO\al before registration. Prereq · uisite: dcpartmcntal <. 'onsent. F 16 .553 1 1009 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. Seminar in Art Topics. (3). Designed to explore areas of common interest in the arts . Supervised study, research , and d is­ LUSSIOIl . Repeatable for credit . F 16800 9 1009 850. Special Problem in Painting. (3 or 5). ProFessional and experi mental pain ting with emj?ha is on the development of ma­ Inrity. ideas, independent thinking and personal express ion . Mediums include oil , watercolor ilnd sYllthctil: l1Iedia . Repeat able for credit with the consent of the drawmgipainli ng faculty . F' Hi 850 3 1002 855. Methods and Media of Paint ing, (3), Painting methuds from the 12th century to the 20th , History and nature of materials aft:' studied , inc luding ellcaustic, tempera, oi l, oil-reSin , synthetic media, grounds, supports all d surface protection. Prcrcclui­ site: instmctor's consent. F 16 855 0 1002 858-859, Terminal Project- Painting, (3 or 5, 3 or 5). F 16858 4 1002; F 16859 4 ]002 PRINTMAKING The printmaking program gives students a broad base of experience in print­ making. Students encounter tv,'o primary discip lines, intaglio and lithographic techniques. Supplementing these areas are relief, collagraph, serigraph, anJ combined techn iques in both black and wh ite and color. E mphasis is placed upon creativity, and students are encouraged to investigate new or trad itional methods . Requirements. A total of 124 hours is requ ired for the major, as distributed below: A~ H~ Art Curriculum .. ... < 81 < • , < ••• < ••• , < < • , • < • • < , < < < • < • < < < • < , • < Art history electives ........ < 6 < < •••• ••••• < • < ••• < • • < • < Prin tmaking 2.4< •• < < < • •• < , • < < ••• < < < •• < ••• < < < • , • < • < Drawing . 15 < ••• < • •• •• • • • < ••••••• • • •• •• < •• < •• < < • • •• < Painting 6<. < • • • • •• < • • < • •• • • < < < • < • •• < • < < •• < •• < < • < < < Ceramics . 3< ••• •• • • • • < ••• < ••• • < • • ••••••• < < •• < < • •• • < Sculpture .. < 3< • • < • < < ••••••• • < < • < •••• < < < < • < • • < ••• < < • Art electives . .... ........ . < 24 •• • < < • < < • • •••• < ••• • < < • < General Education Program . < 43< • ••••• < < < < •• • ••• < • < < • < < • < < •• < Model Program Freshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and II 6< •••• < < • • < < • < •• < • • • • Speech Ill, Basic Public Speaking, or 112, Bas ic Interpersonal Com­ munication . . ... < 3•• • < • • • < • • • ••• • < • < < , • •• •• < < < < • < •• < < • < • General education: Art Hist. 121G, 122G, or 124 .. 6< < < < • • • < •• • • < < General education .. . .. . < 3• • •••• < •• < < • < < < < • < •• < • • < •••• < < < • < SA (Drawing) 145, Drawing I . < 3•• • < < < • • • ••• < •• < • < < • •• ••• •• < • SA (Printmaking) 160, Printmaking 1 3< < ••••• < < •• < < • < • < • < • < • • • • SA (Ceramics) 170, Ceramics 1 . 3< •• < < < • •• • • • < • < < • • < • •••• < < •• < SA (Printmaking) 262, Printmaking II . 3< • ••• < < < • < • < < • < < • • • ••• < • Sophomore Course Hrs, General education College of Fine Arts/S tudio Arts 213 15 SA (Drawing) 1~0, Life Drawing 6 SA (Painting) 250, Oil Painting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SA (Painting) 251 or 252, Watercolor Painting or Acrylic Painting . . . 3 SA (Printmaking) 265, The Techniques and Materials of Printmaking 3 SA (Printmaking) 364 , Printmaking III-Lithography . . . . . . . 3 Juni or Course Hrs. General educat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 SA (Drawing) 340, Life Drawing Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Art hi story electives ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Printmaking electives ....... ... ... . .. . . . . . ................ 6 Art electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Senior Course Hrs. SA (Drawing) 545, Advanced Drawing Studio . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SA (Printmaking) 560, Advanced Printmaking Stud io. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Art h istory electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Art electives .... . ............ . . .......... . ........ .. . .. 18 Lower-Division Courses 160. Prin tmaki ng 1. (3) . An introduction to printmaking. Exploratory work is done in intaglio, collagraph, woodcut or relief techniques. F 16 160 1 1002. 262. Prin tmaking II. (3). BaS IC IntaglIO method s (e tchmg, engravmg, soft around aquatmt and mIxed techl1lques) 'S econd se meste r includes color pr inting in intag­ lio, coliagraph or mixed techniques. Re­ peatable lor credit one ,e flll's ter . Pre reCt uisite: SA (Drawing) 145. F 16262 1 1002 265. T he Techn iques and ~lat er ia l s of Printmaking. (3). Lecture , as sign ed read­ ing and rep orts on tools , material s, method s and origins of basic printmaking techniques, including woodcut , relief, in ­ ta~lio , lithograph , col1agraph and color pnnting. F 16 265 0 1002 Upper-Division Course 364. Prin tmaking III-Lithography. (:3). Introductio n to lithography printin g from the ston e in black ana whi te. The second semester includes color printin g in lithog­ raphy and combined techniques. Repeat­ able for credit. Prerequisite : SA (Drawing) 145 or SA (Printmaking) 160. F 16 364 1 1002. Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 560. Ad vanced Prin tmaking Stud io-In­ tagEo. (3). Intaglio, co liagraph and mixed techniques . For the studen ts interes ted in professional printmaking, th e co ur se offers specialization in co lor printing or black and white. Repeatab le for credit. Prerequisites: SA (Printmaking) 160, 262 and 364 F 16 560 1 1002 56 1. Ad vanced Printmaki n g Stu d io­ L ithographY. (3). Lithograph y, l>lack and white or color. For the student interested in professional printmaking, the cou rse offers specialization in color printing. R ­ j)eatable for credit. Prerequisites: SA (Printmaking) 160, 262 and 364. F 16561 1 1002 565. I nd ep e nd ent Study in Prin tmaking. (3). A profess ional emphasis on technica l and aesthetic research in the printmaking area. Availabl e only for the advanced printmaking student with cunsent of in­ structo r. Statement of intent must be sub­ mitted for facul ty approval before regis­ trati on . Prerequisite : cl epa rtm e ntal consent . F 16 565 1 1009 765. T he T echn iques and Materials of Prin tmaking. (3). Lect ure, ass igned r ad­ ing and reports on the tools, materials, met hod s, and origins of basi c printmakillg techn iques, including woodcut, re lief, in­ tagl io, lithograph, coliagraph alld color prin ting. Special art research project re­ quired in addition to as s igned readi ng and reports . Prerequisite : 6 h ours of prin tmak­ ing. F 16 765 0 1002 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. Seminar in Art Top ics. (3). Designed to explore areas of common interest in th e 214 arts. Supervised study, resean:l!! and di s­ making-Lithography. (3 or 5, 3 or 5). Ad­ cuss ion. Repeatable fur credi t. l' 16 800 9 vanced printmaking on an indiv idual 1009 hasis. Encouragement i., given to invest i­ gation , t:ombined with a craftsman-like 860. Special Problems in Printmakin~­ :l IJProach. Ind uded are lithography andIntaglio, (3 or 5). Advanced printmakm g a lied tech niques, black and while and on an individual bas is. E ncouragement is co lor. Repeatable for credi t. F 16 862 3 given to investiga tion combined with a 1002 & F 16 8633 1002 craftsman-like approach .. Techniques in clude all intaglio, relief and comhi ned 868-869. Terminal Project- Printmaking. meth ods, blaCK and wh ite and color. Re­ (3 or 5, 3 or 5). F 16 8684 1002; F 16 8694 peatable for credi t. F 16 860 3 1002 1002 862 & 863. Special Problems in Print- SCULPTURE The sculpture program provides students with a solid grounding in basic techni ques and materi al s and expose~ them to the past and present directions in sculpture. A professional atti tu de is emphasized, with tradi tional an d experi mental methods and media be ing explored. Requirements. A total of 124 hours is requi red for the major, as di stributed below: Area Hrs. Art Curriculum .. . .. .. ... . ..... . . . .... . .. . 81 Art hi story electives .. . . .. . . ... . ....... . . ... ... . .. . . 6 Sculpture. . . . . . .. . ..... . . . . .... . .. . . ....... . 24 Drawing . ... .. . . . .. . ........... .. ... . .... .. . ... . . 15 Ceramics ... . . . ..... . ... . .... . . .... . .. ... ... . .. . . . 3 Painting ............ . . ........ . . .. .... . 3 P rintmaking .. .. . ..... ..... .. . ... .. . . ......... . . . . 3 Art electives .. . .. . .. .... . .. . .... . . . . . . . .. . . . .... . . 27 General E ducation Program .. ..... .... . ........ .. .. ... . 43 Model Program Freshman Course Hrs. Eng. 101 and 102, College English I and I .. .. .. .. . ... . . . . ... . 6 Speech Il l , Bas ic Public Speak ing, or 112, Basic Interpersonal Com­ munication . .. . . ....... . ..... . .. ..... . . . .... .. .... .... . 3 General education; Art H ist. 121G, 122G, or 124 . . . .. .. . . 6 General education . . .. . . . .. . . ..... . ... . .. ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 4 SA (Drawing) 145, Drawing I ... ... .. . . .. .. . .... . . . . . . .. . .. . 3 SA (Printmaking) 160 or 262, Printmaking I or II . . . .... . . . .... . 3 SA (Ceram ics) 170, Ceramics I ... . . .... .. . . . ...... . . .... . .. . 3 SA (Sculpture) 180, Sculpture I . .. .... . . ... .. .. .. . .. . . . .... . 3 Sophomore Course Hrs. General education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 SA (Drawing) 240, Life Drawing ... ... ...... . . .... . . . ...... . 6 SA (Painting) 250 or 251, Oi l Painting or Watercolor Painting . . . . . . 3 SA (Sculpture) 280, Sculpture II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SA (Sculpture) 380, Sculpture Studio . . ...... . .. .. .... .. . . .. .. 3 Art electi ve~ . . ........ . .... . ........... .... . ... . .... . .. . 3 College of Firle Arts/Studio A rts 215 Junior Course Hrs. General education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 SA (Drawing) 340, Life Drawing Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SA (Sculpture) 380, Sculpture Studio ..... . ......... 3 Sculpture studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Art history electives . . ..... . ..... ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Art elect ives ........... .. .. . .......... . . . . . .. ...... . .... 12 Senior Course Hrs. SA (Drawing) 545, Advanced Drawing Studio 3 SA (Sculpture) 580, Advanced Sculpture Studio 6 Sculpture electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Art history electives .. . ......... . .......... . ...... .. . . . .. . 3 Art electives .... .. .. ........... .. . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lower-Division Courses 185. Basic 3-D Studio. (3). A studio ap­ proach to basic .3-dimensional concepts. Various materials will be used in projects desigm·d t,o develop a basic understanding of 3-dlmenslOnal forms and spatial con­ cepts. F 16 185 1 1002 280. Sculrture II. (3). An introduction to sculptura techniques in welded steel, as­ semblage, kinetics and optics. Prerequi­ site: SA (Sculpture) 185. F 16 280 1 1002 Upper-Division Courses 380. Sculpture Studio. (3). Special em­ phasi s on the main approaches to sculp­ ture. Stress is placed on the form, concept and construction of sculpture. Carving techniques in wood, stone andJor plastic are includedhas are construction and as­ semblage tec niques selected from wood, plastic, metal (welded, brazed , riveted, etc.) andJor combined materials . Repeat­ able once for cred it. Prerequisites: SA (Scu lpture) 185 and 280. F 16380 1 1002 381. Sculpture Studio. (3) . Casting tech­ niques for bronze and aluminum sculp­ ture. Plaster investment CO, set sand foam vaporization and vitrified shell molds are used to develop individual and unique approaches to cas t sculpture. Pre­ requisite: SA (Sculpture) 280 . F 16381 1 Course for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 580. Advanced Sculpture Studio. (3) . Sculpture in any medium, with an em­ phasis on individual development and creativity. Repeatable tor credit. Prerequi­ site SA (Sculpture) 380 F 16 580 1 1002 585. Independent Study in Sculpture. (3). A professional emphasis on technical or aesthetic research in the sculpture area. Available only for the advanced sculpture student with consent of instructor. State­ ment of intent must be submitted for fac­ ulty approval before registration. Prereq­ uisite: departmental consent. F 16 585 1 1009 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. Seminar in Art Topics. (3). Designed to explore areas of common interest in the arts. Supervi sed study, research, and dis­ c ussion. Repeatable for credit. F 16800 9 1009 880. Special Problems in Sculpture. (3 or 5). Advanced sculpture, with emphasis on experimentation and high quality work on an individual basis. Special projects in casting, architectural sculpture, mixed media or new materials and techniques are stressed. Repeatable for credit. F 168803 1002 888-889. Terminal Project-Sculpture. (3 or 5~ 3 or 5). F 168884 1002; F 16889 4 100;:. 1002 216 DIVISION OF DANCE A dance major in performance leading to a Bachelor of Fine Art s degree (BFA) is offered by the Di vis ion of Dance. The major emphasizes modern dance technique with strong supportive classcs in ballet. The major includes study in choreograph y, dance history, performance and production, mu sic for dance, repertory, lighting, makeup, and costuming. Preparation in lesson planning and practice teaching of dance in the schools an d community are included in the program. Additional courses are offered in jazz, ballroom dance , tap, dance for music theater , and other dance form s. Guest artists are brought to the camp us to augment the program. Enrollment in classes is encouraged as the division feel that the exerc ise and skill gained from dance is of value to all. A unique and outstanding feature of the dance divi sion is the Mid-America Dance Theatre, a profess ional company in re sidence at \Vichita State Univer­ sity. l'vlembers of this company are accepted by audition only. Credit toward the dance major 's degree will be awarded to all Wichita State students accepted into the compan y and enrolled in Dance 735. The company is als o open by audition to skilled and talented dancers in the community. Mid-Ame rica presen ts concerts on campus in \1ill er Concert Hall in Duerk­ sen Fine Arts Center, master classes and lecture/demonstration s for the schools and the community, and hosts the allnual Kansas Dance Festival with pe r­ fonnances by Mid-America Dance Theatre and other dance companies from the Midwest . Grants have been received to help sponsor the company' s performing seas on. Graduation Requirements Dance majors must complete Dance 501, Modern Dance IV, and Dance 410, Ballet Ill. A minimum of 42 hours is requ ired in modern dance and ball et, with at least 24 of these hours being in modern dance technique. All majors must take a minimum of five technique classes per week. Advancement from one level of technique to the next is not automatic and will be b y the instructor's consent or by audition. Students will be placed at the appropriate technical level upon admission to the program. All majors will present a senior concert to include one solo, one d uet, and one group dance and must perform in two of these three pieces. The total len gth of time for the senior concert should be between 20 and 25 minutes. All dance majors are required to take Speech 645, Stage Lighting; Speech 254 , Stage Makeup ; and Speech 253 , Costuming for the Stage. Students are assigned to work with the appropriate dance class to light, makeup, or cos tume a specific dance performance. BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS The general graduation requirements of the University must be met as de­ scribed in the Academic Information-Requirements for Graduation section of the Catalog. In addition, the following course requirements must be met. Courses Hrs. Dance 201, Modern Dance Technique I ; Dance 301, Modern Dance II ; Dance 401 , Modern Dance III; Dance 501, Modern Dance IV (each course to be taken twice) ... ....... . ....... . .... . .. . ..... 24 College of Fine Arts/Division of Dance 217 Dance 210, Ballet I i Dance .310, Ballet II; Dance 410, Ballet I II (each course to be taken twice) . . .. .......... . . . .............. . 18 Dance 305, Choreography 1, Dal1<:e 405, Choreography II . . . ,. " . 8 Dance 325, Dance H istory I ; Dance 425, Dance History II . , ., .. . . 6 Dane 3 15, Mus ic for Dan e . .. .. .. . ........... ... . ....... . 3 Dance 505, Dance Perfom1ance and P roduction ; Dance 605, Advanced Dance Performance and Prod uction .. . .. .. . ..... ... . ..... . 6 Dance 625, Reperto ry OR Dance 735, Mid-America Dance Theatre .. 6 Dance 545, Methods of Teach ing Dance . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Dance 645, Practice in Teaching Dance ., . ... . ........ . ....... 3 Spee h 253 , Co ·tumi ng fo r tit> Stage . . .. . . . . . .. ..... . . . 3 Speech 254, Stage Makeup . . . . ... ............ .. . ,. .. . . 1 Spe ·ch 645, Stage Light ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. .. ... .. .__.3_. Total 84 In addition to the above required courses a minimum of 11 hours should be sel cted from the followi ng speech , music, and art courses outside the dance divis ion . Courses Hr. Speech 143G, The Art of the T heatre OR Speech 243, Acting I OR Speech 62 ,Development of the Th eater I OR Speech 624, Develop­ ment of the Theater II (select one of the previous courses ) . ... . . 3 Mus .-Comp. 160G, T he Heritage of \"'estern Music OR Ml1 s.-Comp. It:i 1, Music Appreciation OR Mus. -Comp. 315, Mus ic of the 20th Century OR Mu .-Comp. 346, Styles of Jazz OR lus .-Comp. 493G, American Music OR Mus. Perf. 627, Music T heatre Di recting (select two of the previous courses ) .. .. .. ..... .. . . . . .. .. . ... . . ... .. ..... . 5 Art H ist. 122G, Survey of Weste rn Art; Renaissance and Baroque OR Art Hist. 124, Survey of Western Art; Modem OR Art Hist. 525, 20th Century Art Before 1945 OR Art Hist. 526, Art Since 1945 OR GD 135, Des ign I . . ........... . . .... ....... . . . .... .. . . . . . . .. . . 3 The remaining hours sho uld be selected to fulfill General Education Program requirements. Lower-Division Courses 210. Ballet 1. (2-3). Introduction to bas ic positions, alignment, simple steps and 120. Jazz I. (1-2). Introduction to work in combinations at barre, center floor, and body isolations, rhyth mic patterns and di­ across the floor. Repeatab le for credit. F 25 rections, learn jazz walk, ball changes, jazz 210 5 1008 squ re, and his tory and development of jazz dance in America. Repeatable for 220. Jazz 11. (1-2). Continuation of Dance credit. F 25 120 5 1008 120 with more complex patterns. Intenne ­ d ia te/ad va nced level. Repeatabl e for 130. Varieties of Dance. (1-2). No pre­ credit. Prerequisite: instructor's consent or vious experience in dance requircd . A dif­ by audition. F 25 220 5 iOOS ferent form of dance may be offered each semester. Repeatable for credit. F 25 130 5 Upper-Division Courses 1008 301. Modem Dance II. (2-3), Continua­ 150. Dance Workshop. (1-4). Repeatable tion of Dance 201 with morE' xte nsive for credit. F 25 150 2 1008 work in movement phrases. Intermediate level. Repeatable fo r credit. Prerequ isite : 201. Modem Dance Technique I. (2-3). instruc tor's consent or by auci ition. F 25 Introduction to study of ba ' jc posi tions, 301 5 1008 . body alignment, stretche ' and strengthen­ in g exercises ; impl movement phrases 305. Choreography I. (4). Basic work in are emphasized. Direction, rhythm and creatin g move m ' nt , utili z ing va ryin g dynamics. Repeatable for credit. F 25 201 rhythms, dynamiCS and designs . Explora­ 5 1008 tion of appropriate accompanim nt for 218 clallee. Class cu lminates in a solo to be perform ed for invited audience. Prer~'qui­ sites: one year o f modem dance and ('(l' Iiv,llcnt to intermediate techni cal level. Concurrent enrollm ent in appropriate­ level lTIodern dance or b<1llet technique class required. F 2,,) 305 5 1008 310. Ballet II. (2-3). Continuation of Dance 210 with lTI ore practice in , teps and combinati ons. Intermediate level. Repeat­ able for credit. Prerequi site: in structor's consent or by audition. F 25 310 5 1008 3 15_ M u s ic for Dance. (3) . Study of tempo, meter and quality of sound as ap­ plied to movement. Ex ploration of appro­ priate mus ic repertoire for dan5e Prere~ Ulslte or COrcljlllslte: Dance 300. F 25 310 5 1008 320. P e r formance. (1-3). Perfo rm in choreography composed by tud e n!> enrolled in choregraphy and/or perform­ ance and production clas ses. Prereq ui site: instructor s consent or by audition. F 25 320.S 1008 325. D ance History I. (3). The develop­ ment of dance up to the 20th century. Study of national or igin s and varying movement styles of the times. F 2,,) 325 1 1008 401. Modern Dance III. (3). Continuation of Dance .301. Cpper intermecliat(' level. Repeatable for eredit. Prerequi site : in­ structor 's consent or by audition. F 25401 5 1008 405. Choreography II. (4). Further work in composing dances for two , three or more dancers. Apply lighting and costum­ ing ideas to completed dan ce presen ted in performance at end of semester. Prerequi­ site: Dance 30,S. Concmrent enrollment in appropriate-l evel modern dance or ballet technique cbss requ ired. F 25405 5 1008 410_ Balle t III. (3). Continuation of Dance 310. \..' p'per intermediate level. Rep~atable for credit. Prerequlslte: Instructor s con­ sen t or by audition. F 25 410 5 1008 425_ Dance History II. (3). Twentieth century dance emphasizing the emergence of ballet and later, modern dance. Study of major choreographers, performers and dance companies. F 25 42,'5 I 1008 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 501. Modern Dance IV. (3). Continuation of Dance 401. Advanced level. Emphasis on profeSSional technique and projection. Repeatable for cred it. Prerequisite : in­ structor's consent or by audition. F 25 501 .5 1008 505. D ance Performance and Production. (3). Preparatio n of dances for concert per­ formance . Coordinate dan ces with lights , costumes, Pllbli ci ty and program s. Mav work as dancer andlor choreographer. Prererluis itt' : Dance 40.5 or in , lru clor 's conscnt. Concurrent enrollment in appro­ priatt'-l eVt'1 modern dancc or ba ll et tech­ nique class required. F 25 505 5 1008 510. Ballet IV. (3). Continuation of Dance 410. Advanced level. Full use of all ballet combinati ons and emphasis on projection. Repeatable for credit. Prereq ui si te: in­ structor's consent or bv auditi on. F 25 510 .5 lOOK . 545. Methods of Teaching Dance. (3/. Class practice in lesson planning for a I ages in modern, baUd and jazz with the ailll of developin& te<1ehing skills for ele­ ment<1ry schools high schools, recreation centers, Y's allll university. Pract ice in teaching each other and actual classes. Prerequisite: Dance 401 or 410 . F 25 .545 I 1008 605. Advanced Dance Performance and Production. (3). Dance majors may prepare works for their senior concert. May work as dan cer ano/or choreogrJpher. Perform­ ance at end of semester. Prcrequi site: Dance 505 or instructor' ,; consent. Con­ current enrollment in appropriate- level modern dance or ballet technique cla s,; required F 25 605 5 1008 625. Repertory. (3). Study and perform­ ance of new dances or th ose in repertoire. Cultivation of performance skill s in vari ed d<1Jl(,c styles. Repeatable for credit. Pre­ requisite: instructor's consent Or hv audi­ tion. Concurrent enrollment in ' appro­ priate-level modern dance or ballet technique class relluired. F 25625 5 1008 645. Practice in Teaching Dance. (3). Ac­ tu al placement and teaching ballet , mod­ ern and/or jazz in elementary, high schoo ls, Y's or recreation centers. Prereq­ ui site: Dance 545, F 25 645 5 1008 690. Special Topics in Dance. (1-6). For individual or group instruction . Repeat­ abl e for credi t with departmental consent. F 25 690 2 1008 735. ~Iid-America Dance Theatre. (1-6). The company is in residence at Wichita State University and performs on campus, in the commun it,· and tours as the occa­ sion arises. Repeatable for credit. Prereq­ uisite : by audition. Concurrent enrollment in appropriate-level modern dance and ballet technique classes required. F 25735 5 1008 750. Dance Workshop. (1-4). Repeatable for credit. F 25 750 2 1008 College of Fin e ArtslDivision of Dance 219 DIVISION OF MUSIC The Divis ion of Music, which includes the Dep rtment of Music Education, Departmen t of Music Performance, and Department of Mu icology-Compos i­ tion , offers courses, program , and curricula de igned to train and educate serious music students who are planning careers in the music profession . In add ition, the divison's offerings allow students in other olleges to gain an unders tand ing of music as a humanistic study . Recital s b)' students, faculty, and gues ts augment the overall community programs in the fine arts . The Divi ion of Music is an accredited member of the National Associatio l of Schools of Music, and its requ irements for entrance and graduation are in accordance with the association's publis hed regulations. Two undergraduate degr es are offered by the Division of Mus ic: the Bachelor of Music E ducation (BME) and th Bachelor of Music (B I) in mm ic performance and in theory-composition. Students receivi ng the BME must meet the state requirements for the secondary three-year certifi cate and three-year elementary certificate. Students may se lect from four options within th is degr e: 1. Ins trumental emphas is, offered to sati sfy the needs of students whose chief performing medium is in strumental or keyboard and who plan to enter the fie ld of instrumental music teaching in the public schools . 2. Vocal emphas is , offe red to satisfy the need of students vho e chief performing medi um is vo ice, piano, or guitar and who plan to enter the fi eld of vocal and general music teachi ng in the public schools. 3 . Special mu ic education mphasis, offered to satisfy the needs of stu­ dents, either vocal or instru mental special ists, who plan to enter the field of music ed ucation for spe ial education children in the public schools. 4. Piano pedagogy emphasis, offered to sa isfy the needs of students who e chief performing medium is piano and who plan to enter the field of vocal, piano , or general mus ic teaching in the public chools ;1ncl studio piano teach ing in the community. St udents recei ing the BM choose either a performing medium (p iano , organ, voice, strings, w ind, or perc ussion) or th ory-composition as their major area of concentration. Requirements PROFICIENCY EXAMINATIONS Students eligible for niversity enrollment may enter a music degree program. However, majors in music must demon trate their performance abili ty on a min imum of one instrument or in voice. After their initial registration, students have their proficiency judged by their major profes or; thereafter, they mll t perform for a faculty jury each semester t determine their proficiency level and progres ·. Sem ster repertoire cards, on which progress is recorded, are mai nta ined for each student. All nonpiano music major ' must pass a piano proficiency xamination. Ent ring students majoring in music, but not in piano, whose background ind icates that th y are competen t in the area of pian may pass the requ irement by special examination. If students pass the examination, they may elect other interest areas or additional private study in piano cour es designed for the nonpiano major. Students who have not satisfied all piano profiCiency re­ quirements must enroll in class or private piano unt il they meet those re­ 220 qu irements. Transfer students who submit proof of the completion of a comparable piano proficiency examination by offi c:i al transcript or Jetler from their former dean are exempt from this requirement. All profi ciency examinations must be passed before students are allowed to student teach . STUDENT TEACHING Admiss ion in to the student teaching semester requires a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25; a min imum grade point average of 2.50 in music courses; senior standing (90 hours-2oo credit pOints ); a grade of C or better in E nglish composi tion (Eng. 101, or its equivalent); a grade of C or better in peech I II or 112; completion of prerequisites in educat ional psychology, fo undations uf edll(;alioll, and musk education methocls; sll ccessfu l comple­ tion of the pian o proficiency exam; successful completion of a physical examination; and a recommendation by the music: education departmeIlt. Transfer students must satisfy education requirements for prerequisites not taken at Wichita State. All students must have an application on fi le with the Admiss ions Commit­ tee of the College of Education and the Departmenl of Music Education and receive their approval. Students must file applications with the chairperson of the music education departmenl b~ midterm of the spring semester pri or to the academic year in which they plan to student teach . APPLIED MUSIC REGULATIONS Instruction is given in applied media to develop musiciansh ip, performance skill s, and read ing knowledge of m\l~jc literature. Specific req uil'ements for each level are set by the individual applied areas . For 1 SCJ1lt'ster hour of crt'dit, students receive a V2 hour lesson each week, with a minimum of 5 hours of practice required per week . For 2 semester hours uf credit, students Teceive either (1) a V2 hour private lesson each week and a 1 hour class each week or (2) a 1 hour lesson per week, or other equivalent arrangement~ at the option of the instructor. Students are expected to practice a minimum of 10 hours each week. For 4 semester hours of credit, students rece ive two V2 hour lessons and a 1 hour class lesson each week, or otheT equivalent arrangcmen ts at the option of the ins tructor. Students are expected to practice a mi nimum of 20 h()lIrs per week. Students receive academic credit for applied music instruction only when they take instruction on the University campus offered by approved music faculty. Students wishing to chop an appbed lesson registration must inform the instructor in person and secure hisfher signature on the drop form before approval may be given by the college office. Appl ied music students may enroll in the following classifications; fresh­ men and sophomores, AM 231 and 232 , juniors and seniors, AM 431, 432, and 434; and graduates, AM 731, 732, and 734 . These applied music courses are repeatable for credit. Prior to graduation all music majors must achieve a min imum degree of performance proficiency , which is deternlined by the faculty accord ing to each st udent 's degree program. In addition. students may be required to pass an examination on materials in their chief performing medium. College of Fine A rtslDivision of Mu sic 221 RECITALS All music majors are required to enroll in five semesters of recital. Students fulfill four of these semesters by enrolling in Recital, Mu s. Perf. 050, and attending a minimum of 14 specified recitals and concert sponsored by the Division of Music. The students' performance' of the senior rt'cital fulfill s their fifth semester recital requirement; they must be enrollee! in Rccital (Mus. Perf. 050 for BME and BM theory-composition majors or Mus. Perf. 400 for B~1 performance majors) during that semester. All students are required to declare a chief performance medium, ancl in thi s major area they are required to present a public or jury recital prior to graduation. The decision as to whether the performance will be jury or public is made by an examining committee. Students present to the examining committee a projected senior recital program, and the examining committee determines; (1) the suitability of the prOjected program, (2) the capability of the student to perform the program publicly and (3) whether or not the program should be performed before a faculty jury. For the senior recital, theory-composition majors must present a sdection of compositions representing large and small forms, lasting a mininJUm of 20 minutes total. Students must submit completed scores representing a majority of the program to an examining committee the semester prior to that of the proposed recital; the examining committee determines acceptability of the program. The compositions are performed publicly. In addition, students may elect to present a recital in their chief performing medium, with the permission of their applied music instructor, once they have achieved junior-level profi­ ciency in their instrument. No graduating senior may prepare or perform the graduation recital without the guidance of a Division of Music facult y member. In the event the required applied music credit hours have been earned prior to the recital presentation, students are expected to continue to elect the applied major through the preparation for and the performance of the recital. Graduate Music Studies The Graduate School offers programs leading to a Master of Music Education (MME), with emphases in elementary mu :;ic, instrumental music, choral music, and music in special education, ar:d a Master of Mus ic (MM), with emphases in history-literature, performance, piano pedagogy, and theory­ composition. For information concerning requirements for entrance and cur­ ricula, consult the Wichita State University Graduate School Bulletin. Graduation Requirements BACHELOR OF MUSIC REQUIREMENTS The general graduation requirements of the Cniversity mus t be met as de­ scribed in the Catalog under Academic Information-Requirements for G rad­ uation. In addition, certain music requirements must be met for the different departments in the Division of Music. Bachelor of Music in Theory-Composition Area Hrs. Arc~ii~1 ~~l~~ming' ~~di~~' (p'i~~~,' ~rg~~) ........... ... .. ' .'.' " .' .. ' .' " 16 20 222 Other pertorming media ......................... . ... 4 or Chief performing medium (nonkeyboard) .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Keyboard performing medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Other performing media ........ . .............. . ..... 4 Theory and Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 40 Mus.-Comp. 127-128, 129-130, 227-228, 229-230 259-260, 523, 559 560, 561, 641, 659, 660, 661, 671, ana 1 672 H istory and Literature of Music ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Mus .-Comp. 113 and 8 hours from Mus.-Comp. 331,332,333, or other approved music literature courses (6 hours must be taken in Mus.-Comp. 331, 332, or 333) Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mus. Perf. 217 or 218; 651 or 691 Ensembles 0 • • ••.•.•..•••••••••••.•.•... • •••.•.••••..•• • 10 E lectives (music or nonmusic courses) ............ . ........... 8 Recital Attendance (four semesters plus senior recital) Theory-composition majors are required to present for public performance a selection of their compositions representing large and small forms, totaling a min imum of 20 minutes. Students must submit completed scores representing a majority of the program to an examining committee the semester prior to that of the proposed recital; the examining committee shall determine the accept­ aDility of the program. The composition or compositions must be su bmitted in a minimum of two ink copies. These ink cOl2ies must represent a high quality of music manuscript and must be completed in the candidate's own hand. In addition, students may elect to present a recital in their chief performing med ium with the permission of their applied music instructor and achieve­ ment of junior proficiency in that instrument. Bachelor of Music In Performance-Instrumental Major Area Hrs. Applied Music ..... . ..... .. ..... . . . . . . . ..... . ... . .. . .... 28 Chief performing medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 24 Second performing medium (four semesters) .. .. .. . ...... 4 Theory ........... .. . . ....... . ......................... 22 Mus .-Comp. 127-129, 128-130, 227-229, 228-230, 523, 561 or 661, and 641 H istory and Literature of Music . .. .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Mus.-Comp. 113 and 8 hours from Mus.-Comp. 331, 332, 333, or other approved music literature courses (6 hours must be taken in Mus.-Comp. 331 , 332, or 333) Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mus. Perf. 217 or 218, and 651 or 691 E nsembles 0 . •... • •.•••.••.••.•••.••• • ••••• • •. • •••••.••• 10 Electives (6 hours of music electives required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Senior Recital (Mus. Perf. 400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Recital attendance (specified number of recitals per semester for four semes­ ters, Mus. Perf . 050.) I> St't' deg ret.~ t:hc<.:ksheets fur speci fied ensembles. Bachelor of Music in Performan~Keyboard Major Area Hrs. App lied Music 28-32 Chief performing medium .. .. . . ..................... . 24 Second performing medium (four semesters) ..... . . ..... . 4 Mus. Perf. 250 and 251, Applied Piano Concerto, (For piano performance majors) (2 semesters) ....... . .......... . . 4 College of Fine ArtslDivision of Music 223 Piano Accompanying Majors : Piano ... .. ....... . . .. .... 16 t~~~ieie~f.c~2:e2?r~23·, 'a'n'd' 424)' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Theory . . . . . . ............ . .......... . . .. .. . .......... . . 22-26 Mus.-Comp. 127-129, 128-130, 227-229, 228-230, 523, 561 or 661 , 641 , and for piano accompanying majors only, Mus. Perf. 121, 122, 221, 222 History and Literature of Music . . . ... .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Mus.-Comp. 113 and 8 hours from Mus.-Com!? 331, 332, 333 or other approved music literature courses (6 hours must be taken in Mus .-Comp. 331, 332, or 333) Conducting ...... . .. . .. .. . . ... . . . ....... .. . . . . .. . .. . 4 Mus . Perf. 217 or 218, and 651 or 691 Ensembles Organ Majors ... . .. . ... . ... . ... . . . .. . ...... .. . ... . 10 Piano Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (Six semesters of accompanying required for all Bachelor of Music piano majors. Keyboard scholarship recipients are re ­ quired to enroll in accompanying each semester they hold a scholarship. ) Organ Majors (Electives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11 (Must include Mus.-Comp. 597-598 and 4 hours of music electives) Piano Majors Performance Majors: Mus.-Perf. 107-407, Piano Repertoire . . 6 Mus.-Perf. 580, Piano Pedagogy or Mus .-Perf. 581, Piano Teaching Materials ......... .. .. .. . . ....... . ..... . 2 Mus.-Comp. 582 and 583, Piano Literature .... . . . ....... . 4 Pedaf?!!gy Majors: Mus .-Perf. 107-407, Piano Repertoire . . .. . 6 Mus.-Yerf. 580, Plano Peda$ogy ...................... . 2 Mus.-Perf. 581, Piano Teaching Materials . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 2 Mus.-Comp. 582 and 583, Piano Literature .......... . ... . 4 Mus .-Perf. 690, Special Topics .................... . .. . 4 Accompanying Majors: Mus.-Perf. 107-407, Piano Repertoire . 4 Mus.-Perf. 580, Piano Pedagogy or Mus.-Perf. 581, Piano Teaching Materials . ...... . ...... . ............. . .. 2 Mus.-Comp. 626, Voice Literature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mus.-Comp. 685, String Literature ........ . ....... . .. . . 2 Recital-Mus .-Perf. 050, Recital Attendance (specified number of recitals per semester tor four semesters) . Mus.-Perf. 300, Junior Recital (for Piano Performance Majors and Ac­ companying Majors ) .... . .. . .......... . ................. . 1 Mus.-Perf. 400, Senior Recital ......... . .. .. ... . .. . . . . . . . ... . 1 Mus.-Perf. 450 and 451, Accompanying Recital , (for piano accompany- i ng majors ) ................ . ................ . ... . ..... . 2 Piano Proficiency Exam Bachelor of Music in Performance-Vocal Major Area Hrs. Foreign Languages (5 hours in each of three languages or 10 hours in one of three languages and 5 hours in one of the other two) .. . . 15 Fr. 111-112 Ger. 111-112 Ita!. 111-112 Applied Music .............. . . . ... . . . . . ... . . . ...... . . . . . 26 Voice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 24 Piano (two semesters) .......... . . .... . .............. 2 Study in another instrument may be substituted if student meets piano proficiency level 224 Theory ... ..... ... ..... ... . ............ ..... ... .. ..... . 18 Mus.-Comp. 127-128, 129-130, 227-228, 229-230, and 523 History and Literature of Music ........ .. ............ . 10 Mus .-Comp. 113 and 8 hours from 331 , 332, 333, or other approved music literature courses (6 hours must be taken in Mu s. -Comp. 331, 332, or 333). These courses count as hu­ manities. Conducting ..... ... ........... . .... .. .................. . 2 Mus . Perf. 218 Voice Pedagogy and Repertoire .. . ........ . ................. . 5 Mus. Perf. 625 and Mu s. -Comp. 626 Ensembles (see degree checksheets for specified ensembles) ... ... . 10 Electives (in u]per-diViSion theory , conducting, or choral materials ) . 9 Senior Recital Mu s. Perf. 400) . ... ..... .... .. ...... .. .. .... . 1 Recital atten ance (s pecified number of recitals per semester for four semesters) BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The following prograIT,! fulfills both the University requirements for gradua­ tion and the Kansas certification requirement and must be taken by all Bachelor of Music Education (BME) candidates. In completing the BME program , the student must meet the general education program requirements of the University given in the Academi c Information-Requirements for Graduation section of the Catalog. General Requirements Area Hrs. Mathematics and Natural Sciences ... ... .. ................... 12 Oral and Written Communication, Literature, and Foreign Languages 12 Required: Eng. 101 and 102, or equivalent Speech III or 112 Socia and Behavioral Sciences and History .......... , . . .. , . , , . 12 Required: Psych . 111 and Min. Stud , 100, 210, or 210G Electives .................... , ... , .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Required: Mus.-Comp. 113 and 6 hours from Mus.-Comp. 331, 332, or 333. Any course in humanities , social sciences, mathematics, or natural sciences. Education ..... . ....... , . ... .. . ... . , . .. " ............. , . 18 IS 233 or 333 and 433 IS 232, 234, and 428 IS 4.51 0 IS 469 0 o T1I('\(' (:0 111 ' 1' \ mu ... ! be taken during tlw studeHt leaching st:me~ ter . Additional Courses Required for Instrumental Emphasis Area Hrs. Applied Musi~ .. .. . .' ......... , .... .... . . , .. , .... ... .. ... 16-18 ChIef Performl11g MedlUm ........ , .. .. , ........ . ... . ...... 12-14 Second performing medium (voice) . ... .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Third performing medium (piano) ................. ,.. . 2 The requirements include completion of keyboard proficiency and must include one semester of applied voice, or Mus . Ed. 341, and one semester of Mus . Ed. 342. Keyboard majors with an instrumental background who elect College of Fine ArtslDivision of Music 225 the instrumental emphasis program must include two semes­ ters of one orchestral or band instrument as the third perform­ ing medium. Theory ................................................ 20 Mus.-Comp. 127-128, 129-130,227-228,229-230,561 , and either 641, 643, or 645 Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mus. Perf. 217 or 218, and 651 or 691 Ens.embles ~see degree checksheets for specified ensembles) ....... 10 Plano majors ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Keyboard majors following the ins trumental emphasis program are required to take a minimum of 4 hours of instrumental ensembles and 2 hours in piano accompaniment. The ensemble requirement for BME piano majors (secondary or elementary emphasis ) is 8 hours, and 4 hours of piano repertoire (Mus. Perf. 107-407) are also required. Recital Attendance (four semesters plus senior recital) Music Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Elementary instrumental emphasis (fi eld-based curriculum) .. 7 Mus . Ed. 202, 302, and 402 • or Secondary instrumental emphasis . .. .................. . 7 Mus. Ed. 204, 304, and 404 • Mus. Ed. 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, and 240 .............. . 6 Additional Courses Required for Vocal Emphasis Area Hrs. Applied Music . . ............ . .......... . ........... .... . 16 Chief performing medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Second performing medium .... . ..................... 2 Keyboard majors must elect one semester of applied vOice, or Mus. Ed . 341, and one semester of Mus. Ed. 342 and complete the keyboard proficiency examination. Theory . ..... ..... ... .... . ...... .. .................. . 20 Mus.-Comp. 127-128, 129-130,227-228, 229-230,661, and either 641, 643, or 645 Conducting ... . .. ........ ... ...... ...... . .... ....... ... . 4 Mus. Perf. 217 or 218 and 651 or 691 Ensembles (see degree checksheets for specified ensembles) ...... . 10 Piano Majors . .. .... ........ . .. ... ...................... . 8 Keyboard majors-required to enroll for 4 hours of vocal ensem­ ble; 2 of the remaining hours must be in piano accompani­ ment. Music Electives (may not be in applied music)-Mus. Ed. 341 or 342 counts .. ..... .... ... .. . .. . .. .. .... . .... ........ . .. . . Piano maiors in vocal emphasis program must elect Mus. Perf. 581 and 4 hours of piano repertoire (Mus . Perf. 107-407) Recital Attendance (four semesters plus senior recital ) Music Education ..... ........ ...... ..... . ........... .. . . . 7 Elementary vocal emphasis-Mus. Ed. 201, 301, 402 • Secondary emphasis-Mus. Ed. 203, 303, 404 0 Piano pedagogy majors-Mus. Compo 580, Mus. Perf. 690 (special topics-4 hours) s from Clinical Den t~1 Hygiene I, II and ill. Of­ fered only in the spring semester. Prereq­ ui s ite: d epartmental co nsent . H 12 324 0 405. Concepts and Principles of Dental Hygi ene Adminis tration. (J). E xam inati on and sem inar di scuss ion of the fo llowmg top ics: administrative. theory, principles and concepts of orga l1lZatlOns, history of management thought , !"llanning and ef­ fec ting innovation, busmess admInIstra­ ti on and fi na nce, ope ration s, nlOtivatioIl, leadership, conAict and communication Pre req ui s ite : departmental conse nt. H 12 400 2. 1213 409. Introduction to Research for the Health Professions. (1 ). An introduction to the scope format , and use of research in the hl'alt~l professions. Development of the abilit y to be a critical co nsum er of profe', sionalliterature and the initiat ion of researl·h projects, Prerequisite : depart ­ mental consent. H 17 409 0 1212 420. Course Development and Methods of Teaching in Dental Hygiene Educa­ tion. (3). Seminar dealing with the imple­ mentation of tcach ing anCllea rning theory and its applicati on in the formati on o f a course of ins tructi on. Studen t' w ill gain experience in teaching undergraduate stu­ den ts in labo ratory/cli nical settings. Pre­ requ isi te: departmental consent , H 12420 2, 1213 430. Curriculum D evelopment in Dental Hygiene Education. (3). A cont inuatioll of DH 420. F ocus w ill be placed on the de­ velop me nt of an educat ional c urricul um for a dental hygiene program, and addi­ tional opportun ities w ill be ava il ab le for instruction in th" clinical/laboratory set­ ting. Pre req ui s it(>: departm ental consent. H 12 430 2 1213 455. Personnel Management in Dental Hygiene. (3). Analysi s of personnel man­ agement and compktion of a personnel simulation including job analy si , recruit­ ment, intervi ew ing, testing, job evalua­ tion, wage dete rminati on, training" em­ pl oyee eva luation and ca re er devel ­ opment. Prl'fc(juisite : departmental con­ se nt. H 12 450 2 1213 462. Special Problems in Dental Hy­ giene. (3). A practical approach to the al2 ­ plicat ion and acquisition of bas ic re search techniques as related to dental hygiene. Incl uded in the course is the study and identification of research problems, re­ view of related literature , development of research hypotheses and research method­ ology. H 12460 0 1213 465. Research in Dental Hygiene. (3). A continuation of DH 462, The research proposal which is developed in thi s pre­ requi site course will be implemented, data will be collected concerning a specia l problem in de nta l hygiene, da ta analysi s will be undertaken, and co nclusi ons will be dra wn relative to stated hypotheses. Prerequi Site DH 462. H 12 465 4 1213 Health Care Administration Program The program in health care administration seeks to develop profeSS ionally competent men and wo men to serve in administrative capacities in the health field. Health care administrators are employed in a variety of health re lated facilit ies and organizations-hospitals, nursing homes, private and public clinics , health insurance organizations, planning counc ils, educational insti­ tut ions, and governmental agencies at federal , state, and local levels . The program is part of the Department of Health Administration and Education, which is a member of the Association of Universit y Programs in Health Administration . C pon satisfactory completion of the cOurses as outlined plus ight weeks (one summer) of practicum in a selected area, students receive the Bachelor of Science degree . Additional information regarding the selected areas of special emphasis can be obtained from the chairperson of the Depart­ ment of Health Administration and Education. ADMISSION In order to be permitted to enroll in the health care administration curriculum , students must fulfill the following requi rements, They must: 1. Be enrolled in or admitted to Wichita State Universi ty 246 2. Have completed or be enrolled in the required lower-divisi on courses 3. Have an overa ll grade point average of 2.00 or above in all college work completed. CURRICULUM Undergraduate Major. The follo wing courses, totaling 124 hours, are required for a major in health care administration. This curriculum meets hoth the University's gen­ eral education and the department' s requirements. All undergraduate students are strongly encouraged to take HAE 503 before taking other health admin is­ tration and education courses. COll rses Hrs. Commun ications (9 hours) Eng. 101, College E ngl ish I .............. . . . ........ .. ..... 3 Speech I ll, Basic Publ ic Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic Inter- Divis ion A-Humanities and Fine Arts (9 hours) Minimum of 9 hours in two different departments E ng. 102, Coll ege E ngl ish II ............................... 3 personal Communication ... .............. .. ... . ..... .. . .. 3 Division B-Social and Behavioral Sciences (18 hours) :i:con. 201, Principles of Economics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Dir;ision C- Natural Sciences and Mathematics (6 or 7 hours) Division D-Profession al Studies (63 hours) Three additional upper-division hours from any of the following de­ partments: fi nance, real estate, and decision sciences; management; HAE 410, Community Health Concepts, or HAE Ill, Introduction to Econ. 202, Principles of Economics II ... .. .. . .. .. . . ... ... .... 3 Psych. 111, General Psychology .. . ...... . . . ........... . . .. .. 3 Psych. 510, Psychology of Illness .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soc. 21t , I ntroduction to Sociology .. . .... . . .... . . . .. ... . . ... 3 Soc. 538, Medical Sociology ... . . ......................... ,. 3 BioI. 105G, The Human Organism, or any higher-level biology course 4 Math. 111, College Algebra, or Math. 109, College Algebra with Review 3 Acctg. 210, Financial Accounting I, or Acctg. 110 and 120, Basic Accoun ti ng I and II .. , ... . .. . .. , ...... , . , . ..... , . . . . . . . . 3 Acctg. 220, Managerial Accounting I . . ... . ....... , .. ... ,..... 3 Acctg. 320, Managerial Accounting II, or F in . 640, Financial Management . ..... , ... , .. .. . . . . . . ... . , .... , .. .. . , .. ,.. 3 DS 495, Management Information Systems for Business .,., . . . . , . 3 F in. 340, Finance .... . . . . " .. , . , .... . .. , .......... , .. . ". 3 Mgmt. 360, Concepts of Administration . .... . ............... , . 3 Pers. 664, Labor Relations, or Econ. 661 , Collective Bargaining and Wage Determination .. " . . . .. , . .......... .. ........ .. ... 3 Mgmt. 680, Decision Maki ng .. .. .. . . .... , . ... ...... . ...... . 3 Pers . 466, Personnel Management , . . . . , , .. , . .. .. , , . . , .. , . . . . . 3 marketing and small business ..... . . , .. . . ... , . . ........... 3 Community Health ... , .... . . " .. . .. . ... . .... , . .. .. . , .,. 3 HAE 440, Health Care Admin istration Practicum . .. . ... , . . . . . . . . 6 HAE 490, Independent Stud y in Health Care Administration . . .... 3 HAE 503, Organ ization of the Health Care System , . ........... , 3 HAE 504, Health Economics ., . ..... .... , ... . ...... ,. ,. . .. . 3 HAE 505, Poli tics of Health . , .. . . .... , . , .. ........ , ... ... , . 3 College of Health Related Professions/Health Care Administration 247 HAE 507, Heal th Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 HAE 509, Health Care Operations Analysis (e lective) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 HAE 510, Health Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 HAE 590, Legal Aspects of Health Care Administration. . . . . . . . . . . 3 HAE 605, Health Services Research ........ .. .... . . . . . . . . 3 HAE 684, Seminar in Health Care Administration ... . ....... 3 ApprOGed electives to complete the 124-hottr graduation requirements Upper-Division Courses 440. Health Care Administration Practi­ cum. (6) or (40L). A course providing the student with an opportunity for fie ld ex­ Qerience in the health care system. Stu­ dents m ust select, with the consent of an adviser, a specific internship in one of the following special areas: health care ad ­ min i str~tion, nursing home administra­ tion, governmental health agency admi n­ istration, voluntary health agency administration or hospital departmental admi ni stration. A written report is re­ quired. Prerc4,uisite: senior standing or departmental consent. H 21 440 2 1202 490. Independent Study in H ealth Care Administration . (1-4). Supervised inten­ sive study of special topics and problems relating to health care delivery Repeatable up to 6 hours . Prerequis ite : departmental consent. H 21 490 3 1202 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 503. Organization and Administration of the Health Care System. (3). Cross-listed as Geron. 503. Analy sis of the nature of hea lth and the inputs to health and health care delivery. Toe course discusses gen­ eral sys tems theory and systems analysis in relation to health care . It emphasizes the in terrela tedness of economic, political and socia l aspects of the health services system. Current trends and the role of p lann ing are considered, and stu den ts are exposed to gues t lecturers with profes­ sional expertise in relevant areas. Pre­ requisite: departmental consent . H 15503 o 1201 504. Health Economics . (3) . Cross -listed as Econ. 665. An analysis of health care systems in the United States, including the demand for and supply of health care ser­ vices/ the quantit)', quality and .pric ing of heal tn services; the need for Insurance ; and the role of the government in the healt h sector. Prerequisite: HAE 503 or Econ . 202. H 15 504 0 1202 505. The Politics of Health. (3). Cross­ listed as Pol. Sc i. 505. Des igned to show how government in the United States makes decisions in thc hea lth held , to de­ scribe the political forces shaping govern­ mental policy in health , and to analyze the argumen ts for and against an increased governmental role in hea lth. Prerequisite: HAE 503, Pol. Sci. 12 1 or departmental consent. H 15 505 0 1202 507. Health Planning. (3) . Designed to demonstrate some of the major techniques of health planning and how their applica­ tion is conditioned by so<.: ia l, economi<.: and political factors. Among the functions of hea lth planning that wi ll be cons idered are: certificate 01 need, licensure, man­ Qower foreca sting and developing a health data base. Prerequisite: departmental con­ sent. H 21 507 3 1202 509. Health Care Operat ions Analysis. (3). An examination of methods for mea­ suring the operational effiCiency and ef­ fectiveness of health care organizat ions and medical care programs. Included are methods to analyze and evaluate cu rrent operations and app roaches to plan better manpower, facility, technology, financial planning, and management control sys · tems in a health setting. Pre re4,uisites : HAE 503, Math. 111 or equivalent, Mgmt. 360, and junior standing. H 215090 1202 510. Health Finance. (3). An examination of the principles of financial analysis and management for health care ins tituti ons. Empoasis is on understanding and apply­ ing general finan ci al concepts to the health se tting. Financ ial organization , sources of operating revenues , managemen t of work­ in~ capi tal , and budgeting are considered utilizing examples for hospitals and other health organizations . Prerequisites: HAE 503 and Acctg. 210 or equivalent. H 15510 01202 590. Legal AS,Eects of Health Care Ad­ ministration. (3). Cross- listed as Geron . 590. A study of the Qrinciples of law as applied to the health helds. Such items as release of information, subpoena, records and testimony; settlement of cla ims (in­ surance); doctor-patient-nursing home re­ lati ons hip and legal consents; and other topics are considered. Prerequi s ite: junior standing or departmental consent. H 21 5900 1202 248 Medical Record Administration Program After completmg a Wichita State students must Record Administration at the the sequence, directed practice and clinical application, other health institutions that are officially affiliated v"ith the University of Kansas Medical Center and that are approved by the American Medical Record Association, After these students receive the Bache­ lor of Science (BS) in administration Wichita State University and are eligible to by completing the examination given Medical Record Associa­ tion. PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM Courses Hrs. Communications (9 101, College I .................. ,.,'.......... 3 102, II ......... . .... ,............... 3 Ill, or 112, Basic sonal Communication " .... ". ,.. , ... , '.,'. 3 Division A-Humanities and Fine Arts Phil. Introduction to Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phil. Health Care , ............. '....... .. 3 General courses ................................... 4 Division B-Social and Behavioral Sciences Econ. of Economics I . .. .. ..... . ... "... 3 Psych. 11 General Psychology .................. .......... 3 Psych. Psychology of Illness ........ , , .... , ... , .... , .. , . 3 Soc. 21 Introduction to .. , .. . ........... "...... 3 Soc. Medical Sociology .. ,' ......... , .. , " ... , .. ,. .. 3 Division C-Natural Sciences and Mathematics BioI. lO5G, Human Organism ......... , .. , .... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BioI. Introduction to Microbiology ...................... , 4 BioI. Human . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ........ 3 Biol. Human Phvsiolollv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 of Health Related Professions/Medical Record Program 249 C hern, 103 (h ighly recommended as a prerequisite for BioI. 120) or 2 additional hou rs chosen from chemi try, biology, or physics 2 Math, 111, College Algebra, or equ ival nt ., . . ,"' . . . " ... . "., 3 Di 'ision D-Professional Stu dies DS 495, Management Informati on Systems for Business " """" 3 Mgmt. 360, Concepts of Ad ministration ., .. " .... ,.," .','., .. 3 Pers, 466, Personnel Managem nt , , , .. , . , , , , .. , , , . , , , .. , , . . . ' 3 HAE 410, Community Health Concepts .. , , , , .. , , ' , , . , . . . , .. , . 3 HS 4 11, Special Project s- Health Informatio n Management. , . . . , 3 IS 704, Introd uction to ducation Stati stics , . . ', . ... " .. . , ... ' . 3 Two of the following fou r courses: Mgmt. 464, Organizational Communicati on ." . " . "." .. " . . ,. 3 19mt , 663, Organizational Interactions ,." , .. . . , '.'., . .. , . .. 3 Mgmt. 665, Organizatio nal Development ." .. . ,',. , ..... .. , . .. 3 Mgmt. 683, Comparative and International Management ." . . .. . " 3 The follo wing electit:es are recommended: HAE 503, Organization and Admini stration of the Heal th Care System 3 HAE 504, Health Economics , ., . ,." .... ,', "" " """'" 3 H E 505, Politics of Health , , . , , . , . ' , , , . , , , .... , . , , . , .. , . , ' 3 HAE 507, Health Planni ng , , . , , , , , . . , . , . . ... . , , , . , , . , ... ' 3 Additional hours of electit:es to total 90 hours of preprofessional courses ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM Students who have taken their college work at Wichita State Unive rs ity or at another accredited college or uni versity may app ly for transfer into the fourth year of the program conducted at the Kansas Un i ers ity Medical Center in Kansas City, Kansas, Applications must be received by ovember 1 of the student' s junior year so that a January review can be made and the student notifi ed of acceptance into the program that begins in August. Ea h stu dent must: 1. Submit official transc ripts of high school and co llege work from each insti tution attended 2, H ave a minimum grade point average of 2,00 3. Be accepted by the KUMC admissions committ ee. A total of 137 cr dit hours, including 90 credit ho urs in the preprofessional curriculum and 47 cred it hours in the professional curriculum, are req uired for grad uation, Medical Technology The medical technologist perfo rms a variety of cl inical laboratory procedures needed by the phYS ician to give accurate d iagnos is, prognos is, and proper treatment to the patient. The medical tech nology program is designed to give students thorough sc ientific trai ni ng and education , T his knowledge enable them to know not on ly how to perform a tes t, but also the theory behind it. The Bachelor of Science program in medical technology, requiring a total of 131 hours, includes three years of premedical technology curriculum in the basic sciences, social sciences, h umaniti es, an ommunication. Th ' sen ior year , composed of the profes ional medical tech nology courses , lasts 12 months. Students may enter the niversity-based program, which includes structured lecture and laboratory experiences in the University's student clinical laboratory as we ll as in the program's affi li ated laboratories : Statlab, - Inc., St. Joseph Medical Center, Wes ley Medical Cenkr, the Vv'ichita Clini c, and the Veterans Administration Medical Center and Regional Office. A second option available is enrollment in one of the affiliated hospital-based program s in Kansas. Students should scck additional information concerning these program options directly from the Department of Medical Technology. The curriculum is being re vised; therefore, students are advised to obtain current information from their major advisers . Upon successful comp letion of the program, students are granted the Bachelor of Science in medical technol­ ogy and are eligible to take several national certification examinations. PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM Courses Hrs. Communications (9 hours) Eng. 101 , College English I .................... . ..... . . 3 Eng. 102, College English II . .. .. ... .. ..... .. ..... .. ... . :3 Speech Ill, Basic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Interpersonal Communication ............. . ...... . ... . :3 Division A-Humanities and Fine Arts (6 homs) 0 Six hours in at least two different departments Division B-Social and Behavioral Sciences (6 hours) Psych. Ill , General Psychology ................ ... ......... . 3 Electives ... . ..... ..... .... .. ............ . ............. . 3 Course offered by any other department in the social and behavioral sciences division of the general education curri culum ... 3 Division C-Natural Sciences and Mathematics (72 hours) BioI. 203, Introductory Biology I .. . ..... . .......... . 5 BioI. 204, Introductory Biology II ..... .. ..... .. .... . 5 BioI. 330, General Microbiology .... .. ...................... . 5 Courses covering mammalian anatomy and physiology (select from BioI. 225, 226, 527, 534, 535) .. .. ........... . ................. . 6-9 Chem. Ill, General Chemistry t . . . .............. . ... . . . 5 Chem. 112, General and Inorganic Chemistry t ... ... .......... . 5 Course coverage in organic chemistry (Chem . .'5.31 and 532, 10 hours, or Chem. 533 and 534, 5 hours) .............. .. .... ... ...... . 5-10 Math. Ill, College Algebra .. .... ...... . . .................. . 3 Electives from areas of biological sciences, chemistry, physics, mathematics, or others as approved by Department of Medical Technology ... . ...... . .............................. . . 12 Division D-Professional Studies (6 hours) MT 405, Medical Immunology ............ ...... . .......... . 2 Electives from nonmedical technology areas . ...... .... . ....... . 6 o Students may wi , h 1u ... elect C f'ncrnl Stmli e;;; co ur~e~ to sati ~ f }' the Uni vers ity· grad uati on requi rement of 5i hou r~ of Genera l Stlldies courses. (See Academic Infonnation-Genernl Studi es see.ion 01 the Catalog.) I \1ay :-' lIb\t ilut (.' Ch e!ll. 123-12-1, Gl'ner:d and An<:d ytiL'a l Chenustry (10 hours) if prereq uisites [1f t;' IllcL Check wi th adviser. ADMISSION TO THE PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM Students who intend to apply for admission into the professional curriculum apply during their third year in the program. Applications must be submitted to the Department of Medical Technology by November 1 for fall entry of the following year, and September 15 for entry in the following spring. To qualify as a candidate for admission to the professional phase the student must: 1. Be admitted to Wichita State University College of H ealth Related Profe ssions/Medical Technology 251 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2. Be in the proces 0, or have compl eted, the p reprofes sional requirements 3. Submit application to departm nt 4. Subm it three lett ' rs of recommendation 5. Have a minimu m CPA of 2.00 6. Complete profess i nal goal statement 7. Be interviewed by the Medical Technology Admiss ions Committee. Acceptance into the profcss ional phase of the program is determined by the Medical Technology Admiss ions C ommittee. PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM The senior year, 12 months in length, is comprised of the profess iona l courses. This 12 months is di vid d in to two si '-month periods. T he fir st six months consists of formal lectures and student laboratory sessions in all the discip line' of medical technology. During the second si x month , the student rotates throughout the various dep, rt ments in the clinica l affil iates . There they are given an opportunity to app ly th eir newly acquired skills, knowledge, and attitudes as a member of th heal th care team. Course Hrs. MT 400, Special Topics ........ 3 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • MT 405, Medical Immunology .. . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MT 450, C linical Chemistry I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 MT 451, C linical Chemistry I Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MT 456, C linical Chemistr II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MT 457, C linical Chemistry 11 Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MT 459, Applied Clinical Chem istry ...... . . ..... .. .. ... . . ... 3 MT 460, Hematology I . .. . ... .. ........ . ... .. . . ........... 2 MT 461, Hematology I Laboratory . .. .. . .... .. .. . ............ 1 MT 466, Hematology II ...... . .. . .... .. ........ . ... . .... . . 2 MT 467, Hematology II Laboratory ........ . ................ . 2 MT 462, Hemostasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MT 463, Hemostasis Laboratory . ... '. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MT 469, Applied Hematology . . .. 0 2 ••••• • • 0 • •• • • 0 • • • • • • • • • • • • MT 470, Immunohematology I . . ....... . ..... . ... . .. . .... . .. 2 MT 471, Immunohematology I Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 MT 476, Immunohematology II . . ................ .. . ........ 2 MT 477, Imm unohematology II Laboratory . ........ . .......... 1 MT 479, Applied Immunology and Immunohematology . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MT 480, C linical Immunology I ..... 0 1 MT 483, C linical Immunology I Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 MT 486, C linical Immunology II .. . .. ...... .. ... 0 '2 •• 0 • • • • • • • • MT 490, C linical Microbiology I .. .. .. . .. . .......... . .. ... . . 3 MT 491, linical Microbiology 1 Laboratory ........ . . ... . . 0 '2 MT 496, Clinical Microbiology 11 .... 0 2 MT 497, C linical Microb iology II Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MT 498, Applied Clinical Microbio logy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Other Requirements Students must purchase laboratory jacket/coat fo r use during their clinical laboratory aSSignments and are requ ired to provide their own tran portation to the cl inical sites. Students are required to purchase professional liabili ty insurance in the amount of not less than $lOO,0001$300,000. Students must 252 provide evidence of a completed physical examination including a tubercu lin skin test and rubella titer prior to their clinical assignments in the affili ate laboratories. Lower-Division Courses 160. Introduction to the Clinical Labora­ tory Sciences. (2). lR; 2L. A stud y of clin­ ical laboratory disciplines, including he­ nlatolo~Yi immunohematolog¥ , chemistry, microblO ogy, cytology, and hIstology, through an examination of laboratory test­ ing in each discipline with consideration of the role of the clinical labora tory in the health care system. This course is suitable for majors to explore career selection and non majors who come in contact with clin­ ical laboratories either as a health profes­ sional or as a consumer. H 14 160 2 1223 2S1. Cooperative Education. O-S). The goal of this course is to provide the student with a field placement that integrates theory with a planned and supervised professional experience deSigned to com­ plement and enhance the student's aca­ demic program. Individualized programs must be formulated in consultation with and approved by appropria te faculty sponsors and the cooperative education coordinators. Repeatable for credit. Pre­ requisites: basic requirements for admis­ sion include successful completion of the freshman year and satisfactory academic standing prior to the first job assignment. H 14281 2 1223 Upper-Division Courses 400. Special Topics. (3). A study of gen­ erallaboratory techniques, including clin­ ical microscopy, cytogenetics, urinalysis , nuclear medicine\ histology! laboratory management, teacnmg technIques and a special project". depending upon the clini­ cal facility. Ottered only in the fall. H 14 4002 1223 405. Medical Immunology. (2). An intro­ duction to the study of immunological concepts as they apply to the study, pre­ vention, and causation of the disease process. Prerequisites: BioI. 225 and 226. H 14 405 0 1223 411. Hematology. (4). A combined theory and practice course that emphasizes the diagnosis of hematologiC diseases by lab­ oratory methods . Offered only in the sum­ mer. H 14 411 2 1223 413. Coagulation. (2). Combined theory and practice course covering aspects of bleeding disorders and associated diag­ nosti c laboratory procedures utilized in the evaluation of factor deficiencies. Of­ fered only in the summer. H 1441321223 421. Serology. (2). A study of the theory and technique s of variou s serological pro­ cedu res dealing with immunologic re­ sponses to infections and autoimmune diseases. Offered only in the fall. H 14421 2 1223 422. Immunohematology. (4). Course in­ cludes the theory and laboratory proce­ dures covering the basic and advanced principles of immunohematology and fol­ lowing AABB-approved transfusion prac­ tices. Offered only in the spring. H 14 422 2 1223 430. Clinical Biochemistry. (7). A study of routine and special clini cal chemistry procedures and their significance in clini­ cal medicine. Offered only in the fall. H 14 43021223 440. Clinical Microbiology. (S). Includes combined theory and practice covering: (a) morphological, cultural and serological characteristics of the pathogenic bacteria , parasites and fungi and (b) techniques re­ quired for processing specimens and for identifying organisms encountered in clinical material. Offered only in the spring. H 14 440 2 1223 450. Clinical Chemistry I. (3). Th is course is the study of basic clinical chemistry. It encompasses the study and application of clinical chemistry calculations and quality control, and the study of colorimetric, spectrophotometric, and titrimetric prin­ ciples and techniques on serum, plasma, and other body fl u ids. Prere quiSites: Chem. 361 and BioI. 226. H 144500 1223 451. Clinical Chemistry I Laboratory. (2). 6L. Application of the theory of the pro­ cedures and techniques used for colori­ metric, spectrophotometric, and titrimetric analYSis of serum plasma and other body fluids for <:linically Significant substances. H 14 451 1 1223 452. Analysis of Body Fluids. (I). Course includes the study of renal physiology, routine urinalysis, and renal function tests. Also encompasses the principle and techniques involved in the analysis of cerebrospinal fluid, feces, gastric fluid , synovial fluid, amniotic fluid , ascitic fluid, duodenal fluid, salivary fluids, and se­ minal fluid. H 14 452 1 1223 College of Health Related Professions/Medical Technology 253 456. Clinical Chemistry II. (2) included in this course are advanced in strum en ta­ tion principles and techn iqu es. ac id-basc balancc. ach 'anced cnz)' lI1ology, enducrin ­ ology, and toxico logy . E mphas is is pia 'eel on rel ati unships exist ing b etween ) ub ­ stances of th body an d procedural deve l­ opment 'l!l d eva lua ti on . Prcrequi s it es : MT 450, 451, o r depart menta l approva l. H 14 4.56 0 1223 457. Clin ical Chemistry II Laboratory. (2). 6L. A laburatory course encompass ing the app lication o f the principles to tech­ nique approp riate to the eva luation of methodology, acid- b ase ba lance. ad­ va nced enzyme quantiRcati or" endocrino­ ]°jfY , and toxicology. Prerequi s ite : IvtT ·1::>6, concurrent enro flnw llt , or d epartment approval. H 14 457 1 1223 459, Applied Clinical C h emis try. (2). Ap­ pli ca tion of clinical chemi stry procedures and techniques in the ana ly ' is o f body rIu id s in a clinical laboratory setting. Pre­ requis ites: MT 457 and departmental con­ sent. li 14 459 :>. 122:3 460. Hematology 1. (2). The course em­ phasi zes the theory underl ying ba, ie pro­ ced ures performed in the hematology lab­ oratory and the relationship iJetween th 's procedures and the di<:,gnosi s of disease. Prercquisites: Bio. 220-226 llnd depart ­ mental conent. H 14 460 0 1223 461. Hematology I Laboratory. (2). 3L. T h e course em phas izes performance of the basic procedure mcd in the hematology laboratory, inclllding comple te blood counts , normal and abn ormal differen· tials, and misce llJneous hematology tcs ts . P rerequi sites: MT 460 or conc urrent en­ rollment andior departmenta l consent. H 14 461 1 1223 462. Hemostasis. (2). This is a theory course covering all aspect s of bleed il g disorders and the associa ted d iagnostic laboratory procedu res utilized in the eval­ uation of the various hemostati c disorders. Pre requisites: BioI. 226, MT 460 and de­ partmental consent. H 14 4 2 0 1223. 463. Hemostasis Laboratory. (I). 3L. The laboratory course emphasiz s the routi ne screening test s and the speci a l diagnostic procedures used in dingno sis of b lecdll1g problems. Prerequi sites: MT 462 o r con­ currc nt enrollment and departmelltal con­ sent. H 14 463 1 1223 466. Hematology II. (3). The course em­ phasizes the clinical significancQ of labo­ ratory data and its correlation w ith pa tho­ logic conditions . ~atcrial covered w ill include in-depth discussions of anemias and leukemias. Prerequis ites: M 460, 461, and dep rtmental consent. H 144660 1223 254 467. Hematology II Laboratory. (1). 3L. Emphasi s is 011 ~pet i a l tes t ing procedures used in the hcmatology labor atory for diagnosi,; o f ,lI1e mias and \ 'ariOllS wh ite ce ll d iso rders such as leu kemi as and lupus erythematosis . P r ' rl~qu i sit s : l\lT -I(jn or concu rrent enrol lment and dcpartm nta ! consent. H 14 c167 I 1223 469. Applied Hematology. (2). App lica­ t ioll of the th eo ry und tech nit:ul skill> of hematology in a cl inica l laborato ry . P r . r ·'qui ~ ite s: :-'IT -Ifl1, fo.·!T -167, and depart­ menta l t:onsell l. H 14 469 :2 I n3 470. Immunohematology 1. (2). An in tro ­ d uction to bl oud banki ng theory pl'rti nent to assurance of quality transfu sion prac­ tice: in a donor ~t:r\ i (;c inc luding selec· tiOt , collection, proce. " ing, an d compo­ nent th<.:rapy und to a tra nsfus ion s<: r\'i t:e includi ng app lication of immuno logy and gene tics to blood g ro up ·ystt'ms. com pa· tabili ty, testi ng and cl in ical l'orrcl:lt ioJl' related to transfu s ion react iOt s and to the predi ct ion, d iagnosis , and p reventi on of helllolytic di seuse of the newb orn . P rere(l­ uis ite : MT 405 or cqu ival nt or consent of in ·tructor. H 14 470 0 122:3 471. Immunohematology I Laboratory. (1) . 3L. A laboratory CO urse in tcchniq lll' . relevant to p rformanee of a blood bank­ ing tech nologist in a donor or trail ' fu sion serv ic ' . Methodology covered include blood t 'pi ng/ ant ibody screcning, s ingle anti body ia n tifi 'atioll , compatib i \it ~' test in g, p re llatal t sti ng, neonatal te~t i ng, Rh immune glob u li n, and q ua litv ass ur· ance of iml1l ullo l e l11ato log) b ()o ratory proce d u res . P rereq ui ' ite : M T 405 or ellui valent and ·IT -17) or CO ll<.:urrent 'll­ ro ll me nt or consen t of instructor. H 14 -171 I 1223 476. Immunohem atology II. (2). A p rob­ lem-solving, theo ret i<:al cour~ c i J~ blood ban ki ng, covering HLA, di sputed pat r­ Il ity, forens ic te~t iog, an tibody idcntiRcJ ­ tion techniq ues, and reso lut ion of e ro lo­ g ical incompatibi lities encountered in blood types, compatibility te ting, he­ rnotherapy, hcmolytic d isease of the new­ born workups, Rh immu ne g lob ulin tests , an d hemolyt ic anelliia worku ps . Pre requ i­ site: :-'1T 410 or consen of in ·trudor. H 14 476 0 122:3 477. Immunohematology II Laboratory. (1) . 3L. A laboratory course in techniqueS relevant to resolu ti on of med ica l-legal cases, an tibody idcntification , and prob­ lem s en oun te red in blo< d typing, com­ p atibil ity te~ t i ng, hemotherapy , hemolytiC d i ease of the n wbom , Rh im mune glo­ bulin , a nd hemolyti ' a nem ia. rer qui­ site: MT 476 or concurrent enrollment or instructor 's con· en t. H 14 477 1 1223 479. Applied Immunohematology. (2). Application of the theory and technical skill of immunohematology in a clinical laboratory with experiences in prenatal testing, antibody identification, direct an­ tiglobulin evaluation , provision of safe brood or blood components for transfu ­ sion, and resolution of discrepancies en­ countered in performing any of the pro­ cedures. Prerequisite: MT 467, 477, and departmental consent. H 14 479 2 1223 480. Clinical Immunology 1. (1). An in­ troduction to serol ogical diagnosis in the clinical laboratory, including ra tionale of te sting, methodologies, comparison of different methods, interpretation of test results, and clinical correlations . Prereq­ uisite: MT 405 or equivalent or consent of instructor. H 14480 °1223 481. Cooperative Education. (1-8). The goal of this course is to provide the student with a field placement that integrates theory with a pl an ned and supervised professional experience designed to com­ Qlement and enhance the student's aca­ demic program. Individualized programs must be formulated in consultation with and approved by appropriate fa c ult y sponsors and cooperati ve education coor­ dinators. Prerequisites: the basic require­ ments for admission include successful completion of the freshman year and sat­ isfactory academic standing prior to the first job assignment. Repeatable for credit. H 14 481 2 1223 483. Clinical Immunology I Laboratory. (1). 3L. A laboratory course in techniques relevant to serological diagnosis of the following conditions: syphilis, acute bac­ terial infections, streptococcal infections, febrile diseases, mycoplasma infections, infectious mononucleosis, rheumatoid ar­ thriti s, and pregnancy. Prerequisi te : MT 480 or concurrent enrollment or consent of ins tructOr. H 14 481 1 1223 486. Clinical Immunology II. (2). An ad­ vanced study of the analysis of laboratory data used in the diagnosis and manage­ ment of immunopathological conditions. Prerequisites: MT 480 and 483. H 14486 ° 490. Clinical Microbiology 1. (3). Basic theory covering (a) procedures for speci­ men processing in the clinical laboratory, (b) normal Aora, (c) morphological, cul­ tural, and serologic characteristics of common pathogenic bacteria, (d) screen­ ing procedures for acid-fast bacteria, fungi, and parasites, and (e) basic theory in animicrobic susceptibility testing tech­ niques . Pre requisites: BioI. 550 and con­ current enrollment in or completion of MT 491. H 14490 °1223 491. Clinical Microbiology I Laboratory. (2). 6L. Basic procedures lor the sct up ami examination of clinical specimens. Isola­ tion and identification procedures for the more common pathogenic organisms. Pro­ cedures for setting up and screcning spec­ imens for acid-fast bacteria, fungi, and parasites. Use and interpretation of com­ mon antimicrobic susceptibility tes ting procedures . Runs concurrently with MT490. Prerequisites: Bio1. 550, previous or concurrent enrollment in NIT 490, and departmental conse nt. H 14 491 1 1223 496. Clinical Microbiology II. (2). 2L. Advanced theory, procedures, and ratio­ nale for the isolation and identification of the anaerobic and unusual aerobic orga­ nisms. Discussion of disease processes and identification procedures of th e acid­ fast bacteria and fungi. Discussio n of par­ asitic diseases and the procedures for identification of the parasite agent . Intro­ duction to advanced antimicrobic suscep­ tibility testing techniques. Prerequisite: Bio1. 550, NIT 490, NIT 491, MT 497, or concurrent enrollment. H 14 496 °1223 497. Clinical Microbiology II Laboratory. (2). 6L. Advanced laboratory techniques in the isolation and identification of anaero­ bic and unusual aerobic organisms . Tech­ niques for cu ltures and identification of acid-fast bacteria and fungi. Procedures for the positive identification of ova and parasites. Advanced antimicrobic suscep­ tibility testing techniques. Prerequ isites: Bi o1. 550\ MT 490, MT 491, and concur­ rent enro lment in MT 496. H 14 497 1 1223 498. Applied Clinical Microbiology. (2). Applica tion of theoretical and practical aspects of clinical microbiology in a com­ mercial laboratory and operating hospital laboratory. Prerequisites: Biol. 550, MT 490, MT 491 , MT 496, and MT 497. H 14 4982 1223 Course for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 770. Therapeutic Dimensions of Clinical Laboratory Science. (3). A study of the expanding role of the clinical laboratory in the monitoring of therapy and the patients ' response to therapy . Areas to be addressed include hemoengineer ing an d hem o­ therapy, imagery, rejection phen omena, and chemotherapy including therapeut ic drugs, electrolytes\ vitamins, trace miner­ als, and antimicronals. H 14 770 °1223 College of Health Related Profess ions/Medical Technology 255 1223 Nursing The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is designed to provide both university education and preparation for th.e practice of professional nursing. T he graduate is prepared for beginning positions in nursing in any health care d ·li very system and for further study at the master and doctoral levels and for advancement to nursing positions of increasing responsibility and leadership. ursing students have the opportunity for increased clinical experiences through a cooperative agre ment between Wichita State University and Wesley Med ical Center. St ude nts are admitted to the Department of Nursing at the junior year after completing 60-64 hours of course work. Persons interested in the Bachelor of Science in Nursi ng may direct inquiries to: Chairperson, Depart­ ment of 1 ursing, Wichita State University, Wichita, KS 67208. PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM Students applying for admission to the Department of Nursing must have completed the following courses. Students should consider taking 16 hours per semester or attending Summer Session. Courses Hrs. Communications (9 hours) E ng. 101, College English I .................. . ........ . . ... 3 E ng. 102, College English II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Speech 111, Basic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic Inter­ personal Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Division A-Humanities and Fine Arts (6-9 hours) Phil. 121, In troduction to Philosophy, or Phil. lOOG, T he Meaning of Philosophy 0 .•.••.• • ..••..•.••..•.•••.•• • 3 T hree to hours in at least one other department t Division B-Social and Behavioral Sciences (12 hours) Psych. Ill , General Psychology ............................. 3 Psych. 361, C hi ld Psychology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soc. 211, Introduction to Sociology .. . .... . .................. 3 One course in anthropology, political science, economics, or minority studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Di vision C- Natural Sciences and Mathematics (18-22 hours) BioI. 10SG, The Human Organism (if no previous or minimal high school biology) ........................................ 4 BioI. 120, In troduction to Microbiology .............. . .. . .... 4 BioI. 225, H uman Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BioI. 226, Elementary Human Physiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chem. 103, General Chemistry, or Chem. Ill, General Chemistry. . . 5 T hree-hour course in statistics with Department of Nursing approval t 3 Di vision D- Professional ludies (6 hours) HS 331, Principles of Dietetics and Nutrition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 E lectives in another departmen t ...... . ................. .. ... 3-6 Electives (5-16 hours) t o Students who wi !o h :1 minor in philosvphy dwuld lake PhiL 121. t Studen t.s should select some Ge neral St \ldies Cuurses to meet the University graduation n'quir{> ment of 8 houls of C eneral Studic :! c:ourst:li. See .A.c3dc lI1ic [n rormat iol1- Gem:ral . tudie.:o; "'ection uf Ihe Ca talog. t Math. III lTIay be required as a prerequ is ite to stat istics . 256 ADMISSION TO DEPARTMENT OF NURSING Students who have satisfactorily completed two semesters of lower­ division courses may request an intent to enroll form from the Department of Nursing. Intent to enroll forms for fall semester admission must be received by January 1; for spring semester admission, no later than August. To qualify as a candidate for admission to the Department of Nursing, students must: 1. Be enrolled in , or admitted to, Wichita State University 2. Have completed, or have plans to complete, the lower-division require­ ments 3. Have an overall grade point average of at least 2.50 in all courses completed, and no grade lower than a C in any of the specified required courses 4. Submit a letter of intent including expected semester of enrollment. Registered nurse students, in addition to the above requirements, must: 1. Submit a photocopy of current license to practice as a registered nurse in Kansas 2. Submit official transcripts of college courses and records from the school of nursing. Registered nurse students who have met these requirements may obtain information from the Department of Nursing regarding enrollment in the transition course, Nurs. 334, Dimensions of Professional Nursing, and Ad­ vanced Standing Examinations by which they may demonstrate competency in required nursing courses. PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM The following courses in the Department of Nursing are required for the Bachelor of Science in nursing. A total of 124 hours of university credit is required for graduation. Courses Hrs. Division A-Humanities and Fine Arts (3 hours) A 3-hour upper-division course in philosophy to be selected with De­ partment of Nursing approval Division D-Professional Studies (54-58 hours) l\urs. 327, Nursing as a Practice D iscipline ..... .. ... . .. .. .... . 3 Nurs. 330, Technologies I ............ . . . ....... . . . . . ...... . 1 Nurs. 332, Dimensions of Self-Care .. .. ........... . .. .. ..... . 4 Nurs. 334, Dimensions of Professional Nursing t . . ...... .. . . ... . 5 Nurs. 336, Design of Nursing Systems .... . .............. . .. . . 5 Nurs. 340, Technologies II ... .... ........ .. . . . ........ . . .. . 1 Nurs . 343, Elements of Pathology and Medical Therapeutics I .... . 3 Nurs . 347, Nursing Systems: Behavioral and Organic Disorders . ... . 3 Nurs. 349, Nursing Systems: Age and Role ......... . . .. ....... . 3 Nurs. 352, Nursing Practice ......... .. ......... . . ..... .... . 3 Nurs. 460, Technologies III ...................... . ........ . 1 Nurs . 463, Elements of Pathology and Medical Therapeutics II 3 Nurs. 466, Nursing Systems: Families .................... . .. . 4 Nurs . 468, Scholarship Dimensions of Nursing . . . . . .. .... . .. . .. . 4 Nurs. 470, Tech~ologies IV ..... .. .. '.' ....... ... ..... .. . ... . 1 Nurs. 472, NurSlDg Systems: Health Delivery Systems . ... .. .... . . 3 Nurs. 473, Senior Seminar ............. . ......... ... ...... . 3 Nurs. 474, Nursing Systems: Individuals and Small Croups . .. . ... . 3 Nurs. 478, Nursing Systems: Large Croups . . ...... . ... . ..... . . 3 Upper-division elective courses t ........... . .. . .. . ......... . 9 t A trall , ition l' ourSe" dt '.. iglwd 10 he takt' ll h~' f( 'gistereJ nurse students. I At leas t 3 creJit h OlW; mu st be taken outside the Depart ment of Nurs ing. College of Health Related Professions/Nursing 257 OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students must purchase uniforms and other apparel for use during some clinical laboratory experiences and are required to provide their own trans­ portation to and from health care agencies used for these experiences. Lab fees may be assessed. Students are required to purchase professiunal liability insurance in the amount of not less than $300,000/$900,000; the insurance must be renewed annually . Students must provide evidence of personal health insurance and evidence of a completed physical examination prior to clinical laboratory experiences each academic year. Information related to these re­ quirements is available from the Department of Nursing. Upper-Division Courses 325. Communication in Health Profes­ sions. (3). Elective. Stud)' of selected communication theories and concepts rel­ evant to health care, with emphasis on applications of communication concepts to self-actual ization, interpersonal rela­ tionships, health care delivery systems, and client-professional interactions. Open to nonnursing majors. H 11 325 0 1203 327. Nursing as a Practice Discipline. (3). An introductory course in the stud y of the self-care concept of nursing and its use in nursing practice, education, theory and research, and the study of nursing as a health and assisting service . The student examines self as a student of university education for professional nursing and how to study and learn in the practice discipline. Open to nonnursing majors with departmental consent. H 11 327 0 120.3 330. Technologies I. (1). 3L. A series of learning experiences in which the student learns sets of manipulative, discrimina­ tive communicative and interpersonal skills for use in the design and control of nursing systems for individuals and groups. Emphasis is placed on the scien­ tific and humanistic basis for the various technologies . Prerequisite : admission to department or departmental consent. H 11 330 1 1203 332. Dimensions of Self-Care. (4). 3R; 3L. The study of self-care practices of in­ dividuals and groups in health and within ranges of physiological and psychological alterations. Emphasis is on cultural and scientific norms for universal self-care re­ quirements. Self-care agency and deliber­ ate action will be studied. Open to non­ nursing majors with departmental consent . H 11 332 1 1203 334. Dimensions of Professional Nurs­ ing. (5). 4R; 3L. A course deSigned to pro­ vide for registered nurse students an in­ troduction to the study of nursing as a practice discipline and professional nurs­ ing roles . Empha~i s is placed on the self­ care concept of nursing and its use in professional prac ti c e , education and scholarship. Prerequi site: admission to department or departmental consent. H 11 334 1 1203 336. Design of Nursing Systems. (5). 3R· 6L. The study of knowledge, attitudes and skills for the design , implementation and evaluation of nursing systems for individ­ uals. Methods of as istance and types of nursing systems will be studied. Prereq­ uisite: admi ssion to department. Prerequi­ sites or corequi site s: enrollment in Nurs. 327 and 332. H II 336 I 1203 340. Technologies II. (1) . 3L. A continua­ tion of Nurs . 330 which builds on content presented in the first course. Prerequisite: Nurs. 330. Open to nonnursing majors with departmental consent. H II 340 1 1203 343. Elements of Pathology and Medical Therareutics I. (3). The study of psycho­ logica and physiological pathology which underlies speciRc healtl1 problems and leads to self-care deficits which are stud­ ied in concurrent nursing courses. Health problems will be examined in terms of pathology, diagnostic and treatment methods, and impact on society. Open to non nursing majors with departmental consent . H 11 343 0 1203 347. Nurs ing Systems: Behavioral and Organic Disorders. (3-4). The study of de­ sign and control of nursing systems for individuals with attention to behavioral and organic disorders and relations among these, health state and health care situa­ tions. The major types of nursing systems to be studied are partl y ;,ind wholly com­ pensatory. Each student will participate in the 3-hour course. Students may elect to enroll for one additional I-hour compo­ nent which will permit the student to ex­ amine a specific nursing system in in­ creased depth . Prerequisites : urs. 327, 332, 336 and 343. H 11 347 0 1203 258 349. Nursing Syste ms: Age and Role. (3­ 4). The study of des ign and control of nursing sys tems for individuals with at­ tention to age, developmental stage, life cycle events and various roles as these are determinants of nursing ,;yslems. The major type of nursing system to be studied is supportive educali ve , Each student will participate in the 3-hour course, Students rnay elect to enroll for one additional 1­ hour component which will permit the student to exami ne a specific nursing sys­ tem in increased depth, Prerequisites: '\ms, 327, 332, 336 and 343, H 11 349 0 1203 350. Basic Concepts of Nursing Process. (3). Elective, A course exploring basic concepts of the nursing process as a foun­ dation for profess ional nursing practi ce in contemp orary society, Emphasis is placed on development of nur sing care plans, scientific rationale for nursing interven­ tions , priorities and evaluation of nursing care and nursing actions. Prerequisite: de­ partmental cons'en t. H 11 .'350 °1203 352. l'\ursing Practice. (3). 9L. A clinical course for use and evaluation of nursing theory and research in the role of practi­ tioller of nursing. The major emj)h asi s of the course is the development of nursing agency in c1ini cQ.ln~rsing situations. Pre­ requIsItes: Nurs , 321. 332, 336 and 343. II 11 ,'352 1 1203 425-427. Special Projects in Nursing. (1­ 4). Electi ve, Individual study of selected topics, didactic ancIJor clinical designed to enh ance the student 's know! edge base and competencies in nursing practice. Re­ peatable. Prerequi site: departmental con­ sent. H 11 425 2 1203 430. Concepts of Loss. (3). Elective. Strategi es for helping clients and families cope with broad aspects of loss from tem­ porary transient illness to deatl1. Includes human response, through the life-span to changed body image, disabilitv and di s­ figurement, chronic illness, dying and death. Includes grief ~md mourning, Open to nonnursing majors. H 11 430 0 1203 454H. Clinical H onors: Nursing Practice. (3). 6L. A clini cal honors course tor the use and evaluation of nursing theory and re­ search in the role of practitioner of nurS­ ing. The major emphasi s of the course is the exp:.:nded devel opment of nursing ar,ency in clinical nursing. Prerequisites: Nurs. 327, 3,32 , 330, 334, 336, 34,,), depart­ mental consent. H 11 454H 1 1203 460. Technologies HI. (1). 3L. A continu­ ation of Nurs. 330 and 340 which builds on content presented in these courses. Prerequisite s: Nurs . :330 and ,'340. Open to nonnursing majors with departmental consent. H 11 460 1 1203 463. E lements of Pathology and Medical. Therapeutics II. (3). A continuation ot urs. 343, which builds on content pre­ sented in the first course, PrerequiSites: Nu rs. 327, .'332, 336 and 343, Open to nonnursing majors with departmental consent. H 11 463 0 1203 466. Nursing Systems: Families. (4-5). 2 or 3R; 6L. The study of design and control of nursing systems for the family unit with shared health goals and of socio-economic factors which influence the health situa­ tion. Attention will be given to family systems theory, Students may elect to enroll in one additional I-hour component which will permit the student to examine a specific nursing sys tem for a family in increased depth .. Prerequisites: NlIfS, 343, 347, 349, :35:2 and 463. H 11 466 1 1203 468. Scholarship Dimensions of Nursing. (4-5). 3 or 4R; 3L. The study of research and the or)' development in nursing and the use of these in developing nurs ing kn owledge. Students will examine re­ search problems and use research findings in clinical nursing situations, Relations among roles of practitioner, educator, re­ searclier and theory developer will be ex­ amined , Students may elect to enroll in one additional I-h ou r component whi ch will permit the student to examine a spe­ cific aspect of nursing scholarship in in­ creased depth . Prerequi sites: ;\Iurs , 343, '347, 349, 352 and 463. H 11 468 1 1203 470. Technologies IV. (1). 3L. A continu­ ation of N urs, 330, 340 and 460 which builds on content presented in these courses, Prerequi sites: N"rs, 330, :340 and 460, Open to nonnursing majors with de­ partmental consent. H 11 470 1 1203 472. Nursing Systems: Health Delivery Systems. (3). 9L. This practic:um course examines systems of nursing delivery as a part of the larger health c:are delivery sys­ tem with emphasis on organization and administration, change and con trol tech­ nologies, The student may select from a variet y of health care systems for clinical nursing experiences. Prerequisites: Nurs. 466, 468, and concurrent enrollment in Nurs. 473 and 474 . H 11 472 1 1203 473. Senior Seminar. (3). A COurse for ex­ ami nation of iss ues and problems from clinical learning experiences in the clini­ cal cour Se's of the last semester. The stu- The fo llowing abhrevialiom Me u~ed III !he (:OUf 'ie dt! ':'t"riplion s: R stand .:; for ledure [lnd L for laboratory. For example, 3R; 9L siands for 3 hOUr> of ieclure and 9 hours of lab College of Health Related Professions/Nursing 259 dent is assis ted w ith the transi tion trom role of student to role of professional nurse practit ioner. Prerequ isi tes: 0!urs. 4nG, 468, and concurrent enrollment in 0! urs. 472 and 474. H 11 473 1 1203 474. Nursing Systems: Indi viduals and Small G roups . (3). 9L. Thi s practicum course emphasizes the complexity o f de­ sign and control of nursing sys tems for individuals and small groups w ith a spec­ ified range of self-care deticits. The stu­ dent may elect to concentrate on wholly compensatory, partly compensatory or ed ucative supportati ve nursing sys tems. Prerequisitf.'s: Nurs. 466, 468 , and concur­ rent enrollment in Nurs. 472 and 473. H 11 474 1 1203 478. Nursing Systems: Large Groups. (3). 2R; 3L. The study of nursing to large groups with multiple, complex health problems. Comm unity health problems and resources wi ll be assessed, and de ­ sign s of nursing systems for large groups wi ll be studied . Prerequis ites: Nurs. 466 and 468 . H 11 478 1 12.03 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 505. Directed Study in Nursing. (1-4). Elective . Indi vidual study of the various aspects andlor problems of professiona l nursing. Repeatable . Prere Stude nt':> mol) \\"j:-.h (0 select C~neral Studies CO II P.;es to '3.ti:,fy the \) ll ivL'f~it y '~ graJuatlon fl'--week clinical experience in which students par­ ticipate in the care of patients seeking hospitalization. In addition, students study employees' h eal th serv ice. Students 270 are involved in history and physical ex­ amination, assess ment and determinations as to whether hospitalization is needed. Students also have the opportunity to do annual examinati ons of employe<'s as well as participating in elllployc(' sick c~1I s itu­ ations. H 19 417 1 1299 418. Clinical Rotation in F amily Practice 1. (5). A s ix-week clinical experience in which students r a rticipate in the ca re of a wide varie ty 0 patients, such as those encountered in a famil y practice residency program. Student> ,Ire involved in physi­ cal evaluation assignments, diagnostic procedures and treatment of these pa­ tients. Students a lso observe th e diversitv and comple.xity of the role of the famil y practitioner. H 19 418 1 1299 419. Clinical Rotation in Primary Care 1. (5). A six-week clinical experience in which students rarticipate in the care of a wide variet\' 0 patients, such as those encountered in a primary-care physician's practice in a rural arca. Students are in­ volved in phys ical evaluation, assessment diagnostic procedures and treatments ot these patients. Students a lso observe the diversity and co mplexity of the role of the primarv-care physician in rural areas. H 19 419 1 '1299 422. Clinical Rotation in Internal Medi­ cine. (5). A six-wcek clinical experience in which students participate in the care of the medical adult patient in both an inpa­ tient and outpatient environment. During thi s rotation the student is involved in obtaining a detailed data base, performing diagnostic and therapeutic procedures! cou nseling the acute and chroni cally iI ~atient in the disease process and therap )-'. Jtudents als o observe and participate in the daily practice and problems experi­ enced bv the internal medicine physician. H 19 422 1 1299 423 . Clinical Rotation in Pediatrics. (5). A s ix-week clinical experience in which stu­ dents participate in the care of the pedia­ tric patient. During thi s rotation the stu­ dent is involved in physical assessment performing diagnostic procedures and treatment of the pediatric patient. The student participates in the daily practice of a pediatrician and is involved in counsel­ ing patient s and parcnts in all aspects of pediatric medicine. Speci al emphasis is placed upon immuni za tion, preventative medicine and developmental milestones. H 19 423 1 1299 424. Clinical Rotation in Radiology. (1-5). A six-week clinical rotation expericllce in which the students participate in all as­ pects of radiology as it pertains to patient care. During this rotation the student is involved in taking routine x-rays, Huoro­ scopy and interpretation. Thl' :; tudent has an opportunity to correlate physical and historical fi ndings to radiographic results. Students nre also involved in the role of the radiologist in urban and rural areas. H 19424 1 1299 425. Clinical Rotation in Surge ry II. (5). A six-week advanced clinical experience in which students participate in the care of the surgical patient. During this rotation students improve their skills in admitting taking history, and performing physical examinations, and oiagnostic procedures. Students ass ist in thl' operating room and participate in the surgical subspecialties. Students also assist in preoperative and postoperati ve care of the patient. Prereq­ uisite : department chairperson's consent. H 19 425 1 1299 426. Clin ical Rotation in Family Practice II. (5). A six-week advunced clinical expe­ rience in which students participate in the care of a wiele variety of patients in family practice. St~dents have the opportunity to improve their skills in physical examina­ tion, diagnosti c procedures and develop- Respiratory Therapy ment ot a plan ot care and treatment. Stu­ dents also observe the diversity and comple.xity of the role of the family prac­ titioner. Prerequisite: department chair­ person's consent. H 19426 1 1299 427. Clinical Rotation in Primary Care II. (5). A six-week advanced clinical experi­ ence in which students participate in the care of a wide variety of patients in a primary-care physician's practice in a rural area . Students have the opportunity to improve their skills in physical evalua­ tion, aiagnostic procedures, development of plan of Care and treatment. Students al so observe the diversity and complexity of the primary physician in rural areas. Prerequ isi te: department chairperson's consent. H 19 427 1 1299 440. Clinical Preceptorship. (6). An eight-week course designed as a culmina­ tion of the student's clinical training. Stu­ dents are placed with a primary-care phy­ sician to enable them to function as members of the health-care team in a set­ ting similar to that which would be en­ countered by the graduate physician's as­ sistant. H 19 440 1 1299 The baccalaureate program in respiratory therapy through a Bachelor of Health Science is designed for the individual currently enrolled in the Wichita State respiratory therapy associate degree program Or graduates of other accredited respiratory therapy programs. This degree provides opportunities for respiratory therapists to expand their role in education, administration, or in the clinical sciences. CURRICULUM The Bachelor of Health Science program requires completion of a basic program in respiratory therapy plus the general requirements of the Univer­ sity. (The basic program is given later in the section under the heading Associate of Science Programs-Respiratory Therapy.) It is a three-track op­ tion program providing three interrelated courses of study. Students may select one of the following options: (1) respiratory therapy education, (2) manage­ ment, or (3) advanced clinical study. Courses taken in these options are offered by the College of Health Related Professions, the College of Business Admin­ istration, the College of Education, and Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students may also take a combination of the two options. A contract for graduation must be completed one semester prior to the expected gradua­ tion date . The following three options are available to the major after completion of the Associate of Science in respiratory therapy. The suggested curricula are de­ scribed with courses listed in the appropriate sequences. Substitutions or other changes must be approved by the respiratory therapy adviser. In addition to the courses listed below, general education and other University requirements must be satisfied. (See the Academic Information-Requirements for Gradua­ tion section of the Catalog.) College of Health Related Professions/Respiratory Therapy 271 Education Option Course Hrs. Psych. 361, Child Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 IS 433, Educational Psychology: Learning and Evaluation .. . . . . . 3 RT 320, Clinical Projects . . ............ ....... ........ . ... . 6 HAE 501, Health Education Curriculum Development ... 3 HAE 506, Teaching and Learning Strategies in Health Science .. ... 3 HS 411, Special Projects (studen t teaching practicum) ......... . .. 6 Management Option Course Hrs. Econ. 201, Principles of Economics ... . ...... . .... .. .. ...... . 3 Acctg. 210, Financial Accounting I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or Acctg. 110 and 120, Basic Accounting I and II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Mgmt. 360, Concepts of Administration ....................... 3 Pers. 466, Personnel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 HAE 503, Organization and Administration of the Health Care System 3 HAE 507, Health Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 HAE 565, Concepts of Quality Assurance in Health Care Administration 3 HAE 590, Legal Aspects of Health Care Administration. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clinical Option An advanced clinical specialty option is available. It consists of 24 credit hours chosen on an individual basis with the respiratory therapy adviser. Lower-Division Courses 101. Overview of Respiratory TherallY. (3). An overview of toe protession, the cardiopulmonary system, and therapy mo­ dalities. H 13 101 0 1215 102. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation. (1). Instruction and supervised practice of cardiopulmonary life support plus intro­ duction to basic terminology and princi­ ples of circulation and respiration are pro­ vided with special emphasis on guidelines for prudent heart living. H 13 1020 1215 111. Introduction to Respiratory Therapy. (2). An introduction to respiratory therapy : its history and purpose, as well as the basic skills of a respiratory therapist that can be developed in a skills laboratory. Included are medical gas therapy, humi­ dification and aerosol therapy, and a re­ view of basic functional anatomy and pathophysiology of the resriratory system. Prerequisite: departmenta consent. H 13 III 0 1215 112. Respiratory Therapy Procedures. (4). A comprehensive development of skills with equipment used in respiratory man­ agement with emphasis upon respirators as used for ventilatory failure. Familiarity with many ditferent respirators and their application to pathological conditions is developed with the use of lung analogs in a skills laboratory. Monitoring equipment and an introduction to monitoring of ven­ tilatory patients are also included. Prereq­ uisite: RT III or departmental consent. H 13 112 0 1215 122. Introduction to Clinical Procedures. (1-3). The student's first introduction to the clinical environment for observation and practice of the therapeutic skills that are required of the therapiSt. An introduc­ tion to cardiopulmonary resuscitation and pulmonary fu nctions is included. Prereq~ Ulslte: RT 112 or departmental consent. H 13 122 0 1215 202. Respiratory Therapy Practicum I. (1-5). The student acquires practical expe­ rience in affili ated health care agencies. Course stresses therapy in noncritical areas, as well as overall departmental operations. Prerequisite: RT 122. H 13202 o 1215 203. Respiratory Therapy Practicum II. (1-5). A con tinuation of RT 202, but with greater emphasis on the critically ill and 272 diagnostic areas ot respiratory t11erapy. Prerequi si te RT 202. H 12 203 0 1215 281. Cooperative Education. (1-8). Pre­ requisite: departmental consent. H 13281 2 1299 Upper-Division Courses 301. Seminar 1. (2). Di scussion of depart­ mental operations. Prerequisite: RT 12:'.. H 13301 9 1215 302. Seminar II. (2). Discussion of ad­ vanced ski ll s and techni Ques involving patients and preparation of case studies . Prerequisite : departmental consent. H 13 3020 1215 310. Respiratory Therapy Practicum III. (1-6). Students practice ad vanced thera­ peutic techniques in the hospital envi ron­ ment. H 13 3100 1215 320. Clinical Projects. (1-3). Provides an opportunity for the student, on an indi­ vidual basis, to select a topic fo r inoepen­ dent investigation. (E lective.) Repeatable to 6 hours. H 13 320 4 1215 325. Respiratory Physiology. (4). Com­ Qrehensive review of respiratory and car­ diovascular 'physiology as it applies to respira tory the rapy . Emphasi s is on pul­ monary functi on, blood gas analysis and acid-base analysi s as related to disease. Laboratory involves proper techniques for pulmonary function studi es and blood gas analysis on various pieces of equipment. Prerequi si te RT 122. H 13 325 0 1215 326. Clinical Respiratory Pathology. (3). Comprehensive presentation of clini cal pathology of the respiratory sy stem in adult, pediatric and newborn patients. The cl inical progress of respiratory di sease from onset of symptoms to acute .or chronic conditions . Part i(JlJ~i ta ug ht b} 122ct~ill§ fifnrii21ls Prerequisi te RT 330. Blood Gases: C linical Application, Ins trume ntation, lind Quality Control. (1­ :3) . ~vlay be repeated to 6 ho urs. Blood gase s; ac id-base th eory, clinical applica­ ti on, olood gas analysiS, and quality con­ trol willlw presen ted . 1-.,·loc1ern monitoring trends and equi pment usage will be em­ ph ~sizcd an d llell1onstrated. Prefl'!j \li siks : college chemistry and human physi ology. or dcpartll1C l1 t,tl consent . I-I 13 .330 0 1215 335. Ventil ators and Applied Critical Care. (1-6). A study of mechan ical venti­ lators and appli ed patient care, incl uding monitor ing techni ques , eri tt:ria fur venti­ latory support. and aspects of l:ri ticn l care . Prerequi site : departlllental consent. H 1:3 335 0 1215 360. Pul monary Rehabilitation . (1-3). Ob­ jec tives , methods , and ex pected resu lts will be presellted and di scussed. Patient testin g method~ incluo ing clini cal ~\er­ cise tes ting pat ient and famil y ed ucation, bronchial ilvgil'ne, br~alh i ng rei rain ing; biofeedback, phys ical reconditioning, ana home care wi ll be describl'd and d is­ cussed . Prerequisite: departmental con­ sent. H i 3 360 0 12 1.5 465. Cardiopulmonary Diagnostic Pre­ ventive and Rehabilitative Methods. (5). Study of cardiopulmonary d iagnostic pro­ cedures, disease prevent ion and interven­ tion and cardiopulmonary rehab il itati on . Stress tes ting, exercise physiology and home care concepts are p ract lced in lab and clinical pradicum. Prerequ isite : ad­ missi on to pr ",ugJ.!l'!)h:d to b( tnh 'n prtur to th l:' profession al ('u rncIII II IH SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Students are required to purchase uniforms and instruments needed during clinica l learn ing experiences . Students are also required to purchase profes­ sionalliability in surance in the amount of not less than $200,000/600,000. This must be done on a yearly basis. In addition, students are required to provide their own transportation to and from the health care agencies used for clinical experiences. Information related to special requirements is available to students in the office of the Department of Dental Hygiene, Wichita State University, Wichita, KS 67208. Respiratory Therapy Respiratory therapy is an allied health specialty employed in the treatment, management , con trol, and care of patients with deficiencies and abnormalities associated with the respiratory system. It encompasses the therapeutic use of medical gases; air and oxygen admin­ istering apparatus; environmental control systems; humidification and aero­ sols; drugs and medications; ventilatory assistance and ventilatory con trol; postural drainage; chest physiotherapy and breathing exercise; respiration rehabilitation; assistance with cardiopulmonary resuscitation ; and mainte­ nance of natural, artificial, and mechanical airways. Specific testing techniques can be empl oyed in respiratory therapy to ass ist in diagnosis, monitoring , treatment, and research, including measurement of ventilatory volumes, pres­ sure and Rows, and blood gas analysis. College of Health Related Professions/Respiratory Therapy-Associate 275 Since respiratory therapy as a special health area is broadly defined and paralle ls closely other professional areas, it is important to realize that such therapy interrelates with patient care performed by nurses, ph ysica l therapi sts, and othe r techn ologi sts. The Wich ita State Department of Respiratory Therapy has an American ~ledical As 'ociation-approved program for the education of res­ pi ratory therapists. Following completion of the professional program, stu­ dents meet the educational requir · men ts for examination by th e "lational Board for Respiratory Therapy for RRT registration. PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM T he respiratory therap y curricu lum consists of both classroom and clinical cour ·es . The majority of the class room courses are taught on the Wichita State camp us, while the clinical courses are taught in affi liated hospitals. T he foll owing course ' should be taken by respiratory therap y students des iring an Associate of Science in respiratory therapy. Recommended Semester Courses Hrs. Sequence Communications (6 hours) Eng. 101, Co ll e~e Englis h I ..................... . Sp' ch 111, BaS IC Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic In terpersonal Com n unicati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 3 1 2. Didsion A- Humanities and Fine Arts (3 hours) Mini mum of any 3 hours . .. . ... . . ....... ....... . 2 Didsion B-Social and Beha uioral Sciences (3 hours) Psych. Ill , General Ps ychology ................ .. . 3 2 Didsion C-Natural Sciences and Mathematics (21 hou rs) BioI. 120, I llt roduction to Mic robiology ...... . ..... . BioI. 225, Human Anatomy . .... .. .............. . Bio I. 226, E lementary Human Physiology .......... . Chem. 103 or 11 1, General C hemistry . . . .. ........ . 4 3 3 5 3 1 2 1 Math. 109, College Algebra with Review, or Math. 111 , College Algebra................. . .... . ..... . , Phys. 111 , Introductory Physics, or Phys. 131 , Physics for the H aIth SCiences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 3 1 2. Dicis ion D-Professional Studies RT 101, O verview of Respi ratory Therapy .. ... ..... . RT 102, Cardiopulmonary Res uscitation (recommended) HS 301, C linIcal Pharmacology .......... . ....... . 3 1 3 1 2. 3 ADMISSION TO THE PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM Students submitting application to the profess ional program are eligib le for consideration after they have met the Wichita State and College of H ealth Related Professions general admission requirements with a minimum grade of C in anatomy and physiology, microbiology, and chemi stry and have a grade point average of at least 2.00. Ad mittance to the program must be reques ted through an appli cation submitted to the Department of Respiratory Therapy. PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUM * The following courses are required in the profess ional curriculum. o r\dm l ~'lon into ht· pro re slO!la! progrrtlll i ~ requireu befort' , tudents ('a n enroll ;n proft's!'oional ('ours~~. 276 For course description s see the respiratory therapy baccalaureate program section of the Catalog. For cu rrent program requi re ments and admission dates see departmental advi se r. Recommended Semester Courses H rs. Sequence Division D-Professional S tudies (42-44 hours) RT Ill, Introduction to Respiratory Therapy .. 2 4 RT 112, Respiratory Therapy Procedures . . ...... . . . . 4 4 RT 122, Jntroduction to C linical Procecim es .. 3 4 or 5 RT 202, Respiratory Therapy Practi cum I .. . . . 5 5 RT 203, Respiratory Therapy Practicum II ...... . . 5 6 RT 301, Seminar I ....... . ........... . ... . .... . 2 5 or 6 RT 302, Seminar II . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . ... . . . 2. 5 or 6 RT 310, Respiratory Therapy Practicum III .. .. . .. . 4 5 or 6 RT 320, C linical ProLects . . . . . . ........ .. 1-3 4, 5, or 6 RT 325, Res piratory Physiology. . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... 4 5 RT 326, C linical Hesplfatory Pathology. . 3 5 or 6 HS 230, C linical Anatomy of Thorax ........ . 1 5 or 6 RT 335, Ventilators and Appli ed C ritical Care .. 1-6 5 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Students are required to purchase uniforIllS and other apparel needed during clinical learning experiences . Students are also required to purchase profes­ sionalliability insurance in the amount of not less than S200 ,000/600,000. This must be done on a yearly basis. In additio n, studcllts are required to provide their own transportation to and from the health ('ure agencies used for clinical experiences . Information related to specia l requirements is available to students in the Department of Respiratory T herapy, Wi chita State University, Wichita, KS 67208. SPECIAL CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS The College of Health Related Profess ions offe rs certificate programs in basic emergency care training, nurse clinician, and physician ' s ass istant. Basic Emergency Medical Care Training A certificate in basic emergency medical care training is offered hy the Department of Health Administration and E ducation. The certificate is ob­ tai ned with successful completion of HAE 110, described under the heading Service Departments-Health Administration and Education. Students who would like to enroll in this course must fulfill all requirements for admiss ion to Wichita Stale University and be at least 18 years old. An application to the Emergency Med ical Training Admi,sions C ommittee must al so be submitted. H AE 110 class room instruction encompasses anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, emergency recognition , and care of medical emergencies and trauma-related injuries . In addi tion, students spend 10 hours of in-hospital observation in such areas as the emergency room, surgery, critical care unit s, and the obstetric and psychiatric departments. A simulated College of Health Related Professions/Emergency Medical Care-Certificate 277 automobile accident provides students with field experience in auto extrica­ tion. Successful completion of the 5-credit-hour course meets the educational prerequisite for taking the state and/or national registry examinations for em ergency medical technicians. Nurse Clinician The Nurse Clinician Program is designed to involve registered profeSSional nurses in a formal learning experience focused upon the bio­ psychosocial assessment of pediatriC and adult clients/patients and famili es and upon the principles of clinical management of such individuals. The program is divided into two phases : (1) one semester of on-campus core study and selected clinical experiences in a variety of health care settings and (2) 8 months (one semester and one Summer Session) of clinical preceptors hip off-campus w ith periodic seminars on the Wichita State cam pus. A certificate of completion is awarded upon satisfactory completion of all required courses in both phases of the program. Graduates of the program are eligible to take National Certification Exams for Nurse Practitioners given by the American Nurses' Association. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Admission. In addition to fulfilling all requirements for admission to Wichita State and the College of Health Related Professions, students wishing to enroll in the Nurse Clinician Program must apply for, and obtain approval of, the Admi ss ion s Committee of the Department of ~urse Clinician. Applicants to this program must be registered nurses with a diploma or an associate or bachelor's degree with a minimum GPA of 2.00. Students must submit a photocopy of their current Kansas license to practice as a registered profes­ sional nurse with a minimum of one year professional nursing experience, references, official records from their school of nursing, and transcripts of all colleges attended. An interview is required. Students must be admitted to Wichita State and apply for undergraduate or graduate credit, as appropriate , and must meet the req uirements accordingly. Students desiring to apply this credit toward a degree in nursing are highly encouraged to discuss this with the specific school of nursing prior to admission to or during enrollment in the Nurse Clinician Program. The admission deadline is set by the department admissions committee. Once admitted , students must take the following re­ quired courses to receive a certificate of completion. Recommended Semester Courses Required Hrs. Sequence NC 505, Clinical Pathophysiology and Management .. NC 515, Ecology of Primary Care . . . .. . .... ... . .. . NC 525, Healtl1 Care Systems Analysis .. . . . . . .. .. . . NC 535, Clinical Assessment ........ .. .. ... .. . 5 3 3 5 1 1 1 1 NC 545, Nurse Clinician Practicum I . .. . .. .. ... .. . 6 2 N 546, Family Health Management . . . . . , . .. .. .. . C 555, Nurse Clinician Practicum II . . .. ..... . ... . 3 6 2 3 NC 556, Ethical/Legal Issues in Primary Care .. 3 3 E lectives NC 540, Directed Studies in Expanded Role . 1-4 2 or 3 278 C 550, Special Topics .. ... . . . . . .. . .. .......... 1-4 2 or 3 NC 560, Health Assessment l\.Jethods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 2 or 3 NC 565, Concepts of Quality Assurance in Health Care 3 2 or 3 CUTT1ClIlutn . The nurse clinician curricu lum for majors (34 credit hours) l'ons ists of <':01'(; and preceptorship pha~es di stributed th roughout the year, with participation in periodic seminars requ ired . It is desi rab le , but not a requ irement for adm issiulJ , for students to recommend a licensed physician to serve as the primary preceptor in the eight-month preceptors hip. Selected course;, are open to non majors. Students may matriculate tlmJUgh the program as full- or part-time students. Students \\ith previous preparat ion in expanded role fun<.:tions may elect to apply [or aU\'anced ~tanding credit by partici pati ng in the University departmental examination system. Addjtional information lIlay be obtained b~ writing: Chairperson, Departmellt of i'\ urse C linician, Wichita State Univers ity, Wichita . KS 67208. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Nurse clinician students are required to show proof of profess ional liab ility insurance t:overage in amounts of not less than $300,000 and are required to show ev idence of health insurance. For matriculation to clinics, students mus t ~ubmit a photocop)' of current Kansas nursing license and must complete the WSU health history and examination form. PROGRESSION To progress in the professional sequence, a grade point average of 2 .00 or better must be earned in all professional courses. Students who rct:eive a D or F in any professional course may not progress in the professi onal sequence . If their overall academic record remains at 2.00 or above and they des ire to continue in the program, they may petition the Committee on Ad missions and Progression in the department. EXCEPTIONS Exceptions to all departmental requirements may be granted by the depart­ ment chairperson with the approval of the dean and the eollegc Committee on Admissions, Exceptions, and Scholarships. A written peti tion must be sub­ mitted to the department chairper~on by the applicant or student. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Students must maintain a minimum 2.00 grade point average in all req uired courses in the core and preceptorship phases of the curricu lum and show evidence of competence in expanded role functions . COOPERATIVE EDUCATION The nurse clinician department participates in the University Cooperativ Ed ucation program, whidl is an academic program designed to complement and enhance the regular program of students. The program cons ists of fi eld placement in off-<.:ampus facilities and indi\'idualizcd field studies, wh ich are fonnulated in consultation with and approved by nurse c linic ian faculty and Cooperative Education coordinators. Academic credit is awarded in two courses: NC 281 and 481. College of Health Related ProfessionS/Nurse Clinician- Certificate 279 Lower-Division Course 28l. Cooperative Education. (1 -8) . A 'Ollrse designed fo r studen ts part ic ipating in the Cooperative E ducation program. H 23 28 1 2 1201 Upper-Division Course 481. Cooperative Education. (1-8). A CO lJr>e designe I for stude'nts partic ipating in the Cooperative Education program. H 23 -18 1 2 1202 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 505. Clinical Pathophys iology and Man­ agement. (5). A ledure and discuS5ion presentation designed for primary care nurse' c linicians in tIll' area of disease mechanisms: pathophysiology, etiology and the rape utic managcfncnt. Prerequi­ s ite : departmental consent. H 23 50.5 0 1201 515. Ecology of Pri mary Care. (3). A lec­ ture series designed to di sc llss applied knowledge of principles of hU Illa ll behav­ ior. Ps ycllUsocial components ot clit-nt! patient management are introduced through th e stlidy of well ness-illness be­ hav iors in rclati on to cultural fo rces and of emotional st ress es as these ,dfed the cl ient/patient, family and health team mel!lb rs . Prerequi site: departmental con­ sent. H 23 5 15 0 1201 525. Health Care Systems Analysis. (3). A semin ar and d iscussi on cou r~ e designed to prepare primary-care nurse clinici ans to enter the prec;cptorship by an alyzing role identification and the rel ationship be­ tWC·t'f1 tl e nurse clinician and l1lcIl1lJers of the health team in the delivery of health c;are . FocHs is on continuity and compre­ hen siveness of health care as the goals of ro le mo di fi ·ati on. Prerequi site : depart­ mental consen t. H 2352.') 0 1201 535. Cl inical Assess ment. (5). 3R; 2L. A course utili zing lect ure, semin ar, demon­ strati on , clinical lab and clinical experi­ ence sess ions that prep,HP the primar, '­ care nurse cl inician to enter the pre­ ceptor~;jlip b y provid ing basic know ledge and skil!s in clinical assessment and man­ a!;:cment of c lientsipati ents. Ylcthod s of hI story taking and interview techniques, phys ical assessment, multiphasic screen­ ing, sources of clin ical data, special pro­ cedures , devel opmental assessment and aspects of well-child care are explored. The as sumption of respons ibility for the in-de p th ca re of m ultipl e -probl e m cl ients/patient s is expl a in ed Prerequisite: departmental consent. H 23 53.5 0 1201 540. Directed Study in EX'panded Role Nursing. (1-4). A guided-des ign course contracted with the student composed of objectives, descri p ti on of s tudy, meth od, anticipated results and seleckd resou rces. Res ults ineludc a scholarl y descri pti on uf stud y with critique of relevancy to ex ­ panded role nursi ng. Prererlui site s: NC 505 , 5 15, 525, 535 or d part mental con­ sent. H 23 540 3 1201 545. Nurse Clinician Practicum l. (6) . lR ; 5L. A course designed for clini cal app li­ cation of theureti cal context id entified as rela ted fun ctio n> for expanded role nurs­ ing. The practicum is deSigned fo r pri ­ mary-care settings to meet the req ui re ­ ments of expanded-role progra m and to rece ive a cl'l' tifi cate of comp k- tion . Em­ phasi s is p laced on history-taking skills and physica l and ps)'chusocial a :;5('SS ­ ment. PrerequI sItes : departmental con ­ sent, p hysic ian preceptor, NC 50S, 515. 525 and 535. H 23 545 2 1201 Th(: fullowlng ahbl t.'\ 'iat iun" arc u~l...'d In tht! cou r'e d~cripti ()!1'" It ..-tamj... for II.: ' li n: ,md L fur b llo l<.tory . h H example, 3R, 2L stand s for 3 hour ~ of iect urt' and Z hours of lab. 280 546. Family Health Management. (3). A course designed to enhance the health as­ sessment and management skills involved in family nnd cUlllmunity settin(Ts. Em­ phasis is plaeed upon assessment 01 hcalth and disease conditinns throughout tIll' 1ife span and upon health planning strategics for individuals and groups within th(' community. Scientific principl es and ra­ tionale underlyillg these health plans are ineorporatcd. Prerequisites : NC 505, S15, 52.5, 535. Corequisite: :--.IC ,)4,5 or depart­ menta l consent. H 23 .'546 0 1201 550. Special Topics. (1-4). Specialized in­ dividual or group study of specific topics relevant to tlie nurse practitioner role , with adaptations lllarIe to relate to a student's designed to increase the health care pro­ vider's abilit)· to perform bask binpsy­ chosocial assessments upon clients repre­ .,cnting tl1 e full life span. E mphasis is placed upon normal aspects , but stress facturs ar~ also given con sid eration. Open to nonmajors . PrerequlSlte: departmental COJlsent . H 23 560 2 1201 565. Concepts of Ouality Assurance in Health Care. (3). 311; 2L. Cross-li sted as HAE 565. Course focuse s upon current social concerns with assess ing quality of health care and appropriate utilization of activities and resourcE's . Open tn nonma­ jors. Prerequisites: NC 505, 515, 535, 545 or departmental consent. H 235650 1201 individual interests and practice areas, e.g., advanccd clinical asseSSll1ent, prob­ lems in pathophysiology, etc. Prerequi­ sites: NC .505, 51.'), 52;), 535 or dl'part­ mental consent. H 23 550 0 1201 555. Nurse Clinician Practicum II. (6). lR; 5L. A clinical application course de­ signed to enhance prohlem-solving skills ot nurse cl inician preccptees in C!i'entfpa­ tient management situations in their pre­ ceptorship setting. Emphasis is on case presentatiolls and analysis of the assess­ ment, planning, implementation and eval­ uation. Phases of health carl' delivery with modification of the plan of carc ,H'e also presented. PnTequisites: departmental consent, ph ysiciaIl preceptor, NC 505, 515, 525, 535 and 545. H 23 555 2 1201 556. EthicallLegal Issues in Primary Care. (.3). A course designed to integrate current ethical-Iegal-socinl issues into ex­ panded-role nursing rractice. Focus is upon the utilization 0 professional stan­ dards of practice, legal implications, ethi­ cal issues, and social trends that nurse practitioners face in practice setting. Pre­ requisites: NC 545 and 546. Corequisite: NC 555 or departmental consent. H 23 556 2 1201 560. Health Assessment Methods. (4). 3R; 2L. A classroom and practice lab course Physician's Assistant The Physician's Assistant Program is a 24-month program designed to train primary care physician 's assistants. As defined by the National Academy of Sciences, the physician's assistant "is a skilled person qualified by academic and practical training to provide patient services under the supervision and direction of a licensed physician who is responsible for the performance of that assistant." All students completing the two-year course of study receive a Certificate of Completion. Students who have completed all University re­ quirements in addition to physician's assistant requirements receive the Bachelor of Health Science. College of Health Related Professions/pnljsician ·s ASSistant-Certificate 281 SERVICE DEPARTMENTS Within the College of Health Related Profes ion Lhere are two service de­ partments, Health Administrat ion and Education, and Health Science . Health Administration and Education The Department of Health Administration and Education, in addition to p roviding bachelor's programs in health care administration and medical record administration, is responsible for providing public and community health education courses n:ljuired by profess ional programs witl in the Col­ lege of Health Re lated Profes,ion . In addition , the department conducts consumer h alth educ ti on programs and coord inates continuing 'ciucatioll for health p rofess ional s. These programs are usually held in 'ooperation with other departments wi thin the College of Health Related Profc siom and community agencies. Lower-Division Courses 110. Basic Emergency Medical Care Training. (5). 4R; 2L. Principles of Las ic emergency medical care are identified . Classroom instruction includes anatomy, physiology, and em rgency recognition and care of medical emergencies and trauma-related injuries. Practicum and discussion provide the OJ) ortu ni ty to apply these principles. Students also spend 10 hours of in-hospital observation . Prerequisite: departmental or instructor's consent. H 22 1100 1201 111. Introduction to Community Health. (3). This course concerns itself with mod­ ern man and his effort to achieve harmon)' within the ommunity and an analysis of man's inner and outer ecosystems as they relate to contemporary health issues . H 22 111 0 1201 Upper-Division Courses 410. Community Health Concepts. (3). An introduction to the fou ndations of publ ic health , biostatistics, epidemiology, The fullowing abhreviation .. arc U\t:u III th~ \,'tlur"ie dc~cnpti("l ll'. It ~ t;U1cl ~ fur led 11ft' alltl L for b uurutOl') . for example, 4R; ZL means ~ hours of I cl ure and 2 hours of I.h. 282 ~~ ecology, community organizations and or­ ganization of heal th services. Prerequisite : departmental consent . H 22 410 0 1214 440. Health Care Administration Practi­ cum. (6). 40P. Prerequisite: senior stand ­ ing or departmental consent . H 21 440 2 1202 ° 490. Independent Study in Health Care Administration. (1-4). Prerequisite: de­ partmental consent. H 21 490 3 1202 0 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 501. Health Education Curriculum De­ velopment. (3). A course designed to assist health professionals in constructing health science cu rricula. Emphasis is given to identifying various curricu lum models and applying educational principles , writ­ ing behavi oral objectives and the a<:quisi­ tion of supplemen tary materials. Special emphasis is given to program develop­ ment in school, community and patient education settings. Prerequisite: junior, senior or graduate standing in one of the professional8rograms Or instructor's con­ sent. H 225 1 0 1201 503. Organization and Administration of the Health Care System. (3). Prerequi si te : departmental consent. H 15 503 0 1201 0 504. Health Economics. (3). Cross-listed as Econ . 665 Prerequis ite : HAE 503 or Econ . 202. H 15 504 0 1202 0 505. The Politics of Health. (3). Cross­ listed as Pol. Sci. 505. Prerequisite : HAE 503, Pol. Sci. 121 Or departmental consent. H 15 505 0 1202 0 Health Science 506. Teaching and Learning Strategies in Health Science. (3). A course examin ing the various means of presenting health knowledge and coupli ng these teaching strategies with the audiences and types 01 studc nt bodics that will receive thi s knowledge. The nature of health ca re cur­ riculum is examined in depth , as are pro­ cedures for developing and improving thclll. Health education curricula are ex­ plored . Prerequisite: departmental con­ sent. H 22 506 0 1201 507. Health Planning. (3). Prerequisite: departmental consent. H 21 507 3 1202 ° 509. Health Care Ollerations Analysis. (3). Prerequisites: HAE 503, l\lath. III or equivalent, Mgmt. 360, and junior stand­ ing. H 21 509 0 1202 0 510. Health Finance. (3). Prerequisites: HAE 503 and Acctg. 210 or equi\altnt . H 15 510 0 1202 0 565. Concepts of Quality Assurance in Health Care. (3). Cross-listed as NC 565. Prereq\lisite: departmental consent. H 23 5650 1201 590. Legal As,eects of Health Care Ad­ ministration . (3). Cross-listed as Geron. 590. Prerequisite : junior standing or de­ partmental consent. H 21 .'590 0 1202 ° 605. Health Services Research. (3). Pre­ requi sites : departmental consent. H 15 6050 1201 ° 684. Seminar in Health Care Administra­ tion. (3). May be repeated for credit. Pre­ requisites: HAE 5m and at leas t one other HAE course. H 21 6R4 0 ]201 0 The Department of Health Science offers a variety of applied/clinical courses in the basic health sciences. These courses are applicable to several programs within the college. Lower-Division Courses 150. Workshop in Health Sciences. (1-4). H 18 150 2 1201 201.. Orientation to Health Professions . (2). An examination of the health team concept, the role and relationship of the various providers of health care and the criteria for the selection of a health career. Emphasis is pla<:ed on the health team concept. H 18 201 0 1201 230. Clinical Anatomy of the Thorax. (1). lR; 2L. Fall semester. Presents the struc­ ture and mechanisms of the thorax , in­ cluding neuromuscular, skeletal, cardi o­ vascular and respiratory sys t ems. Laboratory incl\ldes use of hUlnan ca­ davers and models. Prerequisites: respira­ tory therapy major and instructor's con­ sent. H 18 230 0 0412 o F or c U11Ip lt' te <:o urst' descnptloll~ S~t' He.llth Cal!..' :\Jminl str , ~ t jon Progr..l111 III tht' Catalog. College of Health Rela ted Professions/Health Science 283 Upper-Division Courses 301. Clinical Phannacology. (3). A survey of therapeutic terms, drug actions, dosage, toxicology and application of drugs in the clinical setting. H 18 '301 0 1201 310. Cross Anatomy. Section A: (3). Sec­ tion B: (6). 3R; 9L. A study of the structure of the human body, with major emphasi s on the skele tal and muscular systems. Laboratory (Section B) includes di ssection of the human cadaver. Open to nonph ysi­ cal therapy majors. Prereq 1!l isite : depart­ mental consent. H 18 '310 0 0412 331. Princip les of D ietet ics and Nut ri ­ tion. (3). A study of hu man dietetic and nutritional needs in the clinical setting. Composition and classiRcation of foods l vitamins and their function ; food ana public health laws; and nutrition under special conditions are covered. A detailed application of dietetic and nutritional knowledge applied to various clinical conditions is given. H 18 '3'31 00424 385. Health C are Team C oncepts . 0-6). A sem inar and practicum course des igned to provide opportunity for health profes­ sionals to share l'xperiences as members of the health care team. Departments will s(' lect the number of CH'dit hours needed for students within their program. Pre­ 126Tsitc : instructor's consent . H 1838.5 2 388. Clinical Anatomy. (3). Fall semester. A cuurse design ed to further the under­ standing of the health professional in a comprehensive and/or speciflc area of human anatomy. Emphasis is placed on tht, human anatomy of the thorax, abdo­ men, pelvi s , head and neck. Prerequi sites : BioI. :22.5, or ceJuivalent , instru ctor's con­ sent, and enrollment in one of the profe s­ sional progralllS. H III :188 0 0412 389. C lin ical Anatomy. (3). Spring seme s­ ter . A continuation ot HS 3H8, ""ith em­ phaSis on the human anatomy of the geni­ tal-ur inary, neurolllll sculoskell'llil systcm and neuro,anatomy. Prerequisite s : HS 3H8, In structor s consent and enrollment 111 one of the profeSSional programs. H 18 389 0 0412 390. C linical Physiology . (1-2). A course d l' signed to furtn e r the understanding of the health professional in a comprehen­ s ive ancIJor specific area of human physi­ ology and the clinical application of this kno w ledge in patient management. De­ partments select the number of credit hours needed for their program and offer them under this course number w ith a designated subsection. Prerequisites : in­ structor's consent and enrollment in one of the professional program s. H 18 .'390 0 0410 400. Clin ical Pathophysiology. (1-6). A lecture and discussion course designed for the health professional presenting con­ cepts of the process ot disease . Depart­ ments will select the number of credit hours needed for their program and offer them under this course number with a designated subsection . Prerequisite s: in­ structor 's consent and enrollment in one of the professional programs. H 18 400 0 1201 401. Advanced Clinical Phannacology. (3). An advanced study of clinical phar­ macology, pharmacognosy and pharmaco­ dynamics that includes drug synergisms and s ide effects . Prerequisites: HS 301 and instruct o r's consent. H 18 401 0 1201 284 411. Special Projects. (1-61' Supervised intellSive study of sl?ecia topics and problems related to health professions. By arrangement. Prerc(juisite : department chairperson's consent. H 18411 3 1201 421. Applied Clinical Pharmacology 1. (3). A course designed to provide tilt' stu­ dent with a practical knowledge of phar­ macothcrapeutics . Emphasi s is placed on the pharmacodynamic and toxicologic properti(.'s of chemothenlpt'utic agents alld of drugs affecting the cardiovascular . College of Health Related Professions/Health Science 285 286 FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES PAUL J. MAGELLI, PhD, DEAN Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers a variety of programs designed to serve the general objectives of Wichita State University and to enhance its urban mission. The college's programs seek to preserve the cumulati ve learning of the past, interpret the research of the present, and enlarge the educational opportunities for the future by developing courses and curricula representing the newest developments in the world of learning. For some time, the college has recognized four main areas of study: (1) preparation for professional and technical careers, (2) specialization through departmental majors, (3) cross-cultural education, and (4) preparation for teaching. In recent years, however, the college faculty has expanded these traditional views to encompass nontraditional forms of education, such as the non major general studies program or the interdisciplinary Master of Arts in Liberal Studies and the intensive use of field majors such as biochemistry, classical studies, geology, gerontology, international studies, Latin American studies, urban affairs, and women's studies. Substantial Rexibility exists within all these areas, for the college serves both those who come directly from high school and those who come after many years away from school. To state the specific aims of the college today is more complicated than it was in the past. Neither the students nor the accumulation of knowledge is the same. As times have changed, so has the faculty's view of what should be retained and what should be modified in the college's programs. The college is aware of the difficult task it has set for itself in accommodating the new while preserving the best of the traditional ways. It hopes to accomplish its aims while maintaining academic freedom for both students and faculty and thus to foster the right of dispassionate inquiry, whether by traditional or innovative means, into all areas of learning. Policies ADMISSION Students may be admitted to Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences if they have successfully completed 24 semester hours and are not on probation as defined by the college. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL STANDARDS Students are placed on probation whenever their overall grade point average falls below 2.00. Probation is removed when the overall grade point average reaches the required 2.00 level. Students are continued on probation when they earn a 2.00 or better semester average and their overall grade point average remains below 2.00. If students on probation fail to earn at least a 2.00 semester average, and if their overall grade point average remains below 2.00, they will be dismissed for poor scholarship. Students on probation will not be academically dismissed unless they have attempted at least 12 hours after Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 287 being p laced on probation. When dismissed , students may enroll only with the p [miss ion of the college's Committee on Admissions, Advanced Standing, and Except ional P rograms . APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION Every student seeki ng a degree from the college must file an application for graduation and complete a degree card at the end of the semester in which 90 credi t hours have be n earned. Although actual graduation may be several s 'mesters away, both the application and the degree card must be completed at this time. Applications filed in the semester in which graduation is intended may r 'sul t ill a delay in actual graduation by one or more semesters. Applica­ ti ons a l d degree cards may be obtained from the college office, Room 200, Li be ral Arts and Sciem:es Building. FIELD TRIPS Attendance on fi Id trips is mandatory in any course that includes in its Cata log descri ptio n a statement that field trip s are required or in which the ins tru tor tates that field trips are essential for earning credit. Absences are perm itted onl y with the instructor's prior approvaL Students may have credit withheld fo r a course if they do not complete the required field trips. EXTERNAL CREDIT PROGRAM T he External Credit Program applies only to courses offered by departments and progran s within Fairmount College. It allows persons to earn credit for learning that has taken place outside the trad it ional classroom such as business or industry training programs, extensive experience in community service and volunteer work, operating a business , or holding el cl ive office. In order to recei e credit for such learning, applicants must demonstrate l..now ledge equivalent to that gained in regularly offered University courses to the satisfaction of facu lty in the appropriate fields of study. The a 'sodate dcan in charge of external credit will help decide which departmen ts and p rograms within the college may give credit for nontradi­ tional learn ing, and r presentatives in those areas will determine the kind of documentation needed as evidence of this learning. Students in the External Credit Program must be admitted to Wichita State Univers ity and are required to pay a nonrefundable assessment fee, which cover. faculty asse ·s ment time. University and college equivalency examina­ tion fees will apply to all credit awarded. Applicants will be advised of these fees upon entering th . program. Degree Requirements The Bachelor of Arts, Bac e lor of Science, and Bachelor of General Studies are con ferred by Fa irmount C liege of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Each degree requires the completion of a minimum of 124 credit hours, the attainment of an overall grade point average of 2.00 including transfer work, a grade point average of 2.00 in the major fi eld of study, and a 2.00 WSU grade point average. Bachelor of Arts degrees are offered ill American studies, anthropology, art, art history, biologica l scien es, chemistry, computer science, classical languages, economi s, E ngli sh, French, geology, German, history, journalism, linguistics, 288 communicative disorders and sciences, mathematics, minority studies, music, philosophy, physics, political science, psychology, religion, social work, soci­ ology, Spanish, and speech communication. Students who major in art, com­ municative disorders and sciences, or music must establish two minors in Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The Bachelor of Science is available in administration of justice, biological sciences, chemistry, computer science, geology, mathematics, and physics. The Bachelor of General Studies degree is a nonmajor degree which requires breadth of distribution of course work and allows for the development of areas of concentration which may be thematically or occupationally related. The Associate of Arts in humanities, social sciences, natural sciences and mathematics, and gerontology, and the Associate of Science in administration of justice are also conferred by Fair­ mount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Associate degrees require the completion of a minimum of 60 hours in the case of the Associate or Arts and a minimum of 64 hours in the case of the Associate of Science. Both degrees require an overall grade point average of 2.00, a grade point average of 2.00 in the major field of study, and a WSU grade pOint average of 2.00. BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The following college requirements must be met in order for students to receive the Bachelor of Arts (BA) or the Bachelor of Science (BS) from the college. Courses taken to fulfill these requirements also satisfy the University's general education distribution requirements. The requirements for the BA and BS fulfill all University graduation requirements except the following Uni­ versity requirements: 1. Communications--6 hours of composition and 3 hours of oral communica­ tion (for BA or BS degree, a grade of "C" or better must be earned in Eng. 101 and 102). 2. General Studies-8 hours of courses listed as General Studies. These courses may also be applied toward college distribution requirements. 3. Professional Studies-at least 6 hours of courses listed in the Professional Studies Division of the General Education Program. 4. Upper Division-at least 40 semester hours of credit in courses numbered 300 or above. 5. Residence-at least 30 semester hours of course credit at Wichita State. At least 24 of the last 30 semester hours or 50 of the last 60 semester hours must be completed at Wichita State. 6. D Grades-no students are allowed credit toward graduation for D grade work in excess of one-quarter of the total hours. 1. Literature. Students must complete at least 3 hours of literature. Foreign language literature courses taken after completion of the foreign language requirement (if any) may be used to meet the literature requirement and to count for humanities hours. n. History-Political Science. Students must demonstrate proficiency in the field of the American political system and institutions either by passing Hist. 131, 132, or Pol. Sci. 121 or by passing an examination offered each semester by the history and political science departments. III. Foreign Languages. Candidates for any BA degree and for the BS degree outside the division of natural sciences and mathematics must demonstrate proficiency at a level equivalent to 5 hours beyond the 112 course in one Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 289 foreign language, or equivalent to the completion of the 112 course in two foreign languages. This proficiency may be demonstrated in either of the following ways: 1. Students may successfully complete 111, 112, plus 5 add itiona l hours in one foreign language or 111 and 112 in two foreign languages. 2. Other foreign language experience, or high school foreign language study at the rate of 1 high school unit for each college semester, may apply toward the required proficiency. Proficiency must be demonstrated by the completion of one college foreign language course in sequence or through credit by examination. A student who has credit in two years of a high school foreign language may enroll in 111 and 112 for credit without departmental consent. A student who has credit in three or more years of high school foreign language may take 111 and 112 for credit only if departmental consent has been received in writing. Otherwise, a student who has credit in three or more years of a high school foreign language may enroll in any 200-level course for credit without departmental consent. Candidates for the BS within the division of natu ra l sciences and mathe­ matics t t have no foreign language requirement unless it is required by the department. In that case, the foreign language required does not count in the humanities section of the general education distribution requirements. IV. Mathematics. Students must demonstrate proficiency by passing lath. 109, Ill, or 112 (o r the equivalent) or by passing an examinat ion of mathe­ matical skills equivalent to those required for Math. Ill , College Algebra. V. Natural Sciences. Each student must take 12 semeste r hours (three courses), including 4 hours in a laboratory science. Each student must take at least one course in each of the physical and biological sciences divisions listed below. Or: students who have taken 2 units of high school laboratory science (exclu­ sive of general science) must take at least 9 hours, including 4 hours in a laboratory science and one course in each of the physical and biological sciences divisions as listed below. 1. Physical Sciences-Chem.lOlG, 3 hours ; 103,5 hours; 111,5 ho urs ; 112, 5 hours; and all other courses except Chem. 201. Geog. 201, 3 hour,; and 235, 3 hours. (No other geography courses count toward the physical science divi­ sion.) Geo!. 101,3 hours nonlaboratory ; 111 , 3 hours; 300G, 3 hours; 302,3 hours; 312,3 hours. Phys. 111,4 hours; 195G, 4 hours, or with 196, .5 hours ; 213,5 hours; 214, 5 hours ; 311, 5 hours; 312, 5 hours. 2. Biological Sciences-Bio!. 105G, 4 hours; 203, 5 hours; 204, 5 hours; 102G, 5 hours nonlaboratory; and 509G, 4 hours Ilonlaboratory. VI. Humanities. Candidates for the BA degree must take 12 to 15 hours of courses in at least three of the following subdivisions. 0 Cand idates for the BS degree must take 9 hours in at least two of the following subdivisions. t 1. History 2. Literature (see Item I) 3. American Studies 4. Philosophy 5. Religion 6. Humanities f t The division ornalural ....c)('llces and lIlathe lll;!.ti c include, the departm t: nt s of binl ogH.'al sc iences , chemistry, geology, mathematics , physics, and computer sci ence. 290 7. Linguistics-Ling. 150G, 315, 577 8. Art History (any course) and Music-Mus.-Comp. 113, 114, 160G, 161 , 162 9. Speech 143G 10. Women's Studies VII. Social and Behavioral Sciences. Candidates for the BA degree must take 12 to 15 hours of courses in at least three of the following subdivisions." Candidates for the BS degree must take 9 hours in at least two of the following subdivisions. t 1. Anthropology 2 . Political Science 3. Sociology 4. Psychology 5. Minority Studies 6. Geography-all courses except Geog. 201 and 235 7. Economics-Econ. 200G, 201 , 202, and all upper-division courses VIII. Major. All specific department major courses and requirements are listed in the Catalog by departments. While the department controls its own re­ quirements for the major, the following expectations apply to all department majors: 1. A 2.00 grade point average is required in the major 2. No more than 6 hours from the major can be useo to satisfy University distribution requirements .3 . Ceneral Studies courses cannot be used as hours in the major 4. At least 12 upper-division hours are required in the major 5. No more than 45 hours in the major can be used for graduation with a BA degree, and no more than 50 hours in the major can be used for graduation with a BS degree 6. The same hours cannot be used to satisfy requirements for two or more majors or minors Or com bination thereof 7. Combined majors, consisting of 24 hours from one field of study and 12 hours from an allied field of study can be designed under the advisement of the major departments and the Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. IX. Field Major. Field majors in biochemistry, classical studies, geology, gerontology, international studies, Latin American studies, urban affairs, and women' s studies are available. Other field majors may be designed by students who wish to select three or more correlated areas of study and develop an acceptable plan of course work. Field majors must adhere to the following rules : 1. At least 18 hours must be taken in one department and 9 hours in each of two allied departments (36 hours total) with at least 12 of these hours upper division . 2. A plan must be approved by an adviser in the major areas in Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. X. Minor. Minors are offered in geography , Italian, and all fields of study in which a major may be earned. Minors acceptable from outside the college are education (those courses necessary for certification), engineering administra­ o A tot al of 21 hour\. mu st be taken ill .lrea~ VI and Vll h}' candidate , for ti ll' B,\ deg rel.;.'. t A total of 18 hours must be taken In area, VI and VII by candiJ.ah.: ~ fvr the B~ degrt.>e. Fairmount Coll ege of Liberal Arts and Sciences 291 tion, and accounting. The number of hours required for a minor is set by each department. XI. NOllliberal Arts and Sciences Courses. Students may count only 24 hours of nonliberal arts and sciences courses toward either the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree. (This includes courses taught outside of depart­ ments in the liberal arts and sciences.) BACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES The Bachelor of General Studies degree allows a student who wishes to design his or her own program of study greater freedom by reducing some of the requirements of the other bachelor degrees for the purpose of allowing the student to develop areas of concentration which may cross departmental, or even college, lines. The Bachelor of General Studies degree allows the student to become a generalist, and sometimes allows the preprofessional or nontradi­ tional career student greater flexibility in planning for his or her unique future. The requirements of the degree include the following: 1. Communications-6 hours of composition and 3 hours of oral communi­ cation (for BA or BS degree, a grade of "C" or better must be earned in Eng. 101 and 102). 2. General Studies-8 hours of courses listed as General Studies. These courses may also be applied toward college distribution requirements. 3. Professional Studies-at least 6 hours of courses listed in the Professional Studies Division of the General Education Program. 4. Upper Division-at least 40 semester hours of credit in courses numbered 300 or above. 5. Residence-at least 30 semester hours of course credit at Wichita State. At least 24 of the last 30 semester hours or 50 of the last 60 semester hours must be completed at Wichita State. 6. D Grades-no students are allowed credit toward graduation for D grade work in excess of one-quarter of the total hours. Distribution requirements of the Bachelor of General Studies degree call for a minimum of 12 hours in a minimum of two departments in each of the three divisions: (A) humanities, (B) social and behavioral sciences, (C) natural sciences and mathematics. Distribution requirements limit course work to no more than 30 hours from one department, to no more than 60 hours in one division, and to no more than 30 out-of-college hours. The distribution of coursework must occur in the following divisions: A. Humanities 1. History (no specific requirement) 2. American Studies 3. Philosophy 4. Religion 5. Linguistics 6. Literature (no specific requirement) 7. Foreign languages (no specific requirement) 8. Women's Studies 9. Humanities 10. Rhetoric and Communication 11. Art History and Musicology-Composition 113, 114, 161,162, and 493G (count as out-of-college hours) B. Social and Behavioral Sciences 1. Anthropology 292 2. Economics (do not count as out-ot-coJJege hours) 3. Minority Studies 4. Political Science (no specific requirement) 5. Psychology 6. Sociology 7. Geography (all courses except 201 and 235) C. Natural Sciences and Mathematics 1. Chemistry 2. Mathematics (no specific requirement) 3. Computer Science 4. Geology 5. Biology 6. Physics ASSOCIATE DEGREES Two-year associate degree programs offered by Wichita State are part of the regular academic programs, and credits earned in them are transferable to four-year, baccalaureate degree programs. They also may lead to the Associate of Arts (AA) or Associate of Science (AS), which are terminal degrees. Areas of concentration encompass a logical combination of courses to provide initial occupational expertise in selected areas or to help students fulfill personal, social, or cultural objectives. Candidates must complete a sequence or combination of courses to meet objectives authorized by the University. Areas of concentration may include combinations of courses in disciplines of arts and sciences approved by the University. At least 15 hours in one area of concentration are required. Associate of Arts in Humanities The associate degree in humanities requires 60 semester hours, including the following requirements: I. General Education (30 semester hours) 1. English composition-6 hours 2. Oral communication-3 hours 3. Social sciences-6 hours 4. Natural sciences and mathematics--6 hours 5. Humanities-6 hours 6. Electives-3 hours II. Area of Concentration (15-20 semester hours) At least 15 to 20 semester hours of course work must be taken from the following general areas, with at least three courses from one disci­ pline. American studies Music Art Philosophy English Religion History Speech communication Modern languages Women's studies III. General Electives (10-15 semester hours) Students must select at least 10 to 15 hours of elective courses in consultation with their academic adviser to support the overall objectives of their degree program. Associate of Arts in Social Sciences The associate degree in social sciences requires 60 semester hours, including the following requirements: Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 293 I. General Education (30 semester hours) 1. English composition-6 hours 2. Oral communication--3 hours 3. Social sciences-6 hours 4. Natural sciences and mathematics-6 hours 5. Humanities-6 hours 6. Electives--3 hours II. Area of Concentration (15-20 semes ter hours) At least 15 to 20 semester hours of course work must be taken from the following general areas, with at least three courses from one di sc i­ pline. Anthropology Journalism Broadcasting Minority studies Economics Political science Geography Psychology History Sociology III. General Electives (10-15 semester hours) Students must select at least 10 to 15 hours of elective courses in consultation with their academic adviser to support the overall object ives of the degree program. Associate of Arts in Natural Sciences and Mathematics The associate degree in natural sciences and mathematics requires 60 semester hours, including the following requirements: I. General Education (30 semester hours) 1. English composition-6 hours 2. Oral comm unication--3 hours 3. Social sciences-6 hours 4. Natural sciences and mathematics---6 hours 5. Humanities-6 hours 6. Electives-3 hours II. Area of Concentration (15-20 semester hours ) At least 15 to 20 semester hours of course work must be taken from the following general areas , with at least three courses from one disci­ pline. B iochem istry Geology Biological sciences Mathematics Chemistry Physics Computer science Statistics Geography III. General Electives (10-15 semester hours) Students must select at least 10 to 15 hours of elective courses in consultation with their academic adviser to support the overall objectives of their degree program. ASSOCiate of Arts in Gerontology The associate degree in gerontology is offered through the gerontology pro­ gram , as described in the Gerontology section of the Catalog. Associate of Science in Administration of Justice The Associate of Science is offered through the Department ofAdministration of Justice , as described in the Admi n istration of Justice section of the Catalog. 294 Special Programs of Study Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences provides some basic courses for certain professional fields and for subsequent professional studies. The liberal arts studies are recognized as vital in establishing background resources for such areas. Many similarities can be found in the broad pattern of professional education, but marked differences in specific requirements may occur. FIELD MAJOR Students may select a major that correlates three or more fields of study to receive a broad appreciation of the cultural and dynamic factors of human conduct. The selection of courses must be made with an adviser and with the dean's approval. Although such a major cuts across departmental lines and is determined by the field of specific interest, the combination of courses must be acceptable to the college. Normally 36 hours are required for the major, with 18 hours in the major department and at least 9 in each of the two allied departments . Field majors may be taken in biochemistry, chemistry/business, classical studies, geology, gerontology, international studies, Latin American studies , urban affairs, and women's studies. Biochemistry. Biochemistry is a relatively young but rapidly growing science in which many important advances have been made in the last two decades. It requires both an understanding of biological processes and a knowledge of sophisticated techniques of chemistry and physics. The field major in biochemistry is designed to prepare students for employment or further study in this area. Students choosing this field major should seek the advice of the chairperson of the Department of Biological Sciences or the Department of Chemistry as early as possible. Required courses are BioI. 203, 204, 416, and 584; Chem. 123,124,531,532,662,663,664, and 665; Phys. 213 and 214; and Math. 112 or ill and 123. Also required are the following courses which are cross-listed in the Departments of Biological Sciences and Chemistry: 360,666, and 669 (two enrollments). Students must meet the BS graduation requirements in the college. Chemistry/Business. See the chemistry section of the Catalog for complete description. Classical Studies. Classical Studies is an interdisciplinary program de­ signed to give students a sense of continuity and to interpret the values, ideas, and ideals of antiquity as shown in its history, art, mythology, literature, political institutions, and religions. The major also serves as a sound prepara­ tion for areas in which sensitivity to language and ideas is an important tool-classics, linguistics, ancient history, art history , archaeology, compara­ tive literature, law, religion, and Near Eastern studies. The major consists of 36 hours, including 6 hours selected from Greek or Roman history (Hist. 559, 560, 562, 563, 734) and 6 hours selected from art history (Art Hist. 221, 222,520). Also required are Phil. 349, 531, 585, or 650 (ancient topic), Eng. 270,545, or 550, and one of the following: Art Hist. 121G or 322, Greek 350, Hist. 101, or ReI. 442. In addition, Latin 210 or Latin or Greek 224, or one Latin or Greek course beyond 224 (except Greek 350) must be completed. The remainder of the 36 hours must be selected from a list of approved courses, except that courses of independent study done in one of the departments of the field major may count toward the major if the subject matter Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 295 is at least half classical. For further information and a list of approved courses contact Dr. Patrick Kehoe, Department of Romance Languages . Geology. See Geology section for a complete description. Gerontology. See Gerontology section for a compl ete description. International Studies. The program for the international field major is flexible and is des igned to meet the need for specialists in foreign areas, international government or international economics, government, business, and international organizations. Students are prepared for careers in interna­ tional organizations in the U.S. government and in business firms with inter­ national activities. Two options are available: Option A is in area studies; Option B is a combination of area studies and international business . No minor is required for either option. Students interested in Option A should contact Professor John Dreifort (history); those interested in Option B should contact Professor Dharma deSilva (management) or Professor Dreifort. Latin American Studies. The interdepartmental curriculum in Latin Ameri­ can studies provides a broad-based program of study leading to a better understanding of both historic and contemporary Latin America. Two alter­ natives are offered : an emphasis in Spanish language or an emphasis in social sciences. A minor also is offered. A major in Latin American studies with an emphasis in Spanish consists of at least 32 hours, including Anthro. 508; Econ. 671; Hist. 111 and 112; Geog. 530 ; Pol. Sci. 523; and Span. 626 and other 500-level or 600-level courses in Latin American literature. Other courses must be selected from the following: Hist. 553 and Pol. Sci. 320. Approved special projects courses related to Latin America taken in the departments listed above also may count toward the major in Latin American studies . Proficiency in reading Portuguese is re­ quired . A major in Latin American studies with an emphasis in social sciences consists of at least 30 hours, including 21 hours of required courses : Anthro . 508; Ecoil. 671; Hist. 111, 112, and 554; Geog. 530; and Pol. Sci. 523. An additional 9 hours must be selected from the following: Hist. 553; Pol. Sci. 320; and one other course approved by the student's major adviser . Approved special projects courses related to Latin America taken in the departments listed above may also count toward the major in Latin American studies. Majors must take at least 13 hours of Spanish or demonstrate equivalent competence in reading and conversation. A minor in Latin American studies requires that students take Anthro. 508, Econ. 671, Geog. 530, Hist. 111, and Pol. Sci. 523. In addition, Spanish must be chosen to fulfill the liberal arts language requirement. Urban Affairs. See Urban Affairs section for a complete description. Women's Studies. See Women's Studies for a complete description. ART HISTORY The art history program is designed to prepare students for the whole range of activities related to the art of the past: criticism, college-level and secondary­ level teaching, and conservation . 296 The art history major in the college of liberal arts and sciences requires a minimum of 30 hours of art history and must include Art Hist. 121G, 122G, and 426. Because of the international nature of the study, students must take at least 13 hours in French, Italian, or German. The art history minor requires 15 hours in art history, including Art Hist. 121G and 122G. All art history courses are listed under the College of Fine Arts, Division of Art, section of the Catalog. MUSIC Requirements and curriculum for a major in music in the college of liberal arts and sciences are listed in the College of Fine Arts, Divi sion of Music , section of the Catalog. SPECIAL PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS Advisers in the various preprofessional fields and closely related departments provide specific information regarding courses and requirements. Prelaw The Association of American Law Schools states that students interested in pursuing a law degree should get a broad undergraduate education that provides "comprehension and expression in words , critical understanding of the human institutions and values with which the law deals, and creative power in thinking." These qualities are to be achieved through disciplined study in the fields of the student's choice . Requirements for the BA provide students with both a general education and a concentration in a field of major study . The prelaw advisers-Professors John E. Stanga (political science), James Duram (history), and Fred Benson (administration of justice)-can supply students with information about entrance requirements for law school so they can arrange their undergraduate programs to meet these requirements. Premedical, Predental, Preveterinary, Prepharmacy, Preoptometry Medical schools encourage students to obtain a broad education in addition to the prescribed studies in the sciences. Preparation for the study of medicine should include courses that develop disciplined thinking, intelligent appreci­ ation of values, and sympathetic understanding of man and society. Since the study of medicine is associated with scientific knowledge and techniques, courses in biological sciences, chemistry, physics, and allied fields are re­ quired. Students may choose to major in one of these fields , or they may select other majors in preparation for the study of medicine. While the four-year degree program is preferred, it is possible in some medical schools to gain admission on the basis of a three-year program of studies. Wichita State students on the three-year program may be granted the BA by Wichita State if they have taken 94 hours of preparation (the last 30 must be taken at Wichita State) within the required fields of study; earned 188 credit points, with no more than 20 hours of D grade work; passed the first year of medical or dental school (for 30 hours ); and qualified for admission to the second year. Candidates must apply for the degree. Biological sciences majors are required to complete 94 hours plus either the zoology or microbiology Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 297 option listed under the Department of Biological Sciences section of the Catalog. Dental schools require prescribed preparation in the sciences as well as a broad education. Entrance requirements are generally similar, but students should give careful attention to the pattern in each school of their choice. Emphasis on the sciences, especially biological sciences, is recommended. The counselor for predental studies in the College of Health Related Profes­ sions can provide a specific program of course work for either the three-year or fo ur-year program. The preparation for the study of veterinary medicine generally includes a broad education and an emphasis on science, especially biological sciences . The counselor for preveterinary medicine in the College of Liheral Arts and Sciences can provide a specific program of course work. Schedules also may be arranged to meet entrance requirements of the various schools of optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, mortuary science, and related professional fields. Pretheological Students interested in pursuing graduate theological work should consult with the religion department chairperson for specific requirements set forth by specific seminaries. Teaching Students in the college of liberal arts and sciences may qualify for secondary teaching certificates in Kansas and several other states. Those who plan to qualify for the standard secondary teaching certificate must complete the program outlined in the College of Education section of the Catalog. Cooperative Education The Cooperative Education program prOVides students with the opportunity to augment formal course work with employment directly relevant to the stu­ dent's educational objectives. Participants in the program are placed with cooperating agencies on fi eld assignments designed to supplement and en­ hance the individual's academic program. Individualized field projects are formulated in consultation with appropriate faculty advisers, Cooperative Education staff, and the student's employer. Students accepting Cooperative Education placements are required to enroll in designated Cooperative Education courses offered by the various academic departments of the college; such courses generally follow the format of a practicum or internship assignment, and faculty approval of a detailed learn­ ing proposal is required prior to enrollment. Credit is awarded on a Credi 1 0 Credit basis and may be applied towards the satisfaction of degree require­ ments. For further information contact the Cooperative Education office, 109 Mor­ rison Hall. Graduate Degrees Offered Graduate programs are offered through the Graduate School in many liberal arts and sciences areas. The Master of Arts (MA) may be earned in anthropol­ ogy, communications (interdisciplinary), English, gerontology, histo ry, politi­ cal science, psychology, sociology, and Spanish, and the Master of Science (MS) may be obtained in biological sciences, chemistry, geology, mathematics , 298 The Master of Computer Science (MCS) is the :\·1aster of Fine Arts (MFA) in creative (MAJ) in administration of speech; the Master of Arts in Liberal studies; and the Master of Urban For more consult the lVichita Stale Bulletin. Administration of Justice are BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-MAJOR AND MINOR Major. The not more than hours in one of the administration of where 15 hours 1. II. Corrections Services This area involves rehabilitative and court-directed supervision of convicted offenders in both correctional institutions and the commu- Course work in thi~ area includes AJ 606,641,653,656, and III. Courts This area concerns the the criminal justice system. Course work includes a minimum of 12 hours to be selected from the following courses: 641, and 680. IV. Law enforcement This area involves a methods used by law goals. Course work in this area selected from the courses: 680. Fairmount nrni"iofmfi/hl of Justice 299 V. Investigation (12 hours) This area encompasses scientific and traditional criminal investigation services provided by law enforcement agencies. Course work in this area includes AJ 343, 344, 345, 600, 643, and 646. VI. Prevention Programs Development (12 hours) This area concerns the development of community-based law enforce­ ment and corrections programs and the development of crime and delin­ quency prevention programs. Course work in this area includes AJ 382, 560, 606, 610, 636, and 660. VII. Security Services (12 hours) This area concerns the management procedures, technological systems, and operational research functions of contract, industrial, and institu­ tional security agencies. Course work in this area includes AJ 320, 343, 370, 570, 572, and 670. VIII. General Administration of Justice (15 hours) This area offers an overview of administration of justice and an exposure to a variety of specializations. Students must choose 15 elective hours in administration of justice course work (all of which must be upper division), including a minimum of 12 hours to be distributed among at least three of the seven specialty areas listed above. Any course listed in two areas fulfills only the distribution requirement for one area. In addition to specific course requirements, all students seeking the Bache­ lor of Science (BS) with a major in the Department of Administation of Justice must complete at least 21 semester hours of upper-division course work in administration of justice. Upper-division course work is defined as junior- and senior-level course work offered by an accredited, four-year college or univer­ sity and considered by Wichita State and the Department of Administration of Justice to be of upper-division academic quality. To satisfy the requirements for the BS in administration of justice, students may take foreign language course work at their discretion. Students majoring in administration of justice are also directed to select a minimum of 24 hours of supportive course work in one or more of the following areas: sociology, social work, psychology, minority studies, Ameri­ can studies, political science, anthropology, chemistry, biological sciences, geology, or physics. With their adviser's assistance and approval, students may select courses from these areas that best relate to their particular administration of justice specialty area. (Note: These courses may be chosen to satisfy certain sections of the Wichita State University general education requirements as well as the administration of justice requirements.) Certificate of Emphasis in Cross-Cultural Communications for Administra­ tion ofJustice. The emphasis in cross-cultural communications in administra­ tion of justice is designed to provide learning experiences that will prepare practitioners to bring about favorable interaction between criminal justice agencies and the minority groups they serve. This emphasis area attempts to prepare students to develop empathetic responsiveness, combined with hu­ manistic insights, and to develop and maintain mutually dependent helping and working relationships between criminal justice and a variety of minority groups. All students majoring in administration of justice (including all fields of specialization) may opt to obtain the Certificate of Emphasis in Cross-Cultural Communications for Administration of Justice in addition to the administra­ tion of justice major. Those students seeking this certificate must satisfactorily 300 complete Min. Stud. 210 and one ot Min. Stud. 331, 332, 333, or 334, plus 12 additional hours in minority studies course work, 9 of which must be in upper-division courses. Minor. The minor consists of at least 18 hours of administration of justice courses, including AJ 100 and four upper-division courses . ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE The Associate of Science degree in administration of justice is awarded to students who complete the 64-hour, two-year program. The requirements for the degree are summarized in the table. 1. General Education Course Requirements (30 hours) Eng. 101, College English I, 3 hours Eng. 102, College English II, 3 hours Speech Ill, Basic Public Speaking, or Speech 112, Basic Interpersonal Communications, 3 hours Humanities, 6-9 hours Social sciences, 6-9 hours Science or mathematics (including one laboratory course), 6-9 hours II. Professional Curriculum (12 hours) AJ 100, Introduction to Administration of Justice, 3 hours AJ 143, Police in the Community, 3 hours AJ 201, Agency Administration I, 3 hours AJ 220, Criminal Law, 3 hours III. Elective Hours (22 hours) Lower-Division Courses AJ 100 or departmental consent is 201. Agency Administration I. (3). A sur­ vey of management models, administra­prerequisite for all administration of tive techniques and patterns of organiza­justice courses unless otherwise tional structure characteristic of noted. administration of justice agencies. A 2.9 2.01 0 2105 100. Introduction to the Administration 202. Fire Services Administration I. (3). A of Justice. (3). An introduction to the phi­ survey of management models, adminis­losophy and history of Jaw enforcement, trative techniques and patterns of orga­identifying multiple facets of the admin­ nizational structure characteristic of theistration of justice system, including the fire service agency . A 29 2.02 0 2102. police, the courts , correctional agencies and the offender. The administration of 220. Criminal Law. (3). History, scopejustice role is studied as it relates to the and nature of law; parties to crime; clas­individual and to society. Through visita­ sification of offenses; act and intent; ca­tion and contact with administration of pacity to commit crime and defenses. Ele­justice agencies, the student is acquainted ments of major criminal statutes and an with the responsibilities and problems of overview of criminal processes and rulespersonal development for an administra­ of evidence are examined. A 292.2.0 0 2.105tion of justice career. A 2.9 100 0 2.105 Upper-Division Courses143. Police in the Community. (3). Rights and duties of citizens. Constitutional pro­ visions affecting law enforcement officers , 303. Contemporarr Issues in Criminal emphasizing due prOcess, search and sei­ Justice. (3). An ana ysis of criminal justice zure, and informant identity are explored. in a changing society . Topics are explored Interview and interrogation techniques that are most relevant to contemporary and procedures used in all phases of con­ issues and trends in law enforcement, tact within the community structure are courts and corrections. Prerequisite: none. examined. A 2.9 143 0 2.105 A 2.9 303 9 2105 Fairmount College/Administration of Justice 301 320. Criminal Procedure. (3). Criminal procedure in the administration of justice system, including rights of accused, ini­ tiation of prosecution\ rules of arrest, search and seizure, ana the exclusionary rule. A 29 32002105 340 . Investigative Technology. (3). De­ partmental fee. An anal ysis of technology and systems utilized in both criminal and tramc investigation using crime scene in­ vestigating procedures, various methods of personal identiHcation, investigative photography, and traffic accident and safety in\ l' stigative systems. Emphasis is placed on field research and evidentiary aspects of investigative technology. A 29 340 1 2105 343. Special Investigation. (3). Care, col­ lection and preservation of evidence . Sources of information and locating sub­ jects, crime scene recording and investi­ gative techniques applicable to specific offenses are s tudied. A 29 343 1 2105 344. Criminalistics and Scientific Crime Detection. (:3). Departmental fee. Scien­ tific aids available to law enforcement of­ fi cers, including forensic chemistry, phys­ ics and microanalysi s . Investigative procedures from crime scene, through laboratory analysis to court presentation are studied. A 29 344 1 2105 345. Investigative Photography. (3). De­ partmental fee. Basic photography theory and practice as applied to criminal inves­ tigation and criminalistics . Students take , develop prepare and document pictures for evidential purposes. PrerClluisite: AJ 343 or instructor's consent. A 29 345 1 2105 370. Analysis of Security Administration. (3). A course of study for inter(' sted stu­ dents and practitioners of security man­ agement. The history , philosophy of se­ curity, personnel security measures and security goals of business , security firms , military services and government bureaus are discussed . These classes are open to all interested students in any major field of study. A 29 370 0 2105 382. Women in the Administration of Justice. (3). Cross-listed as WS 382. A course designed to examine the role of women within the criminal justice sYStCI11 . It is approached from two perspectives: (ll those women employed by the criminal justice system and (2) those women sought after and incarcerated by the criminal jus­ tice system. Emphasis is placed on those facets unique to women in the hi,tory of law enforcement and corrections. A 29 382 02105 403. Senior Seminar. (3). An intensive study of the theory and operation of the total criminal justice system. Required of all administration of justice majors. Pre­ requi sites: senior standing and depart­ mental consent. A 29 403 0 2105 421. Individual Directed Study. 0-3). Study in a specialized area of the admin­ istration of justice system, with emphasis on the student' s research project. Repeat­ able for credit not to exceed a total of 6 hours. Prcrequisites : 15 hours in the ad­ ministration of justice core and depart­ mental consent. A 29 421 3 2105 422. Internship. (3). Supervised field placement with a governmental or private law enforcement, court, correction , juve­ nile justice , forensic science or security agency. The internship is designed to pro­ vide a learning experiellce in which the student can integrate and apply knowl­ edge and theory derived from the admin­ istration of justice curriculum . Interns are required to work 128 ho urs for 3 hour, credit; there is a maximum of 6 hours credit. Prerequisites : 1.'5 hours in adminis­ tration of /'ustice, junior or senior standing consent 0 the criminal justice agency, and internship coordinator's consent. A 29 422 32105 445. Special Topics. (3-6). Group project and inquiry through student investigation under faculty supervision of administra­ tion of justice topics , including law en­ forcement, corrections and the judicial process. Repeatable for credit, not to ex­ ceed a total of 6 hours. A 29 445 3 2105 481. Cooperative Education. 0-6). This course provides the student with a field placement which integrates theory with a planned and supervised profcssional ex­ perience designed to complement and en­ hance the student's academic program. Individualized programs must be formu­ lated in cOI1'ultation with and approved by the departmental cooperative education coordinator. Prerequisite : administration of justice major. A 29 481 3 2105 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 501. Agency Administration II. (3). An intensive cX~lIllination of a variety of emerging admini strative and management innovative concepts. The proces ses related to the dete rmination and implementation of management philosophy for the admin­ istration of justice agency and its individ­ ual practitioners are e.xplored. Prerequi­ site: AJ 201 or departmental consent. A 29 501 02105 302 510. ADP in Administration of l ustice. (3). A survey of use and potent iaT of au­ tomated data processing ill police, courts ::l nd correctional agencies. The ethical and legal prolJlems confronting society and agencies of the justice sys tem occasioned by the use of computers as information­ gathering and storage instruments are ex­ amllled, as well as the advantages of uSlIlg ADP in basic and ap pl ied research in the administration of jllSticc. A 29 510 1 2105 512. Research Methods. (3). An introduc­ tion to statistical methods including ex­ perimental design the ana j'ysis of statisti ­ cal "processes and related procedures. A study is made of the general methodol ogy of research as it pertain s tu the adminis­ tration of justice. A 29 5120 2105 520. C riminal Evidence. (31' Concepts of criminal evidence rules as t wy pertain to kinds and degrees of evidence-procedure fo r admitting or excluding evidence; wit­ nes ses and privileged communications the hearsay rule and its exceptionsi and judicial notice, burdens of proof, ana pre­ sumptions. Emphasis is placed on the rules of evidence that govern the adminis­ tration of justice process .\ 29.520 0 2105 521. Law and the Administration of Jus­ tice Process. (3). Examination of recent judicial interpretations affecting legal process, ru les of evidence. substantive law and administrative law. An in-depth study of statutory provisions is made, with em­ phasis on the conAict of la",'s and legal trends affectin& administration of justice personnel. A 2~ 521 0 2105 533. Juvenile Justice. (3). An analysis of decis ion-making processes in juvenile jus­ tice, the content of juvenile law, Supreme Court decisions affecting juvenile justice, as well as specific select problems in the ndministratlOn of juwnile justice. A 29 53302105 560. Community Prevention Programs. (3). An analySiS of typologi es, pfiiloso­ phies and operations of existing and pro­ jected community-based cr ime prevention programs. Emphasis is also placed on a variety of governmental and nongovern­ mental community support and action programs, which, although not tradition­ ally identified as such, appreciably con­ tr ibute to the admini stration of justice process. Program categories to be analyzed include ci tizen involvement (voluntary and civilian advi s0d' groups) and educa­ tional, religiou s an tamily welfare and youth services . A 29 560 0 2105 570. Security Staff Sur ervision. (3). As­ sessment of qualities 0 human beings in different systems under different head­ ings. AnalySiS using actual cases and ap­ praisals of, the concept of loyalty, security, and suitability of personnel in govern­ mental or private agencies. Prerequisite: AJ 370 or departmental consent. A 29 570 02105 572. Security Technology. (3). Physical security hazards, threats, sabota~, theft and pilferage problems as they affect the governmental and private agencies as well as actions taken by security officers to counter them. Emphasis is on research in the development of security technology hardware and software. Prerequisite: AJ 370 or instructor's consent. A 29 572 0 2105 600. Forensic Anthropology. (3). Cross­ li sted as Anthro. 600. This course encom­ passes the area of criminal investigation involving biological evidence: blood, hair, fingerprint , dentition, and skeletal system. It covers procedures of collection, p reser­ vation, marking, transportation, referral, laboratory analysis, classification, ana identification, with an emphasis in an­ thropological interpretation. A 28 600 0 2202 606. Conflict Resolution in the Adminis­ tration of Justice. (3). An analysis of com­ munity and individual reaction to agency policy and services. EmphaSis is placed on the agency's role as mediator between of­ fenders and victims of crime and between other groups and individuals in conAict. A 2960602105 610. The Victim and the Administration of Justice. (3) . An examination of the rela­ tionship of criminal victims to the crimi­ nal justice sy stem. Consideration is given to the role of the victim in crime occur­ rences, as well as theoretical develop­ ments in the field. A 29 610 0 2105 It covers procedures of collection, preser­ vation, marking, transportation, referradl laboratory analysis, classification, an identification, with an emphasis in an­ thropological interpretation. A 28 600 0 2202 633. Planning in the Administrat ion of Justice . (3). Analysis of planning tech­ niques related to the procedures, person­ nell physical and specialized equipment, buaget and extra-agency activities. Pre­ requisite : AJ 201 or departmental consent. A 29 633 0 2105 636. Public and Community Relations. (3). Analysis of techniques utilized by ad­ ministration of justice agencies in both public and community relations p rograms that are designed to optimize the ag~ncy's Fairmount College/Administration of Justice 303 communication capability. Special em­ phasis is placed on the unique charac­ teristics of both public and community relations. A 29 636 0 2105 639. Techniques of Agency Staff Super­ vision. (3). Analysis of the personnel su­ pervision, training and evaluatIOn tech­ niques utilized by administration of justice agencies, with emphasis on tech­ niques that optimize the agency-practi­ tioner work relationship. Prerequisite: AJ 201 A 29 6390 2105 641. Forensic Psychiatry. (3). Analysis of the role of psychiatry in the administration of justice process . Emphasis is placed on introducing the student to concepts and procedures of forensic psychiatry. A 29 641 02105 643. Forensic Science. (3). AnalySis of the medical role of prevention, detection and treatment as related to the administration of justice. Emphasis is placed on medical specialty areas, such as pathology and psychiatry, which have signiRcant effect on segments of the administration of jus­ tice process. A 29 643 1 2105 646. Seminar on Investigation Theory and Practice. (3). Analysis and discussio n of investigative theory and practice, with special emphasis on technological inno­ vation and current judicial perspective. Prerequisites: AJ 343 and 344. A 29 646 0 2105 653. Field Corrections Techniques. (3). An analysis of the techniques of proba­ tion, parole, after-care supervision and re­ lated services. Special emphasis is placed on ReId corrections techniques as they re­ late to other segments of the administra­ tion of justice system. A 29 653 0 2105 656. Institutional Corrections Tech­ niques. (3). An analysis of the techniques of institutional correctional practice, in­ cluding diagnostic centers, halfway houses and other related treatment models. Srecial emphasis is placed on in­ stitutiona corrections techniques as they relate to other segments of the adminis tra­ tion of justice system. A 29 656 0 2105 660. Techniques of Prevention Program Development. (3) . An analysis o f the techniques utilized to organize and de­ velop traditional and projectcd crime pre­ vention and related governmental and nongovernmental sponsored programs. SpeCial emphasis is placed on the tech­ niques of identifying existing community services resources and subsequently in­ creasing their level of involvement in the administration of justice process. Pre­ requiSite: AJ 560 or departmental consent . A 29 660 0 2105 304 670. Seminar-Security, Theory a nd Practice. (3). An advanced seminar that emphasizes the interrelationships between theories underlying contl'lllporary securi ty practice. Special cmphasi s is placed on the application of instructor's theory that sup­ Qorts innovation. Prerequisite: AJ 370 or departmental consent. A 29 670 0 2105 680. Administration of Justice: Transna­ tional and Comparative Perspectives. (3). Primarily designed to acquaint students with structural and functional aspects of law enforcement agencies, court sys tems, correctional facilities, juvenile treatment and crime prevention strategies employed by diffe rent societies throughout th e world. The role of the United Nat ions Treatme nt of Offenders and Crime Pre­ vention is incorporated. A 29 680 0 2105 750. Workshops in Administration of Jus­ tice. (3) . Prerequisite: AI 100 or instruc­ tor's consent. A 29 750 ~ 2105 781. Cooperative Education. (1-6). This course provides the student with a pa id ReId placement that integrates theo ry with a planned and su pervi sed profeSSional ex­ perience designed to complement and e n­ hance the student's academic program. Students will work w ith a faculty member in the formulation and completion of an academic project related to the field expe­ rience. The cooperative education experi­ ence must be an integral part of the stu­ dent's graduate program. Indi vid ualized programs must be formulated in cons ulta­ tion with and approved by the department cooperative education coordi nator. Open on ly to AJ graduate students . A 29 781 3 2105 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. General Seminar on the Administra­ tion of Justice. (3). An overview and inte­ grati on . of major propositions, concepts, Jssllmptions history and methods from the various fields of administration of jus­ ti ce, including law e nforcement, the courts, corrections and legislative control. T he pus sible contribution of other com­ munity agencies is also explored. A 29 800 02105 801. Judicial Process and the Administra­ tion of Justice. (3) . The review and dis­ cussion of local, state and federal criminal statutes and co urt decisions as they apply to the admin istrati on of justice process. A 29801 0 2105 802. Advanced Field Corrections Methods. (3). An in-depth analysis of the methods of Reld corrections, including parole, probation and after-care supervi­ sion. Particular attention is given to the relationship that field corrections has to the larger administration of justice system. A 29 802 0 2105 803. Advanced Institutional Corrections Methods. (3) . A course analyzing basic methods utilized in the organization and accoIllp li shment of objectives in c:orrec­ tional institutions. Along with the more traditional corrections institutions, the seminar reviews methods utilized in diag­ nostic centers\ halfway houses and other treatment moaels. A 29 803 0 2105 804. Seminar on the Techniques of Criminal Investigation. (3). A description, analysis and demonstration of historical, contemporary and projected future tech­ niques and procedures utilized in the ap­ prehension of the criminal. A 29 804 9 2105 805. Seminar on Principles of Evidence and Proof. (3). An in-depth examination of different types of legal proof that are pre­ sented at cou rt trials. Included in the ex­ amination are the mediums of witnesses, records, documenb, concrete object s, etc. A 29 805 9 2105 806. Seminar on Agency Administration. (3) . A comparative survey and analysis of administrative philosophy, problems, pro­ cedures, organizations and functions of effective agency organization. Administra­ tive skills related to operations and per­ sonnel both within and outside the agen­ cies are considered . A 29 806 0 2105 811. Research Methods for the Adminis­ tration of Justice . (3). The advanced study of selection and formulation of research problems; the study of design in the re­ search project, including hypotheses and scale construction and sampling proce­ dures; and a review of methods and the nature of the research process, analysis and interpretation. Prerequisite: AJ 512 or equivalent. A 29 811 0 2105 812. Seminar on the Application of Crim­ inological Theory. (3). An in-depth analy­ sis of the major theories of criminology and of their importance to the administra­ tion of justice process. Emphasis is placed on the integration of a consistent, valid and individu al frame of reference being developed by the student. A 2981292105 814. Seminar on Critical Issues in Crimi­ nal Justice. (3). Emergent phenomena in the overall system of criminal justice are investigated to demonstrate the pertinence of theory to practice. Examples of issues include role conAicts in law enforcement and corrections, police profeSSionalism, its place and fun ction; the offender as a client for services; and corrections as a setting for research . A 29 814 9 2105 821. Seminar in Criminalistics. (3) . De­ partmental fee . Review and d iscussioll concern ing techniques and eth ics in­ voh 'ed in the application 01 the phys ical sciences, including chemi stry bi ological sciences, mathematics and physical an ­ thropology, to the investigation of cri me. A 29821 92105 822. Automated Data Processing in the Administration of Justice . (3). An ad­ vanced seminar concerning the methods, purposes\ poss ibiliti c:s and problems en­ counterea in the es tabl ishment and ut ili ­ tization of au tom ated information and computerized data-proces sing systems . Special attention is given to the: impl ieJ­ tions that automated information systems havc "pon police-public: relation ships. A 29822 \3 2105 823. Forensic Science Seminar. (3). The extensi"e examination of the wide fi e ld of issues in which medicim'l comes into rela­ tion with the law. It involves certi fi cation of the dead, th e study of violent and un­ natural deaths, scientific criminal investi­ gation, drug detection, the duty of the medical examiner, procedures in 20urt , of law and considerations of medical etllics Or proper standards. A 29 823 9 210.S 824. Seminar on Administration of Jus ­ tice Education and T rain ing. (3) . Anal ys is of the specialized methods aud techni ques and technological innovatiom utilized in the administration of justice educati onal and training proce, s. A 29 824 9 2105 827. Seminar on Environmental Protec­ tion. (3). An in-depth analysi s of emergin a federal , state and local legi slation; jud i<.:iai deciSions; and admini strative policy as re­ lated to environmental pro!cction. The roles of the administration of ju stice agency and a variety of governmental and nonguvernmental protective agencies are explored as related to prevention, inves ­ tigation and enforcement processes of en­ vironmental protection. Special emphaSis is placed upon the contrii..>ution ad min is­ tration of justice agenci es can make toward development and implementation of effective environmental public educa­ tion and assistance programs. A. 20 827 9 2105 832. Seminar on Agency-Community Re­ lations. (3). An in-depth analysis of the role of agency administrators in comm u­ nity relations and related publi c officia ls in existing community programs. Special emphaSis is placed upon a mu lt ip li city of approaches for develop ing new and rede­ fining existing lines of communications between the ajency and its community. A 298329210;) Fairmount College/Administration of Justice 305 833. Seminar on Youth and the Adminis­ tration of Justice. (3). An analysis of the criminal just ice process as related to the youthful offender. Emphasis is placed upon functional components, such as training of corrections personnel, commu­ nity coordination for delinquency preven­ tion and control, police-school relations and ethical administrative and operational aspects of the adm inistration of justice agency's effort as in the juvenile court. A 2.9 833 9 2.105 851. Individual Directed Study in the Administration of Justice . (3-6) . Individu­ ally directed advanced reading and/or re­ search in special areas of interest in the 'leld of administration of justice. Pre­ requisite: departmental consent. A 2.9 851 32105 852. Practicum. (3-6). Prerequisite : con­ sent of departmental graduate committee. A 29 852 3 2105 853. Internship. (3-6). Prerequisite: con­ sent of departmental graduate committee . A 29 853 3 2105 854. Thesis. (3-6). Prerequisite: consent of departmental graduate committee. A 29 85432105 American Studies The program in American studies provides both a broad cultural background and a specialization in a field of particular interest. Major. Students must have a minimum of 37 hours, consisting of 2 or 4 hours of Amer. Stud. 301; 9 hours from Amer. Stud. 511,512,521,522,611, or 612; and 3 to 6 hours from Amer. Stud. 698 and 699. In addition, 18 hours can be chosen from at least three of the following groups: 1. English-252, 362, 502, 503, 540 2. History-131, 132, 501, 502, 503, 519, 520, 535, 536, 5:37 3. Political Science-121, :311, :315, :316 4. Anthropology-5Il, 5:35, 5:38, 540, 611, 690, 698 5. Philosophy-556 6. Economics-627 7. Speech-632 8. Ceography-520 Minor. A minor in Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences consists of 15 hours, including 2 or 4 hours from Amer. Stud. 301 plus at ieas t 6 other upper-division hours. Lower-Division Courses 150. Workshop in American Studies. (1­ 3). A cou rse designed to provide special­ 100. Business History of the United ized instruction usin~ a variable format in States. (3). Cross-listed as Econ. 100. A 11 an American studies relevant subject. A 100 0 0313 11 150 2 0313 306 ZOlG. The American Hero. (3). Defi nes historical, cultural and environm elltal conditions that fostered the rise of many )!;enres of American folk heroes. Repre­ sentative heroes from colonial tiln t's to the prescnt are n13. A 11 513 00313 521. The Midlands and the High Plains. (3). The background, the factors in the sett lement of this vast area an d the results of thi s settlement. A 11 .'521 0 0313 522. The American Southwes t. (3). The background of the settleme nt o f the American Southwest, the impact of the commingling of three different c ultures and the evolving of a fourth culture. A 11 ,52200313 533. Women and The Law. (3). A 115330 0313 540. American Folklore. (3). Cross-listed as Eng. 540. A survey of the tyre s anci functions of unwritten traditiona materi­ als in the United States, including beliefs j tales, jokes , folk music, customs, ana c raft s, including some ethnic varieties: the un written material s that form the unique­ ness of American culture. A 11 5400 0313 601. Directed Readings in American Studies. (1-3). Prerequisite: in structor's consent. A 11 601 3 0313 602. Directed Readings in American Studies. (1-3). Prerequisite: instructor's consent. A 11 6023031:3 611. The Romantic Revol ution. (3) . T he impact of the Rom antic Revolu tion on the nation's civilization as a liberating fore.' ..' in the period of its greatest change. A 11 b11 00313 612. The Growth of Nationalism. (3). American civilization during the pcriod of its awakening to its place as a nation and thc problellls encountered. A 11 612 0 0313 Fairmount Colle;(dAmerican Studies 307 0313 0313 632. Ameri can P ub lic Address. (3). C ross-listed as Speech 632. A 11 632 0 698. Introduction to Research. (3). Bibli­ ography, methodology and the philosophy ot res earch. Repeatable for a total of six hours of credit. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A 11 698 9 0313 699. Seminar in American Studies. (3). Seminar in individual conferences orga­ nized around a problem or problems pre- Anthropology sen ted by a representative figure , theme or period, i.e. , the Industrial Revolution , Re­ construction, westward migration or Mark Twain and the Mississippi. Repeatable for a total of 6 hours of credit. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A 11 699 9 0313 750. Workshop in American Studies. (1). A course designed to provide specialized instruction using a variable format in a subject relevant to American studies. Re­ peatable for credit. A 11 750 2 0313 A major in anthropology consists of at least 30 hours, including Anthro . 124 or 202; 201 and 647; an area course, such as Anthro. 307, 312, 506, or 511; and one course in archaeology: Anthro. 305, 335, 501, 508, 513, or 538. Students who expect to pursue graduate work in anthropology should also take Anthro. 526. (Anthro. woe, 126G, and 749 do not count toward the major.) Certain courses in related departments may be counted toward an anthro­ pology major if they meet the particular needs of students and are approved by their advisers. No more than 6 hours from another department may be counted. Minor. A minor consists of 15 hours of anthropology (including at least 6 hours of upper-division work) chosen in consultation with the student's major adviser. Lower-Division Courses lOOe . Anthropology of Modern Life. (3). Anthropological perspectives on the be­ havior and institutions of contemporary man, with part icular emphasis on the mass culture of the United States . A 28 lOOG 0 2202 124. General Anthropology. (3). An intro­ duction to the fields of physical anthro­ pology , archaeology and linguistics and an analysis of the concepts of society and culture, with special emphasis on nonli­ terate peoples of the world. A 28 124 0 2202 126G. Popular Archaeology. (3). Archaeo­ logy for everyone-its mysteries , romance and applications. Roles of interested non­ specialist hobbyist , technician and pro­ fessional will be compared. Emphasis on archaeology in the public eye and mind. A 28 126G 0 2203 150. Workshop in Anthropology. (1-3) . A course designed to provide specialized in­ struction using a variable tormat, in an anthropologically revelant subject. Re­ peatable for credit. A 28 150 2 2202 201. Biological Anthropology and Ar­ chaeolo~y. (3). The study of man' s biolog­ ical and- cultural development from early Paleolithic times through the rise of Bronze Age civilizations. A 28 201 02202 202. Cultural Anthropology. (3). The meaning of culture\ its Significance for human beings ana its diverse forms among peoples of the world, past and present. A 28 202 0 2202 204. Biological Anthropology and Ar­ chaeology Lab. (1). Lab fee. Prerequisite : previous or concurrent enrollment in Anthro. 201. A 28 204 1 2202 281. Cooferative Education in Anthro­ polo~y. ( -4). This course is designed to prOVide the student with practical experi­ ence that will coml2lement the student's academic program. Consultation with and approval by an appropriate faculty spon­ sor is necessary. A 28 281 0 2202 Upper-Division Courses 303. Peoples and Cultures of the World. (3). A survey of the cultural configurations of non literate peoples of aboriginal America, Asia, Oceania and Africa. Pre­ requi site: Anthro. 124 or 202. A 28 303 0 2202 305. World Archaeology. (3 ). Study of the cultural developm ent beginning with the emergence of culture in hominid evolu­ ti on an d continuing th rou gh th e major stage ~ of food production, including vil­ lage farming and urbanization. A 28 305 0 2203 307. Peoples of Africa. (3). A description and analysis of the culture areas of Africa south of the Sahara Desert, from ethno­ hi storic and eth nographic sources. A 28 30702202 312. Peop les of Asia. (3). Study of tribal cultures alld civil izations of Asia in terms of major cu lture areas, racial varieties and linguistic pattern s. A 28 312 0 2202 318. C ulture and Personality. (3l' The re­ lationship of individual persona ity, both normal and abnormal, to group member­ sh ip and cultural configuration . A 28 3180 2202 323. Primitive Folklore. (3). Survey of the oral literature of Africa, the Americas and the Pacific. The role or myths, tal es, rid­ dles and proverbs in reRecting a people 's value and world view is explored . A 2t) 323 02202 327. Primitive Religion. (3). Cross-listed as ReI. 327. An examination of various concepts concerning the realm of the su­ pernatural as hcld by primitive people. This course relates such religious and ma­ gical beliefs-and the resultant 'prac­ tices-to the larger 'patterns of cuJturnl context. A 28 327 0 2202 328. Med ical Anthropology. (3). Medical an thropology studies the health beliefs and behavioTG of various human societies, especially ill, but not limited to, those outside the western, scientific tradition. Attitudes toward the etiology of disease, the techniques of healing, the use of cura­ tive drugs and other agents , the roles of healers and therapists and the attitudes of the community toward the ill are among the areas covered. A 28 328 0 2202 335. Archaeology of North America. (3). A survey of the prehi storic cultures of North America norto of Mexico from the earliest peopling of the continent to the time of European colonization . A 28 335 0 2203 361. Law, Poli tics and Society. (3). The study of legal and political systems in non-Western societies. Topics covered in­ clude the origin of the state, precolonial law and politics, the impact of colonial­ ism, and 'problems in state building. A 28 36102202 481. Coor erative E ducation in Anthro­ pology. ( -4). This course is designed to p rovide the student with practical experi­ ellce that will cOIllplement the student's academic program. Consultation wi th and approval by an appropriate faculty spon­ sor is necessary . A 28 481 0 2202 498. Readings in Anthropology. (2-3). Re­ peatable up to 6 hours. Special problems in anthropology. P rerequi site: 12 hours of an thropology. A 28 49t) 3 2202 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 501 . Approach to Archaeology. (3). Lab fee. An introduction to the rroblems of studying past cultures. Specia attention is focused on methodology ami techniques availah le to archaeologists and the theo­ reti cal rationale leading to sound interpre­ tations of tll r ~tructure of extinct cultures . Prerequ isite:: Anthro. 124 or 201 or equiv­ alent. A 2b 501 0 2203 502. Introduction to Archae ological Lab­ oratory T ech niques. (1-3). Maximum of three hours. An introducti on to the labo­ ratory processing of archaeology materi­ als. Students will obtai n direct experience in all phases of prepar in~ excavated mate ­ rial s tor analysis incluaing cleaning, re­ storing, preserving, numbering, and cata­ loging of ceramic and lith ic artifacts and other remains . Prerequisites: Anthro. 124, 201 or 205 A 28 502 1 2203 506. Peop les of the Pacific. (3). A survey of the races, languages and cultures of nonliterate peoples of Poly nesia, Micro­ nesia and Indonesia. A 28 506 0 2202 508. A n c ient Ci v i li z a tions of t he Ame ricas. (3). A cultural survey of the Aztec, Maya and Inca. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 or 202. A 28 508 0 2212 511 . T he Indians of North America. (3). A survey of tribal societies and native con­ federations north of Mexico from the pro­ tohistoric throu~h the hi~toric period. Prerequisite: Antnro. 124 or 201 or equiv­ alent. A 28 511 02212 513. Archaeology of East Asia. (3). A broad survey o! archaeology throughout eastern Asia from the early hominid fos sils at Peking and Java to the development of Chinese and Southeast Asian civilizations. Special attention will focus on China (through the Han Dynasty), Southeast Asia and Australia/New Guin ea. Recent ar­ chaeological finds of the Peoples' Repub­ lic of China will be included. Prerequi­ site: one 3 hour course in archaeo logy or consent. A 28 513 0 2203 514. Anthropological Perspectives in Gerontology. (3). Cross-listed as Geron. Fairmount College/An thropology 309 5 14. n anthropolo.gical analysis of the latt r stages of the lilt' cycle w ith historical and cro -cultural per~.£ecti ves. Prerequi­ si te Anthro . lOOG or LA or Soc . 2.11. A 28 514 0 2202 519. Applying Anthropology. (3). The ap­ plication of anthropological knowledge in the solution of social problems in in­ dustry , public health and public adm inis­ tration. Prerequisite: Anthro . 124 or 202. A 28 519 0 2102. 521. Performing Arts in Other Cultures. (3). The performing arts are hi~hly devel­ oped in many cultures around the world in dance, music, song and in the dramatic presentations of ceremon y and pageantr y. These will be studied on film, tape, and records and in li ve performancl's J\ ail able locally. Prerc>qui site: Anthro. 12.4 or 202 or in structor 's con sent A 28 .')21 0 2202 522. Primitive Art. (3). A survey of the arts of preliterate p eo ples, with specia l atten­ tion to their fun ct ion in the cultural set­ ting. Pre reqttisitc : Anthro. 124 or 202. A 28 52202202 525. Culture Change and Modernization. (3). E x,lmination of the d ynamics of socio-cultural change in the past and present w ith emph asis on p rocesses of modernization in nonindu st rial societies . Prerequisite : 6 hours of an thropo logy. A 28 525 0 2202 526. Social Organization. (3). A survey of the varieties of soc ial o rganizat ion among nonindustriali zed pellp les thro ughout the world. This course ucal s with family sys ­ tem s, kinship , residence patterns and lin­ eage, clan and tribal organizations. Pre­ requisite: 6 hours of anthropology. A 28 .'526 02202 531. Culture and Physical Man. (3). An exploration of the intimate relationship between cultural practices and biological attr ibutes of human populations. T he cour se will interrelate human biological and cultural evo lution to the pre sent and probable futu re. Prerequisite: Anthro. 201 or equivalent. A 28 531 0 2202 538. Early Man in the New World . (3). A criti cal examination of facts and theories concerning early man in the New World, from the peopling of the continent to the beginning of the Archaic Tradition, an d of the role of cultu ral contacts between east­ ern Asia and North America. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 or 201, or equivalent. A 28538 02203 540. The Indians of the United States: Conquest and Survival. (3). An anthropo­ logical inquiry into four cen turies of cu l­ tural contact , co nHict, resistance and rena­ scence. Prerequ is ite : Anthro. lZ4 or 20 1, o r equivalent. A 28 540 0 2212 542. Women in Other Cultures. (3). Cross- li sted as WS 542. A co urse dealing with the place of women 111 pn mltl ve and other nOll-vVestern societies, in various as­ pects of culture : political, econom ic, so­ cial re ligious, domestic, intellectual, p sy­ cho logical and aesthetic. Soc ieties are compared and contrasted in order to see how diH'erent kinds of roles for women are relateu to differen t kinds of soc ieties. A 28 54202202 545. Economic Anthropology. (3 ). The st udy of methods of production, division of labor, organizati on of markets, concepts of money anu property a llocation in tribal socie ti es. An emphas is is placed on kin­ ship units as uni ts of consumption and production. Prerequ~site: 6 hours of an­ thropology. A 28 54;:, 0 2202 555. Foss il Evidence for Human Evolu­ tion. (3). A de tailed examination of man 's evoluti onary history as evidenced by fossil remain s and a survey of various interpre­ tive explanations of the fossil record . Pre­ requisi te: Anthro. 201 or BioI. 233 or equivalent. A 28 555 1 2202 556. Human Variability . (3). A cr itical ex­ amination of the biological aspects of contemporary human variation , stressing human adaptations. Prerequisites: Anthro . 201 and BioI. 100. A 28 556 1 2202 557, Human Osteology. (31' A course dealing with human skeleta and dental m ate ria ls, with applications to both phys­ ical anthropology and archaeology . Topics in lecture and extensive laborato ry ses­ sio ns include bone and tooth identifica­ tions, measurement and analysis and ske­ letal preservation a nd reconstruction. Individual p rojects are undertaken. Pre­ rC(J,lli s ite : Anthro. 201 or eq uivalent. A 28 55702202 577. Introduction to Linguistics . (3). Cross- listed as Ger. 577 ana Ling 577 Principles of desc riptive and hlstoncal linguistics: phonetics and phonology, morphology and syntax. The phonological and grammatical stru ctures o f Modern Standard German and its development from Proto-Germanic. A 28 577 0 1505 580. Human Paleoecology. (3). A thor­ ough review of the eco logical approach to culture history th rou gh the practice of ar­ ch aeological and multidisc iplinary stud­ ies. Problem formulation, specialized techniques, anu interpretation will be em­ phasized. Prerequisite: Anthro. 501 or equivalent or instructor's co nsent. A 28 58002203 310 597. Topics in Anthropology. (3). Dc­ tailed ~tud~ of tupics in anth ropolu&) , wi th particu lar emphasis be ing estab­ li ~hed an'urdin g to the expertise uf the various instructors, A 28 597 3 2202 600. Forensic Anthropology. (3)_ Cross ­ listed a~ A1 600, The course encom pa,sl'S the area of cr iminal investigation in\'olv­ ing bi ological C'vidence : bloud, hai r, fin ­ gerprint, denti tion and skeletal sys tem , It cuvers proc('d u re~ of collect ion , preseT\'a­ tion, marking, tran sporta tion, referral. lahoratory an ;\l y ~ i s , classifi cation and iden tification , with a emphasis on ant hro­ pological interpretation, A 28 600 0 2202 602. Archaeological Laboratory Analysi,. (1-:3) , St udcnt ~ analyze arc·hacological ma­ terials, induding ceramic, lith ic, fauna l and vegetal remalllS accord ing to accepted methods . Student- lcarn to apply standard methods of identi fica tion and modes of interpretat ipn to the materials to produce an acccptahl e archaeological report. Pre­ requi sites : Ant\uo, 502 and instrJldor's con sen t A 28 602 1 22tl: 606. Museum ~ethods . (3) . An introdu ~­ tion to mmeu l1\ tech ni< jues relati ng tu the aC'Jui sit ion of coll ect ions and related pro­ cedurcs, ~ul'h as 3u:cssioning, catal oging, documentation, presentation and storage, Empbasis is to current trends in mu~eolo­ gical ph il osophy concern ing purpose, function and relt' \'ance of mUSC l1l11s, as well as career opportun ities , Prerequi site: im trudor 's L'on w nt. A 28 606 5 2202 607. ~1useum Exhibition. (3). Contem­ porar)' phil osophy uf exhib ition des igll and the applicatio ll of recent concepts to the p lanll ing and installati oll of an exh ib it. Prereq ui site; Anthro, 606 or in structor' s consent. A 28 fiO i 5 2202 611. Southwestern Archaeology. (3). A com prehensi vc sun't' ) uf the prehistoric, his toric and living cu ltures of the Ameri­ l:an Southwest" wit h part it:ular emphasis on Ule cult ural cont inuities and changes covering 12,000 years , Prereq uisites: 6 hours of anthrofology and departmental consent. A 28 6 1 0 2203 612. Indians of the Greal Plains. (3). An inves tigati on of the cultural dynam ics of the Great Plain s area, from the protohis­ tori t: period to the present. Prerequisites : 6 hours of anthrofolOgv and departmental consent. A 28 6 2 0 ~2 12 613. Archaeology of the Great Plains. (3). The arl:haeology " f the Great Plains area from the earliest evidence into the his tor ic period, Prerequisite: 6 hou rs of anthro­ pology including at least one archaeology t:ourse A 28 613 0 2203 636. Advanced Studies in Archaeologr and Ethnohis tory . (3). Special area and theory problems in a h is torical approach to cu ltllTe , Prerequisites: 6 hour~ of an­ thropo logy and departmental consent. A 28636 02202 647. Theories of Culture. (3). A survey of lh e main theoretical movements in cul­ tural an thropology, includ ing both histor­ ical ancl contemporary schools of thought , Prerequi site:. 6 hours of anth ropology, A 28 6-47 0 2202 648. Contemporary Theories in Anthro­ pology. (3). T his cOUJ'se dea ls with devel­ opments in an thropological theory since Worl d War II: neoevolution, cu ltura l ecology, ethnosc:ience (componential analysis, cugniti \,c quis ite: BioI. 204. A 12 500 1 0402 502. Vascular Plants_ (4) . 2R; 6L. Lab fee. An introduction to the structure, repro­ duction and evolution 01 the major groups of living and extinct vascular plants. An introduction to flowering plant systemat­ ics is included. Prerequisite: BioI. 204. A 12 502 1 0402 505. Plant Physiology. (4). An introduc­ tion to the principles which govern phlllt growth and development , including water relations, long distance tran sport l)roc­ esses, mineral nutrition , photosynt lesis and respiration as it relates to growth and development, and the chemical and en­ vironmental regulation of developmental processes. Concurrent enrollment in BioI. 506 is optional. Prerequisites: BioI. 204 and Chem . 112. A 12 505 0 0406 506. Plant Physiology Laboratory. (2). 4L. Lab fee. An introduction to the techniques of experimental plant pllysiology. An em­ phasis is placed on expcrimental deSign, the use of elementary statistics in the analysis of results, drawing conclusions from experimental resu lts and the written communication of experimental findings. Phenomena considered include photo­ synthes is, respiration l transl ocation, min­ erai nutrition, and tne control of plant growth and development bv environmen­ tal and chemical factor s. Prerequisite or corequisite BioI. 505. A 12 506 1 0406 509G. Foundations of Human Heredity. (4). Introduction to the mechani sms and societal significances of developmental trall smiss ion and population genetics of humans. Attention given to inborn errors of metabolism and development and the roles of genetic counseling and genetic engineering in their management. C ourse is intended for student s majoring outside of the natural sciences and does not carry credit toward a biologial sciences major or minor. Prerequisite : junior standing. A 12 509G 00417 518. Biology of Aging. (3)_ Cross-listed as Geron. 518. Service course. An introduc­ ti on to the phenomenon of aging, in clud­ ing a survey of age-related processes and mechanisms of senescence, with emphasis on man. Prerequisite : a basic course in biological sciences that will satisfy the general education requirements is recom­ mended. A 12518 0 0410 520. Invertebrate Zoology. (4). 3R; 3L. Lab fee. A comparative study of the mor­ phology and phylogeny of the inverte­ brates, with emphasis on the basic body types and their major variations. Prerequi­ site: BioI. 204. A 12 520 1 0407 524. Vertebrate Zoology. (4). 2R; 4L. Lab fee . E volution, distribution, systematics, natural history and special characters of vert t·iJ rate animals. Prereqllisite : BioI. 204. BioI'. 527 is also recom mended . A 12524 1 0407 527. Comparative Anatomy. (5). 3R; 4L. Lab fee . An intensive study of representa­ tive chordates with cmphasis on vertebrate anatomy. Prerequisite: BioI. 204. A 12527 1 0412 528. Parasitology. (3). 2R; 4L. Lab fee. The parasites of Inan and other vertebrate hosts. Prerequisite: BioI. 204. A 12 528 1 0407 531. Food Microbiology. (4). 2R; 4L. Lab fee. This course examines the role and significan ce of microorgani~ms in foods. Included are: factors that affect microbial growth; detection of microbes and their products; food spoilug(); food preservation by usc of chemicals, radiation, high and low tf'lllperature , drying, and fcnnenta­ tion; food-borne microbial infections and intoxications; and the microbial basis of food sanitation, control , and inspection. Prerequisite : BioI. 330. A 12 ·33 1 1 0411 532. Entomology. (5). 3R; 4L. Lab fee. An introduct ion to the morphology, phys­ iology, life cycles, beh;)vior, ecology and economic significance of insects. Prereq­ ui site: Biol. 204. A 12 532 1 0421 534. Mammalian Physiology. (3). A sur­ vey of mamm a];ian physiology, with em­ phasis on human systems. Prerequisites: BioI. 204 and Chel1l. 531 or departmental consent. A 12 534 0 0410 535. Mammalian Physiology Laboratory. (3). 4L. Lab fee. A practical approach to the basic physiology of mammalian sys­ tems. Prerequisite or corequisite: BioI. 534 A 12535 1 0410 538. Neurophysiology and Neuroanat­ omy. (4). 2R; 4L. Lab fee . An examination of the anatomy and physiology of the ner­ vous system, with special emphasis on human s. Prerequisite: BioI. 534 or depart­ mental consent. A 12 538 1 0410 540. Comparative Embryology. (4). 2R; 4L. Lab fee. GametogeneSiS. fertilization and developmental processes in animals, with emrhasis on vertebrates. Prerequi­ site: Bio . 204. BioI. 527 is also recom­ mended. A 12540 1 0427 544. Histology. (4). 2R· 4L. Lab fee. The microscopic anatomy of vertebrate tissues with emphasis on mammals. Prerequisite: Biol. 204. A 12544 1 0413 545. Microscopic Technique. (4) . 2R; 4L. Lab fee. Laboratory experience in the Fairmount College/Biological Sciences 315 preparation of tissue for subsequent his­ tological examination. Prerequisite: BioI. 204 or instructor's consent. BioI. 544 is recommended. A 12 545 1 0413 552. Mycology. (4) . 2R; 4L. Lab fee. The structure, development and reproduction of fungi, with emphasis on the cytology and physiology of forms of scientific and economic importance. Prerequisite; BioI. 204. A 12 552 1 0411 560. Plant Ecology. (4). 2R; 6L. Lab fee. Principles and patterns of plant distribu­ tion and of adaptation of plants to partic­ ular habitats. Emphasis is put on the ex· perimental approach to plant ecology. Field trips are an integral part of the labo­ ratory . Prerequisite: BioI. 204. A 12 560 1 0420 570. Ecology and Man. (3). Service course. An introducti on to the fundamen­ tals of ecology, with emphasis on man as a part of the environment. Docs not mret general education requirements . A 12 ;570 00420 573. Statistical Applications in Biology. (2) . A course designed to supplement Stat. 370 by .providing experience " 'ith practi­ cal applications of statistical theory to bi­ ological data. The experience will involve computations on data taken from the pri­ mary literature, the application of statisti­ cal tests to sets of data, the d sign of ex­ periments to fit specific tests, and the u 'e of packaged computer programs for cer­ tain statistical tests. Students are en­ couraged to have access to calculators with at least two memory banks. Prerequisite: Stat. 370. A 12 573 2 0419 575. Field Ecology. (3). 9L. Lab fee. Techniques for analysis of sys tems con­ sisting of living organisms and their envi­ ronments. Field trips are required. Pre­ requisite: instructor s consent. A 12575 1 0420 578. Limnology. (5). 2R; 6L. Lab fee. In­ troduction to the biological and physical processes that operate in lak s, streams and estuaries. Assigned reading , individ­ ual projects and field trips are require? Prerequis ites: BioI. 204 and instructor s consen t. A 12 578 1 0420 584. Genetics. (5) . The mechanisms of heredity and variation in plants and an­ imals with a critical review of the concept of the gene. Prerequisite: BioI. 204. A 12 584 0 0422 590. Immunobiology. (3). The nature of antigens and antibodies and their interac­ tions. Cellular and humoral aspects of im­ munologic phenomena are included. Pre­ requisites: BioI. 204 and Chern. 531. A 12 59000416 316 591. Immunobiology Laboratory. (3). 6L. Lab fee. Methods of immunization and techniques for qualitative and quantitative determi nations of antibody production and antigen-antibody reactions. Prerequi­ sites or corc~llisites: BioI. 590, Chern. 531 or instructor s consent. A 12 591 1 0416 610. Topics in Botany. (2-4 ). No more than a total of 6 credit hours earned from among BioI. 610, 640 and 660 may be applied toward major and graduation re­ quirements. Prerequisites: BioI. 204 and instructor's consent. A 12610 4 0402 620. Animal Behavior. (3). A survey of animal behavior, including human. with major emphasis on the analysis of behav­ ior as a eoncert of physiological processes. Prerequisite: BioI. 204 or departmental consent. A 12 620 0 0407 621. Animal Behavior Laboratory. (2) . 6L. Lab fee. Individual or team research proj­ ects in the area of behavior. Prerequisite or corcquisite BioI. 620 . A 12 621 1 0407 630. Sociobiology. (3). A systematic study of the biological basis of ocial behavior. The course focuses on animal societies their population structure1 cas tes and communication, and the unaerlying phys­ iology. Prerequisite: BioI. 204 or aepart­ mental consent. A 12 630 0 0407 640. Topics in Zoology. (2-4). No more than a total of 6 credifhours earned from among Bio!. 610, 640 and 660 may be applied toward major and graduation re­ quirements. Prerequisites: BioI. 204 and instructor's consent. A 12 640 4 0407 650. Protoloology. (4). 2R; 6L. Lab fee . Survey of the free living and parasitic protozoa, with identifica tio n. life cycles and host-parasite relationships empha­ sized. Prerequisite: BioI. 204. A 12 650 1 0411 654 . Pathogenic Microbiology. (4). 3R; 3L. Lab fee . An introduction to the im­ portant pathogenic microorganisms and their relationships to health and disea e in man. Prerequisite: BioI. 330. A 12 654 1 04Jl 658. Microbial Physiology. (3). The phys­ iology and metabolism of microorganisms. Prerequisi tes: BioI. 330 and Chern . 531. A 12 658 0 0411 659. Microbial Physiology Laboratory. (3). 6L. Lab fee. An introduction to the basic techniques in vo lved in the study of microbial phy~ iology. Prerequisites: BiOI. 330 and Chern . 531. A 12659 1 0411 660. Topics in Microbiology. (2-4). 0 more than a total of 6 credit hours earned from among BioI. 610,640 and 660 may be applied toward major and graduation re­ quirements. Prerequisites : Bio!. 204 and instructor's consent. A 12 660 4 0407 666. Special Topics in Biochemistry. (3). A course designed primarily for students who choose tfie biochemistry field major. A small number of current problems in biochemistry will be discussed in depth . Reading published res earch papers in the field will be required. Prerequisites: BioI. 204, Chern. 662 and 663 . A 1266600414 669. Research in Biochemistry. (2). A course designed primaril y for students who choose the biochemistry field major. Participation in a biochemistry research project under the direction of a faculty member and a written report summarizing the results is required . May be repeated once for credit . Prerequisites: BioI. 416 and Chern . 662 or 663 and Chern. 664 or 665 . A 12 6694 0414 724. Special Problems in Animal Behav­ ior. (3). Topics such as spontaneity, drive , rhythms, instinct, behavioral plasticity, behavior genetics and the evolution of be­ havior receive special emphasis . Prerequi­ site : Bio!. 620 or instructor's consent. A 12 72400407 728. Physiological Basis of Behavior. (3) . A modern approach to coordinatory mechanisms that stresses the essential unity of nervous and endocrine function. Prerequisite: BiOI. 730 or instructor's con­ sent. A 12 728 0 0410 730. Comparative Animal Physiology. (3). A phylogenetic examination of the homo­ logous and analogous ways in which an­ imal s perform similar functions . Pre­ requisite: BioI. 534 or departmental con­ sent. A 12 73000410 750. Biology Workshop. (1-3). A 12750 2 0401 Chemistry 756. Microbial Genetics. (4), The rela­ tionship between development, metabo­ lism and genetics in microorganisms. Pre­ requisites: BioI. 330 and 584 or departmental consent. A 12 756 0 0422 770. Special Problems in Ecology. (5). 2R; 6L. Lab fee. Emphasis on conserva­ tion of natural resources , land and water use; wildlife and fisheries management, ana effects of pollution. Assigned read­ ings, individual projects and field trips are required. Prerequisites : BioI. 575 and 578 or instructor's consent. A 12 770 1 0420 780. Biochemical Genetics. (3). Studies of the physiochemical nature of genetic ma­ terial and the mechanisms of genetic reg­ ulation of metabolism . A 12 780 0 0422 790. Advanced Immunology. (3). Con­ temporary problems in immunologic re­ search. Lectures, assigned readings and reports are included. Prerequisites: BioI. 590 and instructor's consent. A 12 790 0 0416 798. Biology Seminar. (2). Reviews of current research in biological sciences. Repeatable once for credit. A 12 798 9 0401 Courses for Graduate Students Only 890. Research. (2-5). Lab Fee. S/U Grade Only. Students performing research on their thesis projects should enroll for an appropraite number of hours. An oral presentation of the research results must be presented to the student's thesis com­ mittee before a grade is assigned. A 12890 40499 891. Thesis. (2). S/U Grade Only. Stu­ dents must be enrolled in this course dur­ ing the semester in which the thesis is defended. A 12 891 4 0499 The chemistry department offers a broad and flexible curriculum leading to a variety of degrees and options, as follows : Bachelor of Science (BS) in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Chemistry-Preprofessional Option, Bach­ elor of Science in Chemistry-Chemical Physics Option, Bachelor of Arts (BA) in Chemistry, Biochemistry Field Major (BS), and Chemistry/Business Field Major (BS). Curriculum details for each of these programs are given below. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry. This program requires Chem. 524, 532, 545,546,547, 615, and their necessary prerequisites, including Math. 344 and Phys. 312, or their equivalents . An additional 14 credit hours of professional development courses must be taken. Courses that will satisfy this requirement are: (a) Chem. 690 and 669; (b) all elective chemistry courses above 600; (c) numerical methods: Chem. 602, Math. 551 , CS 501, 675; (d) electronics: Fainnount College/Chemistry 317 C hem. 625, Chem. 725, Engr. 492; (e) mathematics courses with Math. 344 prerequi;ite; (f) physics cour:'l'S with Phys. 312 prerequisite; (g) foreign language: one academic year of German or French; and (h) other courses as may be approved (approval required) by student request to the Chemistry Advising Committee. At least 4 credit hours of the professional development courSf'S must be selected from Chern. 690 and other chemistry courses above 600 (Chem. 701 is excluded). In agreement with the American Chemical Society Committee on Profes­ sional Training, the chemistry department strongly encourages the BS student to select courses to acquire some knowledge and understanding of computer sc ience, economics, marketing, and business and to utilize every opportunity to develop competence in technical writing and oral communication. The curriculum for the BS in chemistry is approved by the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists, and students completing the program receive certification from the American Chemical Society. Bachelor of Scienel' in Chemistn)-Preprofessional Option. Students in premedical, predental, preveterinary, prepharmacy, preoptometry, or other preprofessional programs may desire this option, for which the following courses arc required: Chem. 524, 532, 614, and their nece s~ary prerequisites, which must include Math. 243 and one year of physics; 5 credit hours selected from Chem. 540,545,546, and S47; 5 credit hours selected from Chem. 662, 663, 664, and 665; 4 additional credit hours of chemistry courses numbered above SOO and 10 credit hours of BioI. 203 and 204 (or equivalent). The course s lection must include one of the laboratory courses: Chem. 547,613,664, or 665. This program is designed for students not expecting to become professional chemist · and therefore does not necessarily meet standard s of certification by the Am riean Chemical Society or entry requirements fo r graduate work in chemistry. Bachelor of Science in Chemistn)-Chemical Physics Option. Students may elect to participate in this option, which is a joint program with the Depart­ ment of Physics. Students participating in this option are expected to satisfy the rcgular BS in chem istry requirements and take 6 credit hours of upper­ division physics courses from Phys. 551, 621,631,712, 714, or other approved cours c~ . All students must take Chem. 642. Students completing this option are eligible for certification by the American Chemical Society. Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry. This degree requires: Chem. 524,532, 545, 546,547, and the necessary prerequisites, including Math. 344 and Phys ..312 or their equivalents. Students with a substantial intere;;t in the biological sci ences may satisfy the BA requirements by substitutillg Chem. 662 and 664, or Chem. 663 and 665, for Chem. 524 (then Chem. 523 is required) or by substituting Chem. 662 or 663 for Chem. 546. Students who meet the requirements of the BA program may be certified b~ the American Chemical Societv if they also take Chem . 614, 662, or 663. B iochemistry Field Major. The departments of biologica l sciences and chemistry participate jointly in this program. Students se lecting this major should seek the advice of one of the departmental chairpersons as early as possible. T he required courses are: BioI. 203,204,416, and 5R4; Chem. 111, 112, 523, 531,532,662,663,664, and 665; Phys. 213 and 2 14; Math. 112 or 111 and 123. Also required are Chem. 360,666, 669 (two enrollments), which are cross-listed in the Department of Biological Sciences. 318 C hemistry/Busin ess Field M ajor. The Charles M. Buess program in chem­ istrylb usiness is designed for students who wish to pursue careers in chemical sales , management , advertising, and other related areas. This program requires 30 hours of business courses, as follows: Acctg. 210 and 220; Econ . 201 and 202 ; Admin. 300, 340,360,405, 435, and 608. In addition, approximately 30 hours of chemistry and mathematics are required: Chem. 111,112,523, 361 or 662,531 (or 533 and .534), and Math 114 or 242. Students must also take 5 to 8 hours of chem istry course~; numbered 500 or higher. Students se lecting this uption should contact the chairperson of the Depart­ ment of Chemistry as early as possible for advice. Minor. The chemistry minor consists of at least 14 hours of chemis try courses and must include at least 4 hours from Chem. 523,531, and 545. A 2.00 CPA is required. Advising. All students pursuing one of the above degrees should consult closely with the Department of Chemistry in planning their program. It should be noted that Chem. 123 and 124 can be substituted for Chem. 111, 112, and 523 if the appropriate prerequisites can be met. Students should plan to take required physical chemistry courses (Chem. 540, 545, or 546) during their ju nior year, thereby requiring that physics and calculus prerequisites be taken earl ier. MINIMUM DISCIPLINE REQUIREMENTS IN CHEMISTRY PROGRAMS Bachelor of Science Course Hrs. Chern 111, 112 .... . .... . ..... . ........ . ..... . . . ......... 10 Chem. 531, 532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Chem . 523, 524 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Chem. 545, 546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chem. 547 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Chem. 614, 615 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chern. 600-800· ......... . .................... . ..... ... . . 4 Phys. 311 , 312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Math. 112, 242, 243, 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 P rofes sio'nal aeveloprnent . . . ............................. . . 10 o Pari of lht; required 14 hour:-. u f pro(c ;;:i ional developme nt courses (see de.\<:ripti Otl above). Bachelor of Scienc&-o-Preprofessional Option Course Hrs. C hern. Ill, 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Chem. 531 , 532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Chern. 523, 524 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Chem. 540, 545, 546, 547 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Chem. 614 . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Chern. 662, 663, 664 t, 665 f .... . .. . ... .. .. . ...... . . ...... 5 Chem. 500-800 . . ... . .. ..... . . ... . ... . ..... .. . . ....... . . 4 Phys . (1 yr.) . ... . . . ... . .. . ..... . .. . .......... . .. . ...... 10 Math . 112, 242, 243 . . . .... . . .. .. ....... .. ..... . ... . ... . . 15 BioI. 203, 204 ..... . ..................... . .............. lO lOne lab cuu" ,· Chen] . 547, 613, 664 , 0' 665. InU , t be taken. Fairmount College/Chemistry 319 Bachelor of Arts Course Hrs. ~:.~:lr;-~ .... ...... ............... ... ........... .. . 10 ~.... .... ..... 10 ..-l-'--,oJ.5:l l.,...,..15'J<#;z-'_ . . . • . . • • . . . . • .. . . . . .. .. ..• . . • .. .. . . . .. . . c Cbem 52:},-524 1 ..... ... . .. .. ... .... ... . . . .... .. .. . . . . . . 8 Chem. 545, 546 t . .... . . . ... . ... . .... . . . . ....... . . . 6 Chem. 547 . . .. .. . ....... . .. . . . ..... .. .. . . .. . . .. ... .. .. . . 2 -Ptl% (1 yr.) .. . . . ... ... . .. ...... ..... ... . . . .... ... . . 10 Math. 112, 242, 243, 344 . ... ...... . ... ............... . .... . 18 Biochemistry Field Major Course Hrs . Chern . I ll , 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Chem. 52 ........ . . .. ..... . .. . ............ .. ..... . .... 4 Chern. 531, 532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 C hem. 662, 663 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chern . 664, 665 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chern. (Bio!.) 360 . . . . .. . . .. . . . ... ..... .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. 1 Chern. (B io!. ) 666 ...... ... . .... . . . . . ... . .. ..... .. ....... 3 Chem. (Bio!. ) 69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BioI. 203, 204 ..... . .. . . . .. . . . . .. .. . .. ........... .. ..... 10 BioI. -1 16 ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BioI. 584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Math. 112 or 111, 123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Phys. 213, 214 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Bi och mistry electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Chemistry/Business Field Major Course Hrs. Chern. 'i-t!';'l12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ~ ......... .. .. .. .. . . .... ...... . ..... .. . . . .... 4 Chern . 533:53.4-0.-5jT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Chern . 361 or 662 .. . ......... . .. . .. . ...... . . . . .. . ...... 3 Chem:-500--800- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 lath. 144 Or 242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3·5 Acctg. 210 and 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Econ. 201 and 202 . .... . . .. . . .. .. .. . .. .. . ...... . ... ..... 6 Mkt. 300, 405, 608 ..... . . ... . .. .. .. .. ... . . . . . . ... ... . ... 9 Fin . 340 . .. . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mgmt. 360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B. Law 435 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Math. 114 or 242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 All progmmo;; rcqu ill' ~Jd i la)!l a l <':O ll r\~~ tQ ~at l ~fy ~e l1era l edllcation curr iculum requ irc!l1t:llt!. and the graJuation reC] uiremenh in F ai rmOlillt Cui lege 0 Liberal Arts and Scien<..:cs . Lower-Division Courses lOIG. The Science of Chemistry. (3). stead, the emphasis is on such concepts as Teaches students the basic concepts of atomic and molecular theory, energy , chemistry that will aid them in under­ structures and theories regarding why re­ standing the ph ica l world in which they actions occur. A 13 101G 0 1905 live. Tnere is no attempt to teach bas ic computational or laboratory skills ; in- 103. General Chemistry. (5). 3R; 4L. Lab 320 fee. A survev of inorganic, organic , nu­ c l1'3r an d biological chemistry. The course is recumm l'ndeci fur the sttJdent who plans to take only one course in chemistry. Stu­ dents who expect to major in the natural sciences should take the Chem. 111-112 seq_lIence. Credit will no t be gr,mted for both Ch em . 103 and Ill. P rerequi site: one yenr of high school algeb ra or Ivlath . 011. A 13 103 0 1905 111. General Chemistry. (5). 3R; 4L. Lab [('c. An introduction to the gcneralla\\'s of chemistry. Atom s, molecules, chemical arithllletic, gas laws, reactions, acids, bases, titrati on s phase equilibria, solu­ tion s, atomic an c1 mol ecu lar structure, and an introduction to organic an d bi ochemis­ try are in<:luded . The Chem. 111-112 course sequence is designed to meet the needs of students who Illay wi sh to take more than one co urse in chemistrv. Stu­ dents who have had good high 'school preparation in chemistry and mathematics , h ould consider th e alt('j'JJate afforded hy Chem. 123-124. Credit will not he granted for both Chem. 103 and 111. Prere(lui si te : 1V2 units of high school algebra or Math . OIl. A 13 III 0 1905 112. General and Inorganic Chemistry. (5 ). 3R; 4L. Lah fee. Continuation of Chern. Ill. Thermodynamics, gaseous and ionic etluilibria, kinetics, nu<:lear chemistry, electrochemistry, qualitative an,!lysis and an introducti on to theories of bonding are included. Prereq uisite: Chern. III ",i th a grade of C or better. A 13 1120 1905 123. General and Analyt ical Chemistry. (5). 3R; 6L. Lab fee. An introduction to atom s, molecules, chemical arithmetic,gas law s, phase and ioni c equilibri a, and elec­ trochemistry. A laboratory introd uetion to quantitative analysis, the course includes much of the material ordinarily presented in Chem. 523 and the use of a small digital computer in chemical computations. Stu­ dents who successfully co mplet e the Chern. 123- ,24 se(ttJence are not required to take Chem. 523. Prerequi sites : 1V2 units of high school algebra and 1 unit of high school chemistry. A 13 123 0 1905 124. Ge neral and Analytical Chemistry. (5). 3R; 6L. Lab fee. At om ic and molecular structure, thermodynamics, kinetics and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: Chern. 123 with a grade of C or better. A 13 124 0 201. Glass Blowing. (1). 2L. Lab fee . A lab oratory course utilizing the principles and techniques of glass blowing for the production ot' sc ientifica1Jy use tuJ equip­ ment. Prerequisite : recommendation of the chemi stry department. A 13 201 1 1905 281. Cooperative Education in Chemis­ try. (1 -4). The course will permit chemis­ try students to partiripate in the Coopera­ tive Education program. A 1328121909 Upper-Division Courses 360. Explorations in Biochemistry. (1). A course designed primarily for students who choose the biochemistry field major' it is to be taken early in the course of study. The course will acquaint students with the subject matter of biochemi stry and introduce current problems and re­ search in biochemistry. Prerequisites: BioI. 114 and Chern . 112. A 1336000414 361. Introduction to Biological Chemis­ try. (3). Provides students in the health related professions with a modern back­ ground in introduct ory bi ological chemis­ try. Prerequisite : Chern. 103 or 112. A 13 361 00414 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 501. Acids, Bases and pH. (1). The study of properties characteristic of acids and bases, typical aci d-base reactions, indica­ tors, pH". solution concentration, titration, and burrers . The course begins with a study of Lewis structures of atoms, mole­ cules, and ions. Prereguisite: inservice eleJlJentary teacher or departmental con­ sent. A 13 501 0 1905 523. Analytical Chemistry. (4). 2R; 6L. Lab fee . Evaluation of data , theory and application of gravimetric analysis and precipitation , neutrali zation and oxida­ tion-reduction volumetric analysis. Pre­ requisite: Chem. 112 with a grade of C or better. A 13 523 0 1909 524. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis . (4) . 2R· 6L. Lab fee . Intr oduc­ tion to electroanalytical chemistry and op­ tical meth ods of analysis and analysis and separation of complex mixtures, both in­ organic and organic. In addition, basic computer programming is discussed as it applies to analytical chemistry. Prerequi­ site : Chern . 523 or 124 . A 13 524 1 1909 531. Organic Chemistry. (5). 3R; 6L. Lab fee. An introduction to the study of carbon compounds, with emphasi s upon reaction TIll full u \\-i lLg ~l bb rt' \ " i.lt ion s art: II SCU ) 11 tll(' (;ourst' dt"~c ri plLO ns' R stand~ fo r lt~{'lu re ami L for laboratory _ For example. 3R; 4L means 3 hours of l""ture and 4 hours of lab . Fairmount College/Chemistry 321 1905 mechanisms, stereochemistry and spectro­ graphic anal ysis. Prerequisite: Chem. lIZ or 1Z4 w ith a C or better. A 13 531 0 1907 532. Organic Chemistry. (5). 3RL 6L. Lab fee. A continuation of Chem. 031 with emphasis upon the structures and reac­ tions of principa l functi onal group s and compounds of bi ological interest. Prereq­ uisite: Che m. 531. A 13 53Z 0 1907 533. Elementary Organic Chemistry. (3). Basic organic chemistry with a special e mphasis on top ics o f importan ce to health related professions and educatio n majors. Specia l emphasis is given to car­ bohydrates, proteins, drugs" pes ticides and energy production. St uaen ts should also enroll in Che m. 534 simu ltaneom ly. Credit is not allowed for both Chem. 533­ 534 a nd 531. Thi s course will not meet the needs of chemistry majors or premed st u­ dents. Prereyui si tc : Chelll . lIZ or eq ui va­ lent. A 13 533 0 1907 534. Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory . (2). Lab fee . A basic labora­ tory course to provide pertinent experi­ ences in th e laboratory to for t ify the sur­ vey lecture co urse Chern. 533. Prerequ isite or corerluisite: Chem 533. A 135341 1907 540. Elementary Physical Chemistry. (5) . An introductory treatme nt of thermody­ namics, kinetics quantum chemist ry, spectroscopy and stati sti cal the rmody­ namics for students not intending to be­ come profeSSio nal chemists. In co ntrast to the more formal theoretically or iented , traditional phy sical chemistry cu urses (545-046), thI S more practIcally-oriented ~ourse will attemft to survey most o f the Important areas 0 phYSical chemistry in a heuri st ic and applied man ner. The' con­ centrated one semeste r treatment wi II serve student s majoring in preprofessional programs; students majoring in geology e ngineering, bio logical sciences and phYSICS; and ReId majors in biochemistry and chemistry-busi ness. Pre requi si tes: Chem. 11Z or equivalent, Math . 242 or eyuivalent and one semester of Phys ics . A 13 540 0 1908 545. Physical Chemistry. (3) . Thermody­ namics. Gases Rr st law, therm o­ chemistry, second and thi rd laws, phase equilibria, solutions, chemical eq uilibr ia, electrochemistry and surface chemistry are studied . Prerequisites: C hem . 112, Math. 344, or its equivalent, and one se­ mester of college physics. A 135450 1908 546. Physical Chemistry. (3/. Kin etic theo ry, kinl'tics, tran sport p 1l'nomena quantum mechanics, spectroscopy andl statis tical thcrmudynamics. Pre requis ites : one year of col.lege physics and Math . 344 . A 13 546 0 IgOR 547. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (2). 6L. Lab fee. Physical chc lIli stry experi­ ments that illustrate pri nciples learned in Chem . 545 and 546. Prerequisite: Chem . 545 or 546. A 13 547 1 1908 602. Numerical Methods. (2). IR ; 3L. Ap­ plications of numerical meth od s to proh­ lems in chemistr), and physics. Roots of eCluatiom ; curve fitting; interpolation, ex­ trapo lation and smootning of experimental data ; numerical differentiation and inte­ gration and comp ute r programming. Pre­[tt90Ste: departmental conse nt. A 13 60:? 603. Industrial Chemistry . (3). For stu­ dents with an interest in praetic:.rI indus­ trial processes in current use. The courSe is designed tu bridge the industria l-aca­ demic gap. Topics covered include chem­ icals frum petroleum,. natural gas, and coal, the pol ymer inaustry, the pharma­ ceuticn l industry, technical report writing, patent s, and commu nicati on with engi­ neers and nuntechnicaI 2er~.;u n s. Cost cal­ culations, evaluation of a lternative proc­ esses, nn d e nergy con s umptiun :)fe discussed. P rerequisi te : 18 h ours of chemistry incl uding Chelll. 531 or erlu iv­ alent. A 13 603 0 1905 613. Ino~ganic Chemistry Laboratory . (2). 6L. Lab tee. Experimen tal methods of in­ organic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chern. 614 or concurrent enrollment. A 13613 1 1906 614. Chemical Bonding. (2). Molecular sym metry, strncture and bonding of inor­ ganic comp ou nds. Prerequisite: Chem. 546 or 540. A 13 614 0 1906 615. Inorganic Chemistry. (2) . Periodi city and trends of the elements , coordinati on chemistry and propert ies of inorganic compounds. Prerequi si te: Chem. 614. :\ 13 6150 1906 624. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. (3). 2R; 3L. Lab fee. Fundamental s uf absorp­ ti on and emission spectroscopy, :light scattering tech niques, mass spectrol111'try , nuclear magnetic resonance, polarog­ raph y, vol tammetr), anc! cO\llomel ry . Prl'­ requisite : Chem. 524. A 13 624 0 1909 The (ollo\v lllg ahhn· \·i .llioll .... arL' \l ~l'd III the l"Our" l ' df..' .\ t.'ri ptiom: It , t;II11I , r llt' Il'l' tllrt' ;\lI d l. for 1;.hll r;lt nry. Fnr ~xample, 3R, 1 L men ns 3 hOllfs of lL'L,ture HIlO I hour of luh. 322 625. Electronics. (2). lR; 4L. Lab fee. Provides a working knowledge of elec­ tronic devices and circuits for the student or research worker who has little or no background in electronics. Prerequisite : instructor's conscnt. A 136250 1909 633. Organic Techniq ues. (3). lR; 6L. Lah fee. The theory and practice of or­ ganic chemical preparations. The methods of s('paration and purification hy crystul:li­ zation, distillation, extraction and chro­ matography are emphasized. Ph ys ical methods ot charaoterization of pure com­ pounds are covered. Prerequisites: Chcm. 532 and instructor's consent. At least one semester of physical chemistry is reCO))l­ mended in addition to the prerequisites listed. A 13 633 0 1907 634. Qualitative Organic Analysis, (3).IR; 6L. Lab fee. Identincation of organic compounds. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. A 13 634 0 Fl07 641. Advanced Physical Chemistry. (3) . Introduction to quantum chemistry atomic and molecular spectra, statistical therm odynamics and reaction rate theorv. Prerequisite : Chem. 546. A 13641 0 1968 642. Chemical Physics. (3). Topics in areas of overlapping interest for students of chemistry and physics, such as thermo­ dynamic\ kinetics, quantum mechanics , solids ana vari ous types of spectroscopy . Standard experimental and theoretical techniques used in research in chemical physic s are cliscussed by a team of chem­ ists and physicists. Prerequisite: Chem. 641 or instructor's consent. A 13 642 (' 1908 662. Biochemistry of Cell Constituents, Catalysis , Oxidahon, Photosynthesis. (3). Study of major constituents of the cell; protein , carbohydrate, glycoprotein, lipid, nucleic acid, nucleoprotein; enzyme ca­ talysi s; biological oxidations; photosyn­ thesis; and introduction to intermediary metabolism. A fundamental background of biology or microbiology is recom­ mended but not essential. Prerequisites: Chem. 523 and 532 or equivalents. A 13 66200414 663. Biochemistry of Cell Metabolism Biosyntheses Structure, Function and Regulation oi'Proteins and Nucleic Acids . (3). Study of metabolism and control of carbohydrates, lipids, phosphoglycerides spingolipids, sterols amin o acids, ana j proteins; synthesis of porphyrins , ami des and polyamines; sy nthesis and mctaho­ lism of purines, pyrimidines and nucleo­ tides; synthesis and structure of DNAs, RNAs and proteins; organization and functioning of gelles ; evollltion of pro­ teins and nuclei c acids; hereditary di s­ orders of mctabolism; bioehemistry of en­ docrine glands ; m ajo r nutri e nts a nd vitamins" body Auicls and generalized tis­ sues. A tundamental background of biol­ ogy or microbiology is recommended but not essential. Prerequi sites: Chem. 523 and 532 or equival ent s. A 13 663 0 04 14 664. Biochemistry Laboratory L (2). 6L. Lab fee. Practi cal education in biochemi­ cal proccsses and proccdllft's. Experi­ ments illclude: cclluLlr fractionation, chro­ matography, characterization and assay of imp ortant Illetabolites; application 01 ra­ dioisotopes in lira biochemical' pathways, assay techniques of comlllun isotopes ; structure, function , purifications and reac­ tions of proteins, and DNA and RNA's ; th e use of high preSsure liquid chromatog­ raphy and other separation procedures in biological scicnces and medicine. Recom­ mended for students seeking adlllission to medical and paramedical professions or intere sted in graduate study in ch emistry and biological sciences . Prerequi sites: Chell]. 523 and 532 or instructor's consent. A 13664 0 0414 665. Biochemistry Laboratory II . (2). 6L. Lab fee. Study of advanced techniques of biochemistry for fragmentation, separa­ tion( sequencing and assay of proteins and nuc eic acids involving gel-permeation, ion-exchange, ion-excl usion, affinity chro­ matography , gel-electrophoresis and high­ voltage electrophoresis methods. Applica­ ti on of radioisotopes ill biological systems and radi oimmunoassay for nwasilfing un­ abeled antibodi es. Thi s course should be takcn concurrently with Chem. 663. Pre­ requi Sites: Chem. 523 and 532 (or Chem. 534 and 53.) in place of Chem. 532) or equivalent. A 1366500414 666, SRecial Topics in Biochemistry. (3). A small number of current problems in biochemistry will be discussed in depth . Reading of publi shed research in the field will be required. Prerequisites: BioI. 114 and Chem. 662 and 663. A 1366699414 669. Research in Biochemistry. (2). Stu­ dents in the field major participate in a biochemistry research project under the direction of a faculty member. A written report summarizing the results is requin:d. May be repeated once for credit. Prereq­ uisites: BioI. 416 and Chem. 662 or 663 and 664 or 665 . A 13 669 9 9414 690. Independent Study and Research. (2-3). Studies performed must be directed by a faculty member in the Department of Fairmount College/Chemistry 323 C hemistry. Repeatable tor credit. A max­ imum of 3 credit hours may be counted toward graduation. Prerequisite: consent of the department. A 13 690 4 1905 700. Chemistry Seminar. (1). Seminars are given by students on either papers recently published in the literature or on their own research. Repeatable for credit. A 13 700 9 1905 701. Chemistry Colloquium. (1). Speakers for the colloquium consist of outstanding chemists from other institutions and fac­ ulty. Repeatable for credit. A 13 701 9 1905 705. Molecular Symmetry. (1). A study of the chemically relevant aspects of group theory. Topics include symmetry ele­ ments, character tables, symmetry classi­ fication of molecules and representations of groups. A 13 705 0 1905 709. Special Topics in Chemistry. (2-3). A discussion of topics of a special signifi­ cance and interest to faculty and students. Offerings will be announ(;ed in advance. Repeatable for credit. A 13 709 0 1905 712. Coordination Chemistry. (3). The study of classical, organo-metallic and bioinorganic coordination complexes. Topics include nomenclature, fundamen­ tal bonding concepts, principles of syn­ thesis, mechanisms of substitution and electron transfer reactions and of catalysis, and modes of action in biological systems. A 13 712 9 1906 713. Physical Methods in Inorganic ChemistrJ' (3). An introduction to elec­ tronic an vibrational spectroscopy, mag­ netic susceptibility, EPR, NMR, Moss­ bauer spectroscopy and x-ray crystallography as applied to inorganic systems. Emphasis is placed upon inter­ pretation of results for understanding the electronic and molecular structure of compounds. Prerequisite: Chern. 705 or equivalent. A 13 713 0 1906 723. Analytical Spectroscopy. (3). 2R; 3L. Lab fee. Absorption (VV, visible, IR and atomic) and emission (arc, spark and flame), nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectroscopy. Lectures and discus­ sions on theory and practice are given . Selected laboratory experiments illustrate applications to quantitative and qualita­ tive analysis. Particular emphasis is placed upon instrumentation and the ac­ quisition of artifact-free data. A 13 723 0 1909 724. Electroanalytical Chemistry. (3). 2R; 3L. Lab fee. Topics covered in this course are voltammetry, lolarography, chro­ moamperometry an coulometry; revers­ 324 ible and irreversible diffusion controlled processes; CE (chemical reaction before electrical reaction), EC (electrical reaction before chemical reaction) and catalytic re­ action; and organic polarography and vol­ tammetry. A 13 724 0 1909 725. Digital Computers in Chemical In­ strumentation. (3). An introduction to the use of the small digital computer in the laboratory. Lectures deal with digital logic, data acquisition techniques and the on-line digital computer in instrumenta­ tion. Laboratory experience covers the de­ sign of digital logic circuits, interfacing diemical instruments to the digital com­ puter and programming the small digital computer. A 13725 0 1905 731. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3). A survey of topics of current interest in or­ ganic chemistry. Discussions include no­ menclature, aromaticity and antiaromatic­ ity, valence-bond isomerization and flux­ ional structures\ name reactions and their mechanisms ana species with divalent and trivalent carbon. A 13 731 0 1907 732. Heterocyclic Chemistry. (3). A study of syntheses and typical reactions of satu­ rated and unsaturated heterocycles of various sizes. Emphasis is placed on re­ cent advances in the field. A 13 732 01907 735. Physical Organic Chemistry. (3). An examination of molecular orbital theory, conservation of orbital symmetry, lillear free energy relationships, acid-base catal­ ysis, acidity functions and their applica­ tions to a critical examination of the me­ chanistic details of a variety of organic reactions. Prerequisite : Chem. 705 or equivalent. A 13 735 0 1907 736. Structure and Reactivitr of Organic Compoun ds. (3). A study 0 basic tech­ niques for elucidation of organic reaction mechanisms. Topics include kinetic methods, kinetic isotope effects medium and salt effects, conformational analysiS and other methods for studying the rela­ tionship between structure and reactivity. A 13 736 0 1907 737. Synthetic Methods in Organic Chemistry. (3). A review of synthetic methods in organic chemistry. Newer methods are emphasized, and a compari­ son of their relative merits with regard to s(jope and stereochemistry is discussed. Examples are drawn from the field of nat­ ural products and from the recent litera­ ture to illustrate the applications of these methods . A 13 737 0 1907 738. Structure Determination and Spec­ tral Analysis of Organic Compounds. (3). A lecture course that covers degradative and spectral techniques used for structure determination of organic compounds. The interpretation of ultraviolet, infrared, nu­ dear magnetic resonance, electron spin resonance and mass spectra receive special attention . A 13 738 0 1907 741. Quantum Chemistry. (3). Theoretical basis of atomic alld molecular structure. Topics to be covered, include the postu­ lates of (Juantum mechanics, exact solu­ tions for the particle-in-a-box and the hy­ drogen atom, variation and perturbation techniques, electron spin, Hartree-Fock and configuration-interaction methods, molecular-orbital and valence-bond wave functions and virial and Hellmann-Feyn­ man theorems. Prerequisite: Math. 344 or equivalent . Corequisite: Chem. 705 or equivalent. A 13741 0 1908 742. Chemical Kinetics. (3). A description of reacting systems, including the mathe­ matical and experimental cnaracteristics of simple and complex kinetic systems. The theories of chemical kinetics are dis­ cussed, as well as the kinetics of homoge­ neous reactions in the gas phase, the ki­ netic aspects of solution reactions! heterogeneous reactions and selectee topiCS of current interest. A 13 7420 1908 743. Introductory Statistical Mechanics. (3). Topics considered in this course in­ clude Fermi-Dirac statistics, Bose-Ein­ stein statistics, imperfect gases, grand partition functions and nonequilibrium thermodynamics. A 13 743 0 1908 745. Chemical Thermodynamics. (3). A prescntation of the basic three laws of thermodynamics in a classical framework designed to increase one's understanding of real physical systems. The molecular viewpoint is given through Boltzmann statistics. The interrelation between clas­ sical thermodynamics and statistical me­ chanics is discussed. A 13 745 0 1908 746. Molecular S!>ectroscopy. (3). The theoretical basis for spectroscopy and spectroscopic determinations of molecular structure. Topics to be covered include polyelectronic atoms, time-dependent perturbation theorYj vibration and rotation of diatomic molecu es, vibration and rota­ tion of polyatomic molecules, electronic Communication spectra and magnetic resonance spectros­ copy. Prerequisites : Chcm. 74 1 or its equivalent and Chem. 705 or its equiva­ lent. A 13 746 0 1908 761. Enzyme Mechanisms. (3). An intro­ duction to the study of enzyme mecha­ nisms. Modern approaches include steady-state, relaxation and chemical modification methods. Prerequisite: Chem. 662 or 663 or equivalent. A 137610 0414 762. Structure and Function of Nucleic Acids. (3). The study of monomers and polynucleotides, including chemical and physical structure, macromolecular orga­ nization of RNAs and DNAs, biosynthesis of purines and pyrimidines, replication, gene action, transcriphon translation; role, mode of operation and three-dimen­ sional structure of transfer Rl'\As; protein biosynthesis; modification of biochemical functions of the cell by drugs, cancer and radiation; enzymatic, chemical and physi­ cal probes for the study of structure-func­ tion interrelationship of nucleic acid s; and biochemistry of viruses. Prerequisite: Chem. 662, or 663 or equivalent. A 13 762 00414 763. Biophysical Chemistry. (3). A theo­ retical examination of the methods used in the study of biological macromolecules. Topics includc ultracentrifugation, iso­ electric focusing, fluorescence, circular dichroism, optical rotary dispersion requi­ site: departmental consent. A 18 727 0 2205 729. Seminar in American History. (3). Repeatable for credit. PrereCjuisite: de­ partmental consent. A 18 729 9 2205 730. Seminar in American History. (3). Repeatable for credit . Prerequisite: de­ partmental consent. A 18 730 9 2205 Fairmount College/History 355 733. Seminar in European History. (3). Courses for Graduate Repeatable for credit. Prerequis ite: de­ partmental cons ent. A 18 733 9 2205 Students Only 801. Thesis Research. (2). A 1880142205734. Seminar in European History. (3). Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: de­ 802. Thesis. (2). A 18 802 4 2205 partmental consent. A 18 734 9 2205 810. Special Topics in History. (1-3). 750. Workshop in History. (1-3). Repeat­ Ogen only to graduate student s. Repeat­ able for credi t but will not satisfy require­ able for credit to a maximum of 4 hours . ments for hi story majors . A 18 750 2 2205 A 18 810 3 2205 Interdisciplinary Liberal Arts and Sciences Program Lower-Division Course 100. East Asia. (3). A survey of basic topics on China, Korea , and Japan, cover­ ing the period from 5000 S.c. to the pres­ ent, including geography prehi story, hi s­ tory , culture, anthropology, soci ety, philosophy, religion, politics, and the economics of each country. The course is taught by a team of instructors from sev­ eral departments. A 10 100 0 4901 Upper-Division Courses 398. Travel Seminar. (1-4). An interdisci­ Qlinary travel ~c minar: a study of cul ture that includes observations of art and ar­ chitecture; lectures and di scussions of po­ litical, social and economic problems; and visits to various h isto ric places of interest. A 10 398 9 4903 281. Cooperative Education. (1-4). The goal of thi s course is to provide the st udent with a field placement that integrates theory with a planned and supervised profeSS ional experience designed to com­ Qlement and enhance the st udent' s aca­ demic program. Individualized programs must be formulated in consultation with and app ro ved by approQriate faculty sQonsors. May be rcpeated. A 33 281 2 4903 Courses for Graduate Students Only 875. Thesis. (2-6). A course for students who are finishing the Master of Arts in Liberal Studies (MALS) . The student writing a thesis must be enrolled in thi s course until the thesis is com pleted and all thesis requirements have been sati sfied. Prerequi site : conse nt of student' s degree committee chai rperson and instructor. A 338754 4999 885. Terminal Project. (2-6). A course for students who are near the end of their MALS program and invo lved in a Termi­ nal Project. The Terminal Porl'ect may have many aspects such as fie d work, practicum, internship, research report, or any other indi vidualized activity, but the scope of it must be approved by the stu­ dent's advisory committee. The student involved in a project must be enrolled in this course until the project is completed and all project requireme nts have been satisfied. A 33 885 4 4999 Italian (See Romance Languages) Journalism Major. The major in journalism consists of 30 hours, including Journ. 200 and a concentration of not fewer than 15 hours in one additional field of study in a college of Wichita State. In addition, one of the following sequences must be completed: 1. News-Editorial-Journ. U5, 240, 300,380, 500, 510, 550, 560, and one journalism elective 2. Radio-Television-J ourn. 322, 522, and 500; Speech 114, 221 or 222,214, and 606; plus 6 hours in upper-division journalism and speech electives 356 3. Advertising-Public Relations-J ourn. 115, 325, 350, 510, 525, 550, 560, 611, and one journalism elective or Speech 637 or 770. Public relations students may substitute J ourn. 502 for J ourn. 525. The outside concentration for this sequence consists of Psych . 347 , Mkt. 300, 405, 607, and one other marketing course. Minor. A minor in journalism requires at least 15 hours , including Journ . 200. Lower-Division Courses U5. Introduction to Mass Communica­ tion. (3). A survey of the media of mass communication and the role each plays in society. Special consideration is given to the freedom and responsibilities of the mass media . A 19 115 0 0601 150. Journalism Workshop. 0-3). A course designed to provide specialized in­ struction, using a variable format, in a journalistically relevant subject. A 19 150 20699 200. Beginning News Writing. (3). IR; 4L. Required for the maior in journalism, the course includes evaluation of news reporting and writing of various types 01 news stories, with emphasis on achieving accuracy and good writing. Reasonable typing competence is required. Prerequi­ site Eng . 102. A 19 200 1 0602 240. Introductory Photojournalism. (3). 2R; 3L. Lab fee. Basic photographic theory and technique, wito empoasis on aspects of importance to journalists , writ­ ers and editors. Students take, develop and prepare pictures for publication. The journalism department provides a limited number of cameras . Prerequisite: Journ. 200 . A 19240 1 0602 Upper-Division Courses 300. Beat Reporting. (3). Reporting and writing about events in the community. Stories assigned and handled under the instructor's direction may be used in various publications. Prerequisite: lourn. 200. A 19 300 5 0602 322. Broadcast News. (3). 3R; 3L. Cross­ listed as Speech 322. Theory and tech­ niques of preparing news for the broadcast media. Students prepare newscasts and news reports for public radio station KMUW. Lab periods arranged with in­ structOr. Prerequisites: lourn. 200 and Speech 224 . A 19 322 1 0603 325. Introduction to Advertising. (3). Sur­ vey of advertiSing fundamentals and prac­ tices , including copywriting, layout, vi­ sualization, market research and packaging. Prerequisite: Journ. 200 or de­ partmental consent A 1932500604 340. Applied Photojournalism. (3). 3R; 3L. Lab fee. Covering photographic as­ signments for the campus newspaper and other publications, under the overall su­ pervision of a jpurnalism instructor. Pre­ requisite : J ourn. 240. A 19 340 1 0602 350. Introductory Public Relations. (3). An introduction to the theory and practice of professional public relations. Topics covered include the role of persuasion and public opinion in public relations, the tools used in planning and evaluating communication, and speCialized publics. Prerequisite: lourn. 200. A 1935000604 380. History of Communication. (3). Re­ search into the development of mass media, with emphasis on the development and presentation of original research papers. Course includes bibliography and criticism in mass communication. Pre­ requisite: lourn. 200. A 19 38000601 440. Advanced Photojournalism. (3). 3R; 3L. Lab fee . Advanced photographic theory and technique, with empoasis on the feature page photo essay, advertising photography for daily news publications, and the photojournalists' personal view­ points and philosophies. Csing the stu­ dent's personal camera equipment and the journalism department's laboratory facili­ ties, students shoot process and print photographs for pubIications. Prerequi­ site : lourn. 240. A 19440 1 0602 481. Cooperative Education. (1-4). Of­ fered for CrlNCr only. A 19 481 2 0602 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 500. Advanced Reporting 1. (3). IR; 4L. A course f~r juniors and seniors on the tech- T he foll owing abbrevi ations are lIsed in the ('ourse Je.\<:riptions: R stands fur it'd m e a nd L fur lilburator} . F or example, lR ; 4L means J hour of lecture and 4 hour.s of lab. Fairmount College/Journalism 357 niques of reQorting and writing the more l'olllplex and important types of new ~ stories. Covers police beat stories, sports \ i, ion presenta tion, with emphasis on actual work in radio and tel ev is ion newsrooms. Lab periods ar­ ranged with instructor. Prerequisite : Journ. :322. A 19522 1 0603 525. Advertising Copywriting. (3). De­ ta iled practi ce at writing variou s kinds of advertising copy, in cluding both print and broadcast forms. Emphasi s is on terse, precise writing that evoke, response sought by advert ise r. Prerequi s ite : Journ . 325 or departmental con sen t . A 19525 0 0604 550. Editorial Writing. (3). A study of ed­ itorial judgment , includi ng practice in the 358 writing ot editorials ancl editorial page featurcs, and a study of research materials available to editorial writers. Prerequi­ sites: junior sta nding and JOUfll . 200 . A 19 55000602 560. Law of the Press. (3). EmphaSiS on the case method in examining laws and court cases applicable to the mass media. Introduces the 1st Amendment and covers such topics as libel, privacy and copyright. Prerequisi tes: junior standing and Journ . 200 A 19 560 0 0601 570. Magazine Journalism. (3). A course on magazine product ion , including the chOOSing of subjects, approache s and il­ lu strations; th e shooting and editing of photographic stories; layout; the handling of procluction and management concerns. Prerequisite: J ourn. 200 or departmental co nsent. A 19 570 0 0602 571. Magazine Writing. (3). A cOurse on writing tor magazines, with emphasis on analyz ing the market and patterning arti­ c les to fit the n(,l'ds of speCific magazines. Prerequisite: JDu rn. 200 or departmental co nsent . A 19 571 0 0602 599. Book Editing and Publishing. (2-3). A cours e on selecting and ecliting book manuscripts and the economics and mer­ cha ndi sing of books. Offered only in the fall seIlll's ter. Prerequisite: Journ. 510 or d epartmental consent. A 19 599 0 0602 611. Media Management. (3). A study of th e busin ess and management operations of the mass media designed to give jour­ nalism students an understanding of the interrelationships in mass media enter­ pri ses. Prerc(juisite : junior standing or de­ partmental consent . A 19 6Il 1 0602 645. Special Topics in Journalism. (1-3). Directed individual research in various aspects of journalism and mass communi­ cation or reb ted topics: cOlllmunications theory, news, editorials, advertiSing and broadcasting. Repeatable for credit when topics differ substantially. Prerequi si tes: seni or standing and departmental conscn t. A 19645 3 0601 690. Journalism Internship. (3-6). On­ the-job experience and training in new s, advertising or public relations , or radio or te levi s ion news broadcasting. Prerc(jUi­ site: departmenta l consent. A 19 690 2 0601 715 . World Press. (3). A comparative st udy of press and broadcast systems around the world, with emphasis on press freedoms OG 0 1505 218. Linguistics. Ph onetics: Theory and Allplication. (3). 3R; lL. Cross-li sted as CDS 218. A 10 218 0 1220 223. Linguistics. Phonetics and Phonol­ ogy. (3). The production and transmi ssion of speech sounds and their role in linguis­ tic structure . Principles of arti cu latory and acoustic phoneti cs, with tran scri pti on ex­ erc ises; phonemi c an d di stinctive feature phonologies are also studied. A 10 223 0 Upper-Division Course 315. Linguistics. Introduct ion to English Linguis tics. (3). Cross-listed as Eng. 315. A 10 315 0 1505 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 577. Linguistics. Introduction to Linguis­ tics. (3). Cross-listed as Ger. 577 and Anthro. 577. A 10 577 0 1505 667. Linguistics. Aspects of Linguistic Theory. (3). Cross-listed as Eng. 667 and Anthro. 667. A 10 667 0 1505 672. Linguistics. Studies in Language Variety. (3). Cross-listed as Eng. 672 A 10 6720 1505 680. Linguistics. Comparative Linguis­ tics . (3). Method s of establi sh ing genetic relation ship between languages and re­ constructing protoldnguages. The course in clud es a survey of the major Janguage famili es of the world and typological comparison s of languages and th e prob­ lem of language universals. Prerequi site: Ling. 315 or 577. A 10 6800 1.505 682. Linguistics. Structure of a Selected Non-Indo-European Language. (3). The language offered depends on student de­ mand and availability of staff. The course may sometimes be conducted as a field meth ods course and is repeatable for credit when different languages are of­ fered . Prerequisite: Ling. 315 or 577. A 10 6820 1505 Fairmount College/Linguistics 359 1505 Group B-Linguistic Study of Specific Languages or Language Groups Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 610. English. Old English. (3): Cross­ lI sted as Eng. 610. A 10 610 0 1:::105 665. English. History of the English Language. (3). Cross-listed as Eng. 665. A 10 665 0 1505 505. French. Advanced Phonetics and Diction. (2). Cros s-li sted as Fr. 505. A 10 5050 1102 505. Spanish. Spanish Phonetics. (2). Cross-listed as Span. 505. A 10 505 0 1105 635. French and Spanish. introduction to Romance Linguishcs. (3). Cros s-li sted as Fr. 635 and Span. 635. A 10 635 0 1105 579. German. Linguistics in the Teaching of German. (3). Cross-listed as GeT. 579. A 10 579 0 1505 Group C-Areas of Contact Between Linguistics and Other Disciplines Lower-Division Courses 220. CDS. Developmental Psycholin­ guistics. (:3). A 10 220 0 0815 301. Philosophy. Language and Philoso­ phy. (3). Cross-listed as PhiL 301 A 24301 o 1509 325. Philosophy. Formal Lo&.ic. (3). Cross-listed as PhiL 325. A 24 32.::J 0 1509 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 651. Anthropology. Language a~d Cul­ ture. (3). Cross-listed as Anthro. 601. A 10 651 02202 545. Psychology. Psycholinguistics. (3). Cross-listed as P sych 532. A 1054502001 727. CDS. Teaching English as a Second Language. (2·3). Cross-listed as CDS 7'27 and Eng. 727. A 10 727 0 1220 740. Graduate Studies in Linguistics. (3). Cross-li sted as Eng. 740. A 14 740 0 1505 Others Lower-Division Course 292. Linguistics. S'pecial Studies. (2-3). Topic selected and announced by incli­ vidual instructor. Credit is as signed to Group A, B or C depending on content. Repeatable for credit when content varies. A 10 292 2 1505 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 590 .. Linguistics. S'pecial Studies. (2-3). TopIc selected and announced by II1C'" vidual instructor. Credit is assigned to Group A, B or C depending on content. Repeatable for c redit when content varies . A 10 590 2 1505 595. Linguistics. Directed Readings. (2­ .'J). Credit ass igned to Group A, B or C depending on ~ cont~n~. Repeatable for credIt. A 10 59;:> 3 1000 Logopedics (See Communicative Disorders and Sciences, College of Education) Mathematics MATHEMATICS Major. For the Bachelor of Arts (BA) with a major in mathematics, students must complete 21 hours of courses in mathematics or statistics offered by the department numbered 500 or above. In addition, an algorithmic language for computers, such as PUI, APL, COBOL, FORTRAN, or PASCAL, is required. For the Bachelor of Science (BS) in mathematics, majors must complete The fo llowi l,g ,1bh rt.-'\Hlt l ()1l ~ ;JfL' \I~l' d ill til e Ct) II I'l' dl '\uipli(l ll": H " ta nd ~ for It'l:tllrl' and L fnr l aIJCIr ~\t()r y. Fnr example, 3R; 1 L mean .,. .3 hour:, of I('dure and 1 hour of lab. 360 Math. 511 and 24 additional hours in mathematics or statistics offered by the department numbered 500 or above. In addition, an algorithmic language for computers , such as PUI, APL, COBOL, FORTRAN, or PASC\L, is required. For the BS in mathematics with emphasis in statistics the majo r must complete 27 hours of courses in mathematics or statistics offered b y the department numbered 500 or above, including Math ..511 ; ei ther Math . 545 or 547; and 15 hours of statistics , which must include either Stat. 571-572 or Stat. 771-772. In addition, an algorithmiC language for computers, such as PUI, APL, COBOL, FORTRAN , or PASCAL, is required. For students who are contemplating graduate work it is highly recom­ mended that they include Math. 511, 513, 547, alld 640 in their program, along with courses in one or more of French, German, or Russian. Students majoring in mathematics shou ld consu lt closely with their adviser on any of these programs. Minor. For a minor in mathematics, students must take a minimum of 15 semester hours of credit courses in mathematics or statistics, including 3 hours of work in courses numbered 350 or above. Noncredit Courses 007. Arithmetic. (3). A review and study of the basic arithmetic operations for the mature student whose previous training in arithmetic is inadequate for completion of college mathematics courses. A 20 007 0 1701 OIl. Algebra. (5). The topics from high school algebra essential to the study of univerSity-level mathematics. This course may be used to meet departmental pre­ requ isites in place of 1Y2 units of high sdiool algebra. Not applicable to degree. A 20011 0 1701 021. Plane Geometry. (3). For students without high school credit in pl ane geom­ etry. This course may be used to meet departmental prerequisites in place of 1 unit of high school geometry . Prerequi­ si te 1 unit of high school algebra , Math . 011 , or concurrent enrollment in Math. 011. Not applicable to degree. A 20 021 0 1701 lower-Division Courses 101. Mathematics Appreciation. (3). Ele­ mentary topics in mathematics of interest to persons in other fields. Designed espe­ cially for persons majoring in nontechni­ cal field s. No credit toward a major or minor in mathematics. A 20 101 0 1701 109. College Algebra with Review. (5/. Top ics covered include real numbers, a ­ gebraic expressions, exponents and radi­ cals and solutions of equations . These topiCS are followed by the content of Math. Ill . Credit is allowed in only one of the three courses: Math . 109, 11!'or 112. (Only 3 hours applies toward a Wichita State University degree.) Prerequisite: 1 unit of high school algebra ur Math . 011 and 1 unit of high school geometry or concurrent enroll ment in Math . 021. A 20 1090 1701 1l0. Technical Algebra and Trigonome­ try. (5). The standard topics of colll'ge algebra and trigonometry oriented toward the needs and interests of technical stu­ dents. Appl ications to techni cal prohlems are str('ssed. No credit for students who have previously recei ved credit in Math. 109, 111 , 11 2 or 123. Prerequi si tes : 1 unit of high school algebra or Math. 011 and 1 unit uf high school geometry or Math . 021 , and enrollment in the Engineering Tech­ nology Program or consent of d,:partment. A 20 1100 1703 111. College Algebra. (3). A ~ urvey of functions, theory of equatiom and in­ equalities, complex numbers and expo­ nential and logarithmic functions. Prereq­ uisites: 1 Y2 units of h!gh school algebra, or Math . 011, and 1 umt of high school ge­ ometry, or Math. 021. Credit is allowed in only one of the three courses: Math. 109, III or 112. A 201110 1701 112. Precalculus Mathematics. (5). Func­ tions , theory of equations and ill cqualities , complex numbers the trigonometri c fun c­ tion s, exponential and logarithmic func­ tions and other standard topics prerequi­ site to a beginning study of calculus. Prerequ iS ites: 1 Y2 units of high school al­ gebra, or \Iath. Oll, alld 1 unit of high school geometry, or ~1ath . 021. Credit is allowed only in one Df the three courses : Math. 109, III or 11 2. A 20 1120 1701 Fairmount College/Mathematics 361 123. Coll ege Trigonometry. (3). A study of the trigonometric functions with appli­ cations . Prerequisite: Math. l: 11 or 109, or equivalent high school preparation. Credit in both Math, 123 and 112 is not allowed, A 20 1230 1701 144. Business Calculus, (:3). A brief, but c<.Ireful, introduction to calculu for stll­ dents of business and economics, Credit in both Math, 144 and 242 is not allo\Ved, Prerequisite: Math, 109 or III or 112, or eCjllivalent high school prep<.lration, A 20 1440 1701 150. Workshop in Mathematics , (1-3). Topics of interest to particular studen ts and not elsewhere available in the curric ­ ulum, May be repeated for a total of 6 hours c redit with departmental consent. Prerequisite: departmental consent, A 20 150 2 liOI 211. Elementary Linear Algebra. (3). Linear algebra and related topics, Prereq­ uisite: 1 unit of high school algebra or Math, OIl. A 20 211 0 1701 242. Calculus I. (5). Analytic geometry and the cakulus in an interrelated form, Credit in both Math, 242 and 144 is not allowed, Prerequisites: Math, 112 \Vith a C or better, or 2 units of high school algebra, and lllnit of high school geometry and V2 unit of high school trigonometry\ or \llath , 123 and either 109 or III \Vit 1 a C o r better in each, A 20 242 0 1701 243. Calculus II. (5), A continuation of Math, 242, A study of integration and ap­ plications and an introduction to infinite series are included, Prerequisite: Math, 242 with a C or better. A 202430 1701 251-252. Technical Calculus I and II. (3­ 3). Standard topics of calculus, including differentiation and integration, with ap­ plications to engineering technology , Not open to students with credit in Math, 242 or 144, Prerequisites: Math, 110, or equiv­ alent, and enrollment in the Engineering Technology Program, A 20 251 0 1703; A 202520 1703 Upper-Division Courses 300G. The Evolution of Mathematics. (3), A study of mathematics and mathemati­ cians from antiquity to the present, The Qurpose is to sec how mathematics has developed from man's efforts to under­ stand the \Vorld and the extent to which mathematics has molded our civilization and culture, Since mathematics is what mathemati cians do, the lives of mathema­ ticians from various ag<.:s and countries will be studied. This is not a mathematical skills course. A 20 300e 0 1701 3U. Introduct ion to Linear Algebra , (1). A study of systems of linea r equations, matrice , vectors, eigenvalues and eigen­ vectors, C redit not allowed in both Math, 211 and Math, 311, Prerequi site: Math, .344 or concurrent enrolll1) ent, A 20311 0 1701 331. Discrete Mathematics I. (3). A study of some of the basic topi cs of di screte mathematics that will include elementary logic, properties of sets , mathematical in­ duction, counting problems using permu­ tations and combinations, trccs, elemen­ tary probability, and an introduction to graph theory, Prl' r<.:lluisite : Math, III or 211 or equivalent co lege lev€'! mathemat­ ics course, A 20 331 0 1701 ' 344. Calculus III. (3 ). A conti nuation of Math. 243. The cour 'c includl's a study of multiple integration and partial deriva­ tives, Prerequisite : Math, 243 with a C or better. A 20 344 0 170 I 380. Seminar in M athematics. (1). Topi cs of sp('ci<.ll interest to particular studcllts, May be repeated for up to a total of 4 credit h ours with departmental conscnt . P re­ requi ite: departmental consent. A 20 380 o 1701 480. Individual Projects, (1-5). Repeat ­ able up to 10 hours . Prereqlli site: depart­ menta co nse nt. A 20 480 3 1701 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit Credit in courses numbered below 600 is not applicable toward the MS in mathematics. 501. Elementary Mathematics . (5). A study of topics nee ssary to an under­ standing of the elementary school curr ic­ ulum , such as set theory, real numbers and geometry. ~ot for major or minor credit. Prerequi site : elementary education meljor and a passing score on a qualifying exam­ ination . A 20 501 0 1701 503-504. Topics in Modern M athematics I and II. (3-3). An investiga tion Df the newer topics in the secondary school cur­ riculum, Repeatable for credit, PrereqUI­ site: departmental consent. A 20 ,S(n 0 1701; A 20 5040 1701 511. Linear Algebra. (3). An elementary study of linear alg<.:IJfa , including <.Ill t'd amination of linear transformations an matrice s over finite dimensional spaces, Prerequisite or corequisite : lvlath , 344 , :\ 20511 0 1701 362 513. Fundamental Concepts of Algebra. (3). Groups, rings and fields. Prerequisite: Math. 511 or departmental consent. A 20 51301701 545. Integration Techniques and Appli­ cations. (3). A study of tit c basic integra­ tion techniques used in applied mathe­ matics. Included are th e standarJ vector calculus treatment of line and surface in­ tegrals, Green ' s Theorem, Stokes' Theorem, and The Divergence Theorem. III addition, th e study of improj)er inte­ grals with application to special functions is included. Prerequisite: Math. 344 with C or better. A 20 545 0 1701 547. Advanced Calculus I. (3). A detailed study of limits, continuity and integration . Prerequisite: Math. 344 with a C or better. A 20 547 01701 550. Ordinary Differential Equations. (3). An investigation of integrating factors , separation of variables, critical points, linear differential equations with constant coeffiCients, variation of parameters and existence and uniqueness tor initial value problems and systems . Prerequisite: Math. 344 with a C or better. A 20 550 0 1703 551. Numerical Methods. (3). Approxi­ mating roots of equations, interpolation and approximation, numerical differentia­ tion and integration, and the numerical solution of fir st order ordinary differential equations. Some use of the computer. Pre­ requisites: CS 201, 202 or 205 and Math. 344 with C or better, or departJllcntal con­ sent. A 20 551 1 1703 553. Mathematical Models. (3). Thi s course will cover case studies from the fields of engineering, techn ology, and the natural and social sciences. The emphasis will be to describe a problem and then develop the mathematics necessary to solve the problem. The case studies will be selected to illu strate several of the topics from among: linear algebra, dif­ ferential and integral equati ons , stochastic processes statistics and combinatorics. Each student will be required to partici­ pate in a term project which will be the solution of a particul ar problem approved by the instructor. Prerequisite : Math . 344 or departmental consent A 20 553 0 1703 557. Optimization Theory. (3). An intro­ duction to selected topics in linear and nonlinear ol2timization. The revised sim­ plex method is developed along with a careful treatment of duality. The theory is then extended to solve parametric, integer and mixed integer linear programs . Other topics include additional methods in in­ teger and mixed integer linear programs and classical methods in nonlinear opti­ mization. Prerequisite: lv!ath . 511. A 20 5570 1703 580. Selected Topics in Mathematics. (3). Topic to be chose n from among topics not otherwise represented in the curriculum. May b(' re'peated Ul? to a Illilximum of 6 hours credit with departmental coment. Prer(, ljuisite : departlllental consent. A 20 580 0 1701 590. Introduction to Mathematical Logic. (3). A study of symbolic logic and an axi­ omatic development of propositional cal­ culus. Boolean algebra\ switchin~ circuits, predicate calculus ana formal languages are covered, with emphasis on formulizing mathematical systems. Prerequisite : Math. .511 or d epartmental consent. A 20590 0 1701 615. Elementary Number Theory. (3). Properties of the integers studied by ele­ mentary means. Prerequisites: Math . 144 and upper di vision standing or Math. 344 or departmental consent. A 206150 1701 621. Elementary Geometry. (3). A study of the structure of Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 144 or 243. A 206210 1701 640. Advanced Calculus II. (3). An exam­ ination of the ealcllius of fun ctions of several variables and line and surface in­ tegrals. Prerequisite s: Math. 511 and 547 with a C or bettcr in each . A 2064001701 651. Engineering Mathematics I. (3) . A survey 01 some of the mathematical tech­ niques most often needed in engineering. The course includes vector analysi s, a brief introduction to matrices ane!" deter­ minants , Fouri er series, Legendre func­ tions, Bessel functions and the applica­ tions of these tools to the 'iolution of boundary value problems. 1\0 credit given toward a major in mathematics. Prerc(!ui­ site: Math . 550 with a C or better. A 20 651 o 1703 713. Abstract Algebra 1. (3) . A treatment of the standard basic topics in abstract algebra. Prerequisite: Math. 513 or de­ p artm ental consent A 20 713 0 1701 714. Applied Mathematics. (3). Cross­ li sted as Phys. 714. Prerequisite : Math . 550 or instructor's consent. A 20 714 0 1703 720. Modern Geometry. (3). A study of fundamental concepts of geoml'lry. Pre­ requisite: Math. 513 or departmental con­ sent A 20 720 0 1701 725. Topology 1. (3). An investigation of point set and algebraic topology . Prereq­ uisite: Math . 547 or departmental consent. A 20 725 0 1701 Fairmount College/Mathematics 363 743. Real Analysis I. (3). A study of the foundations of analysis and the funda­ mental results of modern real analys is. Prerequisi te: Math. :547 or departmental consent. A ZO 743 01701 745. Complex Analysis I. (3). An investi­ gation of the theory of analytic functions. Prerequisite : Math. 545, 547 or 651, or departmental consent. A ZO 745 0 1701 750. Workshop. (1-3). Topics appropriate for mathematics workshops that are not in current mathematics courses. May be re­ peated to a total of 6 hours credit with departmental consent. Prerequi si te: de­ partmental consent. A 20 750 Z 1701 751. Numerical Analysis I. (3). A treat­ ment of numerical approximations of so­ lutions to initial ana boundary value problems of ordinary and partial differen­ tial equations. Prerequisite: Math. 547 or departmental consent. A 20 751 0 1703 752. Engineering Mathematics II. (3). A study of solution techniques for the partial differential equations of mathematical physics. Methods that are included are Green 's function techn iques separation of variables and integral trans(orm methods. Prerequisite: Matn. 651. A ZO 75Z 0 1703 753. Ordinary Differential Equations. (3). Existence, uniqueness stability and other qualitative theories or l ordinary differen­ tial equations. Prerequisite: either Math. 54:5 or 547 or departmental consent. A ZO 7530 1703 755. Partial Differential Equations I. (3) . Existence and uniqueness theory for boundary value problems of partial dif­ ferential equa tions of all types. Prerequi­ site: Math. 547 or departmental consent. A 20 75:5 0 1703 Courses for Graduate Students Only 801-802. Topics for Mathematics Teach­ ers I and II. (3-3). Topics for secondary school mathematics teachers that relate to the secondary school mathematics curric­ ulum. Topics are chosen according to the needs and interests of individual students. Repeatable for credit with departmental consent. Not applicable toward the MS in mathematics. A ZO 801 0 1701; A ZO 80Z 0 1701 813. Abstract Algebra II. (3). A continua­ tion of Math . 713. Prerequisite: Math. 713 or equivalent. A 20 813 0 1701 818. Selected Topics in ~umber Theory. (2-3). Repeatable with departmental con­ sent. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A ZO 818 0 1701 364 819. Selected Topics in Algebra. (2-3). Repeatable with departmental consent. Prerequisite : departmental consent. A ZO 8190 1701 825. Topology II. (3). A continuation of Math. 725 . Prerequi site : Math. 7Z5 or equivalent. A ZO 825 01701 828. Selected Topics in Topology. (2-3). Repeatable with departmental consent. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A ZO 8Z80 1701 829. Selected Topics in Geometry. (2-3). Repeatable with departmental consent. Prerequisite : departmental conse nt . A ZO 8Z901701 839. Selected Topics in Foundations of Mathematics. (2-3). Repeatable with de­ partmental consent. Prerequisite: depart­ mental consent. A ZO 839 0 1701 843. Real Analysis II . (3). A continuation of Math. 743. Prerequisite: Math. 743 or equivalent. A ZO 843 0 1701 845. Complex Analysis II. (3). A continu­ ation of Math . 745. Prerequisite: Math . 745 or equivalent. A 20 845 0 1701 849. Selected Topics in Analysis. (2-3). Repeatable with departmental consent. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A ZO 84901701 851. Numerical Analysis II. (3). A contin­ uation of Math . 751. Prerequisite : Math. 751 or equivalent. A ZO 85101703 856. Partial Differential E9,uations II. (3). A continuation of Math. 750. Prerequisite: Math. 755. A ZO 856 0 1703 857-858. Selected TOfics in Engineering Mathematics I and 1. (3-3). Advanced topics in mathematics of interest to engi­ neering students, including such topics as tensor analysis, calculus of variations and partial differential equations. Not applica­ ble toward the MS in mathematics. A ZO 8570 1703; A ZO 858 0 1703 859. Selected Topics in Applied Mathe­ matics. (2-3). Repeatable with departmen­ tal consent. A ZO 859 0 1703 880. Proseminar. (1). Oral presentation of research in areas of interest to the st~l ­ dents. Prerequisite: major standing. A 20 8803 1701 881. Individual Reading. (1-5). Prerequi­ si te: departmental consent. Repeatable up to a maximum of 5 hours with departmen­ tal consent. A 20 881 3 1701 885. Thesis. (1-4). May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours credit. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A ZO 885 4 1701 STATISTICS No major or minor in statistics is available, but a BS with emphasis in statistics is offered as described under the mathematics section. Statistics courses satisfy general education requirements. As part of the 124 semester hours required for graduation , students may take up to 15 semester hours of statistics courses in addition to the 45 or 50 semester hours of course work allowed in mathematics. Lower-Division Course 170. Statistics Appreciation. (3). A non­ technical course stressing and explaining how statistics and probability help to solve some important probbns in a vari­ ety of fi elds (e.g., biology economics, ed­ ucati on, government~ health sciences , so­ cial science s, etc .. The material is developed by examp es rather than by tra ­ dit ional statistical methods and does not require any special knowl edge of mathe­ matics. A 20 170 0 1702 Upper-Division Courses 360. Elementary Probability. \3). Proba­ bility function s, random variab es and ex­ pectation of finite sample spaces . Prereq­ ui si te : Math. Ill , ll2 or 331. A 20 360 0 1701 370. Elementary Statistics. (3). A survey of elementary descrip ti ve statistics, bino­ mial and normal distribution s, elementary problems of statistical inference, linear correlation and regression . ;-';ot open to mathematics majors. Prerequi site: ivlath . 011 or equi valent A 20 370 1 1702 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit Credit in courses numbered below 600 is not applicable toward the MS in mathematics. 570. Special Topics in Statistics. (3). Topics of interest not otherwise available. Prerequisite: departmental consent A 20 570 1 1702 571-572. Statistical Methods I and II. (3-3). Probability models, points and in­ terval estimates, statistical tests of hy· pothesis, co rrelation and regression analy­ si s, introducti on to nonparametric sta tisti cal tec hni ques , least square s, anal­ ysis of variance and topics in design of experiments. Prerequis ite: Math. 144 or 243 or departmental consent. A 20571 1 1702; A 20572 1 1702 574. Elementary Survey Sampling. (3). A brief review of bas ic statistical cow -epts and simple random, st ratified , clu ster and sys tematic samplin g; selection ot sample size, ratio and estimation and costs. Ap­ pli cati ons will involve problems from the social and natural sciences, business and other d isciplin.:s . Prerequis ite: any ele­ mentary course in statistics, such as Stat . 370, Soc. 501 or Psych . 442. A 20 574 1 1702 576. Applied Nonparame tric Statis tical Methods . (3). Assumption s and needs for nonparametric tests, rank tests and other non parametric inferential techniques . Ap­ plications will invol ve problems from en­ gineering, medicine, ed ucation , social and natural sciences, and other discip lin es. Prerequisite: any elemcntary sta tistics course such as Stat 370, Soc . 501 or Psych. 442 A 20 576 1 1702 661. Probability. (3). A study of axioms of probability, di screte and cont inu olls ran­ dom variables, expectation, examples of distribution functions, moment generating functions, and sequences of random vari­ ables. Prerequisi te: Math. 344 with C or better. A 20 661 0 1701 762. Applied Stochastic Processes. (3). A study ot random variables, expectation, limit theorems, Markov chains and sto­ chastic proces ses. Prerequi~ite : Stat. 661 or 77 1 or departmental consent. A 20 762 0 1702 771-772. Theory of Statistics I and II. (3-3). An examination of stochastic depen­ dence, distributions of fun ction s of ran­ dom variables limiting distributions , order statistics, theory of stati stical inference, nonparametric te s ts an d a nal ys is or variance and covariance. Prerequisite: :vl ath . 54,') or 547 with C or better or de­ partmental consent. A 20 771 0 1702; A 20 772 0 1702 Courses for Graduate Students Only 878. Special Topics. (2-3). Repeatable with departmental consent. Prerequi site: departmental consent. A 20 878 0 1702 879. Individ ual Reading. (1-5). Prerequi­ site : departmental consent. A 20 879 3 1702 Fairmount College/Mathematics 365 --- Minority Studies The department's objective is to increase the student 's cross-cultural commu­ nication skills by providing exposure to and an understanding of communica­ tion uniqueness among members of America's ethnic/cultural groups, thereby minimizing the barriers that often hamper effective cross-cultural communi­ cation. The department offers courses and programs to stimulate favorable interac­ tion among people , thus reducing ethnic tension. Emphasis in the depaltment is on cross-cultural communication, which stresses the uniqueness of the individual's language and behavior as it relates to e;ommunications across ethnic and cultural lines. Minority studies also offers experiences that allow students to explore their own uniqueness and provides methods for interacting favorably with other people. The curriculum is geared to develop ing the student in three areas: (1) as a unique individual, (2) as a participant-leader in an age of technology, and (3) as a trained spec ialist and humanist. The three overlap, allowing the department to address itself to both curri cu lum and community. Major. The major in minority studies consists of at least 24 hours, including Min. Stud. 210; any two of Min. Stud. 240,331,332,333, or 334; Min. Stud. 337, 338, or 399; Min. Stud. 540; Min. Stud. 545; and Min. Stud. 548. A concentration of not fewer than 15 hours in one additional field of study at Wichita State must also be taken. Minority studies majors must follow this sequence unless de viations are approved in ad vance by the department. Celta in courses in related areas that meet the particular needs of the student and are approved by an adviser may be counted toward a major. These courses may not count for more than 6 hours. Minor. A minor in minority studies consists of at least 15 hours. The courseS are to be approved by the student's adviser in the department and must include Mil. Stud. 210; any two of 240, 331, 332, 333, or 334; 337, 338, or 399; and 380. Lower-Division Courses 100. Introduction to Minority Studies. (3). ages by providi ng accurate intormation Orientation to the nature and scope of about their li ves and attitudes. To help minority studies. Emphasis is placed on people relate better to minority women in the unique nature of the experiences of America and understand their attitu des, minority groups in this country. A cursory sensitivities and emotions. A 30 240 0 exam ination of some alternative styles of 2299 behavior in dealing with problems pecu­ liar to minority people in the United States Upper-Division Courses is also undertaken. A 30 100 0 2299 331. Individual Group Cross-Cultural 210. Fundamentals of Cross-Cultural Communications-Black. (3). Designed to Communications . (3). An examination of enable students to expl ore their own the effects of different cultures on lan­ unique characters and behavioral traits as guage and methods of communicating. A related to their particular ethnic group. stud y of communications and its relation­ The relationship between their particular ship to behavio r in thi s cou ntry also is ethnic group's language and behavior also made. A 30 210 0 4999 is explored. Prerequi site: Min. Stud. 210. A 30 33 1 04999240. \1inority Women in America. (3). Cross-li sted as WS 240. An examination of 332. Individual Group Cross -Cultural the li ves, talents and contributions made Communications-Indian. (3). Designed by minority women to the American cul­ to enable students to explore their own ture. An analysis of the misconceptions unique characters and behavioral trails as about minority women that have been related to their particu lar ethnic group, generated and perpetuated through the The relationship between their particular 366 ethnic gro up 's language and behav ior also is exploreJ . Prcre(jlli s ite: :v\in. Stud. 210. A 30 332 0 4999 333. I ndividual G roup Cross-Cultural Commu n ic:at ions-Chicano. (:1). Designed tu enable students to explore their own uniquc cli time is spent on the analysis and evaluation of argu­ ments found in such diverse Relds as la\\', politics, education, advertising, ami reli­ gion. A 24 12.,') 0 1509 368 127. ~"edical Ethics. (3). An introduction to philosophy through nil l'"lJll inatiol1 of tl1<' conceptual, moral and socia l problems gCllt'rJted by thc practicc of nledicine '.L~ it occurs in society . The philosoplli c j)re­ suppositi ons of medicine and ll1edica l p ractice Jre derived from an examination of actual cases and pral'ticl's. and are th en examined and criticized. The course i.s dc­ ,iglH:d for the 1<1\·III<1n as well as for tlH' medical professional, and topics ,uch as genetic engineering, behavior contml, rights of patients, euthanasia, the concept 01 he'llth, Jndmedil'al distribution are ex­ amined. A 24 127 0 1509 129. University Experience. (3). An ex­ amination of the structure, process and problems o f universit y education in the contem!)orary ~ ctting . This course attpllds especia ly to the personal, moral , and spiritual problems and opportuni ties prc­ sented by the modern uniwrsity experi­ ence. It seeks to prol·ide clarification and gllidan ce in understanding the univerSity 'lild in choosing one"" oll'n future . A 2 1 12q 0 1509 138. Philosophy of Feminism. (3). Cross­ listed as WS 138 An exploration of philo­ sophi cal issues raised by the iemini st Illoq'ment, with e mph asis on conceptual and ethical questions. A 24 138 0 1509 144. Yloral Iss ues. (3). An introduction to philosophi cal thought about ethics . A number of contemporary moral issues will be discussed and various pllilosophical approaches to their soluti ollS considered. A 24 144 0 1.509 200. Philosophic Classics. (3). An exami­ nation of th e development of \\"pstern philosophy fr om its beginning with the ancient Creeh to the pre.sent day with an emphasis on principa philosophers such as Plato, Aristotle, Ayuinas, Descartes, Hume, Kant, Hegel and Mill. A 24 200 0 1.509 281. Cooferative Education in Philoso­ phy. 0-4 . The goa l of this course i ~ to provide the student with a field placcment that integrates philosophi· with a planllcd and supervIsed profeSSIO nal expenence designed to complement aud enhancc the student's academic program. In structor's approval is required for enrollment. Each student's program must be formulat!!d in consultati on with and be approved bv ap­ propriate faculty sponsors. A 24 281 0 1509 Upper-Division Courses 300C. Science and the Modern World. (3). The aim of this course is to develop an understanding 01 the mcthods and accom­ p li , hnH'nts of sC'icnc'l' ,md hOIl· these hal (' affected the way peoplc unders tand theJll­ se lves, socidy and the unive rse. The ap­ proach is both histori cal, with respect to the re-cn',ltion of tht' presciL-ntific world view and the development s of sc ience, and analytic, lI' ith fI 's lwd to u"derstanoi ng the goals, methods and limits of contempur Langu age and the world ? What CJ n the study o f language contrilliitc to the resolution of philosophi­ ca l problems ? A 24 301 0 1509 307. Skepticism. (3). Skepticism has as­ sUlll c·d lllany faccs . It has been a reeoglli­ tion of the limits of knowledge, a sense for th e in co lllpl etene~s of the world and a meditation on and celehration of thc un­ c:c rl ll inlil's of lire. Tht'se and other man­ ifestations of the skeptical spirit \\·ill be examined in both classical and mudern thought. Thinkers such as Socrates Scqus F.llIpiricus , Hum t', l\"-! ontaigne and H allic wil l be consulted . A 24 307 0 1509 313. Political Philosophy. (3l' An exam i­ nation of various philosop 1ical issucs concerning political sys tem s. Issucs such as the nature of political authority, the rights of individuals, constitutionalism and eivil disobedicllcl' lI'ill be di scllssed. A 24 313 0 1509 318. Recent British-American Philoso­ ph y. (3). Cross-listed as Amer. Stud . 318. Examination of philosophical ideas and mOI 'Clnents in recent British and Am erican philosoph y. Movements such as logica l pos itivislll, pragmati sm, ordinary lan­ guage philosophy and analytic philosoph y will be discll ssed. ReJdings will be se­ lected from figurf's such as Russell, Witt­ gE'nstein, Pierc( ', O( 'we} llnd Quine . A 24 :j Ib 0 1509 320. Philosophy of Science. (3). A study of the method s, goals and world views of the sciences, with attention to such topics as the structure and evaluation of scien­ tiRc theories, the nature of explanation, the dYliam ics of scientific re\oiutions and the impnl , phenomenolo)!;y , e '\­ istential thought , herme neutic p nil oso­ phy , dialectical mate riali sm, !\larxi , 11l and others as they arise. A 24 3.'57 0 ],509 360. E thical Theory. (3). A study of se­ lec ted topics in cthic~. Issm's , uch as the meaning and justification of m oral judg­ ments, the nature of morality , the relation s between normati ve categorics ancl the concept of justice, anJ the problelu of revolution in moral sehemes w ill be se ­ lected for investigation. Prerequisite: OIl e course in phil osoph y. A 24 360 0 1509 366. Philosop hy of Li terature. (3). An ex­ pl oration of the philos?phic them es pres­ ent 111 lIterature . SpeCial attentIOn I.' de­ vo tr' d to literature a s an aesthetic phenomenon and the associated probl ellis of the ('ssenti al lIature of literature as a particular art form, the author's inte ntions the criteria of , the legitimacy ot .general art th eon ·, thc presuppositions of specialized art thCOIY, the creative act, art and tmth , art and life, Jncl the nature alld function of art cr iti­ cism. A 24 375 0 1509 481. Cooperative E ducation in Phi loso­ phy. (1-4). See Phil. 28 1. A 24 48 1 0 1-09 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 501. Consciousness. (3). The structure and activiti cs of c{Jn s l'iou s ne~s and thei r Significance as developed in 19th and 20th ce ntury contin ental philosuphy . Emphasis will be placed on consciousness as the source of .meani ng in human eX[Jc rience, both cog11ltlve and pra tical. TOPl ·s such as intention al it)'.' freedom ,. temporal ity and creatIvity will he conSidered. Read­ ings are from thinkers such as H ~gel, Marx, \!ietzsche, Husserl , Sartre, H eicleg­ ger , and Me rlea u-Ponty. A 24 .501 0 [509 505. Philosophy of Education. (3). An ex­ amination of educa tional co ncepts with aJl emphasis on the impli cation ot such con­ cepts with respect to the problems of 1509 moral, political and religi ous educati on in a secular, democratic socie ty. A 2.-1 505 0 508. Autonomy. (3). What is freedom? Many interl)retati ol1S have heen offered, but one of the most compelling claims th at to be free is to be autonomous . We w ill re fl ect on this idea and its implication s. What is the selP What docs it mean for the self to be self-creati ve or self-determinin g? What restrai nt s-ph ys ica l, socia l or other-limit our au tonomv? What di stin­ guishes au tonomou s action from other kinds of behavior? Readings will focus on both the experience an d pract ice of auton ­ omy and it s o ntol ogica l foundation s. Va ri ous authors such as Aristotle, Epi c­ tetu s, Kant, Marx , Sartre and Ricouer wi ll be consu lted. A 24 508 0 1509 511 . Imagination. (3). Philosophers have conceived of th e imagination as a power­ fulyet largel y invisible forc e. Despilt' the difficult)' of grasping it, thillke rs as diverse as Plato and Kant have suggested that in some sense , imagination li es at the foun­ dati on of our experie nce an d that it is one of the we llsprings of rea lity. The course wi ll examine thi s idea in an effort to d e­ termine (a) what th e imagination is; (b) what role it can be sai d to play in th e or iginati on , development and presentation of experi ence ; and (c) whether, and if so in wh at sense, it can be sa id that we imagine the world. A variety of philosophical sources will be considered, in clud ing Pl ato's conception of idea and its functi on in hi s myths, Kant' s theory of imagination and Hege l's notion of Spirit and its cre­ ative s"lf-development. We w ill also at­ tempt to incorporate insights derived from the art>, especiall y architecture, paint ing and music. A 24 5 11 0 1509 519. Emriricism. (3). A study of the phil­ osophica views that emphasize sen sory experience rather than reasoning as a source of knowledge , with particular at ­ tention paid to th e philosophies o f Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Mill. A 24 519 0 1509 531. Ancient Greek Philosophy . (3). An examinat ion of the development of Greek philos ophy in its major phases, including an exp lora tion of the Mil cs ian and Eleatic tradition s, Pythagoras, the Atomists, the Plurali sts, the Soph ists, Socrates, Pl ato and Aristotle. A 24 531 0 1509 540. Theory of Knowledge. (3). A criti ca l exa minati on o f th e nature of know ledge and of th e ph ilosophical problems coil­ cern ing skepti cism; knowledge 01 the self ; material objects; other minds; the past, present an d futllre; uni versa ls; and neces­ sary truths. Selections from both historical and recent wri tings are in c luded. Prereq­ ui site: PhiL 121 or equivalen t. A 24 .'540 0 1509 546. Rationalism. (3) . A study of the phil­ osophical vi ews that emphasize reasoning rat her th an sensory experien ce as the source of kno\\ledge, with part icular at­ tenti on paid to the philosophies of Des­ cartes, Spi noza and Leihni z. A 24 .,)46 0 1509 550. Metaphysics . (3). An exploration of so mE' basic topics in the theory of realit y. Iss ues include such notions as space, time, ~ Ilh s tance, causality, particubrs . uni ve r­ sals , appearance, essence and heing. Pre­ reqlli si te Phil . 121 or equi va lent. A '2,1.3.50 o 1509 555. Philosophy of the Social Sciences. (3). A study of sueh topics as the rel ations of social science with natural science and philosophy, methodological prob lems pe­ culiar to social science, the nature of sound csplanation, conccpt s and con­ structs, and th e roles of mathemati cs and formal theor ies ill social science. A 24 .'55.'5 o 1509 585. Studies in a Major Philosopher. (3). A concentrated stu dy of th e thought of one major philosopher announced by the in­ structor when the co urse is scheduled. Repeatable for credit. Prer('quisite: in­ structor's con sent. A 24 585 0 1509 590. Special Studies. (3). Topic for study ann oun c('d by instructor. Hepeatah lc for credit. Pr('ref) uisite: in structor's cOIl ':cnt. A 24 590 0 1509 650 . Major Seminar. (3). Topic to be an­ nounced. Th e st udent ,viII parti cipate in the departmental faculty seminar. Prereq­ lIi site: depart mental invitati on. A :24 6500 1509 699. Directed Readings. (2-3) . A course designed for the student interested in doing indepe ndent study and research in a special are,l of interes t. Repeatable for c redit. Pre'requi si te: departmental consent. A 24 699 3 1509 Fainnount College/Philosophy 371 Physics M ajor. The following courses are required for a physics major: Phys. 213-214 or :111-312, 551,621,6.31-632, and 711; Math. 550 and 545, 547 or 651; and 5 hours of chemistry. For the Bachelor of Arts (BA), 2 hours of Phys . .516 or 517 are required. Six aclclitional hours of upper-division physics are also required. For the Bachelor of Scieuce (BS), 4 hours of Phys. 516,2 hours of Phys. 517, 8 additional hours of upper-division physics, and 5 additional hours of chemistry are required. Ten hours of a foreign language also are required for the BS. Chemical Physics Option. A student majoring in physics may select a chemical physics option. This option consists of the BS or BA requirements in physics, with Phys. 642 chosen as an elective, plus 6 hours of chemistry beyond the 111-112 sequence, to be chosen from Chem. 545,546,614, or 741. Other Options. Other programs are available which provide the student an opportunity to combine the study of physics with an interest in another area. On an individual basis, students have included interests in astronomy, engi­ neering , geology, computer science, biological sciences, and education. Minor. A minor in physics consists of Phys. 213-214 or 311-312, and at least 6 additional hours of upper-division physics. Lower-Division Courses 101. Contemporary Physics. (1-2). De­ signed for physic s majors and other science-oriented students, to be taken early in their cour,,; .' of .' tudy. The course will acquaint students with the subject matte r of physics , the education and work of physicist s and some of the more impor­ tant lJ nd interesting current prohlems in the neld. l\ot open to students with credit in Phys . 214 , 312 or 314. Offered for credi tino credit only . Prerequi site: one year of high school algebra. A 21 101 0 1902 J 111. Introductory Physics. (4). 3R; 3L. Lab fee. A general physics course for lib­ eral art s stuaents and those who have not had physics ill hiah school. Topics to be included are mechanics , heat, electricity and magnetism, wave phenomena, and modern physics. Not open to students who can Illcet prerequisites for Phys . 311. Pre­ requisite : one year of high school algebra. A 21 11101902 116. Physical Principles of Mechanics. (2). Thi, course provides basic prinCiples of mechanics for students in physical ed­ lIcation. Students engage in laboratory ac­ tivities followed by group discussion of the euncl'jlts that have been studied. A 21 116 1 1902 131. Physics for the Health Sciences. (3). Thi s course provides a background in basic physics for students in health related professions. The choice of topics , the em­ phasis on problems and the detailed ap­ plications will all be directed toward the special uses of physics in the health sciences. A 21 131 0 1902 195C. Introduction to Modern Astron­ omy. (4). A general survey course in as­ tronomy intended for the student with lit­ tle or no background in the physical sciences or mathematics. Subjects studied include the characteristics and origin of the solar system; the distribution, charac­ teristics and evolution of stars and asso­ ciated objects; and the nature and evolu­ tion of the universe. A 12 19SC 0 1911 196. Laboratory in Modern Astronomy. (1). 3L. Lab fee. The application of the techniques and analysis of the data of modern astronomy. This course is in­ tended for the student with some back­ ground in the physical sciences. When 196 is completed, 19SC and 196 count as a laboratory sciencl' . Field trips are re­ quired. Prerequisites : two semesters of high scho,ol algebra or the equivalent~ or instructor s consent, and Phys . 190C, which may be taken concurrently. A 21 196 1 1911 198. Discovery in Astronomy. (3). A few 372 selected topics in astronomy are discussed in depth to develop an understanding of the discoveries and problems of modern astronomy. Di scussions are organized around readings from the current popular literature. Prerequisite: Phys. I95C. A 21 19801911 213. General College Physics. I. (5). 4R; 3L. Lab fee . Mechanics, heat and wave motion. This COurse is intended for stu­ dents wi th a working knowledge of alge­ bra and trigonometry but who have had no calculus . Preretlui site: high school trigo­ nometry or Math. 112. A 21 213 0 1902 214 . General College Physics II. (5). 4R; 3L. Lab fee. Electr icity, light and modern physics. This course is a continuation of Phys. 213. Prerequisite: Phys. 2.l3 or 311 . A 21 214 0 1902 Upper-Division Courses 311. Classical College Physics I. (5). 4R; 3L. Lab fee. Intended for students who have had an introduction to calculus. Me­ chaniCS, heat and wave motion are stud­ ied. High school physics is recommended as preparation for this course. Credit will not be given for both Phys. 213 and 311. Corequisite: Math. 243. A 21 311 0 1902 312. Classical College Physics II. (5). 4R · 3L. Lab fee . A continuation of Phys. 31 i and a stud y of electricity and optics. Credit will not be given for both Phys . 214 and 312. Prerequisites : Math. 243 with a grade of C or better and Phys. 213, with departmental consent, or Phys . 311. A 21 3120 1902 313. Classical College Physics Lectures 1. (4). Thi s course is the lecture portion of Phys. 311 and carries the same pre­ requi si tes. Open only to engineering stu­ dents. A 21 313 0 1902 314. Classical College Physics Lectures II. (4). This course is the lecture portion of Phys. 312 and carries the same prerequi­ sites. Open only to engineering students . A 21 314 0 1902 316. General Physics Laboratory. (1-2) . 3L. Lab fee. The general physics labora­ tory for students who have taken Phys. 313 an d 314 and wish to transfer to liberal arts . Prerequisite: Phys. 313 A 21 316 1 1902 400. Special Studies in Physics. (1-2). Re­ peatable but total credit may not exceed 2 hours for physics majors. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A 21 400 3 1902 407. Seminar. (I). Student reports on topics of general interest in physics. Re­ peatable for credit up to 2 hours but may not be counted tor credit toward a minor in physics. Prerequisites: completion of, ar concurrent enrollment in, an upper­ division physics course and instructor's consent. A 21 407 9 1902 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 501. Special Studies in Physics for Edu­ cators. (1). 3L. 0 Lab fee. A series of courses covering basic physical concepts which provide phys ical science back­ ground for the elementary educator. Pre­ req ui site : in-service elementary teacher. A 21 501 I 1902 516. Advanced Physics Laboratory. (2). 4L. Lab fee . Experiments in classical and modern physics designed to stress scien­ tific methods and experimental tech­ niques. The experiments are open-ended projects requ iring individual study. Re­ peatable up to a maximum of 8 credit hours. Corequisite: Phys . 551. A 21 516 1 1902 517. Electronics Laboratory. (2). 1R; 3L. Lab fee. Experiments in electronics that treat some of the applications of elec­ tronics in scientific research. Experiments will cover the uses of vacuum tubes, tran­ sistors\ IC, and digital circuits. Prerequi­ site: Pnys. 312. A 21 517 1 1902 551. Topics in Modem Physics. (3).0 An introdu ction to selected areas of modern ph ysics, with emphasis on the features of atomic, nuclear and solid state physics that require modifications of classical ph ys ics for their explanation. Prerequisite: Phys . 214 or 312 or 314 or departmental consent. Corequisite: Math . 344. A 21551 o 1902 555. Physical Optics. (3).0 Electromagne­ tic waves, diffraction and interference, ra­ diation; scattering and optical properties of SOlidS. Prerequ isites : Phys . 214 or 312 and Math . 344. A 21 555 0 1902 601. Special Topics in Astrophysics. (1-2). Several topics in astronomy and astrophy­ sics will be studied in depth. Lectures , independent readings and student projects may be assigned. May be repeated up to 6 hours. Prerequisites: Phys. 195G and 551. A 21 601 3 1912 621. Elementary Mechanics I. (3).0 Mo­ tion of a particle in one and several di­ mensions, central forces, the harmonic oscillator and the Lagrangian formulation of mechanics. Prerequisites: Phys. 214 or 312 with a grade of C or better and Math . 344 with a grade of C or better. A 21 621 0 1902 Fainnount College/Physics 373 625. Electronics . (2). lR; 4L. Lab fee. Provides a working knowledge of dec­ tronic devices and circu its for the student or research worke r who has little or no background in electronics. Prerequi site: instructor's consent. A 2.1 6250 1909 631. Electricity and Magnetism I. (3).· Direct and alte rnating currents; electric and magnetic field theory, including an introd uction to Maxw ell " electromagnetic wave theory. Prerequisites: Phys. 2.14 or :312 with a grade of C or better and Math. 344 with a grade of C or better. A 21 631 0 1902. 632. Electricity and Magnetism II. (3).0 A continuation of Phys . 631. Prerequisite: Ph ys. 631 or instructor's consent. A 21632. o 1902 642. Chemical Physics. (:1). Topics in areas of overlapping inter(,s ts for students of chemistry and pnysics, such as thermo­ dynam ics\ kin etics, quantum mechanics, solids ana various types of spectroscopy. Standard experimental a nd theoretical techniques used in research in chemical physics arc discussed by a team of chem­ ists and physicists. Prerequisite : Phys 711 or ChcllL 641 Or instructor's COllSl'nt. A 2.1 6420 1902 671. Thermop hysics. (3).0 The laws of thermodynamics, distri b ution functions, Bo ltzmann eljuation tran sp ort phenom­ ena, Ructuation s and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Prerequi sites: Phys. 2.14 or 312 and Math. 344. A 2 1 671 0 1902 701. Advanced Topics in Physics. (3). A course on an advanced, current topic of interest in physics. The topic may be cho­ sen from nuclear physics, solid state physics, astrophysics, bi op hysi cs or other areas. Prerequisite: Phys. 711 or depart­ mental consent. A 21 701 0 1902 711. Modern Physics I. (3). Introduction to quantum (nechanics, the Schroedinger equation, elementary perturbation theory and the hydrogen atom. Prerequisite: Phys. 551. A 21 711 0 1902 712. Modern Physics II. (3). A continua­ tion of Ph ys . 711. Identi cal particles, mul­ ti e lectron. atoms and molecular physics. PrereqUlS(teS: Phys. 711. A 21 71201902 714. Theoretical Physics. (3). Cross-listed as Math. 714. A study of mathematical techniques that may be applied to ph ysics and other sciences. T opics to be covered typically include power series methods, WKB method, contour integration, inte ­ gral transforms, Hilbert space, special functions and solut ions of partial dif­ ferential equations . Prerequis ites: Math . SSO and instructor' s consent. A 21 7140 1902 715. Numerical Methods in Physics. (2). IR; 3L. Lab fee. Applica tions of numerical methods to problems in physics. Roots of equation s, curve fitting, interpolation, ex ­ trapolation and smootning of experimental data llumerical differentiation and inte­ grati'on, and solution of differential equa­ tions. The use of computer in numerical methods is included. Prerequisite: in­ structor's consent. A 21 7150 1902 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. Individual Readings. (1-3). Repeat­ able for credit up to 3 hours. Prerequi sites : 30 hours of physics and departmental consent. A 21 800 3 1902 801. Selected Topics in Physics. (2-3). Repeatab le for cred it up to 6 hours. Pre­ requisite: departmental consent. A 21 801 o 1902 807. Seminar. (1). Review of current peri­ odicals; reports on student and faculty re­ search. Repeatable for cred it up to 2 hours. Prerequisite: 20 hours of phys ics. A 21 807 9 1902 809. Research and Thesis. (1-3). Repeat­ able for credit up to 6 hours. A 21 809 4 1902 811. Quantum Mechanics 1. (3). Elemen­ tary principles, formulations and methods of quantum mechanics , with special ap­ plication to atomic and molecular phe­ nomena. Prerequisites: Phys. 621 and 711, or departmental consent and Math. 550. A 21 811 0 1902 812. Quantum Mechanics II. (3). A con­ tinuation of Phys. 811. Prerequisite: Phys. 811. A 21 8120 1902 821. Classical Mechanics. (3). Introduc­ tion to mechanics of continuous media, Lagrange's equations, calculus of varia­ tions, Hamilt on's principle, rigid body motion and special relativity. Prerequi­ sites: Phys . 621 and Math. 550. A 218210 1902 831. Classical Electricity and Magnetism 1. (3). Vector fields, field equation s, stress and energy, static magnetic and electric fi eld s, and electromagnetic waves. Pre­ requisites: Phys. 632 and Math. 550. A 21 831 0 1902 " Course may not be cu untcu for tTedi l toward a graduate phy~i<.:~ lna)ur. 374 832. Classical Electricity and Magnetism II. (:3). A continuation of Ph ),s . 83 1. Pre­ requisi te Phys 831. A 21 8320 1902 841. I'\uclear Phys ics I. (3). The nuclea r t\Yo-body probklll and nuclear force ,; , models of the nucl eus and nucl ear dec·ay. Prerequisite : Ph )' ~ . 7 11. A 2 .1 84 \ 0 1902 871 . Statistica l Mechanics. (3). An intro­ d uction to th e basic cuncepts and lllethuds of stati s ti ca l mecha nics, with appli cations to ~ i lll p le phys ical systellls . Prere.9­ uisites: Math. 550 and Ph, s fi21. A 21 8 tl o 1902 . Political Science 881. Solid State Ph ysics I. (3). T he basic knowledg e of the nature and prope rti es of the solid state, includin g th e structural, thermal, nwciJclllical, electrical and mag­ netic properti es. Also studied are the el ec­ tron tllt'ory uf metals ,mel band theory of solids. Prereq uisites : Phys. 551 or depart­ lllental cunsent and Math . 550. A 21 881 0 1902 882. Solid State Physics II . (3). A contin­ uation (I f Ph \> . 88 1. Prerequi site PhI'S. Sil l A 21 88~ 0 1902 Major. A major consists of Po!. Sci. 12 1 and 30 additional hours, including at least one course in four of the nve groups below. M inor. A minor consists of Po!. Sci. 121 and 12 additional hours, at least 6 of which must be in upper-division courses. Group 1, Political T heory and Philosophy-Po!. Sci. 300, 345,444, 547, or 549 Gro up 2, American Politics-Po!. Sci. 315, 316,317,318, 319,354,358, 540, 551, or 552 Group 3, Comparative Politics-Pol. Sci . 226, 228, 320, 330,523, 524, or 525 Group 4, Internation al Politics- Pol. Sci. 335, 336, :338, or 534 Group 5 , Public Policy and Administration-Po!' Sci. 321, ,505, 506, 533, 535, 564, 580, or 587 Related Fields. Because of the challging nature of the social sciences and because of their increasing applicability in both the public and private sectors, political science majors should take appropriate courses in other social sciences , particularly Econ. 2.01-2.02; stati sti cs; and computer science. Public Administration Option in Political Science. The goal of the public administration option is to prepare students for future entrance into public ~ervice. T he option meets several needs. Many students in the social sciences plan for careers in the p ublic sector, and there is evidence that public agency heads are demanding rnore and better qualified students with undergraduate degrees to face the challenges of the future in public service. Although tlw option emphasi zes the preparation of \lndergraduates for public service, those who plan to enter graduate school in the fields of administration and p\!1)lic policy also will be prepared to undertake a more professional course of study. A major with a public admini stration option con sists of 36 hours, including Pol. Sci. 121, 345, 444, 547, or 549; one course from Group 3 (Comparative Politics) Or Group 4 (International Poli tics); and the required hours from each area below. Area A (9 hours)-E ither Pol. Sci. 317 Urban Politics, or Po!. Sci. 687, In troduction to Urban Affairs, and two ot the fo llowing: Po l. Sci. 315, The ~res i.9_en cy ; Po.! . Sci. 316, The Con~re~h Po!. Sci. 319, State Government; Pol. $ Cl. o,) 1, P ubllc Law; and Pol. SCl. tb 0, Urban Govern ment F ll1ance Area B (9 hours)-Po!. Sci. 321, Introduction to Public Administrat ion, and two of the following: Po l. Sc i. 564, Comparative Public Administration; Pol. Sci. 580, Administation and the Policy-Making Process ; and Po!. Sci. 587, T heory of Administration Fairmount College/Politi cal Science 375 Area C (6 hours)-Econ. 201, Principles of Economi cs I, and 3 hours in any of the foI1owin g: Soc. :-01, Sociologi ca l Statistics; Econ. 2.31 , Ill troductory Busine~ s Stati stic, ; dmi n. 370, Quantitative ~vlethod s and Research· Math. ( S Llti )t i c ~) 350. Eletncntary ProbalJilit\; Ps\ch. 3 1.5, Industrial P s\chology, ()I computer scie nce. Lower-Division Courses I01G. Poli tics: Who G ets What. (3). A l'()urse foc li sin~ on some of th e g reat po­ litical ideas ancl applying th t;m to modern i"ues . En:n if th e rc a rc 110 eternal truths, there arc dernal prohlems. Some of th t, lJIajor ide,ls \\'ill incluck tlw fullm·\ in g : th e rulers and the ruled, liberty \ crsu s order, the righ t of cli " Cllt , polit ical obligation ancl i,S l\l:'S of cOllS <; ienc(; . In addition, cur­ rent polk'i(" dc\ cl oped \\'ill co\'('r se.'\ in politi c~ , F irs t Amendment freedoms, dh­ nil' politil's and the politics of oil. :\ :22 WIG 0 2207 102, Poli t ics : Who Gets What-Labora­ to ry, (1 -2) , This laboratory c\plures the proces ses of social conflict. Student'; col­ !t;d and :ll1ah'ze raw data to better under­ st n d 'political decision making. A 22 102 o :2:20 ( 103G. Gam e s l\ ations Pl ay: Problems in I nte rnat iona l Re lation s . (3). Th e immedi­ at e and most apparen t aim of th i.~ course is tu farn ili,nize s tudent , with a number of inte rnation al p robl em s. The intention hO\\'('\'('r, is to al'iliev(' lllure gClll'ral and long-lasting aims ratlll'r than to transmit facts . The ciu,tl aillls th us becollie the de­ ('l op ment of a sensiti vity on the pa rt of stu dl'nt s to illl<:rnatiullal p rub lems that w ill b e a part of their live~ a nd to create a fr,ull l' \\urk in which the studcnts can an­ alyze the international p ro b lems they LC n­ counter in th e future. A 22 lO3G 0 2207 J21. Am e rican P oli tics. (J). An analysis of the ba., ic patterns a nd structure uf the American political system . with empha sis on pol icies and pro blem . of A merican politics A :22 121 0 2207 150. Political Science Workshop, (1-3), Pre rel[u isite : ins tructor's consent. A 22 150 0 2207 153. '\-fodel United :'Iia t i o ns . (2-4). A w ur kshop tu prepa re student to partici­ p ate effectlve ly 111 van ous m odel Ul nted :\,lt iUI1S, es pecially th e Midwt's t Model in St. LOllis. A 22 153 0 2207 155. Practiclll P olitics. (2-3). A course fo­ cusing on e ither election campaigns (Jr lf g islative session s d e pendin g on \vhich is ill p rogress duri n g th specific se mester the cours e is offe red . D uring e lections st uden t s are ass ignee! to work for candi­ dates and are a lso involved in a campaign simulation in class . Uun ng Ieg lsla tive session s, both legislators and interest gr()up len clcr.s are im Qh ed. In additiou, the c lass attends one 01 the leg isla tive ses­ siulls ill Tupeka . A 22 1,'55 () '2207 216. Th e G overnments of Kansas. (3). An eX:111lin:llioll of the structure and function of state and local goverl1Jncnts in Kans'ls. Emplr:h is upou policy form a tion and ad­ ulinistrCltion, nnanc(' and intergovern­ mcn tal relatiullS. A 22 216 0 2207 226. C omparative Pol it ics. (3). An analy­ sis of ti lt· basi" patl<:rIls and structlirPS of Western dcmocratic and politica ll systems, transitional systems :mel dicta torial or tu­ talitarian systeul s . A 22 226 0 2207 228. Autocracy, D ic tatorship and Totali­ tarianism . (3). Nazi Germany, Fascist Italy and C ommunist syste ms receive special att cll tion as major prototype, and varia­ tions of th e systems being exaillined. More traditional dictatorships a,ne! one -party states also receive attention. Topics ern­ phasiz{'r] an' cunditions gi\ing ris e to these regimes, leade rships, ideology, ter­ ror, the p art,' , rC\ 'ol u ti onary p e rsollalities' revolution:!ry takeov (;!rs. ane! pro b le ms and policies o f these regim es. A :22 22802207 232. Basic Ideas in Political Theory. (3). T Ill' purI?o se of the l'Olll'se is tu shuw the direct rel a tionship betwee n political phi­ lusophv and practical political structlllcs and policies. The politi ca l philosophil!s of six illiportant Western philosophers are examined at an introductorv leve l. Dif­ ferent mode ls of delllOCraC\ ~lle stu died in order to d emonstrate the re lationship be­ t\\('('ll a set of basil' philosophic assump­ tions and the political soc iety that s('ems aPRropriate to tha t sd u f 'l s~ ltnIJ)ti()ns. Fi­ nally, one or two major po litica l issues are l',\:unined in order to illustrat e th e vari()uS kinds of solutions that rnav be suggest(;d by diHerc ut political philosoph ies. A 21­ 23202207 Upper-Division Courses 300. Polit ical Analvs is. (3). Introduction to tra elitional and scientifk research ap­ proaches ill political science. Attentioll is give n to ',ources of data, elat:l ,ulalysis, a nd prob lems and ethics of research. A 22300 0 2207 376 315. The P residency. (3). The presidellcy fo('me , IlJ.~on Ih (' ('\ 'Olul ioll ()f the pres I­ dential ottiCl' Ih(' recruitment of pre, l­ dellts a lld t ilt' n a ture' 01 pn'si dential power. A 22 315 0 2207 :316. The C ongress . (3). F ocust's on the Congress , \\ 'ith particular atl<'ntion to in­ terest articulati on at hotll slat e and na­ tional le\(:'ls, A 22 3J6 0 2:20, 3I7. Urban Politics. (:3). An an alysis of politi c s in urhan .Irea" iucllld ing such topi cs as the nature a nd distriblltion of COlllmllnity po",er , inf-ill ence and kader­ ship, the nature of communit\' co nflict, the formation of policy, mban problems and political solution s, a nd trend s in urban politics , :\ 22 317 02207 318, Poli t ical P arties. (3). The role of po­ litical parties in th e Amer ica n p lJlitica l deciSi,on -makin g process at the nat iOllal, sta li: and local 1c·\'{·1s. A 22 ,31802207 :319. State G overnment. (3). The role of the slates in the fed eral sys te m and till' patterns of politics and institut ions in the several s ta te s, Particular attent ion is given to the State of Kansas , A 22 319 0 2:207 320. Politics of Developing Areas. (3). A sun ey of th e poli tica l systc ill s in Latin America, Africa, the !\tiddl e East, and south a nd so uthea stern A. sia, Special 'It­ telltion is paid to colonialism as a sy , tem the e ffects of colnni ,di sm and patterns of emerging nations, A 22 320 0 2207 321. Introduction to ,Public Adm inistra­ tion. (3). A general sllrvey of the ,cope and nature of public administration ; policy alld admi ni strat ion; administrative regu­ lations and adjudication; organi zati on and Ilianage il le nt; budgeting ,md f1s cClI m all­ agcllle nt ; publi c personnel administr of the 1\ 1iddlc Ages, Familiarity \\ith these early political Ideas IS a lllaJor cUlltributlO1l to IInder­ sta nding subsefjuent politi ca l phil oso­ phie s. r\ 22 345 () 2207 :353. M ode l Un it ed :\ at ions . (2- 4). A \\orkshllp :0 preparc stlld en ts to p~lrtici­ pall' e ffectJ ve ly Jn van ons model l JlJtcd 0."ltions , espel'iall) ' the \I id \\ cst \Iode! U:\' in SI. Lou is, A 22 :353 0 2207 354. Judicial Proces,s and Behavior. (3). F ocuses upon the hehavior an d pnlicv­ making rol es of vourts and judges , .-\ ;22 ,354 02207 355. Practical Politics. (2-3). A course fo­ cusing on ei ther electi on ctlmpaigm or legisl ati ve se ssions dependi ng un which is ill progress during tIle spt'c ilic semes ter the course is oHcrcd . During elect ions studen ts rl re assigned to work for candi­ dates and are also invo lved in a campaign simulation in class, During kgislativc session s, both legislators and interest group leaders are invo h·ed. I n addition, the class a tt e nds one of the legisl ative ses­ sion s in Topeka , ,\ 22 35;:; 0 2207 358. American Political Thought . (3). C onsideration of se lected topics in the de­ ve lopme nt of rolitical ideas in the United States . A 22 3u8 0 2207 Fairm ount College/Political Science 377 390. Special Topics in Poli tical Science. (1-3). An analys is of selected titles in po­ liti cal sc ience in a seminar setting. Con­ tent va ries depcnding upon the instructor . Repeatable for credit. A 22 3$)0 0 2207 398. Directed Read ings. (1-3). A course des igned for exceptional tudents to meet their needs and deficiencies. Repeatable for credit. Prereljuisites : sen ior standing and departmenta consent. 0 A 22 391:) 3 3207 444. Modern Political T heory. (3). This ('ourse continlles th e study of Western po­ litical philosophy bt'ginning with tht' de­ cisil'c ureak with the classi cal traditi on that was made bv \1achiavelli early in the six tec nth c >ntu'ry. \ ·lajor philosophcrs studied are Hobhcs , Locke, and Rousseau, who are known as phi losophers of the social contract and who exerc ised a great inRucnce on the creation of the Am erican political system. Marx, a political thinker who moves strongly in the dircction of twentieth centmy political philosoph y, is also studied. Philosophers of thi s period have collectively had a profound impact on political life in this century. A 22 4440 2207 481. Cooperative Education in Political Science . 0-:3). T he course providt' s the student with practical expericnce to com­ plement the student's more formal politi­ cal science curriculum. Student programs must bc apyro,ed by the department. A 22. 481 0 220 1 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 505. The Pol itics of Health. (3). A course d >s igned to show how governments in the United States make decis ions in the health ReId , dc scribe th e po litical forces haping governmental pol'icy in health , and ana­ lyze the arguments for and a&ainst an in­ creased governmental role in health. A 22 505 02207 506. Politics of Aging. (3). Cro"s-listed as Geron. 501. This course will focu s on the role of the elderly as competitors in the political arena. In as 'essing the elderly's strengths and weaknesses, we will analyze the foll Owing : the effects of ag ing on po­ litical behavior'\ strategies of the aging­ both indi vidua and collective; and the responses of the political sys tem. A 22 506 022,07 523. Gove rnment and Politics of Latin America. (3). An examination of the polit­ ical institutions and proces ses tha t cur­ rently exist in the Latin American repub­ o Prerequi site may he waived wi th tkp:.trtmen lal (UI1' 378 lics . Em[lh asis is on the soc ia l, economic ane! ps),cilocultural fact or affecti ng these institutions and processe" . A 22 523 0 2207 524. Politic of Modern C h ina. (3) . E m­ phas is is on study of China's political sys­ tem since 1949 in terms of non-\Veste rn ,[oab and ideas of social orgallizatioll. 1 hemes of politic.:al int egration and poltti­ cal del 'c loplil e lit are used to Illinimizt, d istortion or cultural bias . Study encom­ Pi.l ssC's the roots of the political sys tem, the system as it is 1I0W and the goal s C hina is striling to reali ze. Some assessment is made about the futllre d evelopment of COllllllUllislIl in China. Topics illclmle C hinese cOlllll1uni~m and the ideolugical heritage; political culture ; political Ilign pol­ icy on a cross-national basi s. E mpnasis is p laced upon concepturtl approaches for explaining foreign policy benavior \\·hich are :pplicablc cross-nationally. A 22 .'53.'5 0 2201 540. American Political Beh avior. (3). An int ns ive examination of tht ' patterns of politi ca l behavior in the 'nited States througll primary and s('colldary analysis of existent data. Emphasis is given to the dev lupm ent and presentation of an origi­ nal research paper. A 22 540 0 2207 547. Contemporary Political T heory. (3). T he purpose of this course is to introduce students to the radi cal! v new ideas that t,merged in the last century as a res ult of nL Darwin's theory of evolution, the doctrine of historicisJll, and the growth of modern science and to explore their impact upon political th ought. Although the multiplic­ ity of philosophies makes generalization difficult , most of them draw strength from common sources. Philosophers such as Hans Kelsen , William Barrett, Frederich Nietzsche , and John Dewey are studied. Attcntion is given to the importance of these new philosophies upon political structures and issues. A 22547 0 2207 549. Approaches to the Study of Political Science. (3). A comparative stud y of rep­ resentative conceptual framework s to give the undergraduate student of politics an appreciation of the work of the profes­ siona l scholar, its pos sibilities and limita­ tion s. An emphasis is placed on critical evaluati on of such approaches. A 22.5490 2207 551. Public Law. (3). An analysi s of the role of appellate courts-especially of the U. S. Supreme Court-in the American political system. Emphasis is placed upon judicial review of state and fedt'ral legis­ lation the separation of powers , federal­ Ism, t he taxlI1g power and the commerce clause. A 22 551 0 2207 552. Civil Liberties. (3). An analysis of the role of the appellate courts-especiall y of the U. S. Supreme Court-in the Amer­ icall political sys tem. Emphasis is placed upon the guarantees of the Bill of Rights and the 14th Amendment. A 22.32202207 560. The Planning Process. (3). This course is of use to students desiring to work in an urban planning agency or who will be involved in planning issues as an administrator at the city, co unty, state or fed eral level. it is also of value to students seeking an understanding of the complex process of urban-related life. The role of planning in sol ving human and environ­ mental problems is examined. Emphasi s is gi ven to the relationship between special­ ists, citizens and elective offici als as l2ar­ ticipants in the planning process. A 22 ~60 02207 561. Public Management of Human Re­ sources. (3). The course surveys the major areas of management of human resources in the public sector. These include hiring, training, evaluation and pay promotion policies. Special emphasi s is given to the laws governing public personnel manage­ ment and to the unique meri t, equal em­ ployment opportunity, producti vity, un­ ionizati o n and collective bargaining problems found in the public sector. A 22 561 0 2207 564. Comparative Public Administration. (3). A stud), of the admini strative system of selected developed and developing coun­ tries, with special attention to the vari ous methods ana approaches of comparative ana lysi s and to th e relationshiQs between administrati ve instituti ons and their cn­ vironmental settings. A 22 564 0 2207 580. Administration and the Policy Mak­ ing Process. (3). The problems of govern­ ment encountered in the administration of public policy. The approach is analytical rather than descriptive. Repeatable for credit. A 22 580 0 2207 587. Administrative Theory and Behav­ ior. (3). A study of organizati on theory and th e vari ou s approaches to th e stud y of organization . A 22 587 0 2207 655. Urban Government Finance. (3). Cross-listed as Econ . 655 . Analysis of urban government expenditure and reve­ nue systems. Introducti on to urban finan­ cial administration. A 22 655 0 2207 687. Introduction to Urban Affairs. (3). Cross-listed as Econ . 687 and Soc. 687. An introduction to the study of the metropolis as a social, political and economic sys tem . Prerequisites : Econ. 202 and a cou rse in soc iology or political sci ence or instruc­ tor's consent. A 22 687 0 2207 700. Advanced Directed Readings. (3). Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: de­ partmental consent. A 22 700 3 2207 701. Method and Scope of Political Science. (3). Emphasizes philosophy of science and methodology (as distin­ gui shed from method and technique) and exposes the student to recent works of meth odologi cal import in the variou s sub­ fields within the discipline. Prerequ isite: departmen tal consent. A 22 701 0 2207 702. Statistical Applications. (3). Empha­ sizes applicat ions of data in political science. Prerequisite : departmental con­ sent . A 22 702 0 2207 703. Proseminar in Political Science. (3). An examination of predominant concepts , theories and ideas of the di scipline and its constituent subfields; requirea of degree­ status graduate students upon entrance. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A 22 70392207 750. Workshop. (2-4). Prerequisite : in­ structor's consent. A 2275022207 Courses for Graduate Students Only 810. Seminar in Comparative Govern­ ment. (3) . The comparative study of se- Fairmount College/Political Science 379 lected aspects of the po1itics and institu­ tions of foreign governments. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A 22 810 9 2207 820 , Seminar: The Administrative Process. (3) . Consideration of the proces s and environment of administration, with special attention given to the role of the executive in policy formulation,j-, organiza­ tion, planning, budgeting, stamng, coor­ dination, communications and adminis ­ trative re sponsibility. Prerequi s ite : departmental consent. A 22 820 9 2207 821. The Budgetary Process. (3). Analysis of the development and utilization of the budgetary process in government admin­ istration, with special attention given to the budget in relation to its role in policy formulation. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A 22 821 9 2207 835. Seminar in International Relations. (3). Analysis of special problems in , and approaches to, the study of international relations . Prerequisite: departmental con­ sent. A 22 835 9 2207 841. Seminar in Urban Politics. (3). An intensive analysis of urban politics , with emphasis on individual research projects. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A 22 841 9 2207 842. Administration in Local Govern­ ment. (3). Examination of administrative processes and problems in local govern­ ment, including the role of the profes­ sional chief executive. Problems examined are drawn from the following: labor-man­ agement relations, program evaluation! county government reform, governmenta decentralization, citizen participation, grant-in-aid programs, interlocal coopera­ tion, affirmative action requirements and service contracting. PrerequiSite : Po!. Sci . 317. A 22 842 9 2214 Psychology 845. Seminar in Political Theory. (3). De­ tailed study of the relevant works of a major political philosopher and his :her contribution to contl'l11porary thought. Prerequisite : departmental consent. A 22 84592207 851. Seminar in Public Law and Judicial Behavior. (3). Analysis of special prob­ lems in and approaches to the study of legal systems. Em'phasis is given to devel ­ oping the student s awareness of research in toe ReId. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A 22 851 9 2207 855. Seminar in Public Finance Systems. (3). An analytical study of selected topi cs in the politics and administration of reve­ nue, expenditure and borrowing policies of governmental organizations. Prere(jui­ site: departmental consent. A 22 855 9 2207 856. Seminar in American Politics and Institutions. (3). Analytical study of se­ lected topics in American political behav­ ior, with emphasis on individual research. Repeatable lor credit when content differs substantially . Prerequi site: departmental consent. A 22 856 9 2207 874. Internship. (3-6). An intensive ap­ plied learning experience supervised by a university department or committee . To receive credit, a student must secure ap ­ QrovaJ of a written report from his/her own department. Prerequi site : departmental consent. A 22 874 2 2207 875. Research Design. (3). Requires the development of a research design for the thesis. The design must be submitted to a deQartmental committee for evaluation and approval. Prerequisite: departmental consent. A 22875 4 2207 876. Thesis. (1-3). A 228764 2207 Courses are designed for (1) students who elect to study particular aspects of psychology while majoring in other disciplines; (2) students who plan to major in psychology, but do not plan for graduate study in the discipline; and (3) students who plan to major in psychology and go into graduate study in psychology. Students planning graduate study should check with the depart­ ment for recommended undergraduate course sequences for preparation in particular emphases in graduate study. Major. The major for the Bachelor of Arts (BA) consists of a minimum of 30 hours in psychology. Psych. III is prerequisite for all higher number psy­ chology courses. All BA majors are required to take Psych. 111,401,411, and 211 or 601. In addition, 6 hours must be taken from each of the groups listed below. 380 Group One: 302, 322, 332, 342, 402, 502, or 532 Group Two: 304, 314, 324, 404, 514, 534 , 544, Or 604 Group Three: 406, 416, 446, 526, 546, 556, 606, or 616 Minor. The minor consists of a minimum of 15 hours selected in consultation with the student's major adviser. Lower-Division Courses 101. Stress and Stress Management. (3). This course is designed to introduce to the student the theory of stress and to survey the major stress management techni C\Ues. Two compone nt s of the cours(' wil be featured : in-class discourse focus sing on understanding the concept and impact of stress , and participation in laboratory mo­ dules for the development of techniques . The studcnts will attend class meetill~s as well as participate in some or all 01 those training series. A 23 101 02001 111. General Psychology. (3). An intro­ duction to the general principles and areas of psychology. A 23 111 0 2001 150. Workshop in Psychology. (1-4). A 23 150 2 2003 211. Advanced General Psychology I. (3). A more intensive study of topics fr om Psych. Ill: history and classical schools of psychol ogy , contemporary systems theories and research in basic areas 0 t psychology. Prerequisite: Psych . Ill. A 23 211 0 2001 Upper-Division Courses 302. Psychology of Learning. (3). A sur­ vey of research and theory in learning. Prerequisite: Psych. Ill. A 23 302 02001 304. Social Psychology. (3). A psycholog­ ical study of the individual in the social situation. Prerequisite: Psych. 111. A 23 30402005 314. Child Psychology. (3). The infant and child with special reference to their behavioral development. Prerequisite : Psych Ill. A 23 314 02009 322. Physiological Psychology. (3). Phys­ iological factors in behavior. Prerequisite: Psych. Ill. A 23 322 0 2001 324. Psychology of Personality. (3). The­ oretical concepts factors in development and methods 0 t assessing personality. Prerequisite: Psych. Ill. A 23 324 02001 332. Psychology of Perception. (3). Theory and rt' sparch in sensing and per­ ceiving processes . Prerequisite: Psych. 111. A 23 332 0 2001 342. Psychology of Motivation. (3). Cur­ rent and classical problems conccTIling theory and research in motivation. Prere'l ­ uisite Psych. Ill. A 23 342 0 2001 401. Psychological Statistics . \3). E mpha­ siLe:; basic quantitative tee ]Diques in measurement and evaluation of b('havior. Prerequisites : Psych. III and Math . III or 112. A 23 401 02007 402. Psychology of Consciousness. (3 ). Consciousness (and it s varied states) as a psychological process, explored through theoreti cal, experimental and experiential points of view. Prerequisite : Psych. I l l. A :2 :3 402 2 2001 404. Psychology of Aging. (3). Cross­ li sted as Geron . 404 An exploration of current research on the individual's be­ havioral respon se to the processes of aging focusing on changes in attitudes, emo­ tion s, personality , psychopathology, intel­ lectual skill s and achievement after physi­ cal maturity. Prerequisite : Psych. Ill. A 234040 2009 406. Industrial Psychology. (3). An intro­ duction to the ps ychologi cal aspects of industry. Prerequisite: Psych. Ill. A 23 40602008 411. Research Methods in Psychology. (3). 2R; 2L. A research course required of all majors. Recitation will cover the phi­ los ophy of the experimental approach, ex­ perimental desi gn, appropriate data anal­ ysis techniques , and hi storical trend s and developments in experimental psych ol­ ogy. Laboratory will expose students to representative experimental techniques in the major subdivi sion s of psychol ogy All students will de sign, conduct, and report an independent cxperiment. Prerequisite : Psych . 401. A 23 411 12001 416. Psychology and Problems of Society. (3). A study of psychological research and principles applied to various contem­ porary social issues and problems . Pre­ requisite: Psych. III A 23 416 0 2005 421. Field Work in Psychology. (3). Spe­ cial proje cts and practicums under super­ vision in public and/or private agency set­ tings. Psychological study , ooservation, The foll owi ng abbreviati on, :lrl' lI~ed In tht' ("om\ l ' dn("riptl (lm R "la n d '!. for lecture and L for laboratory, For example . 3R; 4L means 3 hOlm of leclure and 4 hours of I"b . Fairmount College/Psychology 381 service and/or research may be uncio-rtaken " 'ith prior approval b) the dep,;rtment. Rcpeatab iL' for a maximum of (j credit h01lfs, but only 3 huurs 111<1 , he e;lrned per sellles ter. Prerequisites ' Psych. 111 and (kp~rt111ent al cOllsent. A 23 421 2 200.5 446. I~troduction to Applied Behavior AnalysIs and Social Learnmg. (3). A st ud r o f the basic assumptions, principles and iss ues o f behavior the rapy and soc ia l learlllng and of current applicati ons of thi s i(c IH.:ral approach to prubll'llls in liv ing in a \arIet)' of sett lllgs such as mental hospi­ tal .': , pri so".s, ins tituti onal and group h0l11e treat .nent tur ju ven ile delin'luents, elass­ roO lll .'; for Ilormal and special child ren, marita l conA ict , parenting sk ill s , d rug ab use, obt'si ty, social skills, and depres­ s ion. Prerc'luisites: Psych. 111 and de­ P;1rtlll l' llta l CO IlSl'nt. A 2,3 146 0 200,3 481. Cooperative Education, (l-3 ), This course is des igned to provide th E' st lldent with practical experience, under academic sllpervis ion , that will complement th e stude nt' s academ ic program . Co nsu ltation w ith ancl approval by an appropriate fac­ u lt y sponsor is necessary . A 23481 22005 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 502. C omparative Psychology. (3). Psy­ chologica l and ethological analys is of be­ havior , The evolution and ontogenetic de­ \'e lopmen t of behavior are , tressed. Lectures are supplemented by fi eld trip s and eth ologica l projects. Thi s course does not carry graduate credit for psychology majors. Prerelillisite: one o f Group One . A 23 5020 2001 504. Advanced Social Psychology. (3). An intens ive re\'iew o f selected contemporary issues in soc ial psychology. Prerequi s ite : Psych. 304 A 23 504 0 2005 508. Psychology Tutorial. (3). See WS 560. Selected topics in psychology . Re­ peatable for a maximum of 6 hours of credit. Prerequisites: Psych. III and de­ partmental consent. A 23 508 2 2001 514. Psychology _of Illness. (3). Cross­ li sted as Gl'ron, 010. A stud y of psycho­ 10glCal factors related to physical illness ana disability. Prerequisite.' Psych. Ill. A 2351402001 524. Advanced Psychology of Personal­ ity . (3) . More intensive trea tment of the topics of Psych . 375. Prerequisi te: Psych . 324. A 23 524 0 2001 526. Psychological Testing and Measure­ me nt. (3), A survey of the p sycho logical loundation ot test s a nd the in terp retat ion and evalua ti on of test findings. Prl'req ui ­ s ite : Psych. 401. A 23 526 0 2006 532. Psycholinguistics. (3). Cross-li sted as Ling . .545. Survey of psychologica l lin ­ guistic and informational analyses of lan­ guage. Prerelluisites: Psych. III and cle­ purtmental consent. A 23 532 0 2001 534. Psychology of Women. (3). Cross­ li sted as WS 590 Psychological ass ump­ tio ns, research :mcl theories of the roles, behal 'iors and potential of wOlll en in con­ temporary society. Prerequisites: Psych. III and departmental consen t. A 23534 0 2001 544. Introduction to Psychopathology. (3). Indi vidua l difference.s and their rela­ tion to "normal" behavior . Prerequisite: Psych. 324 and 446, or In structor s COI1­ se nt. A 23 544 0 2001 546. Practicum in Applied Behavior Analysis and Social Learning. (3). lR; 4L. The goals of thi s course are to trai n the stucient in the basic procedures o f ap ­ Qlied-social behavior analys is: design in g data collection sys tems and app lying be­ havio r change st rategies to an indi vidual \\' ho is curr(' ntl y experienc ing a problem in living. Trai ning wi ll occur in the de­ part llll'lItal clinic o r in commu nity agen­ cies under the supervis ion of fac­ ulty/agency staff. Repea table o nce. Thi s course does not carry graduate credit for clinicrtl-experimental graduate stuclent s. Prerequisites: Psych. 446 and departmen­ tal consent. A 23 .546 2 200 I 556. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. (3). Applica ti on o f psychological princi­ ples to. the field o f problem behavior. Pre­ requI s ite: Psych . 324. A 23 556 0 2003 601. Systems and Theories in Psychol­ ogy. (3). An intense review of systems and tlieories in psychology des igned to con­ solidate particular areas of psychology into a more comprehensive view of the di scipline. P rerequisite: 15 hours o f psy­ cholog y or in structor 's consent. A 23 601 0 200 1 602. Primatology. (3). A survey of the pri­ mates (including humans) and the ir be­ havior , Topi cs cove red include principles o f evoluti on and taxonomy, th e transition to homo sapiens, the evolution of behav­ ior , the deve lopn1l'nt of la nguage, learni ng in the primates and the develo~ment 01 behavior. P rerequ is ite: Psych , 002 , A 23 60202001 604 . Deve lopmental Psychology. (3). Cross-li sted as Geron. 604. Selected topics in psych ological development from the 382 perspective of i·.,il\('S anu cri~es across the entire life span from birth to death. The fonllal of the course includes indi vidual projects. Prerequisites: Psych. 314 and -104. A 23 604 0 2009 606. History of Psychology. (3). Psycho­ logi cal theory ane! experimentation from an cien t to modern times . Prerequisite: 9 hours of psycholo*y or instruC'!or\ con­ sent. A 23 6060 2vOl 608. Special Investigation. (2-3). Cross­ li sted as Geron . f)56. Cpon consultation wi th the instructor, advanccd students ",ith allequale preparation m,-' also be undertaken in depa rtm ental clinic or communitv agl' l1 t·ies . This course does not carry grad­ uate credit for clinical-experimental grad­ uate , tuclents. Prerequisites: Psych. 546 and departmental consent. A 23 648 9 2001 728. Seminar in Psychotherapy. (3). A critical survey of theory and research in psychotherapy. PrerequiSite: instructor's consent. A 13 728 9 2003 7 50 . Psychology Workshop. (1-3). A course of specialized in struction , using various formats, in selected topics and a[(;'as of psychology. A 23 7.50 2 2001 Courses for Graduate Students Only 802. Seminar in Clinical Psychology. (3). Intensive study of clinical theory, research and practice. Prerequisite : instructor's consent. A 2.3 802 9 2003 811. Seminar in Cogn itive-Behavioral Assessme nt. (3) . Rationale and methods uf assessing interaction between the indi vid­ ual and the envirunm ent . Prerequi site: in­ structor's consent. A 23 811 92003 814. Inte rvie wing and Assessment Prac· ticum. (3). Devt,loprnent of interviewi ng skdls , practical experIence In the use of various data collection strategies, and ex­ peri ence in the analysis of these collected ~3t8'1~r2r20(~3sit c in structor 's consent. A 815. Clinical Research and Pract ice. (3). Designed to give the student further exp(e­ rience in clinical skills and clinica l re­ search. E nrollIllcnt is re(juircd both se­ mesters of the second year for students cOllcentratin~ in the clinical area for a maXlmum or 6 hours. PrerequIsIte: 111­ ,tructor's cunsent. A 23 815 2 200,] 817. Assessment of Pe rsonali tv and Human Interaction. (2). Rationafe and methods of assess ing personality as man­ ilt'stco in patterned regularities of interac­ tive oehavior with particular reference to behavior disorder and psvchotherapcutic relati onships . Prerequisites: Psych. 802 and instructor's consent A 23817 9 2003 81 8. Personality and Human Interaction Practieum. (2). 4L. Research and practi­ cum experience in the measurement and control of human interaction patterns . Prerequisites : Ps~cb. 817 or concurrent enrollmcllt in 811, and in structor', con­ sent. A 23 818 2 2003 820. Graduate Research Seminar. (3). Ad­ vanced experimental procedures . Prere an alys is of data. The course emphasizE's resea rch in ap­ p lied an d field sl'lt inIGs Pre requi si te: Psvch . 842 or instructor s con sent. A 23 S.:;:3 \) 2001 860. Systematic Psychology. (3). A critical surve\ of syql:'nl.' o f p sycho log\ . Prl'rC''1­ uisite: in structor \ co nsent. A 23 800 9 2001 865. Seminar in Ps ychology of Learning. (3) . lnten , iv(;' study of theory ancl research in lea rning processes. Prereq ui s it es : Ps~ch . :302, or e(Ju ival e nt , and in .s tructor's consent . A 23 86.5 \) 2001 870. Seminar in Current Developments. (3). S t ' \\ 'S 870. Intensive stucl y 01 current iss ues , technique s, research and applica­ tio n. Repeatable for d ifFeren t topi cs for a maximum of 6 hours. Pre requisit e: in­ structor's co nsent A 2.'3 870 9 2001 872. Seminar in Comparative Psychol­ ogy. (3). Intens ive qud y of psyc holog ical and ethological research and th eories of beha\·ior. The course i, o ri e lltcd aro nnd the ('vol ution and ontogel1l'tic cleve lop­ Jll t:lIt 01 Ileha\'ioL An ethological project is required . Prerequisites: Psych. 502, or "Sllli va lent, an cl imtfllc\or's consent. A 23 8,2 9 2001 873. Seminar in \[otivation and Emot,ion. (3). In tens ive study of theory and resea rch in moti va tiona l and emotional procC'ss(;'s. Prerequis ite;: Psych. 312, or eSllli q !lent , and ins tru cto r's cons ent. A 238 13 \:J 2001 875-876. Thesis. (2-2)_ Required of all graduate majors. Prerequi s itc: advis('r's consent. A 23 875 4 2001; A 23870 4 2001 885. Seminar in Perception. (3). Inten s ive study in theory and reseu rch inp(' rceptu al processe:s. Prerequisites: Psych . 3.1:2, or elj ui \' a lent, and instructor \ con se nt. .\ 2:3 8H5 9 200 1 The Department of Religion offers students an opportunity to inform them­ selves about the major religious traditions of the world and to think c riticall y and constructively about religion as a dimension of human experience and a mode of h uman expression. The curri cu lum includes courses on major reli­ gious traditions, Significant iss ues in religion, and methods of studying reli­ gion. Students contemplating a major or minor in religion should dis cuss their academic program with a member of the department. Each student declaring a major or minor in religion is assigned an ad viser from the department faculty w ith whom to pl an a course of study . 384 M ajor. The Departme nt of Religion offers two options for a major. Option One is des igned for the ordinary major. This option requires a minimum of 30 hours. A max imum of 6 hours may be taken at the 100 level. Option Two is dcsigIWd for ~ ttlden ts who choose religion as a second major. Thi s option requires a millimum of 24 hours. A maximum of 6 hours may be take n at the 100 level. Distribution. For both majors at least 9 hours must be selected from "tradi­ ti oll s" courses; :3 from comparative or theory courses; and 3 fr om constructi ve courses. For a n identi fica ti on of these courses see the religion department adv ising coordinator. Minor. A minor in religion re quires a minimum of 15 hours. A maximum of 6 may b e t8kcn 8t th e 100 level. Lower-Division Courses J10. Old Te~ tament. (3). An introdu ctio n to tIlt' lite ra tu re, historv, ;lIl d re ligion of th e O ld T es tam ent in the ligh t of modern schula rsl lip. A 1.5 110 0 1.310 115. :"iew Testame nt. (3). An int roducti on to tl1l' literature. hi storv, and re li g ion of the New T es tament in th e light of modern scho larshi p. A 15 ll.'i 0 1.3 10 J20G . T h e Bibl ical Heritage. (3). T he collecti on of books known as the Bil) le has b ecn central to a numbcr of re ligiou s tra­ di ti ons for more th an 2,000 yea r'>. Th is course examin es th e ce ntral re li g iou s ideas an d motifs of Bib lica l li tcra tlln' and then proceed s to study how the Jewis h and Ch risti an trad itiollS ha"e inte rpreted those ideas and molded the m in " arious forms and c () lllb in ~ ti o n s. Thc Cllll rS(' is hi storica l and anah'l ic , not confessiollal. It c lIlmi­ 1l ,1 tl: S wit h J survey of the ro les p laYf'd 1)\ th e Bible in con temporary America n cuf­ ture . . -\ 1.3 120C 0 1.3 10 125. World of the Bible. (3/. Thi s course .-eeks tu ul1lk rstand the Bi Jk wit h ill its geographi cal, hi stori cal, and re ligiou s conll' '\ t-t he pol, ·thei sti c world of th e an­ cient l\ear Eas tern and Mediterran ea n civi lizat ions o f Babylon , Assvri a, Egyptj Pers ia, Greece, and Rom~ from th e perioa of th e p atriarch s to the ri se of C h ristianity. Special attentio n w ill be paid to si milar­ iti es a nd d i fl'cn~n ces betw e"n Bi blical id e­ ology and vie ws cllrrent ill lI t' if h boring reli gious trad ition.s. A. 15 125 0 . . ,) 10 130, Introduction to Religion . (3). An in ­ trod ucti on to th e major re li g iOUS traditi ons and probl ems , both Eas tern and Western with sOllle em phasi s on tl H' method s used in the stud,' 01 religion. A 15 1:30 0 1510 J3JC. T rad itional Religion and the Mod­ ern World. (3). A study, both of some of the traditi on al religiou s sys tem s (B ud­ rl hi st, H in du, Confucia n, T aois t, Judaic and C hristian) and o f se veral of the im ­ portant mod ern.criti c is llls of re ligion with a view to confro nting the probleJll of wh eth er traditi onal re ligion can be , ign if­ icant in the modern world . A 15 13 1C 0 15 10 150. Life and Teaching of Jesus. (3). A review of early New T es tament hi sto ry, strcssin.,g the inc idents in the life of Christ. A Vi 1.::>0 0 1510 210. Current Religious Issues. (3 ). A crit­ ical study of contemporary issues in the Wes t, w ith some atte ntio n to non-Western rcli f(iollS . The relati onshi p of reli gion to su cn topi cs as race, war, secularism , pop­ Illation e:rlos ioll and politi cs is consid­ en'd. A 10210 0 1510 215. The Meaning of Dea th. (3). An ex­ p lorati on of the illl ages , interpretation s and practices tha t constitute th e res p onse to deatll in major reli giOUS tradit ions. A 15 2150 1510 221. Judaism. (3). Th e hi story a nd cen tral teach ings of tradition al Juda ism and it s m o dern var ie ties (Re for m , Orthod ox, Conservativ e, Zi oni st, etc .). The COlll'se focuses on Jewi sh customs and pJ' 3 hours selected from the following courses: Fr. 5 t.5, 541,623, or 635, or th E' ir equi valents . Related Fields. In addi tion to the above courses, it is strongly recommended that F rench majo rs take courses in related fi elds such as other foreign lan­ guages, art his tory, English, history, and ph ilosop hy, Student Teachers. Stu dents who plan to teach F rench should consult with the department's professor in charge of teacher education early in their college careers. In addition to thc courses listed under Major sl ll Pilts must take : 1. At least 2 1 hours in a second language or 2, At least 15 hours from one or more of the foIIo\ving related fields: other foreign languages, art hi story, English, history, or philosophy (these courses must be chos en in consultation wi th the teacher ed ucation adv ise r) or 3. A totally separate second major as prescribed by the Cala log. Strongly recommended are F r. 525 and 623, Requirement~ for entering thi s program are: 1. Grade point ave rage of 2,75 or h igher in F rench 2, Special departmental approval based on lemonstrated competencies in the u e of both oral and written French (not based on cour~e grades) 3. Bas ic courses in educati on: IS 232, 234, and 333. Certi fication require­ ments are: IS 428, 433, 466E, and 442F . M inor, A minor in French consists of a minimum of 12 semester hours beyond F'r. 112 and must include F r. 220, 223, 300, ancl one upper-clivi ion French course numbered 500 or above. Natiue Speakers. Native speakers of French are not permitted to t, kc 'ourses at the 100 or 200 I vel but must take a min imum of 12 upper-d ivision emester hours in order to complete a major in F rench, These students are advised to cons ult with a French professor before enroll ing in French courses , 388 Noncredit Course 060. F rench for Graduate Reading Exam­ ination. (3). Open to upper division and graduate students only. This reading coursc is designed to prepare students to fulfill departmental requirements of a reading know ledge of French for the Master of Arts or Master of Science. No previous knowledge of French is required. The course will not count toward a degree. A 26 060 0 1102 Lower-Division Courses 111 -112. Elementary French. (5-5). Covers speaking, reading and writing~ in­ cluding grammar essentials. Daily Class­ room and laboratory work is required. A 26 11101102; A 2611201102 150. Workshop in French. (2-4). Repeat­ able for credit. A 26 150 2 1102 210. Intermediate French. (5). French re­ view, with emphasis on cOllversation , folklore and modern culture. Prerequisite : Z units of high school French, or Fr. 112 or departmental consent. A 26 210 0 1102 220. In te rmediate French Grammar and Composition. (3). Prerequisite : Fr. 112 or departmental consent. A 26 220 0 1102 223. Intermediate French Readings I. (3). Intensive reading of French literary works of the modern period. This course may be med to meet the general education litera­ ture requirement. Prerequisite: Fr. 112 or equival ent. A 26 223 0 1102 227. French Conversation. (3). Assign­ ments to increase oral fluency. Emphasis is on learning new vocabulary and idio­ mati c structures . Exercises in the language laboratory. Prerequisite: Fr. 112 or equiv­ alent A 26 227 0 1102 Upper-Division Course 300. Intermediate French Readings II. (3). Intensive reading and analysis of French literary works of all periods. This course may be llsed to meet the general education literature requirement. Prereq­ uisite Fr. 223 or equivalent. A 26 300 0 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit Upper-division courses are given on a rotating basis. Fr. 300 is a prerequi­ site for all upper-division literature and civilization courses, unless oth­ erwise indicated, All literature courses, including Fr. 223 and 300, may fulfill the general education lit­ erature requirement. 515. Major Topics. (1-4). Special studies in (a) language, (b) literary reports, (e) commercial French (d) the language lab­ oratory, (e) music, (J) composition and (i) problems in teaching French. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite: departmental con­ sent . A 26 515 0 1102 525. Advanced , Conversation. (3), A course designed to increase fluency in speaking French. Assi'gnments include oral reports, dialogs and work in the lan­ guage laboratory. PrerequiSite: Fr. 227 or departmental consent. A 26 525 0 1102 526. Advanced Composition and Gram­ mar. (3), Emphasis on theme writing, original compositions and detailed study of modern French grammar. Prerequisite: Fr. 220 or departmt::ntal consent. A 26 526 o 1102 530. Introduction to French Literature. (3). Survey of French literary history from the Middle Ages to the present. Prerequi­ site : Fr. 300 A 26 530 0 1102 540. Special Studies in French Lite rature in English Translation, (3), May be used to satisfy the general education literature re­ quirement but does not count toward a French major or minor. A 26 540 0 0312 541. Black French Literature in English Translation. (3). A study of the concept of Negritude through the works of major contemporary Afri can and Caribbean writers. No knowledge of a foreign lan­ guage is necessary. Tfiis course may count toward a French major or minor if read­ ings and papers are done in French . A 26 541 0 0312 623. Seminar in French. (1-5). Special studies in (a) French language , prerequi­ site : Fr. 526; (b) French literature, prereq­ ui site : Fr. 300; (c) methods of teaching French in the elementary and secondary schools, prerequisite : Fr. 525; (d:) French civilization, prerequisite : Fr. 300. Re­ peatable for credit. A 26 623 9 1102 630, Medieval and Renaissance French Literature, (3) . Prerequisite: Fr. 300. A 26 6300 1102 631. 17th Century French Literature. (3). Prerequisite Fr. 300. A 26 631 0 1102 632. 18th Century French Literature. (3). Prerequi site : Fr. 300. A 26 632 0 1102 Fairmount College/Romance Languages 389 1102 633. 19th Century French Literature. (3). Prerequi site : Fr. 300. A 26 633 0 1102 634 . Contemporary French Literature. (3). Prerequisite : Ft·. 300. A 26 6340 1102 635 . Introduction to Romance Lan&.uage Linguistics. Cross -listed as Span. 63;) an d Ling. 635. An introducti on to the histori­ cal ph onology and morphology of the ro­ man ce languages with particular emphasis on French and Spanish. Prerequi si te: de­ partmental consent. A 26 635 0 1102 750. Workshop in French. (2-4). Repeat­ able for credit. A 26 750 2 1104 GREEK (Ancient Classical) There is no major in Greek. A minor consists of 11 hours beyond the 111-112 level. Lower-Division Courses 111-112. Elementary Greek. (5-5). Basic grammar with emphasis on early reading. A 26 III 0 1110; A 26 1120 1110 223. Intermediate Greek. (3). Plato and Herodotus. Prerequis ite: Creek 111-112. A 26 223 0 1110 224. Intermediate Greek. (3). Homer's Iliad. Prerequisite: Creek 223. A 26 224 0 1110 Upper-Division Course 350. Classical Culture. (3). Study of rep­ resentative masterpieces of Creek and Latin literary historical and philosophic literature in the wider con text of classical culture includingart, mythol ogy, religion , and political and private life. All work s ITALIAN wiJ] be in translation and no knowledge of Lati n or C reek is required. Applies toward a major in classical studi es, but not toward a minor in Latin or Creek. A 2635001110 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 515. Special Studies. (1-4). Topic an­ nounced by in st ructor. Repeatable for credit. Prerequisite : instructor' s consent. A 26 51501110 531. Advanced Greek. (3). Sophocles and Euripides . Prerequisite : Creek 224. A 26 53101110 532. Advanced Greek. (3). Thucydides. Prerequi site : Creek 5,31. A 26.5320 1110 There is no major in Italian. A minor in Italian consists of 12 hours beyond the 111-112 level and must include Ita! 531. Lower-Division Courses 111-112. Elementary Italian. (5-5). Fun­ damentals of pronunciation and practice in speaking, understanding, reading and writing. A <.6 III 0 1104 ; A 2611201104 220. Intermediate Italian Grammar and Composition . (3). Prerequi site: Ital. 112 or equivalent. A 26 220 0 1104 223-224. Selected Italian Readings. (3-3). Inte nsive reading of Italian literary works. Discussions in Italian, as well as oral and written summaries, are featured . Prereq­ uisite: Ital. 112 or 2 units 01 high school Ita!i an for Ital. 223 ; Ital. 223 or 3 high school units for Ital. 224. A 26 223 01104 ; A 262240 1104, 225. Intermediate Conversation. (2). Pre­ req uisite: Ital. 112 or departmental con­ sent. A 26 22.5 0 1104 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit SIS. Major Topics . 0-4), Special studies in I.talian language, Iitl'fature and civiliza­ tion, Repeataqle for credit. Prerequisite: departmental conse nt. A 26 515 0 1104 0531. Introduction to Italian Literature, 390 (3). Prerequisite : Ita!' 224 or departmental the Waning oj the Middle Ages; Petrarch consent. A 26 531 0 1104 and the form ation of a new , humanistic civilization-reAections and divergences540. Medieval and Renaissance Italian in the 14th, 15th and 16th centuries arc all Literature in Translation. (3). Representa­ included. A knowledge of Italian is not a tive selections in English translation from prerequisite, and the course does not Italian medieval and Henai ssance litera­ count toward an Italian minor. A 26 540 0 ture. The works of Dante and other writers 0312in their medieval context: BOL'c<)ccio and LATIN Major A. A major in Latin consists of a minimum of 24 hours beyond Latin 112, or its equivalent, and must includ e at least 9 hours of upper­ division courses. Courses in Greek, anc ient history, Greek philosophy, or ancient art are strongly recommended for all majors. Major B. The teaching major in Latin in either Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Educa tion consists of at least 50 semester hours, including at least 24 hours beyond Latin 111 -112 as listed under Major A , and: 1. At least 21 hours in a second language or 2. At least 15 hours from one or mOre of the f0110wing rela ted fi e lds : English , history, linguistics, philosoph y, or political science (these must be ch osen in consultation with the teache r education adviser) or 3. A totally separate second major as prescribed b y the Catalog. Student s who wish to enter the student teaching program should consult with the department 's professor in charge of teacher education early in their college careers. Requireme nts for entering the student teaching semester are: 1. G rade point average of 2.75 or higher in Latin 2. Special departmental approval based on demonstrated competencies in the use of Latin (not based on course grades ) 3. Basic courses in education: IS 232, 234, and 333. Certification require­ ments are: IS 428 , 433, 466E, and 442F. Min or. A minor in Latin co nsists of a minimum of 11 hours beyond the 112 level and must include at least one 500-level course . Lower-Division Courses Courses for 111-112. Elementary Latin. (5-5). Basic Graduate/Undergraduate Credit grammar with emphasis on early reading. A 26 III 0 1109; A 26 112 0 1109 Latin 210 or 224 or departmental 150. Workshop in Latin. (2-4). Repeatable consent is the prerequisite for all for credit. A 26 1502 lJ09 upper-division courses. 210. Intermediate Latin Reading and Re­ 541. Roman Lyric Poetry. (3). The lyric view. (5). Latin review and readings of poems of Catullus and Borace wi th em­ prose and poetry illustrative of Roman life l?hasis on imagery, symb,9lism, structure, and culture. Prerequisites : Latin 112, 2 dlctlOn and meter. A 26 ,)41 0 11 09 units of high school Latin or departmental 542. Vergil's A eneid. (3). Selected books consent. A 26 210 0 1109 of the Aeneid in the original and the rest in 223. Intermediate Latin. (3 ). General re­ transl ation. Study of imagery, s~mbolism, view of grammar with selected readings of stru cture, meter and diction. Considera­ prose and poetry. Prerequisite: Latin 11 2, tion is given to the place of the A eneid in two years of high school Latin or depart­ the Augustan Rome and in the epic tradi­ mental consent. A 26 223 0 1109 tion. A 26 542 0 1109 224. Intermediate Latin. (3). Selected 543. Roman Drama. (3). A study of Roman readi ngs of prose an d poetry. ylay be re­ comedy and tragedy, their Greek back­ peated for credit when the readings vary. ground and their inAuence on European Prerequisite : Latin 223 or departmental literature. Included are selected plays of consent. A 26 224 0 1109 Plautus, Terence and Seneca, some in the Fairmount College/Romance Languages 391 original ~1l1d SUII II' in trambtion. A 2G 5-1 .3 o 1109 544. Love in Ancient Rome. (3). The rela­ tionship of the Sl: xes ~ Il d the use o f rn ytL in the poetry of O vid , P rope rtius and Ti­ IJullus. A 26 5-!-I 0 ll09 545. The Roman l'\ove l. (3). Read ing of the Satyricon of Pd roni us '1nd th Golden AI's of Apuleius. The porti o l1s that are not rcad in Latin arc wad in Ellglish. Consid­ eration is given to the d cvcloPlllCll t of the novel from it> G reek bcgi llllillgS lip to the time of Apuleius and beyond. A 26 545 0 1109 546. Advanced Latin. (:1). Directed read­ ing of Latin. Readiu g lTJa y be combined with Latin prose com po sition at the option of the stude ll ls. Rt·pca lablc fo r credit when content varies. A 2C S-!6 () 1109 PORTUGUESE 651. Roman Historians. (3). A study of the d~velopment of Roman historiography. Headings from Sallust, Caesar, Livy and Tal:itus. A 266510 1109 652. Cicero. (3). The orations, le tters and C'SS'1),' of Cil:ero. The stlldy con c:e ntra t.... , on Cicero as the master of Latin prose and ,1S one of tl1(' mo.st important pulitil:al fig­ ures of the fall of the Roman Republil:. A 26 652 0 1109 653. Lucretius and Epicureanism. (3). Heading of Lucretius' De Rerum Natura and study of Epicureanism, the atomic thCOl"\i and DemocrilL'an m'1tcri'1Iism. Consideration is givt'n to tl1(' place of Lu­ cretius in L1tin poetry. A 2b 6.S3 0 1109 750 . Workshop in Latin. (2-4). Repeatable for l:redit. A 26 7,SO 2 1109 No major or minor is offer d in Portuguese. Noncredit Course 060. Re ading Port uguese . (2) . Open to Latin Am eril:an stuCIie' n18jors and to upper division or graduate students who necd to fulfill d epar tmental n;qllireme nts of a reading knowledg of a foreign lan­ gu age ,for t l;IC \Ia ·te r of rts o r tvl a stn of Science. ' 0 previouo know ledge of Por­ tu guese req uired ~iiillllot count toward a degree. A 26 060 0 11 20 SPANISH Lower-Division Courses IIl -ll2. Elementary Portuguese. (5-5). C uurse emphasis includes understanding, spea king, read ing and writing Portuguese. A 26 111 0 1120; A 26 112 0 1120 210. Intermediate Portuguese. (5). Portu­ gue,;c revicw, with emphas is on con versa­ tion, grammar and cultural readings. P re­ requi,itt'. Port. 112 or e(juivalent, or consent. A 26 210 0 1120 A major in Spanish consists of a mmlmum of 30 semester hours beyond 111-112. There arc thrt'l' availabk options for majors. Basil' to all three are the following courses: Span. 220,223,224, 225, 325 , 525, and 526, or equivalents. Literature. In addition to the ahove COll[S s, a major emphasizing Hispanil' literature requires 12 hours of upper-d ivisio!l literature or linguistics. Language and C icilization. In addition to the basic courSes listed above, J. major with an emphasis in language and civilization requires 12 hours selected from the following COllrses. ,')05 , 5 1.5 or 622 (l hour minimum), ,550, 555,626, and 627, or equivalents. Teachin g. The Illajor with teaching emphasis in Spanish in either the Fairmount ollege of Li beral Arts and Sciences or the College of Education consists of at least 30 hours beyoncl Span. 112 or it s equivalent. These hours must include the bas ic ho urs listed above plus a mi n im um of 12 upper-divi­ sion hours, 6 of these ChO M' 1l frolll the language majur ancl6 from the literature major. Span . 623a may substitute for ,526. To complete the teachillg Illajo]", the student must add One of the following options: 1. At least 21 hours in a second language 392 2. At least 15 hours in any acceptable teaching field (see the teacher educa­ ti on advi ser for acceptable fi elds) 3. A totally separate second major as prescribed by the Catalog. Students who wi sh to enter the stude nt tea<:hing program mllst have a 2.75 grade point average in Spani sh and departmental approval in order to be acbJlitted to the proft'ssional scm ester. lt is strongl) recommended that teach­ ing majors take Span. 505 and/or 623a. IS 442F , 428, 433, and 466£ are requir ed of all majors and minors 't'cking a teachi ng certificate. Majors interested in teaching Spanish at the elementary school level should consult the department's professor in charge of teacher education. Minor. A nlinor in Spanish consists of a minimum of 11 hours beyond the Span . 111-11:2 level and must include Span. 220, 223, 22.5 , and one course at the 500 level or above. Related Fields. Courses in Spanish or Latin AIl1(Tican history, political science, economics, or art are strongly recommended for all majors. With department ,1l approval courses in related field s taken in the Wichita State University Summer Program in l\le.xico may count toward the Spanish major. Notice Speakers. t\ative speakers are those who ha\e completed a substan­ tial amount of their edu cation in a Spanish-speaking country. Native speakers of Spanish arc normall y not admitted to 100 alld :200 level courses . To complete a major, 1:2 hours of upper-division work is required. High Sch ool Spanish. Students \.v!1O have cumpleted more than 2 units of high school Spanish should consult with an advi ser in the Spanish department before enrolling in Spanish courses . Lower-Division Courses Ill-lIZ. Elementary Spanish. (5-5). Em­ plusis on the four fundam ental skill s in language learning: understanding, speak­ ing, rending anci writing. A 261110 1105; A 26 112 0 1105 150. Workshop in Spanish. (Z-4). Repeat­ able for credit. A 26 1502 1105 Z10. Intermediate Spanish. (5). Spani sh review , with emphasis on conversation and cultural readings . Not open to stu­ dents with p rpviou s credit in Spnn . 221 (dropped). Designed -IHimarily for stu­ cients wi shing to fullill the liberal arts language requirement. It is recommended that prospectin:, majors of literary criti cism: form, theme, point of \'iew , ch aracters, pl ot, language, etc. Pre­ req u isite : Span . '224 or departmental con­ sent. A 26 32-1 0 1105 Fairmount College/Romance Languages 393 1105 325. Spanish Conversation II. (2). Con­ tinuati on of Spanish Conversati on I with continued emphas is on Auency in Spanish and on vocabulary building. Prereq ui site: Span . 225 or departmental consent. A 26 3250 1105 481. Cooperative Ed ucation. (1-4). See Span. 281. A 26 481 0 1105 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 505. Spanish Phonetics. (2). Cross-l isted as Ling. 505. Prerequisite: any 200-level course or depart mental consent . A 26 505 0 1105 515. Major Topics. (1-4). Special studies in (a) language, (b) literary reports, (e) commercial Spanish, (ef) the language lab ­ oratory, (e) music, (f) composition and (i) p roblems in teaching Spani sh. Repeatable lo r cred it. Prerequisite : departmental con­ se nt. A 26 515 0 1105 525. Spanish Conversation III . (2). Pre­ requisite : Spall . 32.5 or departmental con­ sent. A 26 525 0 1105 526. Advanced Grammar and Composi­ tion. (3). Prerequisite : Span . 220 or de­ partmental consent. A 26 526 0 1105 531. Survey of Spanish Literature. (3). Main currents of Spanish literature fr om 1700 to the present. Prerequisite : Span. '224 or departmental consent. A 26 531 0 ll05 532. Survey of Spanish Literature. (3). Spanish literature from the beginning to 1700. Prerequisite: Span. 224 or depart­ mental conse nt. A 26 532 0 1105 534. Contemporary Spanish Theater. (3). Prerequisite: Syun . 224 or departmental consent. A 26 .:>34 0 ll05 536. Contemporary Spanish Novel. (3). Prerequ isite: Span . 224 or departmental conse nt. A 26 536 0 1105 543. Contemllorary Chicano Literature. (3) . A study of modern and contemporary Chicano writers in the Un ited States, in­ cluding such writers as Alurista, Ernes to Galarza, Rudolfo Anaya, Jose Villarrea l and Corky Gonzalez. Knowledge of Span­ ish is helpful but not necessary. This course does not count toward a Spanish major or minor. A 26 543 0 ll05 550. Career Communications in Spanish. (3). A con tinuati on of Span . 325 and .525 with emphasis upon technical vocabulary needed in selected professional field s. Prerequisites : Span. 325 and 525 or de­ partmental consent. A 26 550 0 1105 394 555. Read ings in Hispanic Periodicals. (3). A cont inuati on of Span. 224 with con­ tinued emphasis upon the other three skills : \v riting, speak in l:; an d listenin~ comprehension. Prereq uIsites : Span. 224 or departmental consent . A 26 555 0 1105 560. Spanish Play Production. (1 -3). In­ depth study of a playas a work of litera­ ture, to be followed by the ac tual produc­ tion of the work for th e gem·rul public . Repeatable for credit. Prcref]uisitc: Span . 22·! or departmental cons en t. A 26 560 0 ll05 620. Survev of Latin American Litera­ ture. (3). ~{tin currents of Luti n American literat ure fr om 1500 to 11:l00. Prerequisi te : Span. :2.24 or departmental co nsent . A 26 6200 ll05 621. Survey of Latin American Litera­ ture. (3). Main currents of Latin American literature from HlOO to present. Prerequi­ site: Span. 224 or departmental consent. A 26 621 0 1105 622. Special Studies. (1-4). T opic for stud y chosen with aid of in structor. Re­ peatable for credit. Prerequ isite : instruc­ to r's consent. A 26 62'2 0 1105 623. Seminar in Spanish. (1-5). Special studies in (a) language, (b) Spanis h and Spanish-American litera ture , (c) Spanish an d Spanish-American culture und civili­ zation, and (ef) methods of teaching Span­ ish in thl' e le ment ary and secondar y schools. Repeatable for credit. Prerequi­ site : departmental consent. A 26 623 9 1105 625. Contemporary Spanish-American j ove\. (3). Prerequisite : Span. 224 or de­ partmental consent. A 26 625 0 1105 626. Spanish C ivilization. (3). Intensive study of Spanish culture,., incl udi ng his­ torical and geographical tactors in its de­ velopment, and its contr ibuti ons to world civi lization. Portuguese civili zation also is considered. A 26 626 0 1105 627. Ibero-American C ivilization. (3). In­ ten sive study of Ihero-American cu lturejincl uding the historical and geographica factors in its development and its contri ­ buti ons to world civilizati on. A 26 627 0 ll05 628. Conte mporary Latin Americnn The­ ater. (3). A study of contemporary theater from 1900 to present. Prerequisite: Span . 224 or departmental consent. A 26 628 0 1105 629. Latin American Essay. (3). Study of nineteenth and tw ntieth century Lati n American writers dealin g with the Latin American essay. Prerequisite: Span. 224 or Courses for Graduate departm ental consent. A 26 629 0 1105 Students Only 630. Society and the Artist in Latin America. (3). Latin American culture, so ­ 801. Spanish Linguistics . (3). Historical cial structure, and the role of the arti st in and structural study of the Spanish lan­ modern Latin America. Prerequi s ite: guage. A 26 801 0 1105 Span. 224 or departmental consent. A 26 805. Directed Readings. (1-4). Readings 6300 1105 vary according to the student's prepara­ 631. Latin American Short Story. (3). tion . Preparation of reports, literary cri­ Stud y of the main writers in contemporary tiques and special projects ill linguisti c'> Latin American literature. Prerequisite: are included. A 26 805 3 1105 Span. ~2A or departmental conse nt. A 26 826. Grammar and Stylistics. (3). Inten­631 0 1105 sive study of advanced grammar and sty­ 632. Latin American Poetry. (3). Study of listic usage. A 26 826 0 1105 contemporary poets: Neruda, Guillen, 831. Seminar in Spanish Literature. (3).Parra, Mistral , Paz, Vallejo, Cardena!. (a) Middle Age s, (b) Renaissance, (e)Prerequi site : Spall. 224 or departmental Golden Age theater, (d) Cervantes, (e)consent. A 26 632 0 1105 modern novel, (f) (;encration of '98, (i) 635. Introduction to Romance Linguis­ contemporary novel, (j) 20th century the­ tics. (3). Cross-listed as Fr. 635 and Ling. ater, (k) Spanish romanticism, (I) 20th 635. An introducti on primarily to the his­ century poetry and (m) literary criticism. A torical phonology and morphology of the 26 831 9 110,5 romance languages, with particular em­ 832. Seminar in Spanish-American Liter­phasis on French and Spanish. PJ'eJ'cl,!ui­ ature. (3). (a) colonial period, (b) contem­site: dcpartmental consent. A 26 63'J 0 porary novel, (e) short story (d) poetry, (e)1105 modernism, (f) essay and (il theater. A 26 750. Workshop in Spanish. (2-4). Repeat­ 832 9 1105 able for credit. A 26 750 2 110,5 Sociology/Social Work Major. A major consists of at least 30 hours, including Soc. 211, 212, 510 or 511, and 645 or 646. Certain courses in related departments that meet the particular needs of the students and are approved by their advisers may be counted toward a SOCiology major. No mOre than 6 hours of such courses may be included. With the exception of SW 200 and 500, social work courses do not count toward the major. Minor. At least 15 hours of sociology, including Soc. 211, and a minimum of 6 hours of upper-division courses must be taken. No social work courses may be counted toward a minor. Emphasis in Human Social De velopment. Students in sociology may com­ plete a special emphasis in human social development. Courses included in thi s emphasis are: Required Core (12 hours) Soc. 211 , Introduction to Sociology (3 hours ) Soc. 212, Introduction to Social Research (3 hours) Soc. 510, Field Research Methods OR Soc. 511, Applied Quantitative Research (3 hours) Soc. 645, History of Sociological Thought OR Soc. 646, Principles and Con­ cepts of SOCiology (3 hours ) Fairmount College/Sociology-Social Work 395 Option Courses (12 hours) Soc. 500, Socialization and the Life Cycle (3 hours) Soc. 316, The American Male OR Soc. 516, Sociology of Sex Roles (3 hours) Soc. 315, Courtship and Marriage OR Soc. 515, Sociology of the Family (3 hours) Soc. 513, Sociology of Aging (3 hours) Sociology Electives (6 hours) Soc. 315,316,515, or 516 when not counted as part of the option courses. Any other courses in sociology may also be counted toward the emphasis with adviser's consent. Students are encouraged to complete their distributional requirements by taking related courses such as SW 340, ReI. 215, Psych. 361, 365,371, or 661 as well as courses in related fields such studies, and anthropology. SOCIOLOGY Lower-Division Courses 200G. Sociology and Everyday Life. (3). Relates current sociological thought to ev­ eryday life experiences. The underlying assumption is that the discipline of soci­ ology can effectively broaden the perspec­ tive of individuals and assist them in un­ derstanding the organization of social events facing them everyday . A wide range of topics will be illuminated: family rela­ tions, religion , work relations, recreational and leisure ac tivities, educational experi­ ences, child and adult socialization, inter­ personal relations in public and private settings, urbanlrural living, and fads and fashions. The COurse is Hexible to allow students to explore, in depth, their own unique life experiences within a socio­ logical framework. A 25 200e 0 2208 211. Introduction to Sociology. (3). Intro­ duction to basic concepts, wopositions and theoretical approaches of sociology, including elementary methods of studying social pnenomena. This course serves as the basic course for students who intend to take additional courses in sociology. A 25 211 02208 212. Introduction to Social Research. (3). A survey of the many research techniques found in sociology and related fields. This course stresses conceptual understanding of all phases of the research process. Pre­ requisite: Soc. 211. A 25 212 0 2208 220. Contemporary Social Problems. (3). An analysis of contemporary American social problems, with an emphasis on urban social problems. A 25 220 0 2208 226. Race Relations. (3). The nature of race, ethnic groups confused with races , interrelations of ethnic groups in the as instructional services, women's United States and other countries, proc­ esses of change and acti~n programs. Pre­ requIsite: Soc. 211 A 20 226 0 2208 Upper-Division Courses 315. Courtship and Marriage. (3). The emphasis is on courtship and marriage p roces ses as they exist in the United States today. The course is designed to aid stu­ dents in the acguisition of a sociological perspective of the courtshl12 proces s through an examination of social clas s, ex roles, oating and human sex uality. Marital interaction, parenthood, marital dissolu­ tion and the future of marriage consti tute the emphasis for the latter hal f of the course. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. A 25 3150 2208 316. The American Male. (3). The male role in America is examined from a variety of sociological perspectives and ,,:ithin particular settings, for exam ple, work, family and leisure. Other relevant topics are socialization, intimacy and adul t de­ velopmental stages and crises. Changing male roles produced by strains and con­ flicts in contemporary America are dis­ cussed. A 25 316 0 2208 322. Deviant Behavior. (3). The structure, d ynamics and etiology of those behavior systems that are integrated around sys ­ tematic violations of the co ntrol norms. Competing theories are presented and evaluated within the context of the as­ sumption that man is a social product. Prerequisite : Soc. 211. A 25 322 0 2208 330. Social Ineguality. (3). An analysis of status, class and cas te in various soc ieties especially in American society. The rela­ 396 t ionship 01 social incqualit)' to various so­ :ial instituti ons is also in cluded . Prereq­ ui site : Soc. 211. A 25 330 0 2208 350. Social Interaction. (3). Group effects on the in divid ual. Symbolic interaeti o ll theory in sociology w ith special emphasis on rescart·h a nd fin d ings will be studicd . Prerequisite: SO(;. 21 1. A 25 350 0 2208 399. Experimental and Other Special Courses. (3) . :\ eourse used by fa culty to test subject matter prior to permanent plaeeme nt i1l the Catalog or a course spe­ ciall y designed for ~ome target group in the comm un ij\ . Prerequ isite: Soc. 211 . 253992 2268 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 500. Socialization and the Life Cycle. (3). Th i ~ course examines the development of social self in the ch il d, and the estab li sh­ ing, sustain ing, alter ing and destroying of var ious social selves d uring life. T op ics range fr om mating and dat in g to becom ing parent s, enter ing the world of work and ddn l{. Attell tion is devoted to stages of an adult s life and how var ious crises affect self and relat ions with others. Prerequi­ site: Soc. 211. A 25 500 0 2208 501. Sociological Statistics. (4) . Generall y offered on l)" in the spring semester. Stati s­ tical ap plicat ion to sociological problems iu,·lud ing parametr ic meas ures and non­ parametric measures (such as binom ial expa nsion aud "hi- square) . Prerequisite s: Soc. 21 1 :md Math. 331 or 112. A 25 501 1 2208 502. Older People and Organizat ions. (3) . C ross -li sted as Geron. 502. Prerequi sit e: Soc. 211 or instructor's consent. A 25 5020 220 510. Field Research Methods . (3). An ex­ am ination of various 4uali tative research tools and tech niques used by SOCiologists. As part of the learn in g experience student s will be invoh ed in di rect fi eld observati on in natural social environmen ts. Prerequi­ site : Soc. 21l. A 25 510 0 2208 51l. Applied Quantitative Research. (3). E mphasis is p laced on applying quanti ta ­ tive des igns to sociol og ical problems in­ cluding survc), des ign, sampling, collec­ lion of data and interpretati on of results. Prerequi site: Soc. 212 or a cou rse in sta­ ti stics . A 25 511 0 2208 513. Sociology of Aging. (3). Cross-listed as Geron. 513. Anal) ·s is of the social t1 i­ mensions of old age, including changing demographic structure and r01e changes and their impact on society. Prerequ isite : Soc . 211 . A 25 513 0 2208 515. Sociology of the Family. (3). Analy­ sis of American family behavior, includ­ ing the selection of marriage partners, the h usba nd-wife and parent-ch ild relation­ ships, and the relati on of these patterns of behavior to other aspects of America n so­ ciety. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. A 25 515 0 2208 516. Sociology of Sex Rol es. (3) . Cross­ listed as WS 516. A course analyzing the in stituti o na l sou rces of man's and woman's roles , the source of changes in these roles, the consequent ambiguities and confl ict s. Prereq ui site : Soc. 211. A 2,5 51602208 518. Environmental Sociology. (3). Ex­ plorcs relationships between humans and th eir environment. Particularly empha­ sizeo are social variation s in environment usage, effects of overpopulation , resource uti lization, pollution and p oss ible solu­ tion s to environmenta l_problems. Prereq­ uisit e: Soc. 211. A 25 518 0 2208 521. Sociolog)' of Religion. (3). C ross­ listed a~ Rel. 421. The function and role of religi ous belief and religi OU S organization in n uman soci et ies , wit h special reference to Ameri can society. The relation of reli­ gious lx·li ef and organi zati on to other as­ pects of the social structure and to social change i; discussed. Prereq uisite : Soc. 21 1. A 25 521 0 2208 523. Sociology of Law. (3). The stud y of law and legal institutio ns within their so­ cia l context. Prereq ui site : Soc. 211. A 25 523 0 2208 525. Fonnal Organ izations. (3). C harac­ ter isti cs of complex organizations and fa c­ tors relating to their effecti veness with emphas is on research methods and find­ ings. Prerequisite : Soc. 211. A 25 525 0 220!:! 526. Political Sociology. (:1). Social basis and consequences of political behavior. Al so included are the study of power and authority , problems in the development and maintenance of viable democratic po­ litical structures, and burea ucratic orga ni ­ zation and power. Prerequ is ite: Soc. 211. A 25 526 0 2208 527. Violence and Social Change . (3). The analysis of the eausal processes and fun c­ tions of extreme and violent political be­ havior , i. e. , revolutionary, insurreet ionary and p rotest movements. The course in­ cludes an analys is of consequences for social change. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. A 25 5270220 ­ Fairmount College/Sociology-Social Work 397 531. Population. (3). The size, composi­ tion, distrihution and recent trends in the population of the world and the l'nited States and the relation of poplliation to world problems. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. A 2.3 531 02208 533. Sociology of the Community. (3). An cxploration o t a basic unit o f social orga­ nizati on, the community. Emphasis is placcd on organizational and interper­ sonal re lationships within the comnlunity and changL's in those relationships , as well as the community's place within society. Pre requisite: Soc. 211. A 2.5 533 0 2208 534. Urban Sociology. (3). Crban popula­ tion , urban organization, urban institu­ tions and programs of city planning. Pre­ requisite Soc. 211. A 2.5 .534 0 2208 535. Sociology of Work and Occupations. (3) . The work group as a social grouP l social organization of the work plant ana social factors aflcctinii. the worker. Pre­ requisite : Soc. 211. A z5 535 0 2208 537. The Social Consequences of Dis­ ability. (3). Cross-listed as Geron ..-37. An eclectic SurVl!y of the social aspects of disability, showing th e ililpact of social values, institlltions and policies upon .Idllits witb disabilities. Appropriate for both s tudents of sociology and the service proft:ss ions. A 2.5 537 0 2208 538. Medical Sociology. (3). An analysis of social and cultural factors related to physical and mental illnes s. Al so included are the dyna!llic s of communication and role relati onships among patients and medical personnel and social research and theory relevant to th e health professions. Prerequisite: Soc. 211. A 25 .538 0 2208 .539. Juvenile Delinquency. (3) . The fac­ tors related to juvenile delinquency and the measures of trentment and prevention. PrL'reqllisite : Soc. 211." A 25 539 0 2208 540. Criminology. (3). The extent and na­ ture of cr iminal behavior and soci etal re­ actions to it. Prerequisite : Soc. 211. 0 A 25 54002208 541. Contemporary Corrections. (3). His­ torical and contemporary programs for the treatment of offenders viewed as societal reactions to criminal behavi or. Prerequi­ site: Soc. 539 or 540.° A 25 541 0 2208 598. Inte rnship. (1-6). A course used to supervise persons involved in internships or placements in the community where cred it can b<, gi ve r,. Prerequis ite: depart­ mental consent. A 25 598 2 2208 600. Selected Topics in Sociology. (3). Study in a specialized area of sociology, with emphasis on student research proj­ ects. Areas covered include deviant be­ havior, political sociology, the family and oth ers. Repeatable for ,1 ma.simuJ11 of 6 hours cred it. Prerequisites: Soc. 211, in­ structor \ consent ann , ub.stantive area course. A 25 600 0 22Ub 645. History of Sociological Theory. (3). Anal ysi s ot elllc rgence of sociological theory . Prerequisite: 8 hours of sociofogy. A 25 64.5 0 2208 646. Principles and Concepts of Socio.l­ ogy. (3). Critical evaluation of major prin­ ciples and concepts, their derivation and rel,lIiolhhi'p to s) ~tematic theory. Pre­ requi s ite : 8 hours ot sociology .o A 25 646 02208 651. Directed Research. (3) . Des igned to give the student further rL'sL'arch ski lls in an area of spec ial interest. All stude nts are under tile direction of a member of th e graduate [acuIty who will guide them in developing research skills. Prerequis ites : Soc. 5[0 or 511 and instructor 's consent. A 25651 4 2208 670. Independent Reading. (1-3). De­ signed for the advanced student capable of doing independent work in an area of special int rcst. Prerequi sitL": 15 hours of sociology and instructor's consent. A 25 67032208 687. Introduction to Urban Affairs . (3). Cross-listed as Pol. Sci. 687 and Econ. 687. An introduction to the study of the metropolls as a soci a l, political and eco­ nomic system. Prerequisites: Econ. 201 and Soc. 211 or a course in p o litical science. A 25 687 0 2208 750. Sociology Workshop. (2-3). A course designed to provide specialized instruc­ ti on, using a variable format, in a sociolog­ ically rel evant subject. A 25 7.50 2 2208 Courses for Graduate Students Only 800. Research Methods in Sociology. (3). The appl ication of rL~search methods to sociology data. Included are research de­ sign, co llec tion of data , development of questionnaires, schedules and scales, in ­ terviewing methods,. an a lysi s oj data and summary. PrerequIsites: Soc . ~10 or 511 and departmental consent. A 25 800 9 2208 805. Seminar in Qualitative Methodol­ ogy. (3). An in-depth examination and practical application of various field re­ 398 search methods in so\:i" logv . Included are participant observation, i 'n-d~pth inter­ viewin g, di sgu i~ed observatio Jl alld unob­ trusive meas ures. Prerequisites : Soc. 800 and departmenta l co n ~ e nt . A 25 80582208 815. Seminar on the Familv. (3) . Review of reeent research on the f5 milv and the theoretical inplication thereof. 'Prerequi­ sites: Soc. 5 h and deparllnental consent. A 25 8 15 9 2208 820. Seminar in Social Movements . (3). An alvsis of th e elements in social move­ ment's as factors in social and cultural change . Pn-rl'(jui site : departmental con­ sent . A 25 /l20 9 2208 822. Seminar in Deviant Behavior. (3). In-depth examination of recent theory, methods and research in the area of de­ viance . Impli cations of future theory de­ velopment are included as part of the course. Prerequisite : deparlrnc ntal con­ sent. A 25 822 9 2208 825. Seminar in O rganizational Analysis. (3). Expl oration of selected probl ems in organizational theory based on major the­ oretical and empiri cal approaches, both classical and contemporarv. Prerequisite: Soc. 525 or d rpartulentaJ' consent. A 25 82592208 830. Seminar in Stratificat ion and Power Structure. (3). Analysis of the forms and dynamics of social inequality as a socio­ political phenomenon. Class status and power segments of con temporary urban society are examined, with reference to their spheres of influence and structural persi stence andlor change. Prerequisites: Soc. 530 and 526 A 25 830 9 2208 834. Seminar ill Urban Sociology. (3) . In­ dependent research projects in urban so­ ciology . Prerequ isite : departmental con­ sent . A 25 834 9 2208 839. Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency. (3) . :\ study of juvenile delinqu ency from a number ot theoretical frameworks, accen­ tua ti ng the contem porary context of the subiect matler . The course covers topics of <.lcademi c and pract ical interest related to delinquency, i.e. causes of delinquency, recent research, delinquency vis -a-vis this justice system, juvenile law and juvenile corrections . Special interest is given to the SOCIAL WORK changing face of delinguency in America today. Student research, through utiliza­ tion of commun it y resources, is en­ couraged . Prerequi site : Soc . 539. A 25 839 92208 841. Advanced Seminar on Theories of Correctional Treatment. (3). Evaluation of the range of con temporary theories of in­ dividual and group techniques of correc­ tional treatments, with special emphasi s upon the literature relatea to process re­ search and outcome research . Prerequi­ site : Soc. 541. A 25 84192208 845. Seminar in Sociological Theory. (3). A course emphasizing continuities be­ tween European and American social theory . The perspective is both historical and analytical, spanning the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries , and concluding with the works of representative contemporary the orists. Prerequisite: Soc. 645 or 646. A 2584592208 847. Seminar in Recent Developments in Sociology. (3). Major issues, new thc'ories/ new techl1lques ot research, new areas ot n:search and new applications. Repeatable for credit but not to exceed 6 hours . Pre­ requisites: 15 hours of sociology and de­ partmental consent. A 25 847 9 2208 851. Directed Research. (1-3). Designed for the advanced student who wants to achieve research competence in a speCific area . Each student is directed by a member of the graduate faculty in the de­ velopment of a project in research not leading to thesis research. Prerequisites: Soc . 800 and instructor's consent. A 25 851 42208 860. Proseminar-Teaching Sociology. 11). Thi s course focuses on the teaching of SOCiology. Emphasis is placed on teaching techniques , course organization , and evar­ ua tion . Prerequisite: graduate student status . A 25 860 0 2208 870. Independent Reading. (2-3). Ad­ vanced systematic reading in a topical area under the tutorship of a member of the graduate fa culty. Repeatable for credit not to exceed 6 hours. Prerequi site : depart­ mental consent. A 25 870 3 2208 875-876. Thesis. (3-3). A 25 875 4 2208; A 25 876 4 2208 A major and minor are provided in the SOCiology/social work department for training ill various areas of social work and human services. Courses are des igned primarily to prepare students for beginning professional social work practi ce at the baccalaureate level, but they also are valuable in preparing Fairmount College/Sociology-Social Work 399 students for graduate training in social wor k. The social work 'equelHT is usefu l for students planning to enter other helping prof ', s ions as we ll as responsib le commun it y participation in human concerns. WSU's program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. Major. A major in social work requires at least 42 hours (33 hour:' in social wo rk courses and 9 hours in re lated departmen ts) as follows : SW 200, 500, 501, 550,560,601, 602,603,604 , and 605. This required curriculum includes 9 hours in field instruction (p racticull1) courses: SW 602 and 605. Recluirements in re lated departments include Soc. 212 and 6 hours froIll a li st of socia l and behavioral science courses approved by the social work facult y ancl selected in consultation with a social work adviser. Minor. A minor in social work requires at least 19 hours in socia l \vork courses as follows: SW 200, 500, 501 , 550, 601, and 602. This required curriculum includes 4 hours in the field instruction (practicum ) course SW 602. Lower-Division Courses 100. Ex.plorations in the Helping Profes­ sions. (:.I). An int roduction to the helping profess ions as they relate to the whole person . Thi s multidisciplinary course em ­ phasizes the common helping processes of each profc:;.:;ion, how they devcloped and how they different ially relate to human problems. A 25 1000 2104 150. Aspects of Social Work. (Workshop). (2-5). Aspects of soc ial work practi ce re­ lating pri marily to paraprofessional work with practitioners regarding basic human needs and the fundamentals of helpin*-: May be offered together w ith SW 750. A 2.') 15022104 200. Explorations in Social Welfare. (3). Int roduction to the social welfare system a nd to the social work profession with special emphasi s on the helping proces and selected social problem areas. Fifty hours of community service in selected social welfare agencies is required. Pre­ relj uisites: Soc. 211 and Psych 111. A 25 20002208 340. Human Sexuality. (3). Cross-listed as WS 340. Provides a forum for informati on and discussion on topics re latin g to phys­ ical, psycho-social and c ultural compo­ nents ot human sexua lity. Selected topics include female and male sex ual attribute ;; and roles, sex ual problems, alternate life sty les, birth control , va lues and sexuality, and cultura l components of sexuality. A 24 34000506 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 500. Social Welfare Policy and Services I. (3). Descriptive approach to the social welfare system, emphas izing its structural and va lue base. The course tocu ses on the service comfonent with special attention to the loca cOlllnlllility service-d e livery sys tem. Prerequisites : SW 200 and Soc. 212. A 25 500 0 210-1 501. Social Work Practice 1. (.3). Focus on socia l wurk helping method s inclL1dil1~: historical development of the social work profeSSion, identification of Ln1"ic ~ ()cia l work theorv and introduction to socia l work pract ice methodology . In addit ion to the didactic component. :l 4-hour practi­ (,lI lIl i, required in \"hich practice skill s a re emphas ized. Prerequisites: SW 200 and Soc. 212. A 2550 1 0 2104 550. Social Welfare Policy and Serv ices II , (3). Analyt ical approach to social wel­ fare problems, policies, programs and iss llcs, inc luding an analysi s or the influ­ ence of va lu es on the formati on of social welfare policy. In-dcjJth "x'lInination of se lected issues in public and voluntary arcas and a lternative method.:; of meeti ng needs are in cluded. Prerequisite : Sv\' .'500 A 2,') 550 0 2.10-1 551. Independent Studies. (1-3). Individ­ ua l projects deS igned for social work ·tu­ dents who are capable of doin (1 indepen­ dent work in areas of speci,';1 inte res t. Repea table for credit not to exceed 6 hours . Prl'r('quisite: in st ructor's consent. A 25551 3 2104 560. Personal Human Inte raction Withi n Society. (3). Thi s course pro Vides stuelent s with a begi nning theoretical fra mework within ",hich the in tegration of prior knowledge can be made regard ing ph\,SI­ cal, mental and social deve rop men t of th o: human being, perspectives on American culture and subcultu ral vari :ltions and their effect on h Ulllan adaptabili ty in the 400 sucial em ironmellt, and th e ielaiiollShip of th ose entities to beginning professional ,cK'i,,1 work pra<;tice . Pren.'l lllisiks: SW 200 and 6 hours from a li st of social and beha"ioral science cUtHS('S approved hy the social work facultv and ,eledl,d in comultat ion with a social work advisc ' r. A 25 56002104 570, Internships in Social Work. (3-6). To provide a speedly designed field C:'\peri­ ence for special students who need or de­ sire trainiug that w ill (,Ilhanee their pro­ fes sional abilities and for whom aeadclllic credit is ilppropriate. [t is also dc, ign ed to meet experienti al lea rning needs of sl?l'l'ia l de \ lgnJted stuuents tor whom academiC cred it is appropriate. Repeatable for crru it not to exceed a total of Ghours. Prerequi­ si te: instructor's consent. A 2.5 570 2 2104 60 1. Social Work Practice II . (3). Ad­ vaneed practice theory, lI'ith specia l em­ phasis o n becoming both knowledgeable and skillful in applying theon ' to practice. The focus of thi s class will be on del el­ oping a clear unders tand ing of conecpt>, principles techniques and proces ses of soc ia l wurk methods as thev rdute to indi­ viduals, families and grot;ps and to the larger COllllllu nit y. This cuurse is to be taken concurrently w ith SW 602 except by departmental consent . Prerequisites : SW 501 and departmental consent. A 25601 0 2104 602 . Practicum I. (4). Placement in com­ munity social welfare agencies for super­ vised period s of observation and direct service assignlllellts, with special empha­ sis on perform~nc,-, of basic practice skills and llllderstcmding of the soc ial wclfare agency and its role in the community se r­ vice network. This course is to be t, with Cll1­ phasis on formulat ion of ~ppropriate goals. The selecti on of variolls soc ial work ro les and in-depth de"elopment of tech­ niques and skills common to practice in thc sucial lI 'e lfare field a re included. SW 604 is to be taken concurrelltl y except by departmelltal CUllsellt. Prerclluisite : SW 602. A 25 605 2 2104 610. Aging: Personal, Social and Profes­ sional Perspectives. (3). Cros s-listed as Geron. 610. A realistic look at the com­ prehensive roll' of ,ocial work practice and the helping professions in work with th e aging. Provides a foc tIS on work wi th in­ dividuals, groups , and communi ty organi­ zations. Links social wi th economic and political factor s. Highlight s current and future developmcnts in social policy, human service practice, and demographv as the total life cycle is conceptual ized. Prerequisite: Geron. 100, SW 200, Soc. 2[2, or departmental COllsent A 266100 2104 750_ Social Work Workshops. (l-5). Spe­ c ialized in struction using a variable for­ mat in a social welfare relevant subject. This cour,c may be offered together with SW 150. Prerequisite: instructor' s consent. A 25750 2 2104 Spanish (See Romance Languages) Speech Communication A major in the Department of Speech Communication requires a minimum of .30-:39 hours with a specializat ion in one of the following area,: 1. Rhetoric and Communication (36 hours)-Speech Ill, 112,211,213,221 or 222, 228, and at least 18 hours of e lec tives chosen with the area adv iser's consent from rhetoric and communication courses. Majors in rhetor ic and commu nication are encouraged to partiCipate in forensic activities. Fairmount College/Speech Communication 401 2. T heater (39 hours)-Speech lBO, 221 , 243, 244,253, 254,259,380,623, 624, 628, plu s at least 12 hours of e lectives chosen with the area advis('[; consent from other theater courses. All theater majors are expected to par­ ticipate in some area in the production of the University Theatre plays after consulting with the staff. 3. Radio-Television-Film (30 hours)-Speech 114,214, 215,221 or 222, .332, 504, 607, and at least 10 hours of electives chosen with the area adviser' s consent from radio-television-film courses or related fields. Students specializing in speech and/or theater who intend to teach at the secondary level must meet the following requirements for their area of sp e­ cialization: 1. Rhetoric and Communication (36 hours)-Speech 211,213,221 , 228,335, 636,661 , 650, and at least 12 hours elec ted with the area adviser' s COl1 !: ent from rhetoric and communication cour es. Students must have sufficient debate experience. 2. Theater (39 hours)-Speech 180, 221 , 243, 244, 253, 254, 259, 380, 623, 624,628,661,650, plus 6 hours elected with the area adviser 's consent from theater courses. 3. Combined Theater and Rhetoric and Communication (36 hours)- Spcech 211 or 636,213,221,228,243,244,259,661,650 , plus 9 hours elected with the area adviser's consent. Students planning to teach should also check the state certification requi re ­ mcnts to make sure that they will fulfill the necessary requirements. Students must meet the requirements for the professional education sequence and, prior to admi ssion to the student teaching semester, must have a 2.50 overall grade point average in their major field and recommendation from the major depart­ ment. Stud nt · in Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must meet the graduation requirements for both airmount College and the College of E d ucation . Broadcast-Journalism Combined Major. Students planning to major in the combined broadcast-journalism program must meet the fo llowing require­ ments: Speech 114,214,221 or 222, 322, 522, 606, and Journ. 200, 500, plus 6 hours of upper-division speech or journalism electives. Students mu st have a concentration (or minor) of not fewer than 15 hours in one additional field of study with the consent of their adviser. Minor. A minimum of 15 hours must be selected with the approval of the speech communi cation department. At least 6 of the 15 hours must be upper­ division courses. Students interested in a radio-television-film minor must take Speech 114, 214, and 332, plus at least 6 hours of electives with the area adviser's consent. GENERAL Lower-Division Courses 111. Basic Public Sreaking. (3). A study counted toward a speech communication of basic concepts 0 speech communica­ maior. (The Univer,ity 's requirement in tion and listening as ap'plied to public oral cOlnmunication may be fulfilled by speaking. The course is designed for stu­ completion of either Speech III or 112. dents wishing to enhance leadership po­ For especially qualified stuucnts, an c:\­ tential by improvement in traditional emption or advanceu stallding I;' xamina­ public speaking situations. Course is not tion is ava ilable. For furth er information, 402 contact th speech communication de­ partment. ) 27 III 0 1506 112. Basic Interpersonal Communication. (3). To ue veJop an alvareness o f the ele­ ments of interpersonal cOJllmunic~tion and to aid the , tudent in establishing nlOre meaningful and satisfying interpe rsonal relationships throngh participatio n in g rou p dynamics. rh e course is n o t counted tOIV8fd a speech COllllllunication mal·or. (The University 's rcquircments in ora communicatioll may be' iulfilled by completion of eithcr Speech 111 or 112. For l's lx'ci all y qualified , tudenls , an es­ emption or advanced standing exanlina­ tion is available. For further inform at ion , contact the speech communication de­ partment.) A 27 112 0 1506 281. Cooperative Education. (1-4). The goal of thi s course is to provide th e student with a field placement that integrates theory with a plannf d and supervised profess ional experience desi gned to COI1l­ Qlem cnt and enhancc the stude ll!'s aca­ demic program. Individualized programs mu st b e formulated in consultation with and approv e d by appropriate facult y sponsors. l\-1ay be repeated once for crcdit. Prerc1 ui s ite: departmental co n se nt. Credit:\o Credit. A 27 28 1 21.506 Upper-Division Course 481. Cooperative Education. (1-4). The goal of this course is to provide the student with a field placement that integrates theory with a planned and super\'ised professional experience designed to com­ r:dement and enhance the student's aca­ demic program. Individua lized programs must b e fOflnulat ed in con sultation with a nd a pprov ed b y appropriate facult y spons ors . May be repeated once for credit. Pr e requis i te: dep a rtment al ('onsen t. CreditlN o Credit . A 27 481 2 1506 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 650. Instructional Communication. (3), The study and practice of commun ication concepts, proce sses, techn ologies, and strategies relall'd to formal instruction and learning outcomes. By means of structured experiences , student s develop competen­ cies in (1) de termining appropriate in­ structional gOJ.ls, (2) d l's igning illstruc­ tional s trategies to ac h iev e learning o utcomes, (3) utilizing visual, I ·OCC.,), and verbal communication skil ls to implement in struction a l strategies, and (4 ) J. ss ess ing the troficienCy of communication skills use for in structi on . Course Hexibility in planning and emphasis fr ovidcs tor the utili/. 'ltion of inst rudi on a cOlHmllilication across disc iplines and edu catiollal le\(J s ,1\ wdl as ill most pro f,-'s sional and train­ ing settings. A 27 650 0 1599 660. Seminar in Speech. (2-3), Specia l selllilla rs designed to tre,lt curre ll t a rea '> of int(' rcst or prohlt-ms in: (a) rhetoric and Ctlnllllllnicati oll, (bi th ea ter, ( c) radio- tel e­ vi si on-film or (d) sp eech education. Re­ peata bk for credit in d iffe rent topi cs only A 27 660 9 1.599 66L Directing the Forensics Program. (3). A stu dy of the methods and procedures in coaching and dirccting th r' high school dnd ('o llegJ.ltc fore nsic programs (debate dnd individual events). The fut ure teacher is made all 'arc of th e lite ratu re and profes ­ s iona l organi za tiom in the fie ld. A 27 661 o 1"599 665. Communicative Disorde rs. (3 ). C ross -li sted as C DS 705. ;\ smvC\ of speech, language and hearing disorders ' th e ir idelltification and treatment ; and consideration of the rol t' ., of hcalth and cdu l',ltional specialists in the tuLli habili­ ta ti ve proccss . Background in no rmal ctllilmunicatil'e structures, proCl'sse, ,ll1d acquisition is provided for understanding l'()1I11l1Unic8tive dis orders. i\reas intro­ duced include langu age disabiliti es in children, adult aphasia, articulation di s­ orders, voice di sorders, c left palate, laryn­ aectol1l )" stuttl' r ing, l:t'I't 'l.lfa l pals, · and hearing impairmcnt. A 27 665 0 1220 675. Directed Study. (2-4 ). Indi vidual study or projects. r\t'pcalahle fo r credi t with departmental consent. . Prererju is ite : dcpartm ental consent. A 27 675 :3 l.'5U9 750. Workshops in Speech. (2-4). A 27 750 2 1599 RADIO-TELEVISION-FILM Lower-Division Courses 114. Introduction to Radio and Televi­ sion. (3). Th e structure and operati on of broadcasting in the l'nitcd States . In­ cludes review of rad io and teic l'ision ad­ ve rtising, programming, rcgulatio n and hi s tor y. Pr ovide s pe r spcctil'e on the broadcasting industry in the CO llllllllnitv. A 27 114 0 0603 214. Radio Production. (3) . Producti on an d direction of radio'progralll s. Hands-on use of all standard radio sound equipment to lea rn techniques of so und bl en ding and reproduction. A 27 214 1 0603 215. Rad io Practicum. (2 ). Application of theory to pwctice by performing ass ign ed Fairmount College/Speech Communication 403 activities at KM UW for 6 hours per week. Prerequisite: Speech 214 or instructor 's cons ' nt. A 27 215 2 0603 220. Introduction to Film Studies. (3). E mphasis is placed on the nature and function of film as a mode of communica­ tion, with attention to film theory and technical criticism. Selected films will be shown in class. A 27 220 0 0603 Upper-Division Courses 315. Advanced Radio Practicum. (2). Ap­ plicat io n of theory to practice by perform­ ing assigned activities at KMUW for 6 hours per week. Prerequi site: Speech 215 or instructor' s consent. A 27 315 5 0603 320. Cinematography. (3). Theory and technique of motion picture making and use of motion picture camera, witli em­ phasis on documentary RIm concepts. A 27 32000603 322. Broadcas t News. (3). 3R; 3L. Cross­ li sted as Journ. 322. Theory and technique of p reparing news for the broadcast media. Students prepare newscasts and news rc­ ports for public radio station KMUW. Prer q ui si tes: Journ. 200 and Speech 224 . A 27 322 0 0602 332. Radio-Television Writing. (3). Writ­ ing format s, commercials, continuity and drama for radio and televisi on. A 27 332 0 0603 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 500 . D ocumentary and Propaganda Fil ms. (3). An inves tigation into the evo­ lution, theories, and techniques of docu­ mentary and propaganda Iilm making. E mphasis placed upon the role of RIm in formulating and altecting public opinion and attitudes in modern society. A 27 500 00603 504. Television Production and Direc­ tion. (3). Basic principles, procedures and techniques of TV production including operati on of studio equipment and direc­ tion of TV programs. Prerequisite: in­ stmctor' s consent or Speech 214 . A 27 504 20603 509. D irected Projects in InstructionaJ Television. (2) . Practical assignments in instructional television and cablecasting. Activities include 6 hours per week in campus television exerc ises. Prerequisites : Speech 504 and instructor's consent. A 27 50900603 522. Advanced Broadcas t News. (3). Cross-li sted as Journ . 522. A course in the 404 technique s ot preparing news to r radio and televi sion presentat ion , ",ith empha­ sis on actual work in radio and televisio n 11(·ws rO OII15 . Prc:rl'ljltisi!t': Speech :122 or Journ . .'322 A 27 .522 1 0603 604. Ad vanced Television Prod uction and Direction. (3), Application of telev i­ sion equipment and techniques for ex­ pre ' ~ i()n of ideas and concepts . Execution of visual and audio impress ion in relation to effecti ve communication. Prercquisill': Speech 504 or in structor's consent. A 27 60420603 605. Radio and TV Station Management. (3), The organization and management of radio and television stations, including admini strative , programming, technical and sales problems , and physical facilI­ ties. Prerequisite: departmental consC:l1t . A 2760500603 606. Broadcasting and the Law. (3) . Ex­ plores lc~al forces operating in the broad­ cast industry emanating from laws. rules and regubtions of various federal agen­ cies, industry self-regulation and ci tizen action. Emphasis is on the underlying philosophy and trends in inAuencing variou s events in broadcast regulatory hi story. A 27 606 0 0603 607. Radio and D ' Programming. (3) . Planning, developing and scheauli ng based upon audience and market analy sis, program ratings, principles of evaluation and criti cism. A 27 607 0 0603 609. E d uc ational and Ins tr uctio nal Broadcasting. (3). Investigation and appli­ cation of production techniques for edu­ cational and instructional LJroadcasting, with emphasis on television. Prerequisite : Speech 504. A 27 609 0 0603 RHETORIC AND COMMUNICATION Noncredit Course OIl. Reducing Fear of Speaking. (2). A cour e des i~ned for students who feel an unwarranted degree of fear , nervou sn ess or "stagefright" when confronting s itua­ tions calling for oral communication, especially but not exclusively, before groups ot people. The goal of the course is to reduce the fear of such situation s through practice in supportive settin~s and other sr eclfic methods developed In the fields 0 counseling and speech com­ municati on that have been demonstrated effective in reducing comm unication anx­ iety . A 27 011 0 1506 Lower-Division Courses 150B. Debate Workshop . (2). In struction in theory an d tech niques of debate Clnd preparati on for debatin~ the national high school debate topic. [\;o t repeCltable tor credi t. P rere9 uis ite : departmental consent. A 27 150 B ;) 1506 190G. Crises in C ommunication. (3). An explora tion of ~evera l al ternative fram e­ works by which m an copes with and con­ trols the communication e n v ironment. The student will h ave both observational and exper iential opportunities to discover the vari ety of patte rns used by humans to symbolically interact w ith th emselves, each other and entire cultures. Multimedia in structional procedures are utilized . A Z7 190G 00601 202. Debate and Forensics . (2). Research and preparation for debate and individual ~peaking events , participation in intercol­ leg iate debate and/or tore nsi('~ competi­ tion , and debate and foren sics squad meetings . Hepeatable for a maximum of 4 hours credit. May not be counted toward a major. Prerequi si te : departmental consent. A 27 202 5 1506 21) . Persuasive Speaking. (3). Training in in fluenci ng human behav ior in sociall )' acceptable ways via the spoken word. A 27 211 0 1,506 213. Argumentation and Advocacy. (3). A study of the princigles of e ffective rati onal di scourse, oral and written, dealing with cont rover,ial issues in public deliberati ve , forensic and educational areas. Includes valid and fallacious reasoning as well as tests of evidence. A 27 2130 1506 222. I mproving Voice and Diction . (3). A course tor st udents wishing to improve their speaking voices and gain greater con trol over tneir pronunciation of spoken E nglish. The COurse is performance ori­ ented ; however , the anatomy of the vocal mechanism and the Internatiunal Phonetic .~Iphabd are studied for practical applica­ tlOll In the Improvement of vOIce and dlc­ tiUIl. r\ 27 222 0 1506 226. Parliamentary Law and Procedure. (1 ). The p arliamelltary rules governing the order and conduct of meetings and the methods of keeping and writing minutes and resolutions. A 27 226 0 1506 228. Small-G roup Communication. (3). A s tudy of th e nature a nd fun c tion s of groups an d deve lopment of skill s for identifying and evaluating cummu nica­ tion behavior as reflected in human in­ teraction in small-group situations. A 27 228 0 1506 Upper-Division Courses 312. Nonverbal Commun ication. (3). A study of theory and research in nonverbal communication. Students explore dif­ feren t aspects of nonverbal commun ica­ tion and engage in original research and study in the fi eld of nonverbal cummuni­ cation. EmphaSis is gi ven to the applica­ tion of non verbal co mmunicatio n to th e total human communication process. Pre­ rcquisite : Speech 111 or 112. A 27 312 0 1506 325. Business and Professional Speaking. (3). A study of the bas ic concepts of public speaking and discussions as they apply to the business an d profrss ional pers on. Emphasis is given to gubIk presentations, group leadership, and interpersonal com­ munication as appropriate to business and profess ional oral communications. A 27 3250 1506 335. Development of Rhetorical Theory. (3). Review of the rhetorical foundations of contemporary communication theory from the perspective of seleckd individu­ als and works encompassing Graeco­ Homa n , Medieval Engli sh and American rhetorical thought. A 27 335 0 1506 402. Debate and Forensics. (2). Research and preparation for debate and individual speaking events, participation in intercol­ legiate debate ancl/or torensics competi­ tion , and debate and forensics squad meetings. Hepeatable for a maximum of 4 hours credit. May not be counted toward a major. Prerequisite : departmental consent. A 27 402 5 1506 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 612 . Contemporary Theories of Oral Communication . (3). Conceptual model s useful in the scientific study of speech and application from selected areas of psy­ chology! SOCiology, anthropology and other re ated fields. A 27 612 0 1506 613. Advanced Theories of Argumenta­ tion. (3). Intensive examination of the principles and problems of reasoned dis­ course. A 27 613 0 1506 615. Language and Symbolic Processes. (3). APflication of the theoreti cal frame­ work a general semantics, linguistics and psycholinguistics to the analysis of oral language behavior. Analys is of language usage that leads to conflict , confusion\ and misdirection and development of metnods of accuracJ and precision in language usage . A 2 ( 615 0 1506 Fairmount College/Speech Communication 405 632. American Public Address. (3). Cross -li sted as Armor. Stud . fi32 . .\ detailed study of notabl c' American speake'rs and their lJuhlic utkraIIl'es. Their impact on the political, economic and socia l hi story of thi s nation from colonial tillIes to the present is assessed . A 27 632 0 1506 635, Leadership Techniques for Women, (3). Cross-listed as WS 635. A course de­ signed to provide the wo man stude nt ex­ perience in decisiolI IllaUng and tI! im­ prove skill s in leadership thrOlI gh ro le ~~at3~oll~9gercjse in group dynalllics . A 636 . Advanced Public Speaking. (3) . Theory and pra(;t ice in th e va ri ous forms of platfo rm speaking fnr th e acade mica lly matu re , tudent. COUf'le includes such spec ia l form s as the after-dinner speech speeches of ~()Odwill , tribu te, keynote alll! courtesy. A 'L.7 636 0 1506 . 637, Theories and Effects of Mass Per­ suasion, (3) . An analysis of th e c lass ical( co ntemporary and homeos tati c theor ies 0 mass persuasion. \o\ a.ss-communieated persuasion compared to persuasion in o th e r audic.on ce settin gs. Conce ptual models, typological effect s and cun tribu­ torv agen ts of IHa ss persu 3sion . Differen­ tial persuasive pOWl'rs and ach'antages at­ tribu ted to the se\c ral nledia. Effeds of message content on mass audiences are explored . :\ 27 n.'37 0 1506 672, Practicum in Audience Measure­ ment. (3). Appli ca tion of resea rch tech­ niques to practical problems in audience measurement. Also included are the iden ­ tifi cation of speCific problems, the l'on­ strm:ti on of n easuring instruments (e.g., question nair 5), sampling techniques eoll ection o f data , tabulation, analysis and reports of findings. Prerequi s ite : Spcech 770 or departmental consellt. A 27 672 2 712, Advanced Interpersonal Communi­ cation, (3). Advalleed ex plora ti on of con­ cepts and variab les in inte rpe rsonal com­ munica tion through the study of differe nt theori es as we ll as practical experiences in d yadic and sll1alh;roup C0Il111lLlnicati on. Prerequisite: Sjlcc·ch 112 or instructor's l 'Ollsenl. A 27 ,.12 0 1.506 770, The Audience. (3), Anal ys is of spc('ch
  • and the­ ater. De mographic and psycho, ocio logical dime nsions :-llld charactt:ri sti '~. quantita­ tive ancl Cjllalitativ(' techniques of audi­ e nce nl ('.l s ureml' nt, and evaluations thereof are included . A '27 7700 1599 THEATER Lower-Division Courses 143C. The Art of the Theater. (3) . An in­ trod ucti on to the theater as a n art form , w ith emphasi s on c ritica l appreciati on frolll the \'iewpoint of the audience. The course is not counted toward a theater major. A 27 143 ' 0 1007 180, Theater Practicum. ( ll, Practical trainin$ in the o rganization and pres nta­ tion o t plays in the l..;ni vt'rs ity Th eatre program . The practiculll may bc organizcd in the following a reas: design and con­ structio ll of scel1l.'ry. costu nlt'S , or prop­ erties, th e design alld exec ution of stage lightillg o r makeup ; ancl the urgalliza ti on and practice of theater managcuI cnt . May be repeated once for credit . A '27 180 2 1007 221. Oral Interpretation, (3). The deve l­ opment of thc mental, vocal and analyt ica l techniqu(, s essenti al to the ora l in terpre ta­ tion of literature . . \ 27 221 0 1007 243, Acting I. (3): Emphasis on the inter­ nal techniques or 'lcting, on charactcr iza­ tion and on the act()r's ana lys is of th e play allli (\1(' ro le . A 27 2,*3 0 1007 244, Stagecraft. (3), R; L arr . Theory and practice of makin g, pai ntin g and using scenery for the' stage . Practica l work on Uni versity Theatrc a nd E xperimental Theatre productions. A 27 244 1 1007 253, Costuming for the Stage. (3), R; L a rr. Basic pr inciples of cos tume des ign and construction; pattern l11aki ng, makri al selection , wa rdrobe manage ment and or­ ganization; allo practical expcrience with Uni\'l'rsity Th eatre anci E xperimental Theatre producti ons. A 27 253 1 1007 254, Stage lVlakeup, (1). St udy and prac­ tice of the basic applicatio n of stage makeup . Al so inc ludc s character analysis , all,ltUI11 Y, mate rial s ancl special makeup techniClues and problems. A 27 254 1 1007 Th... rullowing .1bb ,.t'\' I .\l IIJ Il ~ n.: ll ~l:J in he <,"\ lI r ~ e t1 ~"l.:r iptlUH "' . H qil mh for Il'c': !lIlt' ,1 1ll1 L for l;dllHalory. Fur examp le. 3R; 3L mcall 3 3 huur "! of It:<.:t urc ~nd 3 hour!; of laboratury, 406 --01 1599 259. Directin g I. (3 ). R; L a rr . Bas k theori es and principles of s tag~ llirecl ing and problems of producing the pIa) , \\' ith p ractical experience gained by lise of the project methods. Prerefjui site : Speech 243 or departmental consent. A 27 259 1 1007 Upper-Division Courses 375. Directed Projects in Theate r. (2-4 ). Indepe ndent research or pral'lical and creative pro/'ects in the variou s areas of theater, inc uding performance, desig n, technical thcater management and dra­ matic litcrature. r\epeata ble for credit to a maximum of 4 hours. Prerequi site : de­ partmental consent. A 27 375 2 1007 380. Theater Pract icum. (l). Practical training in the organization and presenta­ tion of plays in the University Theatre program . The pral'liculll may be organizcd in the following areas: design and con­ struction of sccnery, cost li mes, or prop­ erties; the design and e.xecution of stage li.ghting or makeup ; and thl' organization and practice of theater manageme nt. Ma) be re' peated once lor credit. A 27 380 2 1007 Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit 516 & 5 17. Playwri ting I and II, (3 & 3) . Cros>-li sted as E ng. 5 17 and 5 18 . The wntll1g of scnpts fo r performance. Em­ phasis is on both verbal and vi sual a~pect s of playwriting. If possible, the script s will be performed. Prerequisite: instructor's consent. A 27 5 160 1007 & A 27 517 0 1007 542. Advanced Acting. (3). Continued de­ vel opment o f me thod s es t abli shed in Speech 243, with additional emphasis on cOlllL'mporary vocal and movement tech­ niqu es . Prerequisites : Speech 243 and sophomore standing. A 27 542 0 1007 544. Advanced Stagecraft. (3). R; L arr . A study of the p rincip les of scale perspecti ve and foreshortening applied to the stage with consideration of the elements of de­ sign and composition, light and shadow, as employed in scene design. All elements of advanced stagecraft: new materials and sceni c techniq uE'S are considered in this study . St udents comflete practical studio work in the des ign 0 setti ngs for a variety of productions. T hey must complete at least one project des ign including eleva­ tion drawing, water-col or perspective , scaled model and a comp lete set of work d rawings . Prerequisite: Speech 244. A 27 544 0 1007 559, Directing II. (3). R; L arr. Staging and rehearsa l teclll1i'lues, with emphas is on the problems of the peri od and stylized piay. Prerelju is ite \: Speech 259 or depart­ mental consent and jonior standing. A 27 .559 0 1007 61 0. Mus ical T heat e r fo r the Pu bli c School T eacher. (2). Provides :lt1 interdi s­ cipli nary course, utilizing interdepart­ mental f' xperti se (speech and mllsic) to teach the ~ tuden t in both area s how to produce a mu s ical in the secondar" school s. P rerequisite: concurrent enroll­ ment in t-. lll s. Ed. 610. A 27 610 0 1007 621. Advanced Oral Interp retat ion. (3). Intensive stud,' and anah'sis of \'nrious form s of Iiteraturc, the techniques of ef­ fccti, 'c oral communication and the huild­ ing of the individual or group concnt re­ ci tal. Arranged workshops and festi'al s. P re requisit es: Speech 221 and juni o r ~ tanding . A 27 621 0 1007 622. Academic Theater Practicum. (2). T he investigation and expl oration of the th eatrical act in the clas sroom situation \\' ithin th e univ (:' rsitv communitv. This course is designed to reinforce 'the re­ searchin g, writing, directing and perform­ ing skills . Enrolled students. functioning as a company, produce and perform for various d iscipli nes on campus. Repeatable once for credit. A 27 662 2 1007 623. Deve lopment of the Theater l. (3). The history of theatrical activity as a social institution and an art form , from its be­ ginnings to th e 17th cl·ntury . Representa­ ti ve playS, methods nf staging and theatri­ cal archit ecture of vari ous period s are included . A 27 623 0 1007 624, D evelopment of the T heater II . (3). From the 17th century to the present. A 27 6240 1007 625. D ramatic T heory. (3). Critical exam­ ination of selected aesthetic theories of the theatrical arts and the relati onship of the theori es to major dramati c works and the­ atrical periods. Prerequbite: Speech 623 or 624 or departmental consent. A 27 625 0 1007 628. Playscript Analysis. (3). The course is des igned to develop students' ability to analyze playscripts from the point of view of those who face the t,lS k of staging thcm. The foclI s is on studying and testing prac­ ti c~i1 methods of analys is developed by outstanding th eatre directors, teachers, and criti cs. Collecti ve analysi s and indi­ vidual project s are part of the course work. P rerequi site : ~eech 623 or 624, or En­ glish 324 . A 2 , 628 0 1007 Fairmounl College/Speech Communication 407 643. Styles in Acting. (3). Training in, and development of, the special techniques required for period or stylized plays! with special emphasis on Greek, S 1ake­ spearia n, Restoration and modern nonrea­ listic st yles. Prerequisites : Speech 243, 542 and junior standing. A 27 643 0 1007 830. Theories of Rhetoric: Classical. (3). Cross-listed as Eng. 825. An intensive study of the rhetorical theories of classical wrilers from 466 ilL to the decline of Roman oratory. Principal emphasis is on Isocrates, Plato, Aristotle, Quintilian, Ci­ cero and Longinus. A 27 830 0 1506 644. Scene Design. (3). Fundamental s of scene design. Practical work on University Theatre and Experimental Theatre pro­ ductions is included. A 27 644 1 1007 645. Stage Lighting. (3). R- L arr. Light­ ing equipment and light design an d its relation to scenery design. Emphasis is upon the problems in school s and col­ leges. Practical work on University Theatre and Experimental Theatre pro­ ductions is included. Prerequisite: Speech 244 with a grade of C or better. A 27 64.5 1 1007 653. History of Costume. (3). R; L arr. Historical survey and individual research of dress from ancient Egypt to present day with emphasis on social, political , eco­ nomic and religious influences . Theory and practice of adapting period styles to the stage. Prerequisite : Speech 253 or de­ partmental consent. A 27 653 0 1007 Courses for Graduate Students Only 820. Investigation and Conference. (2-3). Directed research and experimentation for graduate students in some phase of (a) public address, (b) theater history and production (e) radio-television or (d) the teaching of speech. Repeatable for credit up to a total of 6 hours. A 27 820 3 1599 823. History of Dramatic Criticism. (3). A survey and analysis of major c riti ca l theories from Aristotle to the present. A 27 8230 1007 824. Development of 1\1odern Theater Styles. (3). An examination of the major movements in the modern theater since 1R.SO. Emphasis is on both literary and physical elements of styles. A 27 824 0 1007 Urban Affairs 831. Theories of Rhetoric: Medieval Renaissance and Modern. (3). Cross listed as Eng. 826. A study of the emerging pat­ terns of rhetoric from the Second Sophis­ tic to modern times . Analysis is made of the rhetorical systems associated with such figures as Augustine , Felenon , Bulwer, Sheridan , Steal e, Ru sh, John Quincy Adams, Blair , Campbell and Whately. A 27 831 0 1.306 835. Methods of Rhetorical Criticism. (2). A development study of the critical tech­ niques of Plato, Aristotle and Cicero to the modern approaches in the criticism of 1. A. Richards and Kenneth Burke. A 27 835 0 1506 860. Seminars in Speech. (2-3). Special seminars designed to treat problems in: (a) public address, (b) drama, (e) radio-televi­ sion or (d) speech education . Repeatable for credit. A 27 860 9 l599 865. Organizational Communication. (3). Cross-listed as Mgmt . 865. An analysis of communication models with emphasis on their applications to communica tion problems in organizations. Social-psycho­ logical processes underlying persuasion in interpersonal relations and through the mass media are explored. Communication systems and techniques within formal or­ ganizations are analyzed critically. A 27 865 0 1506 867. Trends in Speech Education. (3). To provide advanced speech students with a background for a philosophy of speech education. Readings and seminar discus­ sion concern the philosophical rationales that underlie speech and drama as ac;a­ demic disciplines . Included also are the history of speech education , analysis of theories and methods, and comparative study of speech curricula tod,!!' and pro­ jectives to the future. A 27 861 0 1599 Majors in urban affairs follow a flexible, interdepartmental program that provides a broad understanding of the modern city and preparation for public management and other urban vocations. While courses may be combined and selected from several departments, basic course selection should be primarily in economics , political science, and sociology, with additional courses selected from administration of justice, anthropology, history , minority studies, psy­ 408 to with Several the Wichita State in urban Bulletin. as described in Courses for Graduate/Undergraduate Credit Courses for Graduate Students Only Women's Studies The in women's studies includes courses in various the humanities and social which a coherent picture in the past, her activities in the present, ways of increasinll her function as a full human being in the present and the Fairmount Studies 409 preparing for vocations which emphasize women 's concerns are especially encouraged to pursue women's studies as a second major. The major consists of at leas t 24 hour, including WS 387,388, and 589. In addition, appropriate courses may be selected from such field s as philosophy, sociology, history, literature, anthropol ogy, religion, minority studies, psy­ chology, speech, and administration of justice. Courses counted toward a major or minor in another field may not be included. The minor consists of 15 hours, including WS 387 and 38H. In addition to the cours es li sted below, the following courses are als o appli cable toward a major or minor in women's studies: Biographies of Great and Notab le Women (Homs. 301 ), Images of Women in Modern Art (Art H ist . 520), Discovering Regional Women (Wom. St. 539), Women and H ealth Care (Nurs . 543) , Widowhood (Psych. 560), Issues in G ender Role Counseli ng (SPG 752K) , and Women's l\:eeds: Professional I ntervention (Psych. 870). Lower-Division Courses 138. Philosorhy of Feminism. (3). Cross ­ listed as Phi . 138 A 10 138 0 1509 150A. Current Concerns of Women. (l -3). A 10 150A 0 490.3 150B. Reentry Woman. (I) . This course focuses on the special needs of women returning to school and preparing for em­ ployment . Sessio ns include career and life planning, decision makin~, and dealing with role co nflicts. A 10 l.JOB 0 4903 150C. Assert ion Tra ining fo r Women. (1). Thi s course is designed to teach women to develop asserti ve skill s. It examines the barriers that prevent women'~ asserti ve ­ ness and explores strategies to overcome the e barriers. A 10 150C 0 4903 150n. Feminism and the Church. (I). This course is d('s igned to study the e ffect of the women's movement upon the con­ temporary church in Alllf,rica . It examines the role of women in the history of the church, issues being rais('d by feminists within the church today, and new mod Is of feminine spirituality . 10 150D 0 490 150E. Women in Pop C ultu re . (1). This course will examine pop ul ar Amcrican cu lture as it defines and reflects images of women through movies, television, fic­ tion, ad verti sing, fashion , and song. A 10 150E 0 4903 150F. The Working Woman. (1). This course will focus on the needs and inter­ ests of currently employed women and those co nsidering returning to the world of work. It examines working conditions, male-female relationships in work set­ tings, and strategies for self-development. A 10 150F 0 4903 163. Women in Business. (3). C ross-listed as Mgmt. 163. B 12 163 0 0506 200. Women T hroughout Western Civili­ zation. (3) . Cross-li sted as H ist. 200. A 10 20002205 240. Minority Women in America. (3). Cross-listed as ~li n. Stud. 240. A 30 240 0 4999 299. Women in the Economy. (3). Cross­ li sted as Econ. 299. A 10 299 0 0516 Upper-Division Courses 316. The American Male. (:1). Cross-listed as Soc. 316 A 10 3 16 0 2208 325. Women in the Political System. (3). C ros -listed as Pol. Sci. 325. A 22 325 0 2207 333. Women and Religion. (3). Cross­ listed as ReI. 333. A 10 333 0 1.)10 340. H uman Sexual ity. (3) . C ross-listed as SW 340. A 2.5 340 0 2104 380. Special Topics. (l-3). This course will focus on intermediate topics of inter­ est to women's studies . A 10 380 0 490.3 382. Women in the Administration of lUSh e . (3). Cross-li sted as AJ 382. A 10 38202105 387. Women in Society : C ultural Images. (3). This course examines the roles, rela­ tionsh ips and roots of women in our soci­ ety as refl ected in such areas as art, litera­ ture , m y th, religion , psy ch o log y, education and politics. Women in other cultures and other time will also be con­ sidered as will feminist visions of the future. (Course not available for '[ dit to students who have taken Ilumaniti 5389.) A 10 387 0 4903 410 388. Women in Society: Social Issues. (3). This course examines \\,o111en"s e fforts to claim the ir id en tit y from historical, legal clnd social pCI' pectives. Included for con­ sideration ure rcccnt laws re lating to women; contel1lporary iss lie, (such as rape, day care, working wornen, the future of marriage); agencies lor change; theories of social change; and the rclationshitJ of women' s rights to human rights. (~ot available for credit for student s \vho ha\{~ taken Humaniti es 389) A 10 .'31313 0 I!lO:3 390. \Iotherhood: Myths and Realities. (3). This cOllr,, · foc lises on th .. nature of motherhood as idea, myth and cxperience. Stereotypes about motherhood, ap­ proaches to motherhood in various cul­ tu ra l s(,(ting.' and timc periods , religiom attitudl'" toward motherhood, the adult " child" and her/his relati onship with mother, th e exper ienc e of c hildbirth motherhood ,IS rebted to ec()nomi<; and political realities , and the futur e of moth­ erho od in the fie ld of law , such as lawyers and legislators . A 10 533 0 0·31 .3 534. Psychology of Women. (3). Cross­ listed as Psych ..534. A 21 534 0 2001 535. Images of Women in Literature. (3). Cru>s-listed as Eng..3.3.5 . A 10 535 0 1.302 536. Writing by Women. (3). Cross-listed as Eng. 536. A 10 536 0 1502 542. Women in Other Cultures. (3). Cross-listed as Anthro . 542. A 10 542 0 2202 570. Directed Readings. (1-3). Th i s course is designed for studcnts \\ho wish to pursue sp('cia l reading or research l'roj­ ed s not covered In course work. A 10 070 3 4903 580. Special Topics. 0-3). This course will focus Oil advanl'l:d topics of interest to women 's studies. A 10 .580 0 4903 589. Seminar in Women's Issues. (31. De­ signed to give students experiential earn­ ing in interdisciplinary skill deve lopment rcia!l'd to women's issues in la\v, psychol­ ogy, sociology, economics and literature ,lnd to offe r independent study and fi eld work in the students' area of spec ialization related to wom e n. A 10 589 0 -1903 635. Leadership Technigues for Women. (3). Cross-listed as Speech 635. A 10 635 0 1599 750. Current Concerns of Women. (2-3). vVorkshop. P 14 750 0 4903 Fairmount ColiegelWomen's Studies 411 412 UNIVERSITY FACULTY-FALL, 1981 Date or dates following title refer to time of initial and successive appointments . Aagaard, Alan A., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education (1977). BA, California State Un iversity, Long Beach, 1969 ; MA , 1970; DEd, Universi ty of North elll Colorado, 1975. Ackerman , Paul D ., Assistant Professor of Psychology (190R). BA, University of Kansas, 1964; MA, 1966; PhD, 1968. Adamson, C arl L. , Assistant Professor and Ch ai rperson of Department of German (l 965, 1971 ). SA, Wichita State University, 196.3; MA, Washington Universi ty, 1967 ; PhD, 1975 . Adam son, Ginette, Assis tant Professor of French (1965, 1972). Dipl ome de F in d' Etudes Normales, E cole Normale d'In stitlltri cC's, jC)63; MA , North Carolina Cent ral Uni vers ity, 1965; PhD, Washington University, 1975. Adkins, Russe ll F. , Ass istant Professor of Educational Technology and Associate Dean for Media Resources Center (1974). BA, University of Kentucky, 1968; MS , Clarion State College, 1974. Adrian, Phillip, Assistant Professor of Physica;l E ducation (1966). BA, Wichita Stat Uni versity, 1965; MA, 1968; EdD, Oklahoma State l..'niversity, 1974. (l eave of absence, 1981-82 academic year) Ahlberg, Clark D ., University Professor and President (1968). BA, Wichita State Uni ­ versity, 1939; MA, Syracuse Universi ty, 1942; PhD, 1951 ; LLD, 1969. Alexander, C . William, Assi stant Profess or of Psychology (1978). BS, Denison Univer­ sity, 1973; MA, Bowling Green State University, 1975; Ph D, 1978. Alexander, David R. , Associate Professor of Physics and Director of Lake Aft on Public O bservatory (1971). BS, Kansas State Cniversity, 1967; AM, Indiana University, 1965; PhD, 1971. Alexander, John R., Director of Housing and Instructor (19S0). BS, E ast Texas State Un iversity , 1973; MS, 1974 . Allegrucci, Robert L., Ass istant Professor of Sociology (1967). BS, Pittsburg State University , 1959; MA, 1960; PhD, Cni versi ty of Missouri , 1969. Allen, Anneke S" Associate Professor of Chemistry and Associate Dean of Fairmou nt Co llege of Liberal Arts and Sciences (1964 ). Candidate Ryksuniversiteit G ron in ­ &en Netherlands, 1952; PhD, Tulane University, 1955. (sabbatical, 1981-S2 aca ­ demic year) Alley, Robert D ., Profes sor of Secondary Education and Associate Dean of Education (1 967). B5, Iowa State Uni versity, 1957; ME, University of Montana, 1960; E dD, Arizona State University, 1867. Al sawady, Nac)' Ann, Assi stan t Instructor of Intensive English Language Center (1979). BA, Wichita State University, 1972; MA, University of Tennessee, 1974 Anderson, Les W., Assistant Profcssor of Journalism (1977). BA, Fort Hays State University, 1970; MA, University of M issouri, 1971. Anderson, Peggy J., Assistant In structor of Intensive English Language Center (lllSl). BS E , E mporia State University, 1967; tvlAS, University of Kan sas, 1979 . Anderson, Robert E., Professor of Educational Administration and Director of Educa­ tional F ie ld Services (1967). BA, University of Iowa, 1952; MA, 1953; EdD, Uni versity of Nehraska, 1963. Arteaga, Lucio, Professor of Mathematics (l96S). BA, University of Zaragoza, Spain, 1942; ~'IS, Dal housie Universi ty, 1959; PhD, Universi ty of Saskatchewall , 1964. Aust in, David L., Assistant Professor of Music Library and Theory (1966). BM, Univer­ s ity of Michigan, 1964 ; MA, 1967; MLS, University of California-Berkeley, 1975. Bach us , Nancy Joyce, Instructor of Accounting (1979). BS, Un iversity of C alifornia at Los Angel es, 1965; MS , Wichita State University, 1967; CPA Certificate-Kansas. (leave of absence, 1981-S2 academic year) Bahr, Janet E ., Assistant Professor of Nursing and Di rector ()f Undergraduate Program (1975). BS N, Wichita State University, 1973; MS, Texas Woman's Un iversity, 1978. Bain, Joyce, Associate Professor of Nursing (19S1). BS, Northwest State Univers ity of Lou isi ana, 1957; MA, Northeast Missouri State University, 1968 ; EdD, New 'Iexi co State University, 1974. Bair, Sue F ., Assistant Professor of Physical Edu cation (1966). BA, Wichita State University, 1961; ME , 1967. Faculty 41 3 8ajaj, Pre m 1\ ., Associate Professur and Cou rdinat or of Craduate Program in Mathe· mati cs (1968). BA, Punjab University, 1951 ; MA, 1954; MS, Case Western Reserve L:niversity , 1967; PhD, 1968 . Balint, Laszlo, Acting Ass istant Profes sor of Itali an (1975). BA, Virginia Comm onwealth C niwr>; ity, 1970 ; ylA, l' nivers ity of vViscOll' in , 197·1. Ballenger, Marcus T .. Associate Professor of Elementary Education (1970). BS in Ed, North T exas St,lk t' nivcrs ity, 19.3Y; ~vlEcl , Texas Tech C niversity , H)(-;:3; EdD, 1970. (sabbatical, spring 1982) Bardo, John W., :\ssociate Pro fe~s or and Chairpers on of Department of Sociol ogy/Social Work (197:3). BA, Un ivers ity of Cincinnati, 1970 ; MA, Ohio Cniversity, 1971 ; PhD, Ohio State Un iversity, 1973 . Barnes, Richard H., Director of Office of Veterans and Militar y Services (1975). BA. Wi chita State liniversity, 1975. Barrett. C arol J., Associate Professo r of Psych ology (1974). BS , C niversity of Was hing· ton , 1970; ~ lA in Psychology, lni versit )· of SUllthern California, 1972; MA in Phy ical Education, 197:3; PhD, 1974 . (leave of ahsence, 198 1·82 academic year) Barrett, Elwi n, As sistant Profes sor of Social Work amI Director of Undergraduate Program in Social Work (1974). BA, C niversity of California at Berkeley, 1957; ;vISW, 1959 ; DSW, 'l'niversity of S()utllern California, 1974. Bartel, Peter S. , Assistant Professor of Physi cs (1965). AB, Bethel Co ll ege, 1943; MA, iniversitv of Iowa 195:3 Bartlett , Leah, r'nstructor ~nd Science Librarian (1980). BA, Drury College, 1977; MLS, 0iorth Texas Statl' l'niversity, 197R. Bastida, Elena M. Ass istant Professor of SOCiology (19il1). BA, Kansas State Universi ty , 1970 ; MA, 1972; PhD, l ni versity of Kama, lU79. Bateman, Morita ~I. , Associate Professor of Finance, Real E state, and Decision Sciences (1%6). BS~'IE, l ' ni versity of South Carolina, 1946; MS , l'ni ver sity of North Carolina , 1.9.50; PhD, Okl ahoma State t ' niversity, 1967 Beene, Richard Alan, Instructor of B~ssoon (198/). B\\E , Baylor University, 1978; MM, niversity of Wisconsin , 1980. Belt Joh n A., Assoc iate Professor of \1anagement (1971). BA, University of Southern California, 1966; PhD, Texas Tech University, 1971. Ben ham, :--: ancy E., In structor of Illstructional Se rvices (1 979). BA, University of Pennsylvania, 1972; MEd, Wi chita State C' ni versity, 1978. Bennet t-Kastor, Tina L. , A 's istant Professor of Engli sh (1978) BFA, California In stitute of the Arts, 1973; MA, niversity of Southern California, 1976 ; PhD, 1978. Benningfiel d Lloyd M., Professo r of Electrical Engineering and Dean for Graduate Studi s and Research (1967). BSEE, Oklahollll1 State Cn iversity, 1951; MSEE, Uni"ersity of Mi ssouri , 1937; PhD, Purdue l 'n ivers it y, 1965. Benson, Fred W., Assistant Professor of Administration of Justice (1 976). BA, Earlham Coll c, Learni ng Resource Center (1981). MBA, Washburn University, 1964. Hosticka, Alice, Assis tant Professor of Eleme ntary Education (1974 ) BA, Antioch College, 1965; MEd, University of Pittsburgh, 1969; PhD, 1973 Howell-Martinez, Vicky, Vi s iting Assistant Profes so r of Political Science (1981). BA, University of Oklahoma, 1971; MA, 1973; PhD, 1979. Hoyer, Elmer A., Profes sor of Electrical E ngineering (1966) BS, Wi chita State Univer­ sity, 1962; MSEE, University of Mi ssouri, 1964; PhD, 1967. Hoyt, Les Leanne, Assi stant P rofessor of Sociology/Social 'Nork (1979) BS, Ari zona State University, 1975; MA, 1977; PhD, 1979. (leave of absen ce, 1981 -82 academic year) Huckstadt, Alicia A., Assistant Profes sor of Nursing (1975). BSN, Wichita State Univer­ sity, 1975; MN, 1978; PhD, Kansas State University, 1981. Hughes, Dale, Inst ruc tor of Mathematics (1981). BS , University of Missouri at Rolla, 1974; MA , Washington Univers it y, 1981. .­ 424 Humphrey, Bobbye J., Assistant Professor of Social \Nork (1968). AB, Friends Univer­ sity, 194 11 ; MSW, Uni versity of Kan sas, 1964 . Hunter, Ann P ., Instructor and Nutrition Content Specialist of Health Sciences (1 980). BS, Iowa State Univers ity , HFj4 ; MS , 1955 . H un tley, D iane E., Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene (1976). BA, University of Bridgeport, 1968; MA, State University of New York at Buffalo, 1971. Hurst , Frederick M., Instructor, Educational T echnol ogy and C oordinator of Media Produr:tion (1978) BA, Indiana Uniwn;ity, 1975; MA, 1976. Hutcherson, Bern ice, Assistant Professor of Social Work (1973) . BA, Langston Univer­ s ity, 1950; l-.ISW, University o f Kansas, 1969. Hutchi nson, john J. , Associate Professor and Chairperson of Department of Mathemat­ k s (197G) BA, St. Benedict 's College, 1962 ; MA , University of Kansas, 1966 ; PhD, 1968. Iacove tta, Ronald G ., .\ssociate Professor and Chairperson of Dep artmcnt of Adm ini s­ trati on of justice (1973) . BS , Col orado State University, 1965; 1v1S, 1967 ; PhD, Jniversity of Connec ticut , 1972. Ingmire, Bruce D ., Associate Profes sor of Second ary Education (1968) . BA, San Fran­ cisco State College, 19.54; MA, 1957 ; EdD, Arizona State University, 1968. ln grisa no, Denn is R. , Assi stant Professor of C ommuni cati ve Disorders and Sciences and D irector of Research Laboratories (1977). BS , De Paul Uni versity, 1969; MEd, Penn sylvania State Uni versity, 1971; PhD, Indiana Unive rsity, 1978. (leave of aLscllce, 1981-82 academic year) Is akson , Richard L., Associate Profes sor of Educational Psychology (1974 ). BA, Weber State Coll ege, 1970 ; MSEd, Buckne ll University , 1971; PhD, C ornell University, 1975. • Iwasaki , Carol N., Ass istant Profess or of Ballet-Dance (1979). BFA, University of Utah, 1976; MFA, 1979. (leave of absence, 1981-82 academic year) JabaTu, F . D" WS U Endowme nt As sociation Profe.ssor o f Bus ines s (1949 ). BS , Okla­ homa State University, 1948; MBA , Northwestern University , 1949; CPA Certifi­ cate-Kall sas. Jackson, Bill , As sociate Professor of Graphi c Design and Publicati on s Designer in Office of Informati on and Public Events (1970) Ka nsas City Art Institute, 1938 Jackson, Kim, In structor of Mathematics (1981). BS , Uni versity of Nebraska, 1978 ; ~vlA , Kearney State ColTege, 198 1. Jacobs, John E., Assistant Instru ctor and Admini strative Programmer, Digital Comput­ ing C E' lIter (1980). BBA, Wichita State llni versity, 1979 . Jakowatz, Charles V., Professor of Electrical Engineering (1965). BSEE, Kan sas State University, 1944; MSEE, 1947; PhD, University of Illinoi s. 1953; Licl'n sed Professional Engineer-Kansas . James, '\lichael A., As sociate Profe ssor of Elementary E ducation and Chairperson o f Department of Instructional Services (1974). BA, DePauw l ' niversity, 1961 ; MEd , l'ni versity of Ari zona, 1968; EdD, 1973. Janeksela, Galan M., Assistant Professor of Administration of justice (1 974 ). BA, l'n iversity of Minnesota at Duluth , 1971, MS , Mankato State Uni versity, 1973 ; PhD, Iowa State University, 1975. Jantze, Margaret L., Ass oc iate Professor and Ch airperson of Department of Business Education (1965). BS, Union College , 1947; MEd, University of Nebraska , 1959; EdD, 1965. Jeffords, Charles R, Assistant Pro fessor of Administrati on of Justice (1981). BA, State U ni\ 'crsity of !\jew York at St ony Brook, 1972; MA, Sam H ouston State Universit y, 1976; PhD, 1981. Jensb y, Steven E., Ins tructor and Career/Life Planning Coun selor in University C ollege (1981 ). BS, Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1974; MS, Kearney State College, 1977. Johnnykutty, Thomas, Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy (1978). BS, Kerala Vni versity, 1958; MS , Gujaret Uni vers ity, 1963; PhD, Northeastern Univers ity , 1970 Johns , Buddy Ava, Jr., Assoc iate Profes sor of Mathemati cs (1964). BA, Friend s Univer­ sity, 1957; MA, University o f Kansas, 1960; PhD, 1964. Johnson, M. Claradine, Assi stant Pro fessor of Educati ona l Admini stratio n (1978). BSE , Bowling Green State Uni versity, 1943; ME, Wichita State l'niversity , 1962; Ed Sp, 1973 ; PhD, lI n~ vers it)' of Kans as , 1974. Fa culty 425 Johnson Everett L. , Associate l'rofessor of Electrical Engineering (971) . BSE E , l ' ni\'E'l'si ty of Kan sas, 196:2; i\·ISEE, University of :-.itOW Mex ico, 1964; Ph D, nive rs ity of Kansas , 1969; Licensed Professional Engineer-Kansas . Juhnson, John W., Jr., Assoc iate Professo r of Chemistry (1955). BA, Wichi ta State Univers ity, 1952.; MS, 1953 PhD, niversity of Illinois, 1956. Joh llson, Rebecca T ate, ~nsturctor of Voice ( 081). BA, Concord College, 1975; MM, n iver. ity of Southern Mi ssi ssippi, 1977; DMA. 19R1. Johnson , Sharon Lee, ssis tant Professor and Associate Dl'an of Student Life (980). BS, nive rsity of Wisconsin , LaCrosse, 1971; MS, 1972.. Joh n ston Frances R. , Ass istant Professor, Library (l954). BA, Wichita State University, 1950; AMLS, niversity of Michigan, 1953 . Jones, Billy ~1. E ndowed Professor of Entrep reneurship and Small Busi ne.' s Manage­ me nt (1980). BA, Vanderbilt University, 1950; BA, George Peabody College, 19-:2; Ph D, Texas Technological Univers ity, 196,3. Jones, Gayle c., Instructor and Institutional Research Assistant (980) BA, Florida Southern College, 1973; MS, Valdosta State College, 1976. Jones, W. James, Associate Professor of Clarinet (W69). BM and BSE, Ohio State Cni versity, 1960; 1',.,IA , 196:2; PhD, ni vers ity of Iowa, 1970. Jong Mark M. T. , P rofessor of Electrical E ngineering (967). BSEE, National Tai wan :ni vers ity, 1960; i\,ISEE, South Dakota School of Mines and Technology, 1965 ; PhD, University of Missouri, 1967. Jo rdan, D onald E., Ass istant Professor and Direct or of Plal'clllent and Career Services (1965). BA, Wi chita State University, 1959; MEd, 1962. Jovanovic, \lilan K. , P rofe,sor of Mechan ical Engincering (l968). Diploma, Ing. (ME), Uni vers ity of Belgrade, 1938; Diploma, PhysiCS, 1945; MS , Northwestern ni­ versity, 1954; PhD, 1957; Licensed Profe ssional Ellgineer-Oklahoma . Kahn, Melvin A., Professor of Political Sc ience (l970), BA, University of Florida, 1952; MA, Univers ity of Chicago, 1958; PhD, Indiana University, 1964 . Kahon, Michael Charles, Assistant Professor of Religion (978). AB, St. Louis Univer­ s ity , 1965 ; AM, 1965; PhD, Harvard University , 1977. (leave of absence, spring 1982) Kantimathi, Aiyaswami, Assistant Instruc tor of Mechanical Engineering (l979) . PUC, ivekananda C ollege, 1971 ; B. Tech , lIT Madras, 1976; MS, Wichita State Un ivers ity, 1979. Kapur, Haji\' , Assis tallt Professor of Industr ial Enginee!ing (979). BS,. Christ Church C olleg ' , 1971; BS , UI1l Verslt y of Roorkee, 1970 ; MS, UOlvefSlt y of Texas at Arlington, 1977; PhD, 1981. Kas ten , Roger ;\/" Professor of Communicative Disorders and Sciences (197 1) BS in Ed, Bowling Green State ' n iversit y, 1955; MA , 1956; PhD, Northwestern University, 1964. (sabbatical , 1981-R2 academic year) Kastor, Frank ., Professor of English (1969). AB , University of Illinois, 1955; AM, 1956; PhD, University of C alifornia at Berkeley, 1963. Kater Donna J., Assistant Professor and Coordinator of Career Planning (981). BA, Southweste rn C ollege, 1959; MS, Kansas State Uni \'l' r,ity, 1969; PhD, 1978. KeaT, Dennis J" Assistant Professo r of Elementary Edu cation ( 978). BSE, Emporia State ' nivers ity, 1970 ; M E , 1975; PhD, Arizona State University, 1978. Kehoe, Patrick E., Assistant Professor of Latin (974). BA, Seminary of St. Pius X, [963; PhD, University of Cincinnati , 1969. Kelly, F rancis L. , Ass istant Profess or of Speech Communication (1965) . BA, De Paul Ullivers ity, 19.54; MT, University of Illinois , 1959; PhD, Oh io State University, 1972, Kenn edy, Dale, Associate Professor of Music Performance and Director of Ban ds (1980). BME, niversity of Oklahoma, 1959; MME, University of New Mexico, 1965; PhD, U nivers ity of Oklahoma, 1979. Kenning, John E ., Ass is tant Instructor and Lead Systems Programmer in the Digital C om p uting Center (l977). BS, Wichita State University, 1978. Kenyon, Grant Y., Professor of Psychology ( 955). BS, Wichita Slate University, 1949; MA, JCj5 1; PhD, University of Roches ter, 1957. Killian, Donald C., Associate Professor of Mathematics (958). BS, Southeast Missouri State Un iversity, 1952; M E , Univ rs ity of Mi ssouri , 1956; AM, 1958. KilJian , Janice, Assis tant Professor of Ins tructional Services (l980). BS, Ohio Northern U niv ' rsity, 1950; MS, State University of New York, 1969; MS, Kansas State University, 1977; PhD, 1981. 426 King, Lynne Ann, Assistant Instructor and Coordinator of Cooperative Education (1979). BA, Wichita State University, 1979. Ki ralyfalvi, Bela, Associate Professor and Chairperson of Department of Speech Com­ munication (1973). BA, Phillips University, 1963; MA, University of Kansas, 1965 ; PhD, 1972. Kirby, S. Keith, Assistant Professor and Director for Cooperative Education (1977). BS, Pittsburg State University , 1952; MS, 1973. Kirmayer, Greg, Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1981). PhD, Massachu­ setts Institute of Technology, 1979. Kiskadden, Robert M., Professor of Studio Arts and Assistant Dean of College of Fine Arts (1949). BFA, Cniversity of Kansas , 1947; l\·lA, Ohio Wesleyan Universi ty, 1949 Kitch, Sally L. , Assi stant Professor of Women's Studies (1969). AB, C orne ll University, 1967; MA, University of Chicago, 1968. Kittle , Patricia Ann, In st ructor of ;'\Jursing (1977). BS~, University of Kan sas, 1974, MN , Wichita State University, 1979. Klein, Anna C., Assis tant Professor and Director of Testing (1977). BA, College of St. Benedict, 1963; MA, University of Iowa, 1969; MS, 1974 ; PhD, 1978. Kleinhammer, P. Jeannie, Assis tant Profe ssor of Instructional Services (1978) . B.\, University of Kansas, 1969; MS, Central State University of Oklahoma, 1~70; PhD, University of Kansas, 1981. Klingsporn, Melvern J., Assistant Professor of Psychology (1965). AB, University of Nebraska, 1957; MA , 1962; PhD, 1965. Knapp, Robert K., Associate Professor of Psychology (1961 ). BA, Kent State University, 1954; MA, 1956; PhD, Michigan State University, 1960. Kneil, Thomas R., Assistant Profe ssor of Communicative Disorders and Sciences (1967). AB, Bowdoin College, 1955; MS, Syracuse Cniver sity , 1960; PhD, l'niversity of Iowa, 1972. Knight, Paul G., Assi stant Profe ssor and Catalog Librarian (1980). BA, Guilford College 1965; MA, Lehigh University, 1966 ; MLS , University of North Carolina, 1980. Knight, Rebecca c., Instructor and Administrative Services Librarian, Library (1981 ). BA, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1973; MS, 1981. Koehn, Bruce W., Assistant Professor of Computer Science (1979). BS, Jack sonville State University, 1973; MS, Clemson University, 1976; PhD, 1979. Kohman, Joan, Instructor of English Composition (1978). BA, University of Kansas, 1953; MFA, Wichita State University, 1976; MA, 1977. Konek, Carol W., Assistant Professor of Women's Studies and Act ing Associate Dean of Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (1969). BS, University of Kansas, 1961 ; MA, Wichita State University, 1968; PhD, University of Oklahoma, 1977. Koppenhaver, John H., Assistant Professor of Spanish and Chairperson of Department of Romance Languages (1966, 1972) . BA, Wichita State University, 1964 ; MA , University of Iowa, 1966; PhD, 1974. Kraft , Frederic B., As soci ate Professor and Chairperson of Department of Marketing and Small Business (1972). BA, Wabash College, 1964; MBA, Washington University, 1966 ; DBA, Indiana University, 1972. Kruger, Susan F., Assistant Professor of Nursing (1975). BA, Tabor College , 1970; MEd, Wichita State University, 1975; MN , 1978 Kuefel, John R., Assistant Professor of Administration of Justice, Outreach (1980) . AA, Johnson County Community College, 1976; BA, Avila College, 1977; JD, Wash­ burn University, 1980. LaFever, Janice C., Instructor of English/Composition (1978). BA, Occi dental College, 1953; MA, Wichita State University, 1971. Lahey, Thomas F. , Assistant Professor and Supervising Dentist of Dental Hygiene (1981). DDS, Creighton University, 1981. Lancaster, Kirk E., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1980). AB, Humbolt State University, 1975; PhD, Oregon State University, 1981. Landgraf, James A., Professor of Military Science (1981). BS, Universi ty of Nebraska, 1968; ME, Boston University, 1979. Langley, William M., Assistant Professor of Biologi cal Sciences (1975). BA, Earlham College, 1965; MS, Michigan State University, 1968; PhD, Arizona State Univer­ sity, 1978. Lansing, Jean A., Instructor of Saxophone (1979). BME, Coe College, 1971 ; MM, Ind iana University, 1975. Faculty 427 Laplad, Richard E., Assistant Professor of Physical Education (1965). BS., University of K Ull.sa s, 19.- 7; :-'·IS , 1962; EdD, University of Oregon, 1971. Lause, T imothy W., Assistant Professor of Socia l Work (1978). BS, Central Misso uri tate Iliversit)' , 19'73; MA , 1974. Lea vy, ~Iarvin D., Assistant Professor and Behavioral Sciences Librarian, Library (197R) A.A, Flint Community JUllior College, 1958; BA. University of Michigan, 1960; MA, Michigan State Uni\'ersity, 1964; PhD, 1968; MS , University of Illinoi s, 1978. Lee, Carla Ann, Assistant Professor and Chairperson of Department of Nursc Clinician (1 974). BS N, University of Kansas, 1967 ; MA, Wichita State Univ~rsity, 1972; EdS, 1975. Lee, Do uglas A. Profl's , or of Music Literature and Piano (1964). BMus, DePauw niversity, 1954; MM, University of Mi chigan, 1958; PhD, 1968. Levi , D onal d, PJ'Ofessor of Financc, Hea l Estate, and Decisi on Sciences a nd Kansas C hair in Real Es tate and Land Use Economics (1980). BS, University of Missouri, 1964; JD, 1966; PhD, Washington State University, 1974. Lewallen, Sterling B., Associate Professor of Industrial Education (1974). BA, Wichita State University, 1904; MS, Pittsburg State University, 1969; PhD, Colorado State University, 1978 Le wis, Martha, Assistant Professor of NurSing (980). BA. Wichita State University , 1958; Diploma, We sley School of Nursing, 1975; IvIN . Wichita State University, 1980. Lin, Paul , Assistant Professor of Anthropology (1976). AB, National College, 1959; MA, University of Kansas, 1963; PhD, 1973. Li ndsley, Sara Rodewald, Instructor of German 0(68). BS , Kansas State University. 1963; M:\, Universitv of Kansas, 1968. Livingston, Alan, Assistant'Professor and Instructional Developer 0(78). BA, Univer­ sityof tah, 1974; PhD, Brigham Young niversity,1978. Loper, Gerald D ., Jr., Associate Professor of PhySics (1964). BA, Wichita State Univer­ sity, 1959; MS, Oklahoma State University, 1962.; PhD, 1964. (sabbatical , spring 1982.) Lounsberry , E linor, Associate Professor of Nursing (1980). Diploma, Broadlawns Hos­ pital School of Nursing, 1946; BSN, Un iversity of Iowa, 1961 ; MS , University of Colorado, 196.'5; PhD, Walden University, 1980. Lowe, Roger D ., Assi stant Professor of Accounting and Vice President for Busi ness Affairs (1964). B BA, Pittsburg State University, 1960; CPA Certificate-Kansas. Lubatkin, ~1ichael , Assistant Professor of Management (981). BS, State University of ~ew York at Albany, 1970; MS, 1972. Lucas, Walter A., Associate Professor of Elementary Education (1951). BE, State lIni\CJ'sity of New York College at Fredonia, 1941 ; MS, State University of New York at Albany, 1947; EdD, University of Colorado, 1949. Mack, Ronald C., Inst ructor of PhYS ical Education (1971 ). BA, Wichita State University, 1965; MEd, 1973. MacLean, H. Alan, Associate Professor of Mathematics (1974). BS, Pacinc University, 1968; MS, Portland State University, 1970; PhD, Kansas State University, 1974. (leave of absence, 1981-82 academic year) Mael2old, Linda Dore, In structor of Nursing (979). BS , University of North Dakota, 1973; MS, University of Oklahoma , 1979. Magell i, Paul J., University Professor and Dean of Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (1969) AB, University of Illinois, 1959; MS, 1960; PhD, 1965. Maher, Kathryn K, Instructor of Nursing (1980). BSN, University of Michigan, 1966; MN, Wichita State UniverSity, 1981. Maher, Thomas H., Director of Professional Development Center (1979). BS, Virginia Polytechni c In sti tute and State University, 1963; MS, University of Michigan , 1966; PhD, 1971. \Iainz, Barbara, Instructor of English CompOSition (1978). BA, Kansas Newman Col­ lege, 1974; MA, Wichita State University, 1976. Mallory, J. William, Assistant Professor of Philosophy (1965). BA, Northwestern Uni­ versity, 1\)57; MA, 1962.; PhD, 1970. Malzahn, Dun Edwin, As sociate Professor of Industrial Engineering 0(73). BS , Okla­ homa State University, 1968; MS, 1969; PhD, 1975. "'landt, Almer Joseph, Assistant Profes so r of Philosophy (1976). BA, Trinity College, 1972; MA, Vanderbilt Universit y, 1974; PhD, 1978. 428 Marks, Bernard J., Professor of Economics (1969) BSC, Drake University , 1~41; MS , Iowa State University, 1949; PhD, University of Minnes ota, 19f1O. Marque, Marjorie, Assi stant Profess or of Engineering Technology (1981). BS, Mi chigan State University, 1973; BSEE, l'niversity of ~v!ichigan, 1975; MSE E, Virginia Polrtcchni <: In stitute and State l'lliversity, 1978. ;\soeiate Professor of Fina ll cc, Real E state, and Decis ion Scien ces (1968) . BS, Dam College, 1956; MA, Uni ve rs ity of :\'ebraska , 1963; PhD , 1966. (s abbati ca l, fall 198 1) Nishimura, Allan M ., Associate Profess or of Chemi stry (1 973). BS, Uni versi ty of Cali­ fornia at Berkeley, 1968 ; PhD, Un ivers it y of C alifornia ut Du"is , 1972 . (leave o f ab sence , 1981-82 acad emic year ) Norris, Roy H ., Professor and Chairperson of Dep art ment of Electrical E ng ineering (1959) ES , Wichita State University, 1959; MS, 1962; PhD, Oklah oma State Unive rs it y, 1972. Olivero, Raymond D., Ass istant Profess or of Studio Art s (1976) . BA, University of South Fl orida, 1972; MFA , Uni versity o f Illi no is, 1976. O'Loughlin, John B" Associate Profess or of Electrical Engin eering and Director of Digital Comput in g C ente r (1967). BSEE, Massuchu sett s Institute o f Technology, 1954; MSEE, 1956. Ott, Gary L. , Assistant In stru cto r of Admini stration and Assistant Director and Mnnager of Programming Serv ices, Digital Computing Cen ter (1 970) . BSB, Em pori a State Uni versity, 1968. Page, Deborah Louise, Assistant In struct or of Inten sive English Language Center (1 98 1) BA, 'Cn ivers ity of Kan sas, 1975; MA, 1978. Fa culty 43 1 Palenz, Diana C.P., Assistant Prof essor of Mathematics (191)1). BA, Universit y o f KallsJs, 1971; MA, University of Wiscollsin-,vladison, 1973; PhD, 1980. Palmer, Duncan, Instructor o f Accounting 09(5). BS , United StJtcs MilitJry Academy, West Point, 1944; MS , Wichita State Unive rsit y, 1975; CPA C ertincatc-Kistant Professo r of Speech C:ommunication and Theater (1977). BS, Emporia State University, 1971; MA, 1972. 438 Webb, Edgar L., Assistant Professor and Chairperson of Department of Indu strial Education (1958) . BA, Wichita State Univers ity, 1950; MS, Pittsburg State Uni­ vCfs ity, 1961. Webb, Samuel C., Professor of Economics (1966). BS, C niversity of \"lissouri, 1957; MS, 1959; PhD, University of Kansas, 1968. (sabbatical, fall HJkl' Weber, Carolyn, Assistant Professor of N ursing (1980). Diploma, ~ ;t. Francis Hospital School of Nursing, W:'lcl; BSN , C niversity of Colorado, 1960; i\IS ~ , Cat holic Univers ity of Ameri ca, 1969. Weinberg-Unterman, Renee, Assistant Instructor of :'-Jursing (1980). BSN , California State University, 1975. Weiss, Edward, Assistant Professor of H ealth , AdlJ li ni strati on, and EJucation (1980). BA, Gettysburg College, 1973; MAT, Duke Universi ty, 1974. Wellbrock, Mildred, Instructor and Coordinator of Ht alth Administration anJ Educa­ tion (1978). BS, Marion College, 1941; MS, C reighton University, 1968. Well s, Candace, Ass istant Profe s.>or of Secondary Education (1980) . BA, University of Chicago, 1971; MA, University of Missouri, 1973. Welsbacher, Betty T., Associa te Professor of Mu sic Ed ucation (1964, 1968, 1970). BSE, Ohio State University, 1946; MME, Wichita State University, 1961. Welsbaeher, Richard C., Professor of Speech Communication and Theater and Director of Theater (1958). AR, Denison University, 1948; MA , University of Denver, 1950; PhD, Ohio State \.'niversity, 1964. Wentworth, C. Russell , Associate Professor of Educational Administrati on, Dean of University College and Continuing Education , and Director of Sumlllt'r Session (1971). BA, i\fichigan State University, 1949; MA, 1952; PhD, 1970 'Ventz, Walter J., Associate Professor and Chairpe rson of Health Administration and Education (1978) BA, Un iversity of Iowa, 1949; MA, 1950; PhD, 1963. Wentz, William H., Jr., Profes sor of Aeronauti cal Engineering (19:57, 196:3). BS, Wichita State University, 1955; MS, 1961; PhD, University of Kansas, 1969; Li censed Profe ss ional Engineer-Kansas. West, Betsy E., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education (1976). BA, Lynchburg College, 1949; MEd, Univers ity of Florida , 1960 ; EdD, 1976. Whallon, Diane, Assistant Professor of Management (1981). BSBA, University of Mis­ som i at Columbia, 1977; MBA, 1978. Wherritt, Robert C., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1962). BS , Tulane University, 19.55; MS , 1961; PhD, New Mexico State Cni\ersity, 197 1. Whitmer, Lionel R, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi neeri ng (1980) . BSME, Kansas State University, 1968 ; MSME, lq7 1; Certificate , Baylor College of Medi c ine , 1974; PhD, Kansas State L'niversity, 1980; Licensed Professional Engineer-Kan sas . Widener, Russell D., As sistant Professor of Low Brass (1981). BM , Baylor University, 1968; MM, Catholic University, 1972. Wiebe, Paul G" Associate Professor of Religion (1969) BA, Bethel College, 1960; MA, University of Chicago, 1966; PhD, 1975. Wiebe, Raymond F ., Assistant Professor and Counselor in University College (1965). AB, Tab or College, 1953 ; ;,,1 S, Kansas State University, 1965. Wilhelm, William, Professor of Engineering Education and Dean of the College of Engineering (1979). BME, Auburn Cniversity, 1Sl.58; ~I S, 1963; PhD, North Carolina State University, 1968; Licensed Professiollal Engineer-Kansas, West Virginia . Williams, Walter H. , Instructor of Accounting and Director of Internal Auditing (1975) . BA, Wesllllar ColIE'gr, 1960; MBA, Universi ty o f Denver, 1962. Williamson, L. Keith, Assistant Professor of Speech Communication and Director of Bas ic Oral Communication Program (1977) . BA, Wi chita State University, 1965; MTh, Southern Methodist University, 1968; PhD, Temple University, 1975. Wilson, John H. , Professor of Elementary Edu cation (1968). B.;' , Wichita State Univer­ sity, 1958; MEd, 1964; EdD, University of Oklahoma, 1967. Wilson, W. Herman, Assistant Professor of Ph ys ical Education and Track Coach (1967) . BS , Kansas State University, 19.52; MS, i963. Wineke, Donald R, Associate Profe"or of En gli sh (1971). BA, University of Washing­ ton, 1960; MA, Pennsylvania State University , 1962; PhD, Indiana University, 1971. (sa bbatical , spring 1982) Faculty· 439 Winget, Lynn W., Professor of Spanish (1961). BA, Wichita State University, 1948; MA, University of Wisconsin, 1949; PhD, 1960. Winters, Ronald H., Ass ociate Professor of Health Education, Chairperson of Depart­ ment of Health Science and Associate Dean of College of Health Related Profes­ sions (1977). BA, California State Lniversity, Northridge, 1963; PhD, Oregon State University, 1969. Wolff, Arthur S., Associate Professor of Music Theory (1974). BM, DePauw University, 1955; MM , University of Redlands, 1958; PhD, North Texas State Uniwrsity, 1970. Wood , L. Curtise, Professor of tvlanagement (1956). BA, Coe College, 1938; MA, University of Iowa, 1956; PhD, 1956. Woods, William F ., Associate Professor of English Composition (1974). AB, Dartmouth College, 1964; MA, University of Chicago, 1967; PhD, Indiana University, 1975. Wu, Frederick H., Associate Profes sor of Accounting (1974 ). BA, National Taiwan University, 1961; MBA, University of California at Berkeley, 1966; DBA, Texas Tech University, 1975; CMA Certificate. (sabbatical , fall '081) Wynne, William E., Instructor and Registrar (1976). BA, University of Cincinnati, 1965. Yanney, Douglas M., Assis tant Instructor and Director of the Foreign Language In­ structional Laboratories (1975). BS , Wichita State University, 1972. Yeager, Samuel )., III, Assistant Professor of Center for Urban Studies (1976). BA, University of Massachus etts, 1967; MLS , George Peabody College, 1968; MS, Troy State Univers ity, 1971; MPA, Auburn University, 1972; DPA, U niver 'ity of Georgia, 1976. Yeargan, Richard G ., Assistant Professur and Director of the Learning Re~ource Center (1970). AB, Fort Hays State University, 1959; MA, University of Northern Colo­ rado, 1963. Yenne, Vernon L., Associate Professor of Voice (1966). BME, Indiana University, 1961 ; MME, 1963; DMA, University of Illinois, 1969. Yeotis, Catherine G., Assistant Professor of Instructional Services (1979). BS , Michigan State University, 1963; MS, Purdue University, 1973; PhD, 1978. Yoon, I. N., Associate Profess or of Economics (1968). BA, Lynchburg College, 1955; MA, University of Minnesota, 1958; PhD , 1967. Youngman, Arthur L., Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences (1965) . BA, Montana State University, 1959; MS , Case Western Reserve University, 1961 ; PhD, Uni­ versity of Texas , 1965. Zablotney/ Sharon, Associate Professor and Chairperson of Department of Medical TeChnology (1979). BS, California State University, 1967; MS , 1970; PhD, Uni­ versity of Washington, 1973. Zandler, Melvin E., Assoc iate Professor of Chemistry (1966) . BA, Friends University, 1960; MS, Wichita State University, 1963; PhD, Arizona State University, 1965. Zoller, Peter T., Associate Professor of English Composition and Director of English Composition Program (1973). BA , University of San Francisco, 1965; MA, Clare­ mont Graduate School, 1966; PhD, 1970. Zumwalt, Glen W., Distinguished Professor of Aeronautical Engineering (1968). BS, University of Texas, 1948; BSME, 1949; MSME, 1953; PhD, Uni versity of Illinois, 1959; Licensed Profess ional Engineer-Kansas, Texas. Retired Faculty Aldrich, Benjamin M., Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering (1956). BSME, University of Nebraska, 1927; MS, South Dakota College, 1934; Registered Profe ssional Engineer. Burgess, L. Phyllis, Professor Emeritus of Secondary Educati on (1957). BA, South­ western College, 1932; MA, Northwestern University, 1940; EdD, University of Colorado, 1964. Carson, Doris M., Associate Professor Emeritus of Library (1957). BA, Kansas Wesleyan University, 1933; MA, University of Kansas, 1941; MS, University of Illinois, 1954. Chrisman, Paul G., Assistant Professor Emeritus of Speech Communication , Counselor and Director of Financial Aid s (1955, 1957). BS, Pittsburg State University, 1936; MS , 1941. 440 Comstock, G eorge A., Emeritus Profes sor of Speech Communication (19.33). BA, C ni­ vers ity of C olorado, 1935; MA, 1940; EdD, 1948. Cowles, Josephine M., Associate Professor Emeritus (1947). SeB, Ottawa University , 1928; BS in LS, University of Illinois, 1936; MS, 1949. Cross, Laura M., Emeritus Dean of Registrar (1926). BA, Wichita State Univers ity, 1925. Doig, J. Robert J r., Assistant Professor Emeritus of Materials Sciences (1963). BS , li nion CoiJege, 1938; MS, Pennsylvania State University , 1940. Licensed Profes­ sional Engineer-Ohio. Oralie, Lewis A., Emer itus Profes sor of History (1963) . AB , University ()f Chicago, 1939; MA, University of California at Los Angeles, 1948; PhD, 1952. Duerksen, G eorge N., Ass istant Professor Em eritus of Indu st rial Education (1967). TIS, Pittsburg State Un iversity, 1929; MS, 1938. D ue rksen, Walter, Professor and Dean Emeritus, College of Fine Arts (1932). BPS~'I, Wichi ta State University , 193 1; MM, Northwestern University, 1938. F roning, Doroth y Gardner, Profess or Emeritu s of Romance Languages (1947). AB, Park C ollege, 1936; MA, University of Alabama, 1947; PhD, University of C alifornia at Los Angeles, 1961. F ugate, Josephine B., E meritus Dean of Women (1955). AB, University of Kans as, 1924; MA,1929 . Gerling, Amy G ., P rofessor E meritus of Sociology (1947). BA, University of Wisconsin, 1931; MA, 1933; Ph D, Cornell University, 1939. Gossett, Lucill e, Assistant Professor Emeritus of English (1937). BA, Baker University, 1922; MA, W ichita State University , 1940. Haines, Forrest D ., E meritus Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering (1957, 1965). BS, Pittsburg State University, 1947. Hammond, Geraldine, Emeritus Professor of English (1932). AB, Wichita State Uni ­ versity, 1931; MA, Univers ity of Kans as, 1932; PhD, Universi ty of Colorado, 1944 . H in ton , E velyn A., Assoc iate Profes sor Emeritu s of Educational Psychology (1 929) . Graduate, Columbia Normal School of Physi cal Education at Ch icag() , 1924; BA, Wich ita State Universi ty , 1929; MS, University of Washington , 1938. Holman, C arol Schowal te r, Associate Professor Emeritus and Associate Director , Med ia Resources Center (l942). BME, vVichita State li niversit y, 1935; MME , 1950; E dSp, Unive rsity of Colorado, 1973. H omburger, Richard H., Profcs sor Emeritus of Accounting (1956). JD, Univers ity of Z u rich, 1937 ; MS, Columbia University, 1946; CPA Cert ificate, West Virgin ia . Jamison, Ines, Assi stant Professor Emeritu s of Voice (1970). BM, University of Kansas, 1926. Kn ight, D orothy M., Assistant Professor Emeritu s, Education Librari an (1966). BEd, Illinois State University, 1936; MS, Emporia State University, 1961 ; MA, Wi chita State University, 1976. Knight, Kenneth c., Assis tant Professo r Emeritus, Science Librarian (1971). BS, Knox C oll ege, 19.30; BS in LS, University of lllinoi s, 1946; MS in LS, 1947. Linscheid , H arold W., E meritus Professor of Mathematics (1958). BA, Bethel C ollege, 1929; M Ed, Phillips Uni versity , 1937 ; MA, University of Oklahoma, 194 1; PhD, 1955. Lindquist1 E mory, Emeritu s President and University Professor Emcritus (1953). AB, Betl1any College, 1930; BA, Oxford University, 1933; MA, 1937; PhD, l'niversity of C olorado, 1941 ; LLD, Augustana Co llege, 1952; LHD, Bethany College, 1963. ~alone, Henry H., Emeritus Associate Professor of English and American Studi es and As sociate Dean of Fairmount C ollege of Liberal Arts and Sciences (1948). BA, Wichita State University, 1932 ; MA, 1950. Malone, Marjorie M ., Retired In structor of Spanish (1967). BA, Wichita State Univer­ sity , 1932; AM , University of Kansas, 1934 . .farsh , T . Reese, Professor E meritus of Engli sh (1943). BA, The Johns li opkins University, 1924; PhD, University of Iowa, 1933. Mood, Robert Gibbs, Professor E m eritu s of English (1936). AB, Southwestern Univer­ sity, 1920; AM, C olumbia University, 1925; PhD, University of Illinoi s, 1939. Mullikin, Margaret D., Associ ateProfess or E n1l'rit~s of Sociol ogy/Social Work (1967). BA, WIchIta State Ul1lVerslty, 1954; MA, 1908. Nelson, Eunice D ., Asss istant Professor E meritus of Education (1974). BA, Wichita State University, 1958; MEd, 1966. Faculty/Retired 441 Newman, Arthur N., AssoLiate Professo r Emeritus of Voice (1959). SI. Loui s Opera Company; International Opera Company; NBC Opera Televi sion; and New York City Center Opera. Noel, O. Carroll, Professor Emeritus of Elementary Education (1950). BS , Emporia State University, 1927; MA, Wichita State University, 1948. O'Harra, Downing P. , Professor Emeritus, Library (1935). AB, Southwestern College, 1925; AM, "University of Illinois, 1928. Paddock, Beatrice, Assistant Professor Emeritus , Library (1962). AB, Friends Univer­ si ty, 1926; ABLS, University of Michigan , 1930. Parker, Albert R , Emeritus Professor of History (1952). BS, Central State University, 1935; EdM, University of Oklahoma, 1942; PhD, 1951. Pease, Beatrice Sanford, Retired Applied Musi c Instructor and Lect urer, Music Per­ fo rma nce (1931). BA, University of Wich ita, 1931. Powell, Jackson 0. , Professor Emeritus of Psychology (1950). BS , Southeastern Okla­ homa State University, 194 1; MS, Syracuse University, 1947; PhD, 1950. Pronko, N. H., Emeritu s Professo r of P sychology (1947). AB, George Washington University, 1941 ; AM, Indiana University, 1941 ; PhD, 1944. Risser, Arthur C., Associate Professo r Emeritus of Indust rial Enginee ring (1 951 ). AB , Grinnell College, 1929. Robertson, James P., Distinguished Professor Emeritus of Orches tra and Conducting (1949). AB, Drury' College, 1932; BM, 1936 ; lvlA, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1943. Ryan, Robert, Associate Professor Emeritus of Economics (1946). BS , Michigan State Normal College, 1934; BSC, Detroit Business University, 1936; MA, Wayne State Un iversi ty , 1946. Rydjord, John, Dean Emeritu s of Graduate School (1926). AB, University of Wi sco nsin, 1922; MA, North western University , 1923 ; PhD, "Un ivers it y of California, Berkeley , 1925. Schoener, Wiihelmina, Assis tant Professor Emeritus of German (1963) . AB, Friends University, 1926; MA, University of Kan sas , 1962. Sherman, Dorothy M., Professor Emeritu s of Student Personnel and Guidance (1964). BA, University of Oregon, 1932; MA, 1934 ; PhD, Ohio State University, 1945. Simoni, John P. , Retired Profe ssor of Graphic Des ign (1955). AB , University of :--/orthern Colorado, 1948; AM, 1949; PhD, Ohio State Un ivers ity, 1952; Certificate, Mas­ sachusetts Institute of Technology, 1958. Snodgrass, Fritz M" Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physical Education (1956). BS , Pittsburg State Clliversity, 1926 ; MS, 1942 . Strange, John M" Associate Professor Emeritus of Art (1944). BFA, University of Oklahom a, 193 1; MS , Fort Hays State University, 1938. Taggart, Gladys Martha, Profes sor Emeritus of Physical Education (1928). BS , Un iver­ sityof Iowa, 1923; MA, Teachers College, Columbia Uni versi ty, 1930; PhD, New York University, 1959. Tasch, Paul, Wichita State Un iversity Endowment Association Distinguished Professor Emeritus of the Natural SCiences/Geology (1955). BS, City University of New York, 1948; MS, Pelln sylvania State University, 1950; PhD, University of Iowa, 1952. Tuttle, Edward H., Assoc iate Professor Emeritu s of Social Work (1967). BA, Wichita State University , 1934; AM, University of Chicago, 1949. Van Keuren, Katharine, Assoc iate Professor Emeritu s, Library (1945). AB , Wichita Sta te University, 1922; MA, Columbia l' niversity, 1938. Walker, Margaret L., Assistant Professor Emeritu s of English (1947). AB , Uni versity of Kansas, 1919; MA, Radcliffe College, 1930. Wall, Lillian A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish (1963). BA, Kansas Wes leyan University, 1932; MS, Emporia State University, 1953; PhD, University of Wis ­ consin, 1969. Wallingford, Frances A., Assoc iate Professor Emeritus of Piano (1956). BM, South­ western College, 1931 ; AB, 1933; MM , Wichita State University, 1956; Certifi­ cates, American Conservatory in Fontainebleau, France, 1928 and 1963. Watson , Tully F., Professor Emeritus of Physics (1947). BA, University of Oklahoma, 1928; MS, 1930; PhD, University of Illinois, 1935 Wilkes, Mary Nell , Assistant Professor Emeritus of Busi ness Education (1956). BS , Texas Woman's University, 1939; MBE, Uni versi ty of Colorado, 1961. 442 Wrestler, Fema E " Associate Professur Emeritus of Mathemati cs (1947). BS, Pittsburg State University, 1924; AB, Univcrsity of Kansas, 1925; MA, 1926. Wuertz, Clara L., Retired Instructor, Refl 'rence Librarian (1939). AB, North Central College, 1920. Zuercher, Victor H " Assistant Professor Emeritus, University College (1967) . BA, Wichita State University, 1966; ME, 1967. Adjunct Faculty-Fall, 1981 Abbas, Dilawar H.-Physician's Assistant Abshier, Patsy-Dental Hygiene Adams, Chris-Respiratory Therapy Agin , James-Health Administration and Education Alexander, Elizabeth-Women's Studies Alexander, Hully-Biological Sciences Arm strong, Janet-Medical Technology and Cytut echnology Arnold, Jacqueline J.-Respiratory Ther­ apy Artcrhurn, Joan S.-Physical Therapy Bachman, Ruth-Physical Therapy Baldwin, Marcia-Medical Tl'chnology and Cyt otechnology Baldwin, Ronald-Accounting Barb, Dale-Physical Therapy Barden, Bobbie-Respiratory Therapy Barlow, Diedra-Phys ical Therapy Barnes, Arloa Kay-Physical Therapy Bays, Sylvia-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Be'ldle, Kathy-Medical Tecl1ll010gy and Cytotechnology Beard, Alice-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Beason , George M.-Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences Bechtel, Charles-Physical Therapy Becker, D. Wayne-Industrial Engineer­ ing Begnoche, Brad-Physical Therapy Berousek, Sandra-PhYSical Therapy Bertrand, Jean- Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Blackwell, Mark J.-Physical Therapy Blanner, Patricia Ann-Physical Therapy Bloom, Carolyn-PhYSical Therapy Bohrer, John-Respiratory Therapy Bouill et, Karen F.-Phys ical Therapy Brenneman, Frank S.-Mathematics Brenner, Carolyn-lvledical Technology and Cytutechnology Bridgens, James G.-Administration of Justice Britton, Regina-Graphic Design Broberg, L. E ileen-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Brown, Ron-lVledical Technolugy and Cytotech nology Brungardt , Rosie-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Bue, Gary-Respiratory Therapy Bugg, Gary-Health Administration and Education Burger, Pam-Respiratory Therapy Burke, Kevin M.-Physical Therapy Butin , j. Walker-Physician's Assistant Byrne, Robert-Respiratory Therapy Caliendo, Daniel j.-Health Administra­ tion and Education Calvert, Kathryn-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Carlton, Frederick-Dental Hygiene Carman, Mary-Gerontology Carmody, John-Religion Carson, Garry W.-Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences Chandler, Michele M.-Dental Hygiene Chard, Frederick-Physician's Assistant Cho , Sechin-Biological Sciences Christian, Connie-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Clancy, Pam-Dental Hygiene Coffen, Linda-PhYSical Therapy Colby, Chris-Physical Therapy Collier, H. William-Health Administra­ tion and Education Collins, Ronald-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Cook, Lloyd-Respiratory Therapy Cornfield, Jacque-Respiratory Therapy Cossman, Francis-Physician's Assistant Covert, Michael H.-Health Administra­ tion and Education Cripe, Judy-Respiratory Therapy Crooks, Connie-Respiratory Therapy Daniel, Hazel-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Davis, A. B., Jr.-Health Administration and Education Davis, Gordon-Anthropology Davis, William-Physical Therapy Diamond, 0. Patricia-Nursing Dickey, Fred M.-Electrical Engineering Diener, C. H.-Respiratory Therapy Dinsmore, Ann E.-Physical Therapy Doege, Ken-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Domen, Joy-Nurse Clinician Faculty/Adjunct 443 , Donald, Mary Kay-Nursing Donnelly, Paula-Ph ys ica l Therapy Draper, David J.-Communicative Dis­ orders and Sciences Drevets, Curtis-Respiratory Therapy Dubois, Rojean-N urse Clinician Eimen, Ronald M.- Physical Therap y EI-Beheri, Sami-Physical Therapy Elli ott, Sandi-Physical Therapy Epperson, Donald J.-Physical Therapy Farthing, H . Jim-Accoun ting Fetterhoff, Jon-Physical Therapy Flemi ng, Forney Withers-Health Ad­ ministration and Education Fox, Debbie-Respi ratory Therapy Frahm, Robert-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Fraser, Gaylene-Nurse Clinician Frazey, Jayne-Physical Therapy Fursman, Nancy J.-Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences Gabbert, Jane-Phys ical Therapy Galichia, Joseph P.-Health Administra­ tion and Education George, Ann-Physical Therapy Geren, Stephany L.-Physical Therapy Giblin, Ri chard-Respiratory Therapy Gilmartin, Richard-Health Science Goehring, Meri-Physical Therapy Gottron, Kimberly A.-Respiratory Ther­ apy Gribben, Maureen-Physical Therapy Guthrie, Diana-Nursing Hahn, Douglas R.-Biologi cal Sciences Hancock, Alan C.-Administration of J us­ tice Hansen , Howard J.-Accounting Harbi n, Rita-Respiratory Therapy Harder, Susan-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Harris, Ann-l'vledical Technology and Cytotechnology Hart , Dillis-Respiratory Therapy Hashbarger, Jim-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Hastings, Stephanie Corton-Dental Hy­ giene Hawley, Raymond G.-Physician's As­ sis tant Heeb, Joseph A.-Health Administration and Education Hei n, Michael-Accounting Heinicke, James-Health Administration and Education Henke, Allen-Respi ratory Therapy Hiskett, Evelyn-Respiratory Therapy Hogan, Judy-Physi cal Therapy Holden, David M.-Nurse Clinician Holmes , Marty-Physical The rapy Holmgren , John H.-Health Administra- \"lath ti on and Education C Homburger, Richard H.-AccolInting Matr, Horn ing, Nonya-Respiratory Therap)· C House, Roy-Health Administration and Matt Education MeN Hudson, Terri E .-Physical Therapy Men Huebert, Lois-Physical Therapy Mel" Huffman, William H.-Physical Therapy Mid Hull, Heather-\\lrse Clinician ti Jantz, Marcella-Nurse Clinician Mill Jeffers, Jeanette-;'\ur,ing Mill Jester, Shelby-Health Administration ( and Education Min Johnson , Ros eann-Physica l Therapy a Johnst on, Judy-Gcronto logy Moc Jonas, Jack-Industrial Engineering MOl J on(,s, Chann ie-Physical T he rapy Mo~ J ones, Kevin S.-Physical Therapy MUI Kaiser, C. Phillip-Geology Mu Kendall, Denise-Phys ical Therapy Nat Kennally, J. i'vlichael-Management Naj Kennedy, Dennis S,-lvlanagement Nel Kiter , Jan-Respiratory Therapy Ne\ Kleffner, Frank R.-Communicative Di s- Nol orders and Sciences No Kliewer, Dean-Psychology No Kodandapani, K. L.-Compute r Science Krebs, Julie- Nurse Clinician 0'1 Lavelle, Michael G.-Marketing Od Lazar, Harry-Health Science Oli Leiter, John-\ledical Technology and 01: Cytotechnology Pa Leslie, John, Jr.-Industrial Engineering Pa Lewis, Cindy Ham ilton-Physical Ther- Pa apy Pa Lewis, j erri-PhYSical Therapy Pa Lies, Michael-Dental Hygiene Pe Linares, Orlando Lewis-,Vlarketi ng Linley, Carol-Resp irato ry Therapy PE Littell , James-Health Administration and PE Education PI Little, Carroll J .-Marketing Loehr, Kathleen-Physical Therapy Pi Long, Rebecca-Accounting PI Lowman, Douglas-Dental Hygiene P, Loveland , Charlotte-Graphic Design P Lunt, Bob-Res piratory Th 'rap), P Lynch, Mary A.-Physical T herapy MacDonald, Patricia-Health Administra- R tion and Education R lviainzer, Linda-Respiratory Therapy Manley, Bill-Graphic Design Manson, Becky-Phys ical Therapy Marsh, Henry O.-Physician's Assistant F 1'vlarYl11ount, Jesse H., Jr.-Medieal Tech­ nology and Cytotechnology F :\1athews, Dianna L.lvl.-Ph ysieal Ther­ apy 444 ,vlathews, Jana-Medical Techno logy anJ Cytotechnology :Vlatron, Pierre-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Ivbtthews, julie-Physical Therapy ;-:lcNeill , Kelli-Physical Therapy ~\'! c n'-Ts, Jamie-Dental Hygiene lvle)'ers, Ken-Respiratory Therapy :Vlichelbach, Albert-Health Administra­ tion and Ed ucation }' l ill s, Tonk-Dental Hygiene Mills, George-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Minard, Barbara-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Ivloddrell , Joe, Jr .-Management l\'lorri s, Frank-Respiratory Therapy Mostowitz, Pat Harris-Ph ysical Therapy M urra)" Ern est Scott-Marketing Murrey, DaviJ-Phys ical Therapy l\ accarato, David-Computer Science ajim, Harry L.-Management Nelson, Ruth L.-Physical Therapy Neufeld, Robert-lv!athematics l\ oble, Jennifer A.-Physical Therapy Noller, Mary Kathleen-Physical Therapy Nossaman , Jani s-lvledi cal Techn ology and Cytotechnology O'Brien , Robert J.-Health Science Odulio, Perlita-Phys ician 's Assistant Oli ve r, Carolyn Ann-Physical Therapy Olson, Marcene-Physical Therapy Pamperin, Catherine-Physical Therapy Panek, Marilyn-Respiratory Therapy Park, Wesley-Dental Hygiene Park , William-Dental Hygiene Patton, Maril ee C.-PhYSical Therapy Pennington, Katherine-Physician's As­ s i .~ tant Perry, William-Respiratory Therapy Peterson , Susan S.-Physical Therapy Phillips, Patricia Sue-Medical Techn ol­ ogy and Cytotechn ology Pitzner, Violet-Graphic Design Player, Jeanette M.-Nursing Poling, Terry L.-Nurse Clinician Polland, Stephen-Respiratory Therapy Postlethwaite, Dorothy-Medi cal Tech­ nology and Cytotechnology Raber, Merrill-Sociology Randall, George R.-Communcative Dis­ orders and Sciences Rathmel, John-Health Administration and Education Rathmel , John-Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences Rawlings, AlicL' Leslie-Finance, Real Estate, and Decision Sciences Rawlings, Jacqueline S.-Physical Ther­ apy Rawlins, Tim-Respiratory Therapy Reals, William J.-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Reed , D. Cramer-Health Admini stration and Education Rees, Douglas-Phys ical Therapy Reeves, Jan-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Regehr, Jerry-Respiratory Therapy Rehme, Claire W.-Physical Therapy Reinert, Bernard E.-Physical Therapy Rempel, Richard S.-Mathematics Ren o, J ud)'-Nursing Ren sner, Delmar A.-Dental Hygiene Reynolds , J or Jean-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Richmond , Brenna C.-Physical Therapy Riley, Ronald Ray-Dental Hygiene Robinson, Charlene-Nurse Clinician Roetiger, Richard-Physical Therapy Rose, Shelby-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Ross, Cheryl Lynn-Medical Technol ogy and Cytotechnology Ross, James-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Ross, Ruth Joanne-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Rowe, G. Barton-Physical Therapy Rupp, JudY-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Sage, Jack D.-Management Sanders-West, Karen-Finance , Real Es­ tate, and Decis ion Sciences Schartz, Juanita-Physical Therapy Scheel, Jeanette-PhYSical Therapy Schield, Royce D.-PhYS ical Therapy Schlagheck, Joe-Respiratory Therapy Schmidt, Kathy-PhYSical Therapy Seigh, William R.-University Dance Shaw, Richard-Health Administration and Education Shaw, George-Respiratory Therapy Shea, Terri-!\ursing Shell y, Jeanette B.-PhYSical Therapy Simmons, Edward C.-Dental Hygiene Sisk , Mary Beth-Physical Therapy Smith, Timoth y-Respiratory Therapy Smith, Charles L.-Physiral Therapy Smith, John- Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Spake, Ellen Fortner-Ph YS ical Therapy Spann , Richard-Respiratory Therapy Sphatt, Thomas R.-Respiratory Therapy Sporn, E . Ray-Ph ysical Therapy Squire, Charles-Dental Hygiene Faculty/Adjunct 445 Stagg" \ l idJae l-Physi 'al Therapy Stat ler, Christine Ann-Phys ical Therapy Steinkruger, Verlyn W.- .-\c\m illi "trat ion uf Justice StephaJ1 son, JDaIl E.-Phys ical ThL:l'apy Stramel, Suzannc-Phy.- ical T herapy Stricklal,d , .l ack ie-Respiratory Therapy Stroe lllel. Douglas-R ' spirator), Therapy Stuck) , Vi rginia- ! urse Clinician t'uever, Jane-Med ical Technology and Cytotechll olog) Sudermann , Anita-Respiratory Therapy Sullivan, Belty- urse Clinicia n Sutter, Susan J .- Physc ial herapy Swa fford, Bon ni e B.-Physica l Therapy waIl son, J an i s-~1edica l Tech nology and Cytot chno logy Syler, A. C.- Respirato ry Therapy Taylor, Hichard-\ 1ed ical T I'l'hno logy and Cytotechn ology Taylur , Ruth S.- tvleJic.d Technolugy and Cytotechnology . Taylor, Step hen L.-Computer Sciellce Teter, Dave- PhYSical T herapy Trabue, 1\ icholas-Graph ic D'sign Tr zvant, Keith-Resp iratory Therapy Trowbridge, Jall-Rc~pi ratory Therapy Tucker, ictoria-Nurse Clinician T\\i ,t, KC \'in-Rcspiratory Therapy Underwood, Frank-Ph ysical Therapy l'nrult , J annc-i'.l edical Technology and Cytotechnology Urrlley, Grey-Med ica l Technology and Cytotechnology Vin Zant , Whitney-Health Admini stra­ ti on and Education Wall, Joyce A.-Nurse Clinician Warren, Lloyd P.-Ph sician's Assistant \Vcaller, i'vIichael-Re,;piratory Therapy Weesner, Don-Medica l Techn ology and Cytotechnology Weins, Glen-Medical Techn ology and Cytotechnology Welk, Kenneth O.-Phys ical Th rapy Wh ite, Margllerite--Re~pirato r y Therapy Wieland, Ann-Medical Technology and Cytotechnology Wilkinson, Ronald J.-Finance , Real Es­ tate, and Decision Sciences Willis , Karen-Ph YS ical Therapy \\ 'il so n, Ann e M.-Physical Therapy 'kilson, Kathleen C.-PhYSical Therapy WilPgarner , Robbie-PhYSical Th l' rapy 'vVingert, Karen-Ph YS ical Therapy \Volcutt, Janet L.-Eco n ol11ic~ Woods, Julia B.-Med ical T echn ology and Cytotechnology Wright, Becky-Med ical Technology and Cytotechnology Wri ght , Steven-Medica l Tech nology and Cytotechnology Yeck, Elsie-Health Admi nistration and Educat ion Applied Music Instructors-Fall, 1981 Janet Bircheno llgh Judy Fear Ja net Hcis' ancy Hercher C l , n Holmes Janice Johnson C ay Jones LecturerS-Fail, 1981 Ak,Xanuer , Elizabeth A.-Women's Stud­ ies Al mes, Dav iu D.-Indus trial Education Amba-Rao, C. L.-Aeronautical Engin eer­ in g Anderson, nlla- English/Compos ition Andersu n, Leonard L.- lnuustr ial Engi­ neering Ander~o ll , Peggy J.-English Antr inl , Edward L.- Ind ustrial EuU(:ation Arg'ts inger, Jack E.-Industrial ' duca- ti on Avery, :--l,1l1C ~ ' S.-Engli, hl .ompos itioll Barde n, Bobhie-R spiratory Therapy Charles King Nancy Luttrell William F . Pischnotte Linda Starke y Mildred mau Kenneth Williams Barlow, W. l lack-Ch(' mhln' Barney, Loui e L.-Aulllini s t~ation of Ju s­ tice Barr, Jane- Respiratory Therapy Beck meyer, Roy-Aeronautical Engi neer ­ ing Bened ict, Esther E .-Mathematics Bhagat, Radhe Shyam-Engineering Technology Blank nship, Elmer T.-Jou rna li sm Blevins , Thomas E.-Opera Th,."t(' r Breeden , Tamara O.-Learn ing J!'so ll rces Center Brueck, Sylvia T.-Women's Studies -146 BlIcll, Gregory J .-Ps ych o)og~· .. Burgert, Doris P.-EngIJshi(.omposJtJon Bu rke David T.-SoCJ ologv Carde~as Michael-Mathcrllaties Carr, Stephen H.-Administratiun of Jus­ tice Ciski , Robert-Minority Studies Clark, Larry l\ .-Personnel Sen'ices Clevenger, Richard S.-Computcr Science Coin, Herbert H.-Aeronautical Engi­ neering Conner, Sidney G.-Industrial Education Criss, Carthur P.-Sociology Crooms, Charles Gary-Minority Studies Cupp-Criss , Mar ybe th T .-Women's Studies Darnell, Richard A.-Administration of Jus tice Delong, lI,latthew J .-Computer Science Diehl, Robert E .-Administration of J us­ lice Di sante, Henry J .-Engineering Technol­ ogy Dobson, Steven G.-Health Administra­ ti on and Education Dorsey, Ronald G.-Administration of ILlsliee Eastburn, John H.-Computer Science Eckert , Will iam G.-Adm iII i., tration of Justi ce Eichler, Susanne C.-Soci()logy Ellis , Davi d R.-Aeronautical Engineer­ ing Farley, Sara A.-Engli sh/Cumposition Farris , Richard D.-Electrical Engineer­ ing FeiIT, Judith-Music Performance Flann, Lynnette M.-Geology Flem ing, Martha M.-University Dance Focht, Joyce-Student Cuunseling/Advis­ ing Forcht, Karen A.-Business Education frank, Ronald E.-Engineering Technol­ olgy Friederich , Jeffrey A.-Health Adminis­ tration an Education GanesaJ I, \1araY,lI1aJ I-Mathematics Gladhart, Marsha A.-Instructional Ser­ vices Goldberg, Donald R.--Aeronautical Engi ­ !lC'cring Good""in, E. Allan-Learning Resources Center Gragert, April L.-I nstructional Services Griffin, Frances K.-Intensive English Grohs, Dawn H.-Instructi onal Services Culiani, Jasbir-Mathematics Hamilton , Stella M.-Mathematics Heise, Janette-Music Perfurmance Henderson, Roy B.-Physician's Assistant Hi ebert , Tim-\'Iathematics Hill , August ",l _Comp oter Science Holmes, Glenn-J\,'lus icology-Composi­ tion Huove r, Dennis D.-Electri cal Enginee r­ ing Hoover, Justin-Physical Therapy Huwell, James G.-Instructional Services Hunter, Bruce M.-Admini stration of Jus- ti ce Johnsun, H . Dean-Mathematics John ston, Colleen Kelly-Sociology Johnston , Dean W.-PersonneJ Services Jones, Sally A.-Intensive English Joyner, H . Sajon-Mechanical Engineer­ ing Keithley, Turone L.-Industrial Educa­ tion Kelly, Marjorie J .- University Dance Ken yo n, J . Andrew, Jr.-StudiO Arts Kice, John E .-Engineering Technology Kirkhuff, Robert H.-Engineering Tech­ nology Kivett , Howard A.-Administration of J uslice Kl ein, Mary L.-English/Composition Klingcr-Vartabedian, Laurel G.-Speech Communication Ku/win, Maury H.-Instructional Services Kuntz, Edward J.-Administration of Jus­ tice Kust, Randall- Studio Arts Lackme-Coakley, Marie-In s truc ­ tional Services Lawing, Karlin G.-Women's Studies Leininger, Catherine G.-Computer Science Long, Lesley-Romance Languages Luttrell , Nancy-Music Performance Malmberg, Linda M.-Instruction Ser­ vices Malmberg, Peter A.-Instructional Ser­ vices Maloney, James L. A.-Administration of Ju sti ce Mann, Susan-Respiratory Therapy Martin , Thom as W.-Mathematics Mat suura, Noriko--German Mayta, Ivlary-Physical Education McClenahan, Robert E .-Instructional Services McDavitt , Bille L.-Communicative Dis­ orders and Sciences Meyer, B. Ruth-English/Composition Mills, Irmgard W.-Instructional Services Minshull-Ford, Vivien F,-English/Co m­ position Moore, Stephen P.-Dental Hygiene Moran, G. Rodger-Computer Science Morse, Mary A.-Sociology Myers, Charlene--I nstructional Services Myers, James E.-Geology Nance, Don-Psychology Nathan , G. Henry-Journalism/Speech Faculty/Lecturers 447 . : , . ~e\Vton , Diane K-Studio Arts l\' oland, Donald-Administration of Jus­ tice Nordyke, Rebecca S.-Speech Communi­ cation ;'Ii orman, Paul ].-Chemistry O' Leary, Owen :--J.-Industrial Engineer­ ing O{'hm, John-Studio Arts O mmerman, Maurice-Mathematics Parsuns, Creta-Ilistructional Services Phillips, Theresa A.-Sociology Pischnotte, William W.-M usi<: Perform­ ance Pollack, Simon-Phys ician' s Assistant Prior, James W.-Industrial Education Randul, Phil-Mathematics Riffel, Cordon M.-Instructional Services Robb, Cloria-Instructional Services Robertson, Frank M.-Administration of Justice Rogers, Sharon-University Dance Rogers, Stanton-Cniversity Dance Ru li fson, Ruth W.-English/Composition Rumsey, James E.-Administration of Justice Russell, Eric L.-Chemistry Russell, Thomas P.-Intensive English Sanford, Claud ia-Instructional Services Savage, Roger L.-Industrial Education Scott, Margaret K-Engli sh/Composition Shapiro, Gary-Journalism Sherman , Mary K-Intensi\c English Sh illing, William L.-Engineering Tech­ nology Simpson, Cindy-Sociology Smith, Douglas P.-Administration of Justice Smorag, Pascale F .-Romance Languages Sp illers, Cindy S.-Speech Communica­ tion Spradlin, Anna I.-Speech Communica­ tion Steffen, Louise lVl.-Respiratory Therap y Stoltz, James E .-Engineering Technul­ ogy Stout, Bobby F .-Administration of J us­ tice Strawder, Vickie-University Dance Sullentrop, Joyce Ann-History Swanso n, Kjersti-Mathemati cs Swartz, Marsha-Respiratory Therapy Taggart, Elizabeth-Learning Rt'sources Center Taylor, Warren H .-Administration of Justice Tinterow, Maurice M.-Respiratory Tlwr­ apy Todd , Theodora A.-Engli sh/Composi­ tion Troutman , L. Jean-Mathematics Trujillo, Patrick C.-University Dance Tucker, \>Villiam W., Administration of Justice Urmey, Beverly-Respiratory Therapy Villalpando, Innes J .-Romance Lan­ guages Vollmer, George E.-Musicology-Compo­ sition Washington, Zenobia A.-Minority Stud­ leS Welch, Marti n-Respiratory Therapy \"'heel er, Nancy H .-English/Composi­ tion Wiewel, Martha H.-Instructional Ser­ vices \-\filson, Williarn R.-English/Composi­ tion/Intensive English "Vood, Penny L.-Instructional Services Zukel, Lawrence G.-Administration of Justice IN[ A NPass Abbrel Ablah Absen' Acadel for ! Acade Acade Acade A\:ad N P aud cha clas Cor COl A re cre dat exa exe a Ge Ge gr~ gr1 gn He in' m, pI' pr re re se tr tr w Aca Ace Ace Ace Ace 1­ A I s Acl Ad Ad Ai: Ac ( AI 448 INDEX A PAC E AlPass/Fail option ... 17, 20 Abbreviations, departmcntal 57 Ablah Library 51 Absence letter, ...... .. . 27 Academic achievement, exempti on s for superior ... . . . . ......... 23 cademic Appeals, Court of Student 28 cauemic calendar . . Inside front co ver Academic honesty . ... . . 8 Academic information 15 AlPass/Fail option . .. . . . .. . 17 auuitor . . . . . . . . . . 18 change of grades . . . . . . . 20 cl ass ification of students . . 16 C ommencement . . .. .... 31 Court of Student Academic Appeals .. ... . .. . . ... . 28 Cred it/No Credit COurses .. 16 credit by examination ..... 21 date of Catalog requircments . 31 examinations . ..... . 18 eXl'mptions for superior achievement . . . . .... ... . 23 General Education Program .. 29 General Studies courses .. .. . 30 grading s)'s tem . .... . .... . 18 graduate credit for seniors . . 23 gmduation requirements . ... 28 H onors Program, Emory Lind­ 24 ind~~~tnde;1is;l;d}; : : : : : : : . 24 meuning of course numhers . 16 prohation and dismissal . 27 progress reports 27 recognition, academic .. .. . 25 registration . . .. .... . . 15 second bachelor's degree 31 transfer of credits .. 17 transition semester .. 21 withdrawal. 26 Academic recognition 25 Access to student records 9 Accident or injury 9 Accounting ......... ... 77 , 82, 87 Accreditation and associations, U niversit} ..... ..... . 7 Achievement, exemptions for superior 23 Activities and organizations, student 54 Address, reporting change of 15 Adjunct faculty ... .. .. . 443 Administration and supervision, educati onal . . ... ... 34, 112, 147 Administration of justice 36, 294 , 299 Adm ini strative officers 5 Admi ssion information . .. . . . .. . 9 degree bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 PAGE freshmen . . . .. 10 graduate students . . . 13 international students. 12 special admissions . 13 transfers . .... .. . . 11 non degree hound .. 14 continuing education students 14 guest students.. .... . 14 open admis sion students .. 14 requirements for each college, See individual colleges residence defined. . . . . . . . . . . 15 Advanced Placement credit . .. ..... .. .. 20, 21 , 63, 67 Advising, academic .... . .62, 66 Aeronautical engineering 167 Alpha Ten . .. .. . . . . 34 American studies . . .. 306 Anthropolog>' .. 308 Application for degree card . 8, 28 Applied music .... .. 36, 221 , 232 Applied music instructors .. . 446 Army ROTC . . . . . . .. . .. 36, 145 Art collection, University 53 Art , commercial (gmphic design) 205 Art , Division of. See also Fine Arts, C ollege of 198 Art ed ucatIOn . . .. . .. ...... . 200 Art history . .. . ... 199, 202, 296 Arts, studio .. . ... . ... 199, 208 Associate degrees. See Degrees Astronomy. See also Physics 372 Attendance, class . ... . 7 Audiology . . .. . .... . 122, 127 Audit courses, fees for 36 Audit, grade of 18 ~i~r . ...... . . . ... . . . 18 Aviation management 78, 89 B Bachelor of General Studies . . 292 Bachelor 's degree, second .... 31 , 71 Bachelor's degrees . See Degrees Bas ic emergency medical care training .. . . . . .. ... ..... 277 Beech Wind Tunnel, Walter H . 54 Biochemistry 295, 313, 318 Biological sciences . . 312 Biomedicallpremedical engineering 164 Board of Regents, Kansas .. .. . . . 5 Bureau of Educational Placement 112 Business Administration, College of 71 accounting .. . ... . .... . 77, 82, 87 accreditation. . . . . . . . . . 73 admission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 advising. . 75 aviation management . . . 78, 89 business education . . 72, 78, 90 business law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 degrees in .. .. .... . .. .... . 71, 72 Index 449 c Associate of sistant. Science, legal as­ 84 Associate Science, secretarial training Bachelor of ... .. . Business Adminis­ 86 tration . 76 business teacher education 90 82 72 92 Fairmount 93 emphases m other colleges .. or correspondence 79, 72, 78, 90, 74 99 79 72 79 101 102 104 106 73 81 107 74 108 76 71 44 18 91 49 front cover .. , 49 62, 66 42 44 45 45 and 45 45 45 Center 46 46 Ceramics ....... . Center 208 Stadium. 53 of address, reporting 15 of grades 20 PACE; Chapel, Harvey D Grace Memorial 50 Chemistry 317 Chinese 349 295 39 Colleges the University. See individual Commencement Commercial art 205 Communicative """"""'"' and sciences 115, 121 audiology. 122, 127 communication sciences. . ., 124 deaf education 122 128 , 128 122 125 , 325 Computer science engineering. 164 liberal arts 326 Computing 50 Continuing Division 33 14 65 66 67 67 67 67 68 68 69 69 66 68 45 45 engineering 165 32, 46, 165, 298 41 56 16 29 Course "",~h.~'c 56 Court 28 Creative writing 335 advanced 20, 21, 67 20,21,63, 67 for seniors 23 earned ........ 20 Credit courses 16 Credit points and average 20 45() PACE . .. 17,68Credits, transfer of , . . . . . 26 Cum laudt, ... ".,. 242 Cytotechnology o Dance Division of ""'" 217 Date df Catalog requirements 31 Deaf education " 122, 128 Dean's Honor Roll 25 Decision Sciences 92 Degrees Associate of Arts. , , . . . .. ,. 293 gerontology, , , , . , , , . 294, 349 humanities. , , , , , , , , 293 social sciences , , . , , , . 293 natural sciences and mathematics 294 Associate of Science, . , , , , , . 293 administration of justice" 294, 301 dental hygiene. , , . , , , ... , " 273 legal assistant, , , , , , , . , , .. ,. 84 resPirator?, therapy, , , . , . . , " 275 secretaria training .. ,.""., 86 Bachelor of Art Education. 198, 200 Bachelor of Arts. , , , ,. 111, 113, 289 Bachelor of Business Administration . , , .. , 76 Bachelor of Engineering Technology, , . . ,. 159, 185 Bachelor of Fine Arts. 198,200,217 Bachelor of General Studies, . 292 Bachelor of Health Science 242 Bachelor of Music. , , . 198, 220 Bachelor of Music Education, 198, 220 Bachelor of Science engineering.. ... , , , , . , . 159, 164 health related profes sions, 242 liberal arts ' . , , 289 Bachelor of Science in Engineering , .... , , 159, 164 graduation rcquirements for, 28 master's degrees .. , . , 33 Master of Professional Accoun­ taney, .. , , .. , , , . 82 doctoral degrees 33, 112, 159 Dental hygiene " ... .. ,. 244, 273 Departmental abbreviations 57 Departmental fees . . ,. 36 Departmental honors , , . 24 Description of University 6 Digital Computing Center 50 Discovery, Project ... . , , ,41 , 47 Dismissal standards, probation and, See also individual colleges , .,. 27 Division of Art. See also College of Fine Arts "" """""" " 198 Divi sion of Continuing Education .," .... , ... ,', .. . 33 Di vision of Dance, See also College of Fine Arts """""""" 217 PACE Divi s ion of Music. See also College of Fine Arts ., , 220 Dormitory/residence halls 39 , 43 Down reports " 27 Drawing and painting 210 Drop fee 38 E Early childhood 136 Economics business administration . 78, 93 liberal arts and sciences. 332 Education, art 200 Education, College of 111 accreditation, 111 admission, . , . 112, 113 Bureau of Educational Placement 112 business education . 118 certification, , 111, 114 communicative disorders and sciences , , , , , , 115, 121 degree requirements 113, 115 degrees offered, , . , 111 elementary education requirements . , , , . 115 general educati on requirements 114 graduate programs III industrial education. 129 instructional service s 133 majors and minors. 120 military science 145 music education. 147 natural sciences 119 personnel services 147 physical education ... 152 probation and di smissal . 112 profeSSional education require­ ments , , ... , , 115 secondary education requirements 117 social studies 120 teacher education, , . 113 Edu cation , music 147, 226, 228 Educational administration and supervision ,. . .. 34, 112, 147 Educational Placement, Bureau of 112 Educational psychology 136 Electrical engineering 172 Electrical engineering technology 187 Elementaryeducation .. "" ,115, 137 Emergency medi cal care training, basic, , , . , , . 277 Emory Lindquist Honors Program 24 Employment, student 40 Energy Center, WSU 48 Engineering, College of 159 aeronauti cal 167 Bachelor of Science in Engineering . , ... , , 164 biomedical engineering 164 computer science and computer engineering, , , . , . . . . . 164 engineering management, , . ,. 164 Index 451 P.~GE cooperative educa tion program. 165 core curriculum 163 electrical .. .. ... . 172 engineering techno logy program 185 electrical engineering . 187 fire science. 189 general .. 186 manufacturing engineering ... . 191 mechanical engineering .. 194 entrance requirements 160 general engineering curriculum 166 graduate \ 'ork in 1.'59 industrial ... .. . 176 management science .. 159 mechanical .. ....... . 180 probation and dismis sal standards 160 requirements, general ... . ... . 162 E ngineering analysis . 164 Engineering management 154 English language and lit rature 333 E ntrep reneurship and Small Busi­ ness M nagement, Center for 45 Examination fees .. 37 Exam inations .... 18 ~~~;~~yecr~d~ram: .French. student 47 288 Exemptions for superior achieve­ ment 23 F Facilities ... 48 Cable television ... 49 Campus Activities Center. 49 Digital Comput ing Center . 50 H ar ey D. Grace Memorial Chapel 50 Helpern Internationl Center . .. . 50 Ins titute of Logopedics . .. . 51 KMUW-FM rad IO . . . ... .. . 5 1 Learn ing Resource Center .. 51 library and media services 51 minicomputer laboratory ... 52 Rehabi litation Engineering Center 52 satell ite tracking station . ... ... . 52 Social Science Laboratory 52 sports and recreation ... .. 53 te lephoneltape information . 53 Ulrich Museum 53 wind tunnels 54 Facul ty 413 adjunct faculty . 443 app lied music instructors. 446 lecture rs .... .. ..... . . 446 retired. . . . . .. . ...... . 440 Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . See individual de­ p.a;t~ents, lis.ted alphabetically 287 admIssIon requuements ....... . 287 degree requirements ...... .. .. . 288 associate degrees . . . . . . . . . . . 293 ~ACE Bachelor 01 Arts. 289 Bachelor of S 'ience . . . . . . . 289 Bachelor of General Studies.. 292 external credit. . 288 field major . . . . . . . . .. 2.95 graduate degrees offered. . . 298 preprofessio nal prognlms . . . 297 probation and dismissal standards 287 ~ pecia l programs of study . . . . . 295 Federal grants and loans .. ... 40 Fees. See also Financial infoflIlati on 35 F ield major 295 F inance major . . ...... . 79, 99 F inancial aids . ..... . ... 40 F inancial information 35 fees . . . . .. ....... .. ... 35 assess ment and collection. . 39 audit course. 36 contracts and compensatory 38 departmental. . 36 dormitory. . 39 drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 xam ination . . . . . . . . 37 laboratorv. . 37 late cnroilment . 39 off-campus courses and workshops .. .. . 36 period of payment of . 39 refund pOlicy for. 38 senior citizen fee waiver. 39 special 37 student . . 35 unpaid. 39 waiver policy .. 38 workshop. 36 tu ition .. 35 financial aids 40 housing fees .... . . 39 F ine Arts, ollege of 197 adm ission to . .. . 197 degrees offered .. 198 Division of Art . . . . . 198 art museum Ulrich, and U niver­ sity art collection 53, 198 art education .. . .......... 200 art h istory. . . . . .. 199, 202 296 degree requirements for stude nts in other colleges. . . . . 199 general pol icies of . . . 199 graduate studies in. . 199 graduation requirements fo r cle­ grees in . ....... ... . ... . , 200 gral,Jhic design-commercial art 205 studIO arts .. . ..... .. . .... ' 208 Division of Dance .. . . . . . . 217 graduation requ irements. . . . 217 DiV IS IOn of :M USIC . 220 applied music regulations... ' 221 Bachelor of Music degree . . . . . . . . . . 198,220, 222 Bachelor of Music Education degree . . ...... " 198, 220, 225 452 GF. PAGE PAr.f: 39 39 32 l8 j5 ~8 n 37 35 40 35 95 99 40 degree requirements lor students In other coll eges. . . . . . . . . . graduate ~ tudics ill Jl\llsic. . graduation requirements. . . . music education . . . . . . music performance (applied music) . . .. .... . , 221 , 222, mu sicology-composition . 222, proficienc), ,'xam inations recitah . . . . . . . . . . . probation and dismissal. . Fire science technology .. Forensic Sciences, H clpern Interna­ tional Center for ....... 228 222 222 22R 232 234 220 222 197 189 50 baccalaureate degree programs. . cytotech nol ogy . dental hygiene . . health care admi nist ration medical record administration. . . . . . . . . .. medical technology. . . . . . . . . nu rsing.. .. .... .... .... physical th erapy . physician's as~ istant. . . respiratory therapy. . . . . certifi cate program s basic ' ~mergency medical care nurse eli nician . . 242 242 244 246 249 250 2.'56 262 266 271 277 277 278 35 35 Foundati ons of education Fraternities 140 54 physician's assistant. clinical affiliation. ..... . . .. 281 :2.41 39 fun~ ... . . ~8 cooperati ve education. . 24 1 36 38 French Student Exchange Program Freshman admission .. . ... . . . .. 47 10 counseling center . . . . . . . . . . credi t by examination. 240 240 36 Freshman classification . ... . . .. 16 degree requirements . 241 39 38 G finan cial aid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . liability insurance. . . . . . . . . . . 24 J 241 37 37 39 General business major General Education Program General Studies, Bachelor of 29, 79 63 292 probation and dismi ssal . progres sion. . service departments .. ... health administration and edu­ 240 240 282 36 39 38 39 37 35 39 38 36 35 40 39 97 ~7 ~8 18 98 JO 96 39 39 ~9 General Studies courses Gfio~11~e~l~g~ ,' ~~~1~;~r' P;0'g~~I;1 German . . . ... . .. .. Gerontology .. .. 294, G erontology Center, university .. . Government, student .... . .. ... . Grace Memorial Chapel .. ....... Grauc, meaning of . . . . . . . .. G rade p oint average G rades , changing of .... .. . . ... Grading sys tem ........ Gradu ate credit for seniors Graduate degrees Graduate Sch ool Graduate stu dent admission Gradu ati on recl.uiremcnts date of Catalog. . . . . . . . . . Gencral Edu cation Program . . General Studies courses. G rants . . .. . . Graphic design G reek . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guest stu dent admission 30 3ig 346 349 48 54 50 18 20 20 18 23 33 33 13 28 31 29 30 40 205 390 14 cati on heal th science. Health science .... . Health Scnice, Student Hel pern International Center Henry Levitt Arena H igh school students H istory H istory, art ... H istory of the u niversi ty H onesty, academic . .. .. 36, 199, 202, Honor Roll, Dean 's Honors, departmental Honors, graduation w ith . .. . 24, H onors Program, Emory Linquist H onors program courses H ospitalization, student health and H ousing expenses. . . . . .. . . .... . types of . . Human Appraisal, Center for Human relations , statement on H umanit ies 282 283 283 44 50 53 35 351 296 6 8 25 24 25 24 25 44 39 43 45 7 293 )() 05 )8 H Handi capped Services ..... . Health ad mi nistration and ed ueati on 44 282 Incomplete, grade of Independent ,. tudy Industrial edu cati on ., .. , . . . . . . 19 24 129 17 17 2.0 21 Health and h ospitalizat ion, Health eare adm ini strat ion Health Related Professions, College of student 44 246 239 Indu strial engineering . Institute of Logopedi cs Instructional services ... .. .. .. . . early ch ildhood . . . 176 51 133 136 22 admission. . . . . . . . . . . . associate degree programs 239 273 educational psychology . . . . . elementary education. . . . . . . . 136 137 25 dental hygiene . . . . . respiratory therapy . 273 275 foundations of education .... , .. general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 133 Index 453 PA C E library science . . . 140 secondary education. 141 special education .. 143 Interdisciplinary liberal arts and sciences program 356 International business major . . 79 International Program . ... . . . 42 International student admission 12 Internat ional studies 296 Italian 390 J Japanese 349 Journalism . .. .. 356 Junior classification 16 K Kansas Board of Regents 5 Key to cou rse descriptions 56 abbreviations 57 symbols 56 KMUW-FM radio station 51 L Laboratory fee s 37 Latin . .. . . ... . . ....... .. . . . 391 Latin American studies 296 Learning Resource Center 51 Lecturers, faculty 446 Legal assistant .......... . 84, 101 Liberal arts and sciences. See also Fairmount College of ... 287 Library and media services .. 51 Library science ......... . ... . 140 Linguistics . . ............. 336, 359 Literature, English language and 333 Loans .. .. . .. 40 Logopedics, Institute of 51 M Magna cum laude . . . 26 Manufacturing engineering technol­ ogy . .... . ....... . .... . ... 19 1 Management major 80, 102 Management Development, Center for ... . ... . .. .. . 45 Marcus Center for Continuing Education ....... .. ..... ... 47 Marketing major ........... 80, 104 Master of Professional Accountancy 82 Mathematics 294, 360 Meaning of course numbers 16 Meaning of course symbols 56 Meaning of grades .... . 18 Mechanical engineering 180 Mechanical engineering technology 194 Media services, lib rary and . . . . . . 51 Medical record administration. . 249 Medical technology . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Mexico, summer program in Puebla 35 454 PAC E M dterm clown report s 27 M litary science . . . 36, 145 ;....1 nicomputer labor atur y facilit y 52 M nority studies 366 }...·Iu seunl of Art, Edwin A. Clrich .53 Mu sic, Divis ion of. See also Fine Arts, College of 220 Music education .. 147, 225, 226, 228 Music fees 36 Music performance 223, 232 M usicology-compusition 222, 234 N ~atural sciences majur 119 Nurse clinician 278 Nursing .. ... . . . . 256 o Officers, administrative .. 5 Off-campus courses, fees for 36 Open Cldmission policy 14 Open rt::cords 9 Operation Success 41, 47 Organizations, student 55 governing .. .. 56 honorary . . . . . . . . . . 55 professional and departmental. 55 speCial interest . .. 56 Orientation 41 , 61 p Painting, drawing and 210 Pass/Fail option . ... . 17 Pathology, speech 122, 125 Performance, music 223, 232 Personal Development Courses 59 Personnel administration major 80, 106 Personnel and guidance , student (education) 1.50 Personnel serv ices . . . . .. . . 147 educational administration and supervision . . . . . . 147 student personnel and guidance .. 150 Philosophy . . . .. . 368 Physical education, health and recreation 1.52 Physical therapy .. . .. 262 Physician's Assis tant Program 266, 281 Physics 372 Placement Bureau of Educati onal Placement 112 Placement and Career Services . 42 Policies of University 7 acade mic honesty . ... ... . . . . 8 accident or injury . .. . 9 human relations. 7 open records . .. 9 student responsibility . 7 Political science 375 Portuguese 392 ',~:,c ~", } J A G E P . \ C E P A G E 2 7 P r e d e n t a l . . . . . . . . . , . , . , . . . . , . 2 9 7 S e n i o r c l a s s i f i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 1 4 5 P r e l a w . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 7 S e n i o r s , g r a d u a t e c r e d i t f o r . . . . . . 2 3 5 2 P r e m e d i c a l . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 1 6 4 , 2 9 7 S m a l l b u s i n e s s / e n t r e p r e n e u r s h i p 1 0 8 3 6 6 P r e o p t o m e t r y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 7 S m a l l B u s i n e s s I n s t i t u t e . . . . . . . . 4 8 5 3 P r e p h a r m a c y . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 7 S o c i a l w o r k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 5 , 3 9 9 P r e p r o f e s s i o n a l p r o g r a m s . S e e a l s o S o c i a l S c i e n c e L a b o r a t o r y . . . . . . . 5 2 2 2 0 i n d i v i d u a l l i s t i n g s S o c i a l s c i e n c e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 3 2 2 8 e n g i n e e r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 4 S o c i a l s t u d i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 0 3 6 l i b e r a l a r t s a n d s c i e n c e s . . . . . . . . 2 9 7 S o c i o l o g y / s o c i a l w o r k . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 5 2 3 2 P r e s c h o o l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 S o p h o m o r e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . 1 6 2 3 4 P r e t h e o l o g i c a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 8 S o r o r i t i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 P r e v e t e r i n a r y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 7 S p a n i s h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 2 P r i n t m a k i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 3 S p e c i a l a c a d e m i c a r e a s . . . . . . . . . 3 2 P r o b a t i o n a n d d i s m i s s a l s t a n d a r d s . C o o p e r a t i v e E d u c a t i o n P r o g r a m . . 3 2 1 1 9 a c a d e m i c . S e e a l s o i n d i v i d u a l col~ D i v i s i o n o f C o n t i n u i n g E d u c a ­ 2 7 8 2 7 t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 2 5 6 Pr~el~~ti~~ '~~~~ge'~~~t' ~~j;r' . : : : 8 1 G r a d u a t e S c h o o l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 P r o g r e s s r e p o r t s , a c a d e m i c . . . . . . . 2 7 S u m m e r S e s s i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 P r o j e c t D i s c o v e r y . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 , 4 7 S p e c i a l a d m i s s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 P s y c h o l o g y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 0 S p e c i a l e d u c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 3 5 P s y c h o l o g y , e d u c a t i o n a l . . . . . . . . 1 3 6 S p e c i a l p r o g r a m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 3 6 P u e b l a , M e x i e o , s u m m e r p r o g r a m i n 3 5 C e n t e r f o r B u s i n e s s a n d 1 4 E c o n o m i c R e s e a r c h . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 4 9 7 R C e n t e r f o r C o n t i n u i n g E n g i n e e r i n g E d u c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 5 5 R a d i o , K M U W - F M . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 C e n t e r f o r C o n t i n u i n g H e a l t h 5 6 R e a l e s t a t e a n d l a n d u s e E d u c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 5 5 e c o n o m i c s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 , 1 0 7 C e n t e r f o r E n t r e p r e n e u r s h i p a n d 5 5 R e c r e a t i o n f a c i l i t i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 S m a l l B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t . . . 4 5 5 6 R e f u n d p o l i c y f o r f c e s . . . . . . . . . 3 8 C e n t e r f o r H u m a n A p p r a i s a l . . . . 4 5 6 1 R e g e n t s , K a n s a s B o a r d o f 5 C e n t e r f o r M a n a g e m e n t R e g e n t s P r e s s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 D e v e l o p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 4 5 R e g i s t r a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 , 3 9 C e n t e r f o r " C ' r b a n S t u d i e s . . . . . . . 4 6 R e h a b i l i t a t i o n E n g i n e e r n g C e n t e r . 5 2 2 1 0 C e n t e r f o r W o m e n ' s S t u d i e s . . . . . 4 6 R e l i g i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 4 1 7 C o o p e r a t i v e E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m . . 4 6 R e p e a t , g r a d e o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 1 2 5 F r e n c h S t u d e n t E x c h a n g e P r o - R e q u i r e d c o u r s e s f o r g r a d u a t i o n . . 2 9 2 3 2 g r a m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r g r a d u a t i o n . . . . . 2 8 5 9 M a r c u s C e n t e r f o r C o n t i n u i n g E d - R e s e a r c h a n d S p o n s o r e d P r o g r a m s , 1 0 6 u c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 O f f i c e o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8 O p e r a t i o n S u c c e s s . . . . . . . . . 4 1 , 4 7 R e s i d e n c e d e f i n e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 1 5 0 P r o j e c t D i s c o v e r y . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 , 4 7 R e s p i r a t o r y t h e r a p y . . . . . . . . 2 7 1 , 2 7 5 1 4 7 R e g e n t s P r e s s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 R e s p o n s i b i l i t y , s t u d e n t . . . . 7 , 6 3 , 6 8 R e s e a r c h a n d S p o n s o r e d P r o - R e t i r e d f a c u l t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 0 1 4 7 g r a m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8 R o m a n c e l a n g u a g e s . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 8 1 5 0 S m a l l B u s i n e s s I n s t i t u t e . . . . . . . . 4 8 F r e n c h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8 8 3 6 8 U n i v e r s i t y G e r o n t o l o g y C e n t e r . . . 4 8 G r e e k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 0 W i c h i t a P r c p . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 , 4 8 I t a l i a n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 0 1 5 2 W S U E n e r g y C e n t e r . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8 L a t i n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 1 2 6 2 S p e e c h c o m m u n i c a t i o l l . . . . . . . . . 4 0 1 P o r t u g u e s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 2 2 8 1 S p e e c h d i s o r d e r s . S e e C o m m u n i c a - S p a n i s h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 2 3 7 2 t i v e d i s o r d e r s a n d s c i e n c e s . . . . . 1 2 1 R O T C , A r m y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 , 1 4 5 S p e e c h a n d l a n g u a g e R u s s i a n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 8 1 1 2 p a t h o l o g y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 2 , 1 2 5 s 7 S t a t i s t i c s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 5 4 2 S p o r t s f a c i l i t i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 8 S a t e l l i t e t r a c k i n g s t a t i o n . . . . . . . . 5 2 S t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s a n d o r g a n i z a t i o n s 5 4 9 S c h o l a r s h i p s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 f r a t e r n i t i e s a n d s o r o r i t i e s . . . . . . . 5 4 7 S c u l p t u r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 5 o r g a n i z a t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 9 S e c o n d b a c h e l o r ' s d e g r e e . . . . . . . . 3 1 s t u d e n t g o v e r n m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 7 S e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n . . . . . . . 1 1 7 , 1 4 1 s t u d e n t r a t e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 3 7 5 S e c r e t a r i a l t r a i n i n g . . . . . . . . . 8 6 , 9 0 S t u d e n t A f f a i r s , D i v i s i o n o f . . . . . . 4 0 3 9 2 S e n i o r c i t i z e n f e e w a i v e r . . . . . . . . 3 9 c o u n s e l i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 I n d e x 4 5 5 P .• CE handicapped services. 44 hou sing ... 43 International Program ..... . ... . 42 orientation 41 Placement and Career Services. 42 preschool ..... .... .. . . 43 student health and hospitalization 44 Testing and Evaluation Center. 41 VeterallS and Military Services. 43 Student fee 35 Student government .......... . 54 Student health and hospitali zation 44 Student personnel and guidance ... . 33, 112, 150 Student rates ...... . . 54 Student records, access to 9 Student responsibility . , 7, 63, 68 Student union ....... . 49 Students from other universities , admission of . . 11 Studio arts . 208 Summa cum laude 25 Summer program in Mexico 35 Summer Session 34 admission requirements 34 fees . . ...... . 35 special summer programs , . 34 Alpha Ten , ... , , , . 34 field geology .. . ...... . 35 Spanish program in Puebla, Mexico .. .. ,,', .. . 35 workshops .. , ..... , ..... . . 34 Supersonic and Walter H . Beech Wind Tunnels 54 SUfo~rio.r,achieveme~t~ exemptions, , 23 Symbols, key to course 56 T Teach ing, liberal arts program. See al so Education, College of .. 298 Telephone/tape information , 53 Testing and Evaluation Center .. , 41 Theater. See Speech communication 406 Transfer of credits within the University 17, 68 Transfer students admission .. 11 Transition semester 21, 62, 67 Tuition . ..... ".,. 35 u Ulrich, Edwin A., Museum of Art .. " ... .. ,' 53, 198 University. See Wichita State University University College ", .. . .. ,... . 60 academic advising . .. . ..... , ,. 62 P.%.C ~ academic opportunities ... 62 advanced placement and credi t 63 first semester , .. , . 62 General Education Program. 63 personal development. 63 transition semester. 62 academ ic regulations 64 emergencies and exceptions 65 probation and dismissal . 64 readmission 6­ admission .. , .. 61 Career/Life Planning 62 high school preparation . .. 6 1 orientation 61 prel?rofessional programs , . 6;: student responsibility ... , , 6:: transferring to a degree-granting college , .... , .. .... . 6 University College and Continuing Education Services 5C' University faculty .. " ... , 41 " C niversity Gerontology Center 4[ Cniversity Honors Program 2 C niversity Preschool 4 Unpaid fees ., . . 3~ Urban affairs , ...... . 401 Urban Studies, Center for 41 V Veterans and military services 4' W Wichita Prep , . .... , . .. . .. 41 , 4 Wichita State University academic honesty . . .. accident or injury .... ... , .. . accreditation and associations .. ~dress,. . ... ,' .. ... ". calendar In side front cor facilities, . , , .. .... , . . . . 41 faculty ..... , .. ' .. ,' . . . .. 41 hi story ... ............ , human relations policy .... , , . . officers .. . , .. open records policy profile (description) , . special programs , . .. . . . . . . .. 4 student respons ibilit y Wind tunnels .. ... 5 Withdrawal ......... 18, 2 administrative . . 2 voluntary. . . . . . . . 2 Women's studies ... . ..... 40 Women's Studies, Center for 4 Workshops . ........... . .. 34, 3 Work-study program 4 WSU Energy Center ..... . . . ... 4 o 456